UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Camp Delta Standard
Operating Procedures (SOP)

Headquarters,
Joint Task Force - Guantanamo (JTF-GTMO)
Guantanamo Bay, Cuba
1 March 2004

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

ii

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Headquarters
Joint Task Force Guantanamo (JTF-GTMO)
Guantanamo Bay, Cuba
1 March 2004

Joint Detention Operations Group (JDOG)
Effective 1 March 2004

Camp Delta
Standard Operating Procedures (SOP)
By Order of the Commander

GEOFFREY D. MILLER
Major General, United States Army
Commander, JTF-GTMO
Official:
NELSON J. CANNON
Colonel, Military Police
Commander, JDOG
History. This is a revised update to
the Joint Task Force Guantanamo
(JTF-GTMO) standard operating
procedures (SOP) for Camp Delta.
This publication has been
reorganized and consolidated to
include all aspects of detention and
security operations toward being
more efficient for its intended users.
Summary. This revision
implements established Department
of Defense directives and
establishes policies and procedures
for the securing, treatment, care, and
accountability required for detainees
in support of the Global War on
Terrorism (GWOT). Policies and

procedures established herein apply to
the services and agencies that
function in, and support thereof,
detainee operations at JTF-GTMO in
general and Camp Delta specifically.
Applicability. This is a multiservice, multi-agency set of standard
operating procedures. It applies to the
Army, Navy, Air Force, Marine
Corps, and Coast Guard as well as
United States Government
organizations and international nongovernmental organizations operating
inside Camp Delta 1 - 3.
Proponent and exception authority.
The proponent of this set of operating
procedures and special orders is the
Commander, Joint Detention
Operations Group (JDOG). The
proponent has the authority to
approve exceptions to this SOP that
are consistent with controlling law,
regulations, and directives from the
National Command Authority. The
proponent may delegate this approval
authority, in writing, to either the
JDOG Deputy Commander or JDOG
S3.
Army management control process.
Army Regulation 11-2 does not apply
to this SOP.

Supplementation.
Supplementation of this SOP and
establishment of command or local
forms is prohibited without prior
approval of the JDOG
Commander.
Suggested Improvements. Users
are invited to send comments and
suggested improvements through
their chain of command to the
JDOG S3 for consideration and
staffing.
Interim Changes. Policies and
procedures will be reviewed and
implemented every 30 days.
Distribution. This document, and
any part therein, are classified as
“for official use only” and are
limited to those requiring
operational and procedural
knowledge in the direct
performance of their duties as well
as those directly associated with
JTF-GTMO. It is the responsibility
of all personnel to protect and
safeguard the contents of this SOP
and ensure appropriate distribution
thereof.

*This 1 March 2004 Camp Delta SOP supersedes all previous editions and supplements.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

iii

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Contents (listed by paragraph and page number), page
iv
Camp Delta Rules, page ix
Chapter 1
Introduction, page 1.1
Purpose  1-1, page 1.1
Minor SOP Modifications  1-2, page 1.1
References  1-3, page 1.1
Explanation of Abbreviations and Terms  1-4, page
1.1
JDOG Mission and Commander’s Intent  1-5, page
1.1
Responsibilities  1-6, page 1.1
U.S. Personnel Standards of Conduct  1-7, page 1.2
General Protection Policy  1-8, page 1.3
Chapter 2
Command and Control, page 2.1
Chain of Command  2-1, page 2.1
Physical Plant  2-2, page 2.1
Camp Delta Operations  2-3, page 2.1
Section I – Personnel, page 2.1
Detention Operations Branch  2-5, page 2.1
Detention Services Branch  2-6, page 2.2
Section II – Functions, page 2.2
Detention Operations Center (DOC)  2-7, page 2.2
Record Keeping  2-8, page 2.3
Chapter 3
Detainee Reception Operations, page 3.1
Overview  3-1, page 3.1
Infantry Support Operations  3-2, page 3.1
Land Movement  3-4, page 3.2
In-processing Security  3-5, page 3.2
Inbound and Outbound Operations DMO  3-6, page
3.4
Linguist Support  3-7, page 3.4
Facility Support  3-8, page 3.4
Chapter 4
Detainee Processing (Reception/Transfer/Release
DMO) page 4.1
Purpose  4-1, page 4.1
Initial Processing  4-2, page 4.1
Documents  4-3, page 4.1
Preparation for Processing  4-4, page 4.1
Personnel Requirements  4-5, page 4.1
In-Processing Procedures  4-6, page 4.1
MP Escort Responsibilities  4-7, page 4.2
Clothing Removal Rome (Station 1)  4-8, page 4.2
Shower (Station 2)  4-9, page 4.2
Cavity Search (Station 3)  4-10, page 4.2
Dressing/Shackle Exchange (Station 4)  4-11, page
4.2
DNA Sample (Station 5)  4-12, page 4.2

Height And Weight (Station 6)  4-13, page 4.2
DRS In-Processing (Station 7)  4-14, page 4.3
ID Wristband/Dossier (Station 8)  4-15, page 4.3
Fingerprint (Station 9)  4-16, page 4.3
Camp Rules (Station 10)  4-17, page 4.3
Post processing  4-18, page 4.3
Reporting  4-19, page 4.3
Behavior Management Plan  4-20, page 4.3
Chapter 5
Detention Facility Operations, page 5.1
Section I –
Rules of Engagement (ROE) and Rules for the Use of
Force (RUF)  5-1, page 5.1
Oleoresin Capsicum (OC) Use  5-2, page 5.3
Camp Rules  5-3, page 5.2
Section II –
Daily Reports  5-4, page 5.1
Incident Reports  5-5, page 5.2
SPOT Reports  5-6, page 5.2
Serious Incident Reports  5-7, page 5.3
Discipline Records  5-8, page 5.3
Section III –
Guard Mount  5-9, page 5.3
Change of Shift Procedures  5-10, page 5.3
Equipment Chit System  5-11, page 5.4
Section IV –
DOC Operations  5-12, page 5.6 Public Address
System  5-13, page 5.4
Radio Discipline  5-14, page 5.4
Building Maintenance  5-15, page 5.6 Video Camera/
Combat Camera  5-16, page 5.8
Section V –
Evidence and Contraband Procedures  5-17, page 5.4
Investigations  5-18, page 5.8
Section VI – Other Agencies
Section VII – Training
Chapter 6
Cell Block Operations, page 6.1
Section I – Security Procedures
Overview  6-1, page 6.1
Headcounts  6-2, page 6.1
Searches  6-3, page 6.1
Searching the Koran  6-4, page 6.1
Keys  6-5, page 6.2
Food Tray Slot (“Bean Hole”) Covers  6-6, page 6.2
Applying Restraints (“Shackling”)  6-7, page 6.2

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

iv

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Section II – Support Operations
Shower and Exercise  6-8, page 6.3
Detainee Mess Operations  6-9, page 6.3
Laundry / Linen  6-10, page 6.4
Barber  6-11, page 6.4
Other Personnel  6-12, page 6.4
Library Books  6-13, page 6.5
Medical Appointments  6-14, page 6.5
Section III – Documentation and Reporting
Block Documentation  6-15, page 6.5
Passive Collection  6-16, page 6.7
Cell Block Report  6-17, page 6.7
Section IV – Block Maintenance
Inspections and Inventories  6-18, page 6.7
Cleaning  6-19, page 6.7
Equipment Maintenance  6-20, page 6.7
Section V – Detainees
Detainee Standard of Conduct  6-21, page 6.7
Detainee Identification Band  6-22, page 6.8
Uniform and Dress Rules  6-23, page 6.8
Personal Hygiene and Appearance  6-24, page 6.8
Detainee comfort during inclement weather 6-26, page
6-10
Chapter 7
Sally Port Operations, page 7.1
Sally Ports  7-1, page 7.1
Sally Ports 1 And 8  7-2, page 7.1
Sally Ports 3 And 9  7-3, page 7.4
Sally Ports 4 And 10  7-4, page 7.5
Detainee Medical Clinic Gate  7-5, page 7.5
Roving Sally  7-6, page 7.6
Weapon Boxes  7-7, page 7.6
Badge ID Process 7-8, page 7-6
Chapter 8
Detainee Behavioral Management, page 8.1
Purpose  8-1, page 8.1
Provision of Basic Needs  8-2, page 8.1
Discipline Process  8-3, page 8.1
Loss of Exercise  8-4, page 8.2
Loss of Hot Meals  8-5, page 8.2
Comfort Items  8-6, page 8.2
Detainee Classification System  8-7, page 8.2
GTMO Form 508-1  8-8, page 8.4
Level 5 (Intel) Blocks  8-9, page 8.4
Confiscation of Items  8-10, page 8.5
Special Rewards  8-11, page 8.7
Chapter 9
Segregation Unit Operations, page 9.1
Section I – In-Processing
In-processing and Documentation  9-1, page 9.1

Placement for Intelligence Purposes  9-2, page 9.1
Section II – Operations
Block Operations  9-3, page 9.1
Extension Request processing  9-4, page 9.2
Chapter 10
NAVSTA Brig Operations, page 10.1
Purpose  10-1, page 10.1
Transport to NAVSTA Brig  10-2, page 10.1
Personnel Support Requirements  10-3, page 10.1
Medical Support Requirements  10-4, page 10.1
Meals  10-5, page 10.1
Exercise  10-6, page 10.1
Showers and Laundry  10-7, page 10.1
Special Orders for Guard Staff  10-8, page 10.2
Visitation  10-9, page 10.2
Use of the Television  10-10, page 10.3
Chapter 11
Escort Operations, page 11.1
General  11-1, page 11.1
Escort Control  11-2, page 11.1
Priority of Escorts  11-3, page 11.1
Escort Teams  11-4, page 11.1
Vehicle Usage  11-5, page 11.3
Equipment Maintenance  11-6, page 11.4
Communications  11-7, page 11.4
Distinguished Visitors  11-8, page 11.4
NAVBASE Hospital Escorts  11-9, page 11.4
Chapter 12
Detainee Property, page 12.1
Authorized Personnel  12-1, page 12.1
Property handling  12-2, page 12.1
Chapter 13
Detainee Mail Operations, page 13.1
Types of Mail  13-1, page 13.1
Incoming Mail  13-2, page 13.1
Outgoing Mail  13-3, page 13.1
ICRC Mail  13-4, page 13.2
Cleared Mail  13-5, page 13.3
Redacted Mail  13-6, page 13.3
Held Mail  13-7, page 13.3
Mail screening  13-8, page 13.3
Mail Transmittal Records  13-9, page 13.4
Mail for Detainees Held at Locations Other Than
GTMO  13-10, page 13.4
Mail Sent Directly to Detainees  13-11, page 13.4
Incorrectly Addressed Mail  13-12, page 13.5
Mail for Released Detainees  13-13, page 13.5
Detainees in Special Housing  13-14, page 13.5
Detainees with More Than 12 Items of Mail  13-15,
page 13.5
Detainees Passing Mail between Cells  13-16, page
13.5

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

v

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 14
Intelligence Operations, page 14.1
General  14-1, page 14.1
Force Protection  14-2, page 14.1
Significant Activity Report  14-3, page 14.1
Disturbance Matrix  14-4, page 14.1
Communication Matrix and Link Diagram  14-5, page
14.1
Leadership Matrices  14-6, page 14.1
Items of Intelligence Value  14-7, page 14.1
Detainee Mail screening  14-8, page 14.1
Operational Intelligence  14-9, page 14.2
Source Operations and Reports  14-10, page 14.2
Duties  14-11, page 14.2
JIIF Guard Personnel  14-12, page 14.2
SCIF Security  14-13, page 14.3
Chapter 15
Linguist Operations, page 15.1
General  15-1, page 15.1
Organization  15-2, page 15.1
Roles and Responsibilities  15-3, page 15.1
Camp Delta Operations  15-4, page 15.1
Detainee In-Processing Operations  15-5, page 15.2
Document Exploitation (DOCEX)  15-6, page 15.2
DOCEX Translation Guidelines  15-7, page 15.3
DOCEX Quality Control  15-8, page 15.3
Detainee Library  15-9, page 15.3
Passive Collection of CI Information  15-10, page
15.5
Intelligence Reference Guide for Linguists  15-11,
page 15.5
Security Considerations  15-12, page 15.5
Chapter 16
Religious Support, page 16.1
Section I – Accommodation of Religion
Chaplain  16-1, page 16.1
Religious Practices  16-2, page 16.1
Chaplain Requests  16-3, page 16.1
Fasting Requests  16-4, page 16.1
Section II – Muslim Detainee Religious Practices
The Muslim Prayer  16-5, page 16.2
Friday Prayer Service  16-6, page 16.2
Muslim Fasting  16-7, page 16.2
Muslim Holiday - Eid  16-8, page 16.2
Dietary Practices  16-9, page 16.3
Medical Practices  16-10, page 16.3
Wear and Appearance of Clothing  16-11, page 16.3
Showers and Hygiene  16-12, page 16.3
Religious Accommodation  16-13, page 16.3
Section III – Islam
Cultural Considerations  16-14, page 16.3

Section IV – Christian Detainee Religious Practices
The Christian Prayer  16-15, page 16.4
Christian Holidays  16-16, page 16.4
Religious Items  16-17, page 16.5
Section V – Muslim Funerals
Muslim Funeral and Burial Rites  16-18, page 16.5
Washing the Body  16-19, page 16.5
Shrouding the Body  16-20, page 16.5
Procedures for the Burial  16-21, page 16.6
Chapter 17
International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC),
page 17.1
Personnel  17-1, page 17.1
Operations  17-2, page 17.1
ICRC Visitation Rules  17-3, page 17.1
Levels of Visitation  17-4, page 17.1
Chapter 18
Food Service, page 18.1
Responsibilities  18-1, page 18.1
Operations  18-2, page 18.1
Duties  18-3, page 18.1
Chapter 19
Medical, page 19.1
Section I - Procedures
Restraint Procedures  19-1, page 19.1
Dispensing of Medications  19-2, page 19.1
Sick Call  19-4, page 19.2
Section II – Emergencies
Emergency Sick Call  19-5, page 19.2
Emergency Condition Responses  19-6, page 19.2
Combat Lifesavers  19-7, page 19.3
Section III – Medical Problems
Voluntary Total Fasting and Re-feeding  19-8, page
19.4
Bodily Fluids  19-9, page 19.4
Heat Category Measure  19-10, page 19.5
Section IV – Facilities
Detention Hospital  19-11, page 19.6
Chapter 20
Repair and Utility, page 20.1
Work Orders  20-1, page 20.1
Tool Accountability  20-2, page 20.2
Chapter 21
Force Protection, page 21.1
Section I – Precautions
Searches  21-1, page 21.1
Security Inspections and Vulnerability Assessments 
21-2, page 21.1

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

vi

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Fire Prevention Precautions  21-3, page 21.1
Section II – Measures
Change in FPCON  21-4, page 21.1
Alert Roster/Recall Roster  21-5, page 21.7
Brevity Codes for Implementation of FPCON Levels 
21-6, page 21.7
Section III – Alert Systems
Duress Condition  21-7, page 21.7
NAVBASE Siren System  21-8, page 21.8
Section IV – Weapons
Weapon Conditions  21-9, page 21.8
Weapons and Ammunition Storage Facility  21-10,
page 21.8
Chapter 22
Key Control, page 22.1
Overview  22-1, page 22.1
Key Custodian  22-2, page 22.1
Key Control Register  22-3, page 22.1
Key Access Roster  22-4, page 22.1
Key and Lock Accountability  22-5, page 22.1
Key Issue Procedures  22-6, page 22.1
Emergency Procedures  22-7, page 22.2
Chapter 23
External Security Operations, page 23.1
Conduct of Infantry Soldiers  23-1, page 23.1
Task Organization  23-2, page 23.1
Infantry FPCON Actions  23-3, page 23.1
Tower Operations  23-4, page 23.1
Debrief Format  23-5, page 23.2
External Positions  23-6, page 23.2
Special Instructions  23-7, page 23.3
Mounted Patrols  23-8, page 23.4
Listening Posts (LP)/Observation Posts (OP)  23-9,
page 23.5
Ammunition handling  23-10, page 23.5
Worcester TCP  23-11, page 23.5
Gardner TCP  23-12, page 23.7
Blocker Position (BP)  23-13, page 23.8
Chapter 24
Initial Reaction Force (IRF) Operations, page 24.1
Section I – Preparation
Team Organization  24-1, page 24.1
IRF Team Equipment  24-2, page 24.1
Additional Equipment  24-3, page 24.1
Training  24-4, page 24.1
Brevity Code  24-5, page 24.2

Section II – Operations
IRF Team Guidelines  24-6, page 24.2
IRF Team Use  24-7, page 24.2

Section III – Documentation
Verbal Reporting  24-8, page 24.3
Written Reporting  24-9, page 24.3
Chapter 25
Quick Response Force (QRF) Operations, page 25.1
Mission  25-1, page 25.1
Requirements  25-2, page 25.1
Notification Procedures  25-3, page 25.1
Ammunition Numbers and Accountability  25-4, page
25.1
Uniform  25-5, page 25.1
Chapter 26
Military Working Dogs (MWD), page 26.1
Responsibilities  26-1, page 26.1
Operations  26-2, page 26.1
Training  26-3, page 26.2
Logistics  26-4, page 26.2
Chapter 27
Operational Security (OPSEC) and Deceptive
Lighting Plan, page 27.1
Purpose  27-1, page 27.1
Responsibilities  27-2, page 27.1
Punitive Action  27-3, page 27.1
Essential Elements of Friendly Information (EEFI) 
27-4, page 27.1
Prohibited Activity  27-5, page 27.1
Deceptive Light Plan  27-6, page 27.2
Chapter 28
Public Affairs, page 28.1
Operations  28-1, page 28.1
Themes for Global War on Terrorism (GWOT)  28-2,
page 28.1
Detainee International Public Information Themes 
28-3, page 28.1
Chapter 29
Transitions, page 29.1
Section I – To Camp IV
Preparation  29-1, page 29.1
Process  29-2, page 29.1
Movement to Camp IV  29-3, page 29.1
Section II – For Transfers
Preparation  29-4, page 29.1
Process  29-5, page 29.1
Movement to Camp IV  29-6, page 29.2
Standing Orders  29-7, page 29.2
Chapter 30
Delta Block Mental Health Facility (MHF), page
30.1
Section I – Operations

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

vii

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Overview  30-1, page 30.1
Staffing  30-2, page 30.1
Watch  30-3, page 30.1
Non-Acute Section  30-4, page 30.1
Video Monitoring Station  30-5, page 30.1
Interview Cells  30-6, page 30.1
Delta Acute Section and Self-Harm Precautions  30-7,
page 30.1

Evacuation Routes  32-11, page 32.14
Destructive Weather  32-12, page 32.15
Escape and Apprehension (“Orange Sherbet”)  32-16,
page 32.17
Camp Coordinated Contraband Search & Seizure
(“Clean Sweep”) 32-16, page 32.17
Intrusion Detection System (IDS) Alarm T-SCIF  3216, page 32-17

Section II – Operations
Self-Harm Precautions Guidelines  30-8, page 30.1
Shower and Exercise  30-9, page 30.1
Dispensing of Prescribed Medication and Medical Sick
call Procedures  30-10, page 30.1
Detainee Behavioral Management Matrix  30-11, page
30.1
Oleoresin Capsicum (OC) Use  30-12, page 30.1
Medical Records  30-13, page 30.1
Crisis/Mass Casualty Response  30-14, page 30.1

Chapter 33 Camp 4 Standard Operating
Procedures
Commander's Intent  33-1, page 33.1
Manning Requirements  33-2, page 33.1
Leave Policy  33-3, page 33.1
Chain of Command (Command and Control)  33-4,
page 33.1
Service and Support  33-5, page 33.1
Personnel Responsibilities  33-6, page 33.2
General Rules  33-7, page 33.5
Bay Rules  33-8, page 33.6
Compound Recreation / Central Recreation Yard Rules
 33-9, page 33.7
Central Shower/Bath Rules  33-10, page 33.8
Mess Yard Rules  33-11, page 33.8
Bay Leader Duties and Responsibilities  33-12, page
33.9
Laundry/Linen Exchange  33-13, page 33.9
Personnel and Detainee cleaning  33-14, page 33.10
Radio Call Signs  33-15, page 33.10
Fire Evacuation Plan  33-16, page 33.11
"OPERATION SNOWBALL"  33-17, page 33.11
Gator Maintenance  33-18, page 33.12
Logbooks  33-19, page 33.13
Radio/Telephone Transmissions  33-20, page 33.13
NIPR Account  33-21, page 33.13
Break Area  33-22, page 33.13
Sally Port Storage Lockers  33-23, page 33.13
P.A. Intercom and Announcement System  33-24,
page 33.13
Detainee Movement from/to Camp 4  33-25, page
33.13
Medical Personnel/Medication Distribution  33-26,
page 33.14
Assigned Personnel Duty Uniform  33-27, page 33/14
Detainee Movement Operations (DMO)  33-28, page
33.14
Duress and IRF Codes  33-30, page 33.15

Deleted: ¶

Section III – Restraint and Seclusion
Purpose  30-15, page 30.1
Background  30-16, page 30.1
Definitions  30-17, page 30.1
Indications  30-18, page 30.1
Practice Authority  30-19, page 30.1
Critical Elements  30-20, page 30.1
Doctor’s Order  30-21, page 30.1
Training  30-22, page 30.1
Performance Improvement  30-23, page 30.1
Section IV – Personnel
Combat Stress Reactions  30-24, page 30.1
Interpreters  30-25, page 30.1
Chapter 31
Supply Operations, page 31.1
Waste Disposal  31-1, page 31.1
Camp Supply Rooms  31-2, page 31.1
Supply Requests  31-3, page 31.1
Computer Requests  31-4, page 31.1
MRE Sanitization  31-5, page 31.1
Chapter 32
Emergency Action Plans (EAPs), page 32.1
Attempted/Actual Self Harm  32-1, page 32.1-2
Mass Disturbance  32-2, page 32.2
Power Outage  32-3, page 32.4
Hostage Situation 32-4, page 32.5
Death  32-5, page 32.5
Medical Emergency  32-6, page 32.5
Radio Range Ambulance access (emergency) 32.6a
page 32.6
Fratricide  32-7, page 32.7
Fire  32-8, page 32.8
Bomb Threat / Discovery / Explosion  32-9, page 32.9
Mass Casualty Incident (MCI)  32-10, page 32.10

Chapter 34
Commissions, page 34.1
Quick Reaction Force (QRF) Teams  34.1, page 34.1
Disturbance in the courtroom 34.2, page 34.1
Medical Emergency  34.3, page 34.2
Fire 34.4, page 34.2
Bomb Threat 34.5, page 34.3
React to an Ambush along the convoy route  34.6,
page 34.3

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

viii

Formatted

Deleted: 5
Deleted: 6
Deleted: 7
Deleted: 8
Deleted: 9
Deleted: 10

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Information Not Covered By the Camp 4 SOP  34-7,
page 34.4
Forms Found in Appendix C of the Camp Delta SOP
(To Be Added At A Later Date)  34-8, pages 34.4

Deleted: 3
Deleted: 30
Deleted: 33.15
Deleted: 3
Deleted: 31

APPENDIXES
A. References
B. Camp Delta Forms

Glossary
Index

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

ix

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

CAMP DELTA RULES
1. Comply with all rules and regulations. You are subject to disciplinary action if you disobey any rule or commit any
act, disorder, or neglect that is prejudicial to good order and discipline.
2. You must immediately obey all orders of U.S. personnel. Deliberate disobedience, resistance, or conduct of a
mutinous or riotous nature will be dealt with by force. Be respectful of others. Derogatory comments toward camp
personnel will not be tolerated.
3. You may not have any articles that can be used as a weapon in your possession at any time. If a weapon is found in
your possession, you will be severely punished. Gambling is strictly forbidden.
4. Being truthful and compliance will be rewarded. Failure to comply will result in loss of privileges.
5. All trash will be returned immediately to U.S. personnel when you are finished eating. All eating utensils must be
returned after meals.
6. No detainee may conduct or participate in any form of military drill, organized physical fitness, hand-to-hand
combat, or martial arts style training.
7. The camp commander will ensure adequate protection for all personnel. Any detainee who mistreats another
detainee will be punished. Any detainee that fears his life is in danger, or fears physical injury at the hands of
another person can report this to U.S. personnel at any time.
8. Medical emergencies should be brought to the guards’ attention immediately.

Your decision whether or not to be truthful and comply will directly affect your quality of life while in this camp.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

x

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 1
Introduction
1-1. Purpose
a. This standard operating procedure (SOP)
provides policy, procedures, and responsibilities for the
security, administration, and treatment of detainees in
custody at Camp Delta. This SOP also establishes
procedures for transfer or release of custody from
Camp Delta.
b. This SOP is consistent with the intent and spirit
of the Geneva Conventions for the Protection of War
Victims, dated 12 August 1949, in accordance with
directives from the National Command Authority
(NCA) and chain of command.
c. All personnel will enforce all orders and
regulations pertaining to the daily operation of the
facility and their assigned posts. Further, all personnel
will be familiar with all facility directives, emergency
plans and all post and special orders pertaining to their
post; carry out all general orders for a sentry on post,
and wear the prescribed uniform of the day.
d. This policy is punitive in that a violation of any
provision of this policy may provide a basis for
appropriate administrative or judicial/disciplinary
action under the Uniform Code of Military Justice
(UCMJ), or appropriate military/civilian personnel
regulations, ejection from Camp Delta, and/or denial of
entry.
e. All personnel will sign a statement of
understanding/acknowledgement that they have read
and will adhere to the provisions of all SOPs for Camp
Delta.
1-2. Minor SOP Modifications
a. Any personnel may send suggestions for
improvement of the SOP through their chain of
command to the JDOG S-3.
b. Minor revisions will be made in a memorandum
format, appropriately staffed, and approved by the
CJDOG.
c. Copies of memorandums will be distributed and
placed in the front of all SOP books.
d. SOPs may be modified through a Guard Mount
message. JDOG S-3 must approve these messages
prior to their release.
e. The SOP will be reviewed every 30 days to
incorporate any changes. Submit all suggested changes
in procedures for operations electronically to JDOG S3 to include the following:
(1) Name of the submitter
(2) Date of submission
(3) If a modification, the current verbiage along
with the chapter and paragraph of the text in the SOP.
“N/A – addition to SOP”

(4) The new verbiage of the addition or
modification to the SOP. “Add Koran to the list of
inbound items contained in paragraph 4-20a.”
(5) The reason why this change should be made
such as “CG has directed all inbounds will now have
Korans”.
f. No SOP modification is valid unless approved by
CJDOG or in an approved Guard Mount message. The
memorandum or guard mount message must state that
it is a modification to the SOP.
g. The JDOG Detention Services Branch (DSB) will
file a copy of all Guard Mount messages approved.
This file will be used to update the SOP during the
revision process. After the Guard Mount message is
included in the SOP through rewrite, it will be placed
in a separate file of items included in the SOP.
h. Each manned position will train on or become
familiar with one chapter per shift until the SOP has
been reviewed.
(1) Verification will be monitored by a signature
roster that is turned into the SOG and forwarded to the
respective company's training NCO for documentation.
(2) To ensure that each chapter is read and
studied, a specific chapter will be assigned to the
manned position.
(3) The roster will ensure that each individual has
read, studied, reviewed and become familiar with the
prescribed chapter.
(4) Training NCOs will ensure all soldiers are
familiar with the SOP.
(5) SOP training will be conducted with or
instead of regular block training as determined by the
block NCO for that shift.
(6) The block NCO must inform SOG of their
intention to train on the SOP in lieu of regular block
training for documentation purposes. The SOG will
then inform the CO as to each block’s intent to train on
what task for that specific shift.
1-3. References Appendix “A” lists required and
related publications along with prescribed and
referenced DOD and DA forms. Appendix “B
“contains all local forms.
1-4. Explanation of Abbreviations and Terms
The glossary explains abbreviations and special terms
used in this SOP.
1-5. JDOG Mission and Commander’s Intent
a. The Joint Detention Operations Group (JDOG)
conducts detention and area security operations in
assigned sector of the Joint Operational Area (JOA) in
support of intelligence operations in the Global War on
Terrorism (GWOT).
b. The JDOG Commander’s (CJDOG) intent is to
conduct detention and security operations with

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
1.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
emphasis on force protection, humane treatment of
detainees, and an aggressive mobile defense in sector.
Conduct detention operations in a manner that supports
the intelligence gathering efforts of the Joint
Interrogation Group (JIG), the Criminal Investigation
Task Force (CITF), and the Counter-Terrorism Cell
(CTC) while providing for the safety, security and care
of the detainees. Assigned/attached security forces
provide the external security necessary to detect, deter,
and defend against enemy sabotage, surveillance, and
attack. End state is an efficiently run detention facility,
a secure operating environment, and a force protection
posture that provides for the safety and security of all
service members, civilian personnel, and detainees.
1-6. Responsibilities
a. Commander, Joint Detention Operations Group
(CJDOG) will:
(1) Be responsible for all facets of the operation
of Camp Delta and outlying detention facilities, and all
facility-related administrative matters.
(2) Ensure detention operations meet with the
principals of the Geneva Convention and the intent of
the Commander-In-Chief (CINC) and Commander,
Joint Task Force-Guantanamo (CJTF).
(3) Support and improve the intelligence
gathering process with all those who have contact with
detainees.
(4) Provide effective liaison with the ICRC
within the limits of military necessity.
b. Subordinate Unit Commanders, JDOG. The
commander will:
(1) Train all assigned personnel on this SOP
within 72 hours of assignment.
(2) Conduct SOP refresher training at least every
three months thereafter, and whenever any portion is
changed.
(3) Ensure all assigned personnel carry the “US
SOUTHCOM Human Rights Standing Orders” card on
them at all times.
(4) Ensure all assigned personnel carry the “JTFGTMO ROE/RUF” card on them at all times.
c. All personnel entering Camp Delta. All military
and civilian personnel assigned to, having access to, or
working at Camp Delta or other JTF-GTMO detention
facilities are required to read and adhere to the
standards set forth in this SOP.
d. Contractor and Vendor Personnel. Contractor
and vendor personnel will:
(1) Strictly comply with the rule against bringing
prohibited items into or out of Camp Delta or other
JTF-GTMO detention facilities.
(2) Never communicate in any manner with any
detainee.

(3) Ensure that workers properly clean the work
area to preclude leaving any debris or material that
might be taken and modified into a weapon.
1-7. U.S. Personnel Standards of Conduct
a. Personnel assigned to JDOG will familiarize
themselves with the references and comply with them
and other related regulations in letter and spirit. The
following will govern the conduct of all personnel
assigned to JDOG or working within the confines of
Camp Delta or other JTF-GTMO detention facilities.
(1) Security Mission. Security is the primary
mission of all personnel who work at Camp Delta or
other JTF-GTMO detention facilities, regardless of job,
military occupational specialty (MOS), section, or
office. All personnel will be alert for security violations
or discrepancies and immediately report any unusual,
questionable incidents, or observations to their
immediate supervisor. Supervisors will report all
violations to the Detention Operations Center (DOC)
and/or JDOG S3.
(2) Humane Treatment. Treat detainees
humanely. Abuse, or any form of corporal punishment,
is prohibited. Verbal harassment, interrogation except
by proper authority, and the imposing of physical
exercise as punishment is prohibited.
(3) Professionalism. Maintain a fair, firm,
impartial, and professional demeanor toward detainees
at all times.
(4) Use of Force. Personnel will not strike nor
lay hands upon a detainee except in self-defense, to
prevent a serious injury to a person or damage to
property, to quell a disturbance, or for purposes of
escorting, properly restraining, or searching a detainee.
In such cases, exercise only the amount of force
necessary to gain the compliance of the detainee.
Apply all uses of force in accordance with JTF-GTMO
ROE/RUF, dated 30 Nov 02. Immediately report all
uses of force to the DOC and/or JDOG S3. Report to
CJDOG any excessive use of force as expeditiously as
feasible. All personnel will carry JTF-GTMO
RUE/RUF card at all times.
(5) Alertness. Personnel will be alert to detect
and prevent a detainee from escaping or harming
himself or others.
(6) Contraband. Contraband is any item, article,
or substance not authorized to be in the possession of
personnel while within the confines of Camp Delta or
other JTF-GTMO detention facilities. Personnel will
not bring or permit others to bring any item(s) for
detainees into the facility. Do not give or make
accessible contraband to detainees. Anything not
issued to detainees or authorized for their use is
contraband. A partial list of contraband follows:
(a) Guns or firearms of any type
(b) Explosives or munitions

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
1.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(c) Chemical components or incendiary devices
(d) Knives
(e) Unauthorized handcuff keys
(f) Drugs or narcotics without a prescription
(g) Intoxicants/alcoholic beverages
(h) Currency (not on person)
(i) Razor blades
(j) Obscene material
(k) Photographic equipment (unless approved by
proper authority)
(l) Personal mail/parcels.
(m) Recording devices (unless approved by
proper authority)
(n) Extra clothing not worn on the job site
(o) Food products (unless being consumed by
individual)
(p) Cell phones (unless approved by proper
authority)
(q) Handbags, duffel bags, and book bags (unless
required by mission and approved by proper authority)
(r) Non-government laptops (unless approved by
proper authority
(s) Reading material other than military
publications such as FMs, ARs, TMs, etc.
(t) Electronic devices such as DVD players, CD
players, tape players, headphones, etc. are not
authorized for guards.
(u) Personal Digital Assistance (PDA) unless
authorized per access roster. Personnel who have been
issued PDA’s will adhere and conform to the standards
of conduct, relative to policy set-forth by J6. PDA’S
will be secured at all times by their owners. In the
event a PDA is left unattended, the PDA will be turned
into the DOC NCOIC, accompanied by DA Form 2823
and DA Form 4137. The S6 will confirm identity of
the owner through serial number and hand receipt and
will return the PDA to the owners commander.
(7) Social Contact. Personnel will only interact
with detainees on official business that is essential for
mission accomplishment. Personnel will not fraternize
with detainees nor accept personal favors or services.
This includes idle chatter and small talk conducted
with the detainee.
(8) Gifts. Personnel will not give or receive from
any detainee anything that could be construed as a gift,
or in any manner, buy, sell, or barter any item(s) with a
detainee.
(9) Promises and Privileges. Personnel will not
extend nor promise to a detainee any special privilege
or favor not available to all detainees, nor furnish
detainees with information except through official
channels. The JIG Commander my grant exceptions
for the purpose of interrogations.
(10) Privacy of Information. The privacy of
information applies to all information concerning any
of the detainees. Personnel will discuss information

only with authorized personnel requiring this
information in the performance of their official duties.
Obtain permission from the JDOG S3 or higher
authority to release information. Personnel will not
discuss facility activities, operations or detainee
information in public areas where they may be
overheard.
(11) Appearance. All military personnel will
maintain a high standard of bearing and appearance.
Leaders will ensure proper performance of duties
through professionalism, training, effective
communication, leadership, teamwork and discipline.
Personnel will set the example in conduct and
performance on and off duty. The duty uniform for all
military personnel assigned to JDOG at Camp Delta
and other JTF-GTMO detention facilities will be the
following:
(a) BDUs with sew-on rank, insignia to include
collar devices and sleeves down. Anytime personnel
are in the vicinity of detainees (escorts, cell blocks,
interrogation/monitor rooms, medical clinic, Detention
Hospital, or other detention facilities), the nametape
will be covered with adhesive tape.
(b) BDU patrol cap with rank sewn on.
(c) Appropriate civilian attire (select personnel).
(d) Camel-back or similar container, or stripped
pistol belt with canteen.
(e) Pen and paper.
(f) Whistle clipped to the left pocket or clipped
on belt loop (no lanyard).
(g) No earrings
(12) Weapons. Unless specifically authorized by
CJDOG (e.g., Quick Reaction Force), personnel will
not introduce, or knowingly allow to be introduced into
Camp Delta or other JTF-GTMO detention facilities
unauthorized firearms, nightsticks, or any instruments
that might be considered as or possibly used as a
weapon. Personnel are not authorized to use or have in
their possession unauthorized weapons including, but
not limited to, firearms, knives, batons, sap gloves
(lead filled padded gloves), batons, nightsticks, PR24s, collapsing/expandable batons and any other
weapons not specifically authorized. Personnel are
authorized to utilize “field expedient” weapons under
situations of extreme danger when other efforts have
failed or are unfeasible and it is necessary to prevent
the death or severe bodily injury to themselves or other
personnel, including detainees. Only competent
authority may direct an exception to this policy in the
event of escape, riot, or disorder. Competent authority
is CJTF, CJDOG, DCJDOG, or the on-duty Company
Commander.
(13) Alcohol and other substances. Personnel
will not consume mind-altering substances within eight
hours prior to assuming duty, including but not limited
to alcoholic beverages. Soldiers with prescriptions for

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
1.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
such medications should immediately notify their chain
of command and fitness for shift determinations will be
made on a case-by-case basis. The consumption of
alcoholic beverages and/or other mind-altering
substances is sufficient cause to effect relief from duty
and disciplinary action.
b. All violations of the Standards of Conduct will
be promptly reported to the chain of command.
1-8. General Protection Policy
a. Give all persons detained at Camp Delta and
other JTF-GTMO detention facilities humanitarian care
and treatment within the spirit of the Geneva
Conventions.
b. The inhumane treatment of detainees is
prohibited and is never justified. Further, any one who
treats a detainee inhumanely, or fails to report such an
incident, is subject to punishment under the Uniform
Code of Military Justice and/or other applicable laws
and statutes.
c. Respect all detainees as human beings and
protect them against all acts of violence.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
1.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
1.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 2
Command and Control
2-1. Chain of Command
a. Commander, Joint Detention Operations Group
(CJDOG). The CJDOG is also the Detention Facility
Commander and is responsible for all facets of
operations in Camp Delta and other JTF-GTMO
detention facilities including, but not limited to,
administrative, security, operational, and logistical
matters involving both detainees and U.S. forces
assigned, attached, or working at Camp Delta and other
JTF-GTMO detention facilities.
b. Following is the security force chain of command
for any given shift at Camp Delta and other JTFGTMO detention facilities:
POSITION
S3, JDOG
CO
PL
SOG’S 1, 2, 3
BLOCK NCOIC
SP/GATE GUARDS
JIIF MONITORS
ESCORT CTRL NCOIC
ESCORTS
BLOCK GUARDS
DOC NCOIC
CAMP 4 NCOIC
Table 2-1

REPORTS TO
DCJDOG
S3, JDOG
CO
PL1 OR PL2
SOG
SOG 3
SOG
DOC NCOIC
ESCORT NCOIC
BLOCK NCOIC
S3, JDOG
FGIW

2-2. Physical Plant
a. Camp Delta currently has nineteen maximumsecurity detention areas for confining detainees
individually and four medium security areas for
confining detainees in twelve person rooms within a
forty-eight capacity building. These detention areas
are grouped into 4 distinct camps (Camp 1, Camp 2,
Camp 3, and Camp 4).
b. Each of the maximum-security detention areas
contains a block of cells having 24, 36, or 48 individual
cells.
c. Blocks are categorized as maximum security
(individual cells) or medium security (twelve person
rooms). Maximum-security blocks are designated as
Segregation, designed specifically for segregation and
isolation of detainees for disciplinary or intelligence
gathering purposes.
2-3. Camp Delta Operations
a. The JDOG S3 Section also serves as the Camp
Delta Operations Section. The primary focus for the
Camp Delta Operations Section is the safe, secure, and

efficient operation of Camp Delta and other JTFGTMO detention facilities.
b. The Camp Delta Operations Section is organized
into two distinct branches: Detention Operations
Branch and Detention Services Branch.
Section I – Personnel
2-4. Duty positions described in this SOP are
necessary for the effective operation of Camp Delta
and other JTF-GTMO detention facilities; however, not
all positions are annotated in the current JTF-GTMO
Joint Manning Document (JMD). Non-JMD positions
(identified with an *) will be filled via tasking to
subordinate units, or identified as Additional Duties for
other personnel in the JDOG headquarters.
2-5. Detention Operations Branch
a. Detention Operations Officer Assists the JDOG
S3 and on-duty Commanding Officer (CO) with all
aspects of detention operations, including detainee
custody and control, detainee movement and cell
assignments, internal security, mission tracking, and
reporting requirements. Responsible for development
of SOPs for both JDOG and detention facility
operations and coordination with JTF-GTMO staff,
subordinate units, contractors, medical staff, JIG, law
enforcement agencies, and Naval Base staff and
support agencies.
b. Detention Operations NCO Assists the
Detention Operations Officer with all aspects of
detention operations, including detainee custody and
control, internal security, mission tracking and daily
reports. Conducts surveys and inspections to ensure
consistent application of detention facility policies and
procedures. Coordinates with JTF-GTMO staff,
subordinate units, contractors, medical staff, JIG, law
enforcement agencies, and Naval Base staff and
support agencies. Serves as JDOG Physical Security
NCO and Key Custodian for Camp Delta and other
JTF-GTMO detention facilities.
c. On-duty Commanding Officer (CO)* One MP
Company Commander will be assigned for each duty
shift. The CO serves as the watch officer in the DOC,
and takes direction from the JDOG S3, and is
responsible for all aspects of the operation of Camp
Delta. Responsibilities include the day-to-day humane
care, custody and control, discipline, safety, and
welfare of all detainees. The CO is overall responsible
for the care, conduct, and discipline of the guard force.
Specific duties of the CO are detailed in the Special
Orders portion of this SOP.
d. On-duty Platoon Leader (PL)* Two MP
Platoon Leaders will be assigned for each duty shift.
PLs assist the CO in the day-to-day operation of Camp
Delta. Specific duties of the PL are detailed in the
Special Orders portion of this SOP. Each PL will be
assigned an area of responsibility, as follows:

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
2.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(1) PL1 will be assigned to Camp Delta 1 and 4.
(2) PL2 will be assigned to Camp Delta 2 and 3.
e. Sergeant of the Guard (SOG)* Four MP NCOs
will be assigned for each duty shift, and designated the
SOG for their assigned area, as outlined below. The
SOGs report to the PL assigned to their area of Camp
Delta. The SOGs are the immediate shift supervisors
for Block NCOICs and Sally Port/Gate Guards for their
respective areas. The SOGs are responsible for the
care, conduct, and safety of the guard force. They
enforce accountability, control, safety, care, and
humane treatment of detainees; ensure that all
personnel perform their assigned duties and tasks to
standard and adhere to the Camp Delta SOP; and
coordinate logistical support of the guard force and
detainees for their shift. Specific duties of the SOG are
detailed in the Special Orders portion of this SOP.
(1) SOG1 will be assigned to Camp Delta 1, and
will be an MP NCO, SFC or above. SOG 1 is
designated as the senior SOG for the shift.
(2) SOG 2 will be assigned to Camp Delta 2 and
3, and will be an MP NCO, SFC or above.
(3) SOG 3 will be assigned to perform duties
between Sally ports 1&8 “Camp Delta Mainstreet”,
Gold, Brown and Yellow JIIF trailers. SOG 3 will be
an MP NCO, SSG or above.
(4) SOG 4 will be assigned to Camp 4, and will
be an MP NCO, SSG or above.
f. Block NCOIC* A Block NCOIC will be
assigned to each occupied block for each shift. The
Block NCOIC is supervises all guards assigned to the
block and is responsible for all aspects of custody and
control, care, shelter, feeding, and treatment of all
detainees housed in the cell block.
g. Escort Control NCO* and Assistant Escort
Control NCO* An NCO (SGT or above) will be
assigned as the Escort Control NCO for each shift. An
NCO (CPL or above) will be assigned as the Assistant
Escort Control NCO for day and swing shift. The
Escort Control NCO and Assistant NCO are
responsible for all aspects of Camp Delta escort
operations.
h. DOC NCO and Assistant DOC NCO An NCO
(SGT or above) will be assigned as the DOC NCO. An
NCO (CPL or above) will be assigned as the Assistant
DOC NCO for day and swing shift. The DOC NCO
and Assistant DOC NCO are responsible for
controlling, reporting, and tracking all aspects of
detention facility operations.
i. Detention Hospital Security Force NCOIC An
NCO (SSG or above) will be detailed to perform duty
at the Detention Hospital. This NCO is responsible for
all security provided at the Detention Hospital, and for
the custody and control of all detainees treated at the
Detention Hospital (in-patient and out-patient). All
guards assigned to work a shift at the Detention

Hospital are OPCON to the Detention Hospital
Security Force NCO.
j. DOC Clerk Responsibilities include, but are not
limited to, maintaining the Camp Delta Blotter,
radiotelephone operator tasks, detainee tracking, and
other duties as assigned by DOC NCO.
2-6. Detention Services Branch (DSB)
a. Detention Services Officer* Supervises all
aspects of detainee record administration, Camp Delta
operational records administration, detainee
administrative and logistics support, detainee database
management, mission tracking, and reporting
requirements. Responsible for staffing and publishing
SOPs for detention facility operations, and
coordination with JTF-GTMO staff, subordinate units,
contractors, medical staff, JIG, law enforcement
agencies, and Naval Base staff and support agencies.
b. Detention Services NCO Assists the Detention
Services Officer with all aspects of detainee record
administration, Camp Delta operational records
administration, detainee administrative and logistics
support, detainee database management, mission
tracking, and reporting requirements. Responsible for
compiling and forwarding daily detainee accountability
reports, maintaining all detainee and operational
records IAW the Modern Army Record Keeping
System (MARKS), and providing administrative
assistance to the JDOG S3 and DOC.
c. Detainee Administration and Records Clerk
Assists the Detention Services Officer and NCO with
all aspects of detainee record administration, Camp
Delta operational records administration, detainee
administrative and logistics support, detainee database
management, mission tracking, and reporting
requirements. Assists with compiling and forwarding
daily detainee accountability reports, maintaining all
detainee and operational records IAW the Modern
Army Record Keeping System (MARKS), and
providing administrative assistance to the JDOG S3
and DOC.
Section II – Functions
2-7. Detention Operations Center (DOC)
a. The DOC is the focal point for all detention and
security operations and is the nerve center of the
facility. It is from here that all detainee movements are
directed, controlled, and accounted for; that all keys are
controlled and accounted for; where entry and exit of
all detainees are accounted for and where emergency
equipment is stored.
b. The DOC will be occupied at all times. Access is
limited to those assigned for duty.
c. The DOC will be the visitation checkpoint for all
visitors coming into the facility. All persons requesting
access to the facility must have a valid reason to be

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
2.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
there (Chaplain visits, special VIP guests, etc). All
personnel must have positive identification with a
picture I.D. and must have authorization from the
CJDOG. No visitors will enter the facility without
express authorization. All visitors must sign in the
visitation logbook located at Sally Port #1. All visitors
without authorization for unescorted access will be
escorted.
2-8. Record Keeping
a. The DSB is responsible for all detainee records,
correspondence concerning detention and
administrative correspondence as required by
operational demands and control of internal facility
orders and memorandums.
b. Strict control and continuous records
management is critical to ensure thorough
accountability of all information concerning detainee
records, other administrative documents, and
accountability of equipment. All personnel will strictly
comply with the Privacy Act and Freedom of
Information Act concerning divulging of information,
either telephonically or in hard copy.
c. Much of the operational and administrative
records of Camp Delta is classified or sensitive in
nature and will be safeguarded as such. Personnel will
not authorize release of information to the media.
d. Records will not be removed from the facility
without authority from the CJDOG. Requests from
outside organizations will be routed through command
channels for decisions. Under no circumstances will a
detainee review or have access to his records.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
2.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
2.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 3
Detainee Reception Operations
3-1. Overview Periodically, detainees will arrive at
Leeward Airfield to be moved to Camp Delta for
detention. The JDOG S3 will provide for specific
instructions and training prior to the reception of
detainees.
3-2. Infantry Support Operations
a. See Infantry SOP for DMO Operations

3-4. Land Movement
a. Follow the guidelines listed below for the airfield
reception of detainees.
b. The JDOG will identify two NCOs to receive
detainee property and the manifest. NCO #1 will
obtain the manifest from the personnel on the aircraft
and ride with the lead bus to Camp Delta. NCO #1 will
turn over this manifest upon arrival at Camp Delta to
the in-processing escort NCOIC. NCO #2 will receive
the detainee property and coordinate with JIG for
custody of the property. Once this coordination is done
and property needed by the JIG is released to them, the
remaining property will be taken to JDOG S-4 and
released to the Property Book Officer (PBO) for
storage, IAW AR 210-174.
c. Utilize six guards, including one guard with a
shotgun, per detainee bus.
d. Two guards will receive the detainee from the
aircraft escort team. They will pat down the detainee
then turn the detainee over to the guards on the bus.
e. Three guards will remain on the bus and receive
the patted-down detainee from the two guards on the
ground. They will move the detainee to his position on
the bus and secure him to the floor.
f. Once the bus is full, all six guards will travel on
the bus to provide security for the detainees.
g. Both buses will be loaded at the same time.
h. Infantry will be responsible for area outer
security during the airfield operations and the convoy
from the airport to Camp Delta.
i. The detainees will be in a three-piece suit.
j. The bus guards must bring sufficient handcuffs to
secure the detainees to the chain in the bus.
3-5. In-processing Security
a. Periodically, detainees will arrive at Camp Delta
to be detained until an appropriate disposition is
decided. The following guidelines will be followed for
in-processing.
b. The DOC will be responsible for transmitting via
brevity code the following actions. Separate brevity
codes are used for the dress rehearsal and mission for
the following phases:
(1) Off-loading of detainees commences

(2) Off-loading of detainees completed
(3) Completion of in-processing.
c. Two Escort NCOICs should be identified for the
operation of detainee in-processing. One will be
responsible for receiving detainees and moving them
through in-processing. The other NCOIC will be
responsible for the movement of detainees from inprocessing to their various destinations and the
accountability of the detainees.
d. Pre-staging prior to detainee arrival will include,
but is not limited to the following:
(1) Dressing room personnel must stage threepiece suits in the dressing room based on the number of
detainees scheduled to arrive.
(2) Dressing room personnel will also prepare
jump suites i.e. insert shorts into bottoms and roll pant
legs up at least half way.
(3) Stage trash cans with liners, one outside
dressing room for goggles, two inside stripping room
for clothes, three in holding area #1 for mittens,
earmuffs, and miscellaneous trash.
(4) Two cardboard boxes should be placed in
holding area #1 for the Air Force black boxes and
chains.
(5) Set up two tables in holding area #1 for water.
Guards will use three coolers identified for their use.
Detainees will use two coolers identified for their use.
Secure Styrofoam cups and coordinate with medics to
obtain ice.
(6) Get rubber gloves from medics.
(7) Coordinate with the DOC to stage four
Gators, with keys, fueled up, and outside holding area
#2.
(8) Secure gate keys “A” and “B” from the DOC.
(9) Secure at least six Saber radios from the
DOC. One for each of the NCOICs and one for each of
the Gator drivers.
(10) Shades will be closed on blocks to restrict
detainee’s view of in-processing.
(11) Secure two road guard vests for soldiers
directing convoy.
e. Once in-processing personnel arrive, they will
begin by sweeping holding areas #1 and #2. Guards
will then be tasked as follows:
(1) Two for holding area #1 security.
(2) Two for mitten and earmuff removal as well
as distributing water to detainees in holding area.
(3) Two for restraint removal and preparing
clothing to be removed.
(4) Two for the strip room.
(5) Two for shower and lice room. Wet weather
gear will be provided for soldiers.
(6) Two for physical inspection room.
(7) Two for the dressing room.
(8) Two to direct detainee convoy into Camp
Delta. Road guard vests will be issued from supply.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
3.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(9) One to check off detainee roster inside
holding area #1.
(10) Four to six in riot gear to serve as the
Immediate Reaction Force (IRF) team.
(11) Remaining soldiers will be paired with an
NCO who will sign for a handcuff key.
(12) Four of these soldiers will be identified to be
litter escorts if needed.
f. NCO from the JDOG turns keys to black boxes to
Reception NCOIC and manifest over to JDOG S-1 at
processing area. The manifest will identify the order of
processing for detainees. The manifest usually will
designate a “Top Ten” list of the first detainees to be
interviewed at the Joint Intelligence Interrogation
Facility (JIIF).
g. Processing area escort guards move detainees
into holding area as they are taken off of the buses.
Escorts operate as teams of two.
h. Escorts remove earmuffs and black boxes from
detainees. Black boxes are staged outside of holding
area pending return to Air Force. Four medics from the
JDOG check detainees after they are placed in holding
area. This is a check for any medical condition
requiring immediate attention (heat problems, etc.)
i. Escort teams move detainees through the
processing stations. Unless otherwise specified,
restraints remain on detainees. Some stations require
removal of some restraints, however, at no time, unless
directed by appropriate authority, will all restraints be
removed from a detainee.
(1) Station 1: Escorts remove uniform off of
detainee. Uniform is thrown in trash to later be
collected and washed. Goggles will be lowered and
placed around the detainee’s neck. Mask remains on.
(2) Station 2: Escort team moves detainee to
shower room. A medic will conduct a check for lice.
If lice are found, detainee will be treated for lice and
will wait approximately 15 minutes for treatment to
work before continuing with shower. If no lice are
detected, the detainee will shower.
(3) Station 3: Escort team moves detainee to
medical exam room. The Physician Assistant (PA)
performs a quick exam, a body survey check, and a
body cavity search. Photos of scars and tattoos are
taken.
(4) Station 4: Escort team moves detainee to
dressing room and assists with dressing of detainee. A
second escort team is specifically assigned to the
dressing room to assist detainee escorts with the
dressing. During this process, only one portion of the
restraint system will be removed at a time as needed
for the dressing process. During this process, the Air
Force restraints are removed and replaced with
restraints from JTF-GTMO.
(5) Station 5: Escorts move detainee to hallway
outside of dressing room where a DNA sample is

taken. Height and weight are also taken. JIG takes
photographs.
(6) Station 6: detainee information is entered
into PWIS database.
(7) Station 7: Photo for identity (ID) bracelet is
taken in room adjacent to database interview room.
(8) Station 8: Move to hallway for taking of
fingerprints. The JDOG be prepared to provide two
MPs to take fingerprints.
(9) Station 9: Detainee is moved to medical inprocessing. Detainee is placed on cot for blood draw.
(10) Station 10: Detainee is moved to x-ray room
and receives chest x-ray. Medical personnel will place
lead aprons over guards while guards maintain control
of detainee.
(11) Station 11: Detainee is moved to medical
exam room.
(12) Station 12: Detainee is moved to dental
exam room. (Station 11 and Station 12 can be done in
the reverse order, depending on their availability.)
j. If the detainee is one of the first 10 being
processed, as identified by the manifest, he is taken
directly to JIIF and turned over to JIIF escort personnel
at the JIIF sally port.
k. If the detainee is not one of the first 10 being
processed, he is moved through the system in the
normal order.
l. Escorts provide four guards to drive Gators
moving detainees to and from the blocks and medical.
An escort team will accompany the Gators as detainees
are moved to and from the blocks to medical at
processing.
m. Once all processing is complete, guards will
insure that all handcuffs, goggles, earmuffs, leg irons,
black boxes, and belly chains are accounted for and
assembled for return to the Air Force. These items will
be picked up for return to Leeward Airfield.
n. Once all processing is complete, the processing
building will be cleaned and policed.
3-6. Inbound and Outbound Operations
Refer to Annex E/SIPR Detainee Movement
Operations (DMO).
3-7. Linguist Support
The JDOG S3 will task linguists to support reception
operations. The languages of the transferring detainees
will determine which linguists will be used in the
transfer process from the point of origin to Camp Delta
and from Camp Delta to transfer location for an
outbound mission.
3-8. Facility Support
a. Two days prior to the arrival of the detainees, the
block(s) to house the new arrivals will be emptied of
their occupants.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
3.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
b. MPs will inspect the block(s) for any trash or
items left in the cells. Any items of intelligence value
will be turned over to the JDOG S-2.
c. If there is any graffiti on the cell walls or doors,
shower areas, or the exercise yard, an interpreter will
be called to interpret it and record the translation. The
JDOG S-2 will be contacted to coordinate any need to
record images of the graffiti.
d. Once JDOG S-2 is finished with the graffiti, the
R&U section will paint over all graffiti in the cells,
shower and the exercise yard.
3-9. Inbound Preparation Requirements
a. This activity requires coordination with the
following groups and/or individuals:
(1) Infantry Task Force
(2) Joint Medical Group (JMG) to include psych
staff
(3) Combat Camera
(4) Detainee Chaplain
(5) ICE
(6) Interpreters for additional linguists support
(7) J-4 for additional transportation assets
b. An access roster of personnel allowed into the
processing building will be created and forwarded to
the processing line NCOIC. Personnel on the access
roster will be issued badges. R&U will construct a
temporary barrier around the processing facility.
Unauthorized personnel will be kept away from the
processing line by the infantry.
c. Prior to the arrival of the detainees, the JDOG S1 will distribute the manifest to JDOG Ops and others
to coordinate their activities for the detainee’s arrival.
d. The land bridge guards will obtain the following
items from JDOG S-3 for use:
(1) Zip ties
(2) Search gloves
(3) ISO mats for the processing holding area
(4) Surgical masks for the guards
(5) MREs for the guards for lunch
(6) Two pairs of EMT scissors
(7) Two pairs of cutters (wire cutters)
(8) Three-piece suit for each detainee and staged
in the processing building.
e. JDOG Ops will coordinate with J-4 transportation
for the detainee buses and bus drivers.
f. The S-1 will stage the following items in the
processing building:
(1) Two towels for each detainee
(2) Scrub brushes
(3) Uniform and flip-flops for each detainee.
g. JDOG Ops will coordinate with J-3 operations
for additional radios with the secure long-range
frequency when there are insufficient quantities
available at Camp Delta.

3-10. Outbound Preparation Requirements
a. This activity requires coordination with the
following groups and/or individuals:
(1) JAG for the exit interview and release
agreement
(2) ICRC for an exit interview
(3) Combat Camera
(4) Detainee Chaplain
(5) JMG to include the psych staff
(6) Interpreters
(7) JIG
(8) PSYOPS
b. Prior to the departure of the detainees, the JDOG
S-1 will distribute the transfer order and manifest to
JDOG Ops and others to coordinate their activities for
the detainee’s departure.
c. JDOG Ops will coordinate the following items:
(1) Broadcast of two PSYOP messages about the
pending transfer of detainees
(2) Arranging a feast in Camp 4 for all detainees
that will occur the night before they leave
(3) Issuance of the following detainee travel
items:
(a) Prayer Beads
(b) Prayer Cap
(c) Koran
(d) Book
(e) Sports or duffel bag
(f) Jeans
(g) Shoes
(h) Socks
(i) T-Shirt
(j) Shirt
(k) Boxer Shorts
(l) Shaving Cream
(m) Disposable Razor
(n) Deodorant
(o) Shampoo
(p) Toothpaste
(q) Package of Kleenex
(r) Package of Wet Wipes
(s) Comb.
(4) The following travel items will be dependant on
the destination’s climate:
(a) Jacket
(b) Blanket
(c) Thermal underwear bottoms
(d) Thermal underwear tops.
(5) Transportation for the transfers through the J4 transportation office.
(6) MP escorts for the transport, lead, and trail
vehicles.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
3.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 4
Detainee Processing (Reception/Transfer/Release)
4-1. Purpose
To in-process detainees, update and maintain the DRS
(Detainee Reporting System) database, send daily
upload and report to the National Detainee Records
Center (NDRC). Support other JDOG sections through
database research and queries. DRS is the principle
database for detainee’s administrative records.
4-2. Initial Processing
Upon notification of inbound detainees (24 to 48 prior
to arrival), prepare two sets of folders for each detainee
with the Internment Serial Number (ISN). The DOC
will receive one folder and the Processing Section (PS)
keeps the other.
4-3. Documents
Documents added to the folder during the process
include:
(1) Height and Weight Register
(2) Initial Medical Screening Card
(3) Detainee Personnel Records.
4-4. Preparation for Processing
a. At one hour after the detainee plane leaves
theater, a wheels up report will be received. This
report confirms the identity and number of detainees
onboard. Notify medical and property of any changes.
b. Between 24-48 hours prior to wheels down, the
unit transferring detainees or the NDRC will email to
the section OIC/NCOIC a final confirmed manifest
from either. Forward a copy to the medical inprocessing OIC and detainee property custodian.
c. Between 2-12 hours prior to detainee aircraft
wheels down, NDRC will send an upload containing all
detainee information collected during the in-processing
in theater. Use SIPRNET to send this.
d. Between 4-6 hours prior to arrival, an order list
will arrive from the JIG detailing the order in which
they want the detainees processed. Processing line
personnel will attempt to follow this order, however the
processing mission takes precedent. If the order list
does not arrive, contact the JIG to confirm order.
4-5. Personnel Requirements
a. Holding Area.
(1) One guard NCO assigned from a subordinate
MP company to control the off-loading of the busses,
positioning of detainees in the holding area, and
security of the holding area.
(2) There will be two escorts per detainee. A
ratio of 2:1 is required.
(3) Medical personnel: An NCOIC and four
medics set up and operate a first aid station.
b. Processing Trailer.

(1) NCOIC: Controls traffic in the trailer and
coordinates with all entities for smooth flow of
detainees
c. Undressing Room.
(1) Two guards
d. Shower Room.
(1) Preventive medicine specialist
(2) Medic
(3) Two guards
e. Cavity Search.
(1) PA
(2) Medical NCO
(3) One linguist
f. Dressing Room.
(1) Two guards
g. DNA Sample.
(1) Two CTIF personnel
h. Height and Weight.
(1) Two Admin personnel
i. Processing Room.
(1) Three processing clerks
(2) Three intelligence personnel
(3) Three linguists
j. Camera Room.
(1) Two admin clerks for picture and ID
wristband processing,
(2) Two FBI personnel for five-stage picture
k. Fingerprinting.
(1) Two to four FBI personnel; in their absence,
two to four guards
l. Camp Rules.
(1) One linguist
m. The Linguist OIC will control interpreters
stationed throughout the processing trailer.
4-6. In-Processing Procedures
a. Prior to detainee arrival, prepare and stage the
following:
(1) Water coolers with ice water and cups for
guards
(2) Water cooler with water (without ice) and
cups for detainees
(3) Several boxes of latex gloves for guards
(4) Hand sanitizer
(5) Gators staged and fueled for transporting
detainees to blocks
(6) Keys to all gates in both holding areas
(7) Raise blinds on North side of Delta block to
prevent detainees from seeing new arrivals
(8) Station 4, stage detainee uniforms, and
footwear
(9) Shut down Camp Delta with no non-essential
traffic in or out and movement of detainees.
b. Upon arrival, with the busses staged next to the
holding area, the JDOG S-3 representative on the lead
bus will give the manifest with notes, medical records,

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
4.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Air Force shackle keys and the disk with detainee
information to the Processing NCOIC. Pass the
appropriate information to medical and processing
personnel and give the Air Force shackle keys to the
guards staffing station #5, Dressing & Shackle
Exchange.
c. MPs form two lines from the bus to the holding
area entrance. As the detainees are brought off the bus,
the first escort from both lines will escort the detainee
through the sally port of the holding area. The NCOIC
of the holding area will station himself at the sally port
and direct the placement of each detainee. NCOIC of
the holding area is responsible for placing the detainees
in the sequence requested by the JIG.
d. Detainee entrance into holding area. Take the
detainees off the bus in the reverse order in which they
were loaded. Place the detainees on the JIG order list
closest to the processing trailer door. Once in the
holding area, seat the detainees; legs folded and head
down with their backs to the processing trailer door.
Remove the earmuffs and leather mitts and put surgical
masks in place after seating and securing all detainees.
All detainees will be off the bus and seated prior to
processing beginning.
In the holding area, medics check the detainees for
distress and administer aid as necessary. If a detainee
is in need of urgent medical care, he can be frontloaded into the processing sequence or taken to the
hospital where admin personnel will process him after
processing all other detainees.
e. On direction from the Processing NCOIC, two
guards will escort in the first detainee to the processing
trailer.
f. Any detainee requiring special treatment such as
going directly to the JIG will be frontloaded in the
processing line.
4-7. MP Escort Responsibilities
a. A team of two guards will escort each detainee
through the entire processing line. On average, the
processing cycle will last three hours; there is no
provision for rest breaks during these evolutions.
Escorts must be aware of this requirement.
b. Escorts will maintain four-point contact with
their detainee at all times unless directed to modify
their control by processing cadre.
c. Escorts will assist processing cadre as directed at
each processing station.
d. Escorts will ensure that the detainees ISN
sequence number is clearly written on their goggles.
e. Escorts will ensure that the goggles remain on the
detainee at all times until a wristband has been attached
at station 9. Goggles may be lowered around the
detainee’s neck, but not removed or pushed up on their
foreheads.

f. Escorts may be given records during processing.
Carry all records in a cargo pocket and turned over
with the detainee to either JIG interrogators or new
escort team at the end of processing.
4-8. Clothing Removal Room (Station 1)
Detainee remains shackled while clothing is cut off and
disposed of.
4-9. Shower (Station 2)
a. A Preventive Medicine Specialist will check
detainee for lice, scabies, and open wounds that require
treatment. If no treatment is necessary, lower the
goggles from face but stay around detainee neck and he
place the detainee in the shower for five minutes and
scrubbed by guards.
b. If treatment is required, medics will apply
treatment while the next detainee in line showers.
4-10. Cavity Search (Station 3)
a. A Physicians Assistant (PA) will give the detainee
a quick exam, checks for scars, markings, and tattoos.
If there are any, take a picture of the area for FBI
records.
b. PA performs a body cavity search. A linguist
will be present to communicate the procedure.
4-11. Dressing/Shackle Exchange (Station 4)
a. Kneel the detainee down on the floor or chair;
remove the Air Force leg irons and place them in the
storage box to go back to the Air Force
b. Place orange pants and leg shackles from threepiece suit on detainee.
c. Remove hand irons and place in the storage box.
d. Put the orange shirt on the detainee while the
guards have positive control of arms.
e. Place handcuffs from three-piece suit on
detainee.
4-12. DNA Sample (Station 5)
Guards lower surgical mask from detainee, Naval
Criminal Investigation Service (NCIS) personnel have
detainee open mouth and obtain the DNA swab.
Replace the surgical mask.
4-13. Heights and Weight (Station 6)
Using a standard scale and cloth tape measure taped to
the wall, measure the detainee and annotate the results
on the weight register and forward to DRS personnel
for processing.
4-14. DRS In-Processing (Station 7)
a. DRS clerks take personal information from
detainee through interpreters. At a minimum, record
the following:
(1) Capturing Country

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
4.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(2) Theater Command
(3) Power Served
(4) Prisoner Category
(5) Last Name
(6) First Name
(7) Grade
(8) Nationality
(9) Sex.
b. JIG representatives may be present and ask
additional questions that the DRS processors will input
under the Remarks field.
c. As time permits, gather additional information.
4-15. ID Wristband/Dossier (Station 8)
a. Seat the detainee in front of the blue screen a
guard on each side.
b. Take a front picture. Hold the detainee in the
chair until confirmation of a good picture.
c. Move the detainee to stand in front of the white
screen and take five pictures for the FBI’s image
recognition software. The five pictures are in terms of
a clock: 0900, 1000, 1200, 1300, and 1500.
d. Four detainee Dossiers are printed and distributed
as follows:
(1) Used for detainee ID bracelet and ID card
(2) In-processing detainee file
(3) In DOC detainee file
(4) Given to FBI.
e. ID band placed on detainee while standing in
front of white screen. Instruct the detainee that if he
removes the ID bracelet he will not be fed until another
is made for him
f. Escort handed the detainee ID card.
g. Escort gives the ID card to block after placing the
detainee in his cell.
4-16. Fingerprint (Station 9)
FBI personnel operate the fingerprint station and use
their automated system and manual system. This
station is required to have handcuff keys. In the event
the FBI cannot send technicians, guards will operate
the station and use the manual fingerprint forms.
4-17. Camp Rules (Station 10)
a. Post the camp rules in four languages.
b. If detainee cannot read, provide a linguist to read
the rules to him.
c. The goggles are removed and placed in the
collection can for return to the Air Force
d. Escort the detainee through the medical section.

4-19. Reporting
a. After securing the detainees in the holding area, a
wheels down report is due to the NDRC.
b. After processing the last detainee, an Action
Closed Report is due to the NDRC along with an
upload that will send all new information to the NDRC.
4-20. Behavior Management Plan
a. Phase One Behavior Management Plan (First
thirty days or as directed by JIG). The purpose of the
Behavior Management Plan is to enhance and exploit
the disorientation and disorganization felt by a newly
arrived detainee in the interrogation process. It
concentrates on isolating the detainee and fostering
dependence of the detainee on his interrogator. During
the first two weeks at Camp Delta, classify the
detainees as Level 5 and house in a Special Housing
Unit (SHU) Block. During this time, the following
conditions will apply:
(1) Restricted contact: No ICRC or Chaplain
contact
(2) No books or mail privileges
(3) MREs for all meals.
(4) Basic comfort items only:
(a) ISO Mat
(b) One blanket
(c) One towel
(d) Toothpaste/finger toothbrush
(e) One Styrofoam cup
(f) Bar of soap
(g) Camp Rules
(h) Koran
(i) No Prayer beads or prayer cap.
(5) Mail writing and delivery will be at the
direction of the J-2.
b. Phase Two Behavior Management Plan. The
two-week period following Phase 1 will continue the
process of isolating the detainee and fostering
dependence on the interrogator.
Until the JIG
Commander changes his classification, the detainee
will remain a Level 5 with the following:
(1) Continued SHU
(2) Koran, prayer beads and prayer cap
distributed by interrogator
(3) Contacts decided by interrogator
(4) Interrogator decides when to move the
detainee to general population.

4-18. Post Processing
a. Collect and turn over handcuffs, leg irons,
padlocks, and goggles to the JDOG S-3 Section for
return to the Air Force.
b. Processing trailer cleaned and sterilized
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
4.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
4.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 5
Detention Facility Operations
Section I –
5-1. Rules of Engagement (ROE) and Rules for the
Use of Force (RUF)
a. References.
(1) CJCSI 3121.01A ROE, DODD 5210.56 RUF,
& USCINCSO SER ONE
(2) JTF-GTMO ROE/RUF 30 NOV 02
b. The physical security of U.S. Forces & detainees
in U.S. care is paramount. Use the minimum force
necessary for mission accomplishment and force
protection.
c. Right of self-defense: nothing limits your right to
use all necessary means available and take all
appropriate actions in defense of yourself and U.S.
Forces against a hostile act or hostile intent. Hostile
Act is an attack or other use of force against U.S.
Forces, or force used directly to prevent or interfere
with the mission and/or duties of U.S. Forces.
Hostile Intent is the threat of imminent use of force
against U.S. Forces, or the threat of force to prevent or
interfere with the mission and/or duties of U.S. Forces.
d. Defend detainees: as you would yourself against
a hostile act or intent, death or serious bodily harm.
e. Priorities of force: when force is necessary to
protect or control detainees, follow these steps, if time
and circumstances permit:
(1) Use Verbal Persuasion
(2) Use Show of Force
(3) Use Pepper Spray or CS Gas
(4) Use Physical Force, then Non-Lethal
Weapons (NLW)
(5) Present Deadly Force
(6) Use of Deadly Force (as authorized below)
f. Deadly force: is force that can cause death or
serious bodily harm. Deadly force may be used when
lesser means are exhausted, unavailable, or cannot
reasonably be used; the risk of death or serious bodily
harm to innocent persons is not significantly increased;
and the purpose is:
(1) Self-Defense
(2) Defense of other in imminent danger of death
or serious bodily harm
(3) To prevent theft or sabotage of weapons,
ammunition, or other sensitive items that present a
substantial danger of death or serious bodily harm to
others.
(4) To prevent a violent offense against another
person in imminent danger of death or serious bodily
harm i.e. murder, assault.
(5) To apprehend a person who committed one of
the serious offenses above OR:
(6) To prevent escape of detainee(s) who is
beyond the outside fence of the detention camp. If
detainee(s) attempt escape, follow these steps:

(a) Shout HALT three times
(b) Use the least amount of force necessary to
stop escape
(c) Detainee(s) is escaping beyond the outside
fence of the detention camp and there is no other
effective means to prevent escape, the use of deadly
force is authorized. (If you have another justification
to use deadly force-besides escape-you DO NOT have
to wait until the detainee(s) are beyond the outside
fence)
(7) NO WARNING SHOTS
(8) Fire to make the person(s) unable to continue
the behavior that prompted you to shoot.
(9) Fire with regard for the safety of innocent
bystanders.
(10) A holstered weapon should not be
unholstered unless you expect to use it.
(11) Report the use of force to your chain of
command.
5-2. Oleoresin Capsicum (OC) Use
a. The CJDOG, DCJDOG, JDOG S3, CO, PL, or
SOG may authorize the use of OC pepper spray to
preclude the use of physical force by the IRF
Team/Escorts. This will be to control an unruly
detainee or detainees; to prevent the commission of a
serious offense involving violence and threatening
death or serious bodily harm; in self defense; to prevent
a detainee from escaping; or to extract an detainee(s)
involved in a riot or disturbance. Do not use OC to
respond to spitters, urinators, or water throwers.
b. Use the current issue Def Tech Mark 4 OC Spray.
Administer OC by aiming at the eyes, nose, and Mouth
when possible. Use a ½, to 1 second burst from a
distance of 36 to 72 inches away.
c. If control cannot be achieved after the first
application within 30 seconds, subsequent applications
of one-second bursts can be applied. It is not necessary
to spray just a single detainee as the spray can affect an
entire block if the situation requires it, and can be used
as a riot control agent.
d. The CO, PL, and SOG will carry OC. Certified
personnel will only use OC unless directed by the CO.
The sprayer will document all OC usage and the
incident will be reported to the CO, PL, and JDOG S-3
as soon as possible. When practical the following steps
should be followed prior to utilizing OC:
(1) In a loud clear voice command the detainee to
follow whatever directive was given, when possible
have an interpreter present.
(2) Allow the detainee time to comply.
(3) Warn by standers and guards prior to OC use
using a brevity code word or phrase.
(4) Once the situation has been declared under
control, the detainee will be checked by medical

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
5.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
personnel and decontaminated by at a minimum having
medical personnel flush their eyes out with water.
(5) Have medical personnel again check the
detainee for health problems.
(6) Once cleared, the detainee should be
monitored for two hours after contamination.
(7) An IR or SIR will be completed after each
spray.
(8) Documentation of all OC Sprays, IRF actions
and the decontamination process will be done by video
and written reports.
(9) Once the canister of OC is half-empty, it will
be exchanged for a new full canister.
e. Decontamination of individuals who are suffering
either primary or secondary effects is taken care by
flushing the face area with water from a hose. Juliet
block and November block also have decontamination
stations that can be used. When decontaminant is
available, the following procedure will be used:
(1) Spray the decontaminant on the affected area
with the hairline included in this so it can trap the OC.
Do not rub or spray directly into the eyes or mouth.
You will see it start to drip and change color as it lifts
off the OC.
(2) Use the nose to bisect the face. Blot out from
the bridge of the nose toward the ears. Do not rub, as
this will exfoliate the skin. Use soft absorbent paper
towels. This will speed up the process.
(3) Flush the eyes with running cool water after
cleansing the affected area. If possible, blink the eyes
under running water to flush them clean. It may be
necessary to do this mechanically using your fingers on
lids to open the eyes. Make sure you get the entire area
that’s been affected, to avoid recontamination. All you
need to do is to get a drop back in the eye to be at
square one.
(4) If available, use baby shampoo and rinse with
cool water to finish off. Repeat steps 1, 2, and 3 as
needed.
(5) It takes time for the inflammation to subside.
Do not use salves, oils or creams as they may trap the
OC against the skin.
(6) For inhalation effects, move out of the area;
blow your nose and face into the wind. Symptoms will
stop in a few minutes.
Section II –
5-3. Daily Reports
a. Use an incident report when an incident occurs
that is not documented by the detainee Discipline or
Serious Incident Report.
b. Anyone who finds evidence or contraband will
complete a DA 4137 Evidence/Property Custody
Document to document the chain of custody and turn in
of evidence or contraband seized at Camp Delta. The
DA 4137 and evidence/contraband will be turned in to

the Military Police Investigations (MPI) section. The
MPI section will determine if the items are evidence or
contraband. Contraband will be given to the JDOG S-2
who will evaluate the contraband for intelligence
purposes. Contraband will then be turned over to
JDOG S-4 to be stored with the detainee’s property.
The MPI section will retain evidence until it is turned
over to NCIS. All evidence and contraband must be
properly marked before being submitted. Examples of
potential evidence include but are not limited to:
(1) Evidence classified as “dangerous
contraband”
(2) Videotape of IRF movements or disturbances
(3) Evidence seized from a suicide attempt.
Examples of potential contraband include but are not
limited to:
(1) Drawings
(2) Modified items of linen
(3) Writing on cups.
To be disciplined for non-dangerous contraband, the
contraband must be concealed in a manner which a
guard standing outside the cell can’t see the object.
c. DD Form 508 Report Of/Or Recommendation for
Disciplinary Action is used to recommend and
document disciplinary actions taken against a detainee
for violations of the rules. The PL will sign his name
in the Confinement Officer block. The JDOG S-3 will
sign as the Confinement Officer.
d. The guard who is reporting the incident will
complete the DA Form 2823 Sworn Statement. If that
guard is not available, the SOG will complete the
Sworn Statement and include the reason for the guard
not completing it in the witness statement.
e. GTMO Form 509-1 Inspection Record Of
Prisoner In Segregation will be utilized to document
welfare checks of detainees who are in a SHU cell.
Conduct checks every 10 minutes and document on
GTMO Form 509-1.
f. Use the Guard Shift Manning Roster to assign
guards to duty positions.
g. Detainee Tracking Log is used to track detainee
refusals (chow, exercise, showers, etc) and travels with
the detainee when he makes a permanent move.
h. Detainee Discipline Logs are used to track
detainee discipline infractions and document this on the
discipline log. The block discipline log travels with the
detainee when he makes a permanent move.
i. Headcount Form is used to document results of
headcounts.
j. Supply Request Form is used to request supplies
from JDOG S-4 or the supply room. It will be picked
up each shift by the SOG if coming from the blocks or
sally ports and turned in to the supply room. The DOC
will turn theirs into the supply room.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
5.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
k. Significant Activities Sheet is used to track
significant activities in blocks for JDOG S-2. JDOG S2 picks it up each day.
l. SHU Block Log is used for tracking placement of
detainees in Special Housing Units.
m. ID Band or Card Request is used to request new
ID bands or Cards from medical processing. The DOC
admin NCO will furnish it to JDOG S-1.
n. Movement Log is used to record all permanent
movements of detainees.
o. ICRC Tracking Sheet is a tracking sheet for
ICRC escorts.
p. Medical Escort Tracking Sheet is used for
tracking Medical escorts.
q. Reservation Tracking Sheet is used to track JIIF
escorts.
r. Detainee Medical Request is used to pass on
detainee non-urgent or emergency medical requests to
Medical.
s. DA 1594 Daily Staff Journal or Duty Officer’s
Log will be used by each shift to document daily
activity. The journal will at a minimum document
chow arrival times, headcount times and results, prayer
call times, detainee requests to see JTF-GTMO,
detainee movements and other significant operational
activities.
t. Visitor’s Logbook will contain the following
information
(1) Name
(2) Rank of visitor
(3) Organization
(4) Escort Name
(5) Rank and Organization
(6) Date/Time In
(7) Date/Time Out
(8) ID of guard entering data.
u. Serious Incident Report (SIR) is used to report
serious incidents or disturbances.
v. DA 3997 Military Police Desk Blotter will be
used in the DOC to track daily activity in the camp. At
a minimum, it will be used to track detainees at the
hospital, JIIF escorts, everything that happens in the
camp including contractor activities.
w. The CO will use the Company Commander
Checklist to perform checks during the shift.
x. The CO will complete the End of Shift AAR at
the end of every shift.
y. CD-S319, Observation of Self-Injurious Behavior
Form; will be used to record observations of detainees
on self-harm watch. Document the activity of the
detainee every 15 minutes on this form.

5-5. Incident Reports (IR)
a. An IR will be used when an incident occurs that
is not documented via DD Form 508 or Serious

Incident Report (SIR) documentation. Required format
for IR is at Figure 5-2. Detention Services Branch will
assign IR control numbers. Examples of incidents
requiring incident reports include, but are not limited
to:
(1) Lost Key reporting.
(2) Occupational accident
(3) To document an incident that requires more
documentation than a log entry or daily journal entry.
(Example- large disturbance with no discipline
measure taken to provide documentation.)
b. Incident Reports will be completed and turned in
by end of shift with the supporting paperwork by the
CO.
c. Incident Reports will be briefed at CO Change of
Shift brief.
5-6. SPOT Reports (SPOTREP)
a. A SPOTREP will be completed and sent to the
JOC Watch Officer (cc to designated individuals)
within 30 minutes of end of incident listed on the
notification matrix. Required format for the SPOTREP
is at Figure 5-3.
b. A SPOTREP will be sent to JDOG S3 for any
contraband found in a detainee area such as a cell or
shower.
A follow-up SPOTREP with additional detail will be
sent up within 2 hours if necessary.
d. The method of transmission will be as follows:
(1) Priority Means is SIPRNET e-mail
(2) Secondary Means is Secure Telephone Unit
(STU)
(3) Tertiary Means is Runner/courier.
5-7. Serious Incident Reports (SIR)
a. The Serious Incident Report (SIR) will be used
for an incident that requires the use of force such as a
cell extraction using the IRF Team. A SIR should also
be used on any incident that is classified as an attempt
self harm by a detainee, especially when it will be as
justification for taking some type of action against the
detainee (move to SHU, removing items he could kill
himself with, etc.)
b. The CO will complete the SIR, using the format
at Figure 5-4. Once it is completed, forward the SIR to
JDOG S3. It will then be forwarded to JDOG and JTFGTMO. Utilize the floppy disk in the DOC to save the
SIR by date. Do not save over the template. A
template for the SIR is saved on a disk located in the
DOC, titled “SIR”. Double click on the file and it will
open up to a template. Tab from gray box to gray box,
filling in the required information. In the “Summary of
Incident” are, include who, what, when, where, why,
and how information.
5-8. Discipline Records

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
5.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
a. In addition to Daily Staff Journal and Pass on
Book entries, DA Form 2823 and DD Form 508 are the
forms used to recommend and document disciplinary
actions taken against a detainee for violations of the
rules. The forms will be used to document any
instances in which a detainee is disciplined.
b. A copy of DD Form 508 will be kept at the DOC.
Another copy will be placed in the detainee Alpha
Roster Binder, which is kept on the block of that
particular detainee.
Section III –
5-9. Guard Mount
a. SOGs will arrive 1 hour prior to shift change to
speak with the off going SOG on any relevant
information relating to the shift.
b. Guard Mount will be conducted 30 minutes prior
to shift change. The oncoming SOGs will be
responsible for holding Guard Mount for their
prospective camp.
c. Companies that are coming on duty must arrive
45 minutes prior to start of the shift. The SOG for each
camp will bring 1 additional soldier from their
respective unit over and above the required amount of
soldiers to run the shift.
d. The SOG will conduct Guard Mount with the
following:
(1) Open ranks uniform and equipment
inspection.
(2) Brief the troops on any changes to policy and
procedures and any information relevant to the
performance of their duties.
(3) Ensure that all personnel know and
understand where they are going to be working and
what they will be doing.
(4) Brief the Initial Reaction Force (IRF)
activation word and the Visual Duress Sign of the day
for both the primary and alternate teams.
e. Upon completion of Guard Mount, SOG will
announce the name of the soldier who performed the
best during Guard Mount, have the soldier come up in
front of the formation and then release the soldier for
the rest of the day.
f. Upon completing paragraph 5-8e above, the SOG
will then supply the extra soldier that was brought with
the company and place him/her in the position vacated
by the “SUPERNUMERY” that was given the day off.
5-10. Change of Shift Procedures
a. Duty position relief will be conducted by relief-in
place. It is imperative that outgoing personnel remain
at their position until relieved by incoming personnel.
This insures that no detainees or posts are ever left
unmonitored.
b. Oncoming SOGs will ensure that manning rosters
are filled out and that personnel are accounted for

during the guard mount formation. The SOG will also
speak with the outgoing SOG on any relevant issues
that may have or will occur during the past or present
shift.
c. The off-going SOG checks the paperwork from
the off-going shift and verifies its accuracy,
completeness, and legibility. The off-going SOG signs
the bottom of each Significant Activity sheet, verifying
the accuracy, completeness, and legibility.
d. Once the on-coming SOG has accounted for
personnel during the guard mount formation he/she
will release the shift to allow them to draw keys,
radios, batteries and three-piece suit keys.
(1) Drawing Equipment. The Block NCOs will
pick up any forms they need from the DOC. Oncoming personnel will receive three-piece suit from
off-going personnel at post. Individuals requiring a
hand held radio would sign for a new battery and will
hot seat the radio from off-going personnel at the
block. The person issuing the batteries will have the
individual sign out radio battery using the radio sign
out log. Once the on-coming shift relieves the offgoing shift, the off-going shift will return to the DOC
to turn in radio battery and all paperwork. Off-going
personnel will remain under the control of the offgoing SOG until relieved. Keys will be signed for on
the key log on the block. Radios and shackles will be
signed for on the block.
(2) The Block NCOs will correctly complete the
key log and sign out of equipment on each block. The
on-coming SOG will spot check the key log and
shackle sign out on each block to insure that all offgoing and on-coming personnel have properly signed
back in or signed out items. If there are any
discrepancies, the SOG will correct the problem. Once
all on-coming personnel sign for items and relieve all
positions, the on-coming SOG will then relieve the offgoing SOG. Once the off-going SOG has been
relieved, he/she will then release all other off-going
personnel. The DOC RTO will begin duty log and will
conduct radio checks with all positions. Once the radio
checks are complete, the Admin NCO will notify the
PL.
5-11. Equipment Chit System
a. Each post that has equipment will have a
corresponding chit, a wooden block with the identity of
the post.
b. Since all equipment is now located at the blocks,
the chit will be given to the oncoming shift personnel
for each post.
c. The oncoming post personnel, upon arrival at
their post, will inventory all equipment in addition to
all other change of shift activities.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
5.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
d. If all items are fully accounted for, the on-coming
shift individual will give the off-going shift personnel
the chit.
e. If all items are not accounted for, the off-going
shift personnel will be responsible for locating the
items or will have statement of charges prepared to
replace the missing property item. The only way an
item may be accounted for is the following:
(1) The item is physically present at the location
(2) There is a DA 2062 for the turn-in of an
inoperable item.
f. Once all chits are turned in to the off-going PL,
he knows all positions have conducted a change of
shift. If a chit is missing, the identity of the missing
chit will identify to the PL where any change of shift
problems are occurring.
g. If there is a location where a problem is
occurring, the PL or the SOG will go to the location in
the attempt to resolve the issue.
h. The following positions will have a chit for shift
change:
(1) Blocks
(2) Sally ports
(3) SOGs
(4) PLs.
i. Camp 4, Camp Echo, Delta Block, Camp Iguana,
DOC, and EC will also have a chit for their locations.
j. It is the NCO or senior person at the post
responsibility to ensure all property that is assigned to
that post remains at the post. No property may leave
without the proper paperwork. The senior person
assigned to the post with missing items will be held
accountable for any missing undocumented items.
k. Off-going personnel may not leave their post
until the chit is turned over by on-coming personnel.
Section IV –
5-12. DOC Operations
a. The PL and SOGs are responsible for ensuring
the completeness and accuracy of all paperwork
submitted to the DOC. Either the SOG or PL shall not
give the DOC any paperwork from the block that has
not been reviewed.
b. The DOC is responsible for ensuring the tracking
board is properly updated in a timely manner.
c. The DOC is responsible for ensuring automated
data systems are updated accurately and completely in
a timely manner. DOC crews need to correct their own
mistakes when found.
d. The midnight DOC crew will finish all work that
is started on day shift and unable to complete due to
activity on day shift.
e. It is day shift’s responsibility to list any work that
is to be completed by midnight shift on the board, brief
the PL and/or CO along with midnight shift during
shift change.

f. DOC shift change will occur at a minimum of 30
minutes prior to the shift change time. On-coming and
outgoing crews will stay in the DOC until changeover
is complete.
g. A headcount will be conducted at the start of
each guard shift. The DOC will then call for an
additional three randomly timed headcounts throughout
the guard shift. The most amount of time between
headcounts can be three hours.
h. DOC will update R&U with a list of inoperable
cells and reason why NLT 1200 hrs each day.
5-13. Public Address System
a. The Public Address system is to be used to play
the call to prayer to all blocks and for emergency uses
only. The emergency status is to be determined by the
CO, SOG, PL, or JDOG S-3.
b. Before any announcement to the detainees is
made, the script to be read must be submitted to JDOG
for approval.
5-14. Radio Discipline
a. All soldiers who are issued radios will use
“Common Language” on the radio net. All radio traffic
broadcast will be in a calm clear voice. All nonemergency transmissions will wait until the net is clear,
prior to broadcasting. All transmissions will be
professional and respectful. No sarcastic or insulting
language or sounds will be broadcast.
b. In the event of an emergency a predetermined
code word will be broadcast, the DOC will repeat this
code word, and this will clear all traffic from the net.
Only the DOC and the unit sending the transmission
will broadcast. The DOC will rebroadcast any
information, to include dispatching any needed
personnel. All non-essential radio traffic either will
hold or will be sent via a landline.
c. After the emergency has passed, the DOC will
broadcast the “All Clear” and normal radio traffic will
continue.
d. Only English will be used at any time, on the Net.
e. It is up to the soldier issued the radio to monitor
the radio at all times, it will be the responsibility of that
individual to use the radio correctly.
f. When giving medical problems over the radio,
state the symptoms unless a qualified medical person
gives you the diagnosis.
5-15. Building Maintenance
a. The DOC midnight crew is responsible to ensure
the DOC is cleaned daily. Escort Control will task
escort teams to do the following tasks:
(1) Empty all trash cans in the building and
replace the garbage bags.
(2) Sweep and mop the hallways, bathrooms, and
kitchen.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
5.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
b. The DOC will request all building supplies
through the Detention Services Branch required for the
DOC that are not already stocked in the supply room.
c. The DOC will submit all work orders for the
building.
d. Camp 2 SOG and PL are responsible for the
cleanliness of the room 7 in building 7.
e. Camp 4 SOG is responsible for the cleanliness of
the Camp 4 administration office and the Tower
Operations Center.
5-16. Video Camera Operations
a. At the beginning of the shift, the designate
camera operator in the DOC will check the following
items:
(1) Ensure all equipment is readily available and
where it is located.
(2) Check to ensure the camera battery is
recharging.
(3) Check the amount of battery time.
(4) Check for at least two blank DVD-Rs / tapes.
(5) Check DVD / tape in the camera as to
whether it contains training IRFs or actual IRFs.
(6) Check to ensure training IRF DVDs / tapes
are marked as training.
b. Prior to leaving the DOC to tape an incident, the
operator will perform the following actions:
(1) Check the battery charge level. If less than 30
minutes, take the power cord in addition to the camera
so it can be plugged in at the location.
(2) Take two blank DVDs or tapes
(3) Check to see that a non-training DVD / tape is
in the camera.
(4) If the event will be in an environment with
water that could damage the camera, take the clear
watertight box to protect the camera.
(5) If the event is not an IRF, verify who to
report to and where to report.
c. When reporting to the scene, the camera operator
is part of the team. The video shot by the camera
operator is record an unbiased view of the incident for
others to review. These others can give you guidance
as to specific items to record on video. These other
individuals could include the following:
(1) JDOG Staff
(2) CO
(3) PL
(4) SOG
(5) Military Police Investigator, Forensic
personnel
(6) Guards
(7) Fire Dept
(8) Medics
(9) Interpreters.
d. If forensic personnel are in attendance, report to
their senior officer and follow his directions at all

times. If they are on their way, wait for their arrival
unless common sense and circumstances dictate earlier
action.
e. Unless the scene is still being created, e.g. fire
burning, offense still in progress, etc. Do not just take
out camera and start shooting. Instead stop and think
about what you’re going to do. Get a good and
accurate concept of the scene and its history such as
how did the scene or crime unfold, what are its
boundaries, why is the detainee out of his cell, is there
more than one detainee involved, etc.
f. Make written notes in an official notebook
showing:
(1) Time & date of arrival.
(2) Location details.
(3) Victim details (name, etc.)
(4) Names of other team members.
(5) Times of new events.
(6) Brief details of these events.
g. Plan how you will record your evidence, using a
systematic approach.
(1) Is it safe to enter scene - is it booby trapped,
etc. etc.?
(2) Am I appropriately dressed - Kevlar, BDUs,
boots, glove, etc.?
(3) Which way in (and out) - liaise with O.I.C.
Forensic?
(4) Always use the agreed safety route into and
out of the scene.
h. At the scene, watch for and take care not to
disturb:
(1) Shoe impressions
(2) Blood
(3) Fibers
(4) Fingerprints
(5) Clothing
(6) Bedding
(7) Debris
(8) Objects with potential evidential value.
i. Do not be sidetracked into other tasks by
investigators without first consulting with the OIC of
the scene. Unless urgent, finish off your systematic
evidence gathering run before being diverted to other
tasks. This includes the note taking process.
j. The following are some camera techniques to
use:
(1) Check lighting, is it daylight, artificial or a
mixture?
(2) Should the scene be lit - if so how?
(3) Every shot is important - shoot it as if it is the
most important of the series.
(4) Take your time and plan your pan, don't chase
focus or the subject.
(5) Don't scrub the scene by panning side to side
or up and down. One clean sweep is much more
professional.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
5.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(6) Before zooming to close up during a take,
zoom, focus and pull back first and then do the take.
This will avoid the awful spectacle of zooming out of
focus.
(7) Always take an exterior General View (GV)
or 'establisher' shot of the block, building, exercise
yard, etc. This will leave no doubt as to where the
scene is located.
(8) Before or after showing a Big Close Up of an
object, do a long shot or mid shot of it to establish its
location in relation to other parts of the scene.
(9) When covering a long narrow section of a
scene such as a hallway or the walkway of a tier,
consider a slow zoom from a single location and
pulling focus if necessary; rather than clumsily walking
along it (Dolly Shot) with the inevitable, disconcerting
sway and judder.
(10) If perspective has to change (i.e. you have to
see behind objects or demonstrate their separation from
each other), then use of a "Dolly Shot" may be
unavoidable. In this case use the lens at its widest
possible angle (to minimize sway and judder) and
move as smoothly as possible. Again plan your shot route - focusing points - etc., before moving off.
(11) In small rooms or spaces (toilets, bathrooms,
caves, etc.) use of a high camera angle from a corner
will give the maximum coverage of the area.
(12) High camera angles are also useful when
separation of objects on similar plains is required.
(13) Aim for quality, not quantity! A lot of
ground can be covered with a few well-planned shots.
Unnecessarily repeating or prolonging shots will only
bore or confuse, and won't enhance the evidential value
of the video.
(14) Think like an editor as you shoot! Let
technique master technology; don't let technology
become your master. The best equipment in the world
will never replace creativity and reasoning.
5-16a. Combat Camera
a. Combat Camera will have full access to all Camp
Delta facilities, both inside and outside the wire.
b. Combat Camera personnel do not require any
type of escort.
c. Combat Camera will be allowed to bring their
photography equipment into the wire and to any
location that their mission requires them to be at.
d. Combat Camera can photograph Camp Delta and
related facilities from outside of the wire.
Section V –
5-17. Evidence and Contraband Procedures
a. Evidence is items taken after an actual injury or
death. Contraband is items taken during searches that
have not led to injury or death.
b. All evidence and contraband that is acquired be
logged on a DA Form 4137 IAW AR 195-5. Entries

should be typed or printed legibly in black ink. The
original copy goes to the Evidence Custodian (EC).
Complete the administrative section of the custody
document, stating clearly how the evidence was
obtained. In the Description of Articles section,
describe each item of evidence, accurately and in
detail. The Chain of Custody section provides
information about the release and receipt of evidence.
From initial acquisition of evidence to its final
disposition, every change in custody must be recorded
in this section. The first entry under the Released By
column is the signature, name, and grade or title of the
person from whom the property was taken. If the
evidence was found at the scene, write NA in the
signature block.
c. The SOG or PL will ensure the DA 4137 is
complete and accurate prior to turn in to the Evidence
Custodian.
d. Under Purpose of Change of Custody column
write “Evidence” or Contraband, or if you are also the
evidence custodian, write, “Received by Evidence
Custodian. When any change of custody occurs, it is
the responsibility of the person in control of the
evidence at that time to ensure that entries of the
change are made on the original DA Form 4137 and all
appropriate copies. The importance of keeping
accurate and complete custody documents cannot be
overemphasized.
e. Anything that is NOT an issue item to a detainee
is to be considered contraband and will be collected
along with any item that is on the prohibited items list
contained in section 1-8g. All collected items will be
turned into the Evidence Custodian along with a sworn
statement about the discovery of the item(s).
f. In the event of an incident involving death,
serious bodily harm, rape of any person, or crime
inside Camp Delta including detainees. The guards
working in the facility will notify the CO immediately
after the situation is controlled.
g. It is the responsibility of the CO to notify the
JDOG S-3 of the incident
h. The JDOG will dispatch an appointed, school
trained, MPI to the scene. It is the responsibility of the
MPI to secure the scene upon arrival. The MPI will
ensure that the crime scene and the evidence is neither
contaminated nor destroyed, IAW AR 195-5, AR 19030, and AR 195-2. The JDOG will immediately notify
Naval Criminal Investigation Service (NCIS) to
investigate the incident.
i. After normal working hours, the JDOG DO will
notify CJDOG and Post Security and they will contact
the Agent on Call.
j. When NCIS arrives on the scene, they will
assume all responsibility for the investigation the crime
scene and any evidence connected to the offense.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
5.7

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
k. Once contraband and evidence is turned into the
EC, it will be maintained IAW AR 195-5, Security
Standards for Evidence Storage, Chapter 4, paragraphs
1 thru 4.
l. After contraband and evidence are logged, it may
be released to JDOG S-2 for intelligence gathering
purposes.
m. It is their responsibility to follow proper
procedure to ensure no contraband or evidence is
contaminated or destroyed.
n. After intelligence value is extracted from the
material, it will be turned back over to the Evidence
Custodian.
o. Photograph and turn in all damaged self-harm
blankets and smocks to the JDOG S4 except when the
item was used in a suicide or near-suicide.
p. The Evidence Custodian will forward a copy of
the DA 4137 to the JDOG S4 for all semi-durable
goods that are confiscated for evidence. All damaged
items that are not evidence will be sent to the JDOG S4
for disposition.
q. Any ISO mat that is no longer needed for MPI
incidents and is dirty, will be rolled up, placed inside a
garbage bag and then placed in the dirty laundry bin for
Camp 2.
5-18. Investigations
a. When warranted, the MPI will investigate any
alleged incident of misconduct inside Camp Delta.
b. After the investigation is completed, the MPI will
review the evidence and all other investigation related
material with the Staff Judge Advocate (SJA).
c. If the results of the investigation are determined
to be unfounded by the MPI, the investigation material
will be returned to the JDOG S3 to be filed
appropriately.
d. Upon determination that the results of the
investigation are founded, the investigation material
will be forwarded to the CDJOG through the JDOG S3
to determine how the matter will be resolved.
Section VII – Training
5-19. Drills
a. Battle drills will be conducted in Camp Delta or
other JDOG AOR. These drills will include exercising
of the Infantry QRF, and be conducted at least once per
8-hour shift, with the intent of familiarizing JDOG
guard and infantry personnel with their duties and
responsibilities. Regular drilling or Tactical Exercise
Without Troops (TEWT) will improve Emergency
Action responses and integrated operations.
b. Battle drills will be held at least once per eight hr
shift, internally, to exercise JDOG personnel and
specifically the QRF, without interrupting the normal
operations of Camp Delta. This is to familiarize Camp

Delta personnel with their duties in the result they are
needed.
c. The CO or the JDOG S-3 will initiate the drills.
These scenarios are listed on note cards on file in the
DOC. The CO or S3 officer may select scenario based
on personal assessment of unit needs and/or current
mission constraints. Sequence of events:
(1) Contact and activate of the IRF and QRF
Teams.
(2) Teams reporting to appropriate command
authority for orders in an expedient manner.
d. MESLs will be kept in the DOC with the
Company Commander having the discretion to select
those that reflect current training needs on a rotational
basis.
e. Conditions for activation of the QRF & IRF:
(1) Mass Casualty Incidents
(2) Hostile Actions/T-SCIF Alarm
(3) Destructive Weather
(4) Disturbances with detainees
(5) Power Outage
(6) Forced Cell Extraction
(7) Camp 4 Disturbance
(8) Escape / missing ISN Camps 1/2/3/4 Echo &
Iguana
(9) Other situation as determined by CO or S3.
f. The standards include adherence to the use of
force policy, Rules Of Engagement, and approved
SOPs. Commander’s assessment will be included as
part of each AAR. These exercises are not meant to be
a distracter from Camp Delta operations. Mission
dependent, the CO may choose to conduct a TEWT, a
walk through of a battle drill, or a full drill. However,
the Infantry QRF will be alerted and brought to full
readiness once per shift as per CJTF guidance.
g. Execution:
(1) Notification of an incident – defined as an
exercise
(2) Radio or telephonic contact with appropriate
forces stating “EXERCISE EXERCISE
EXERCISE…” and the mission requirement.
(3) The CO or his representative will determine
to use the actual IRF and QRF forces, conduct a
TEWT, or to verbalize response for training purposes.
(4) JDOG Staff will make notifications of outside
forces with CJDOG or his representative determining
whether to make actual calls (to gauge contact response
only. NOT to actually bring in outside forces.), or
whether to verbalize for the purposes of familiarizing
staff.
(5) When troop are actually utilized they will
take up proper positions and be able to verbalize their
duties. Officers will demonstrate their knowledge of
tasks
(6) Battle drills will take place within Camp
Delta camps 1,2,3 & 4 only and will not include Camps

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
5.8

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Echo or Iguana as they are covered by the external
QRF.
(7) ENDEX to be announced to all participating
parties.
(8) An After Action Review will be conducted
after the drill. At a minimum, the SOG of the QRF, the
CO, and a member of the DOC will participate.
(9) Staff / Leaders review SOP for adjustment.
(10) Submit electronic or hard copy of the AAR
to JDOG S-3 or designee.
5-20. Block Training
a. Each day, each block will train on a task listed in
Appendix J Block Training Tasks.
b. The CO, PL and SOGs are responsible for
knowing the task each block is training on.
c. Each block NCO must document the training
performed.
d. At no time will training be conducted in a manner
that detracts from accomplishing the work on the
block.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
5.9

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
5.10

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 6
Cell Block Operations
Section I – Security Procedures
6-1. Overview
a. Fair, firm, and impartial enforcement of rules and
regulations facilitates the control of detainees. Custody
and control measures maintain good order and
discipline and protect the welfare of all personnel and
detainees alike. Supervisors must know where
assigned detainees are and what they are doing at all
times.
b. Supervision of detainees consists of much more
than observing detainee conduct and activity.
Supervision includes searching the detainee’s person,
his billeting areas, conducting counts, conducting night
inspections of billeting areas, and maintaining a high
level of alertness to prevent escapes, violence, sexual
incidents, or other disturbances.
c. Security is a series of checks and balances
performed at various levels both internal and external
to the facility. It requires all personnel to continually
maintain an effective working knowledge of rules,
regulations, and special orders; maintain constant
vigilance throughout their daily duties; review/evaluate
procedures and initiate recommendations to proper
authority for improvements.
d. There must be a continuous presence on the
blocks by the guards. At no time should the block not
have a guard walking up and down the block. At
random times, two guards will walk the block and it
will be annotated in the pass on book.
e. No items will be left on block ledges, steps,
causeway, or anywhere else that is within reach of a
detainee in a cell. This is of particular concern at the
ends of the blocks where items are left on ledges or
hand railings. Numerous items left in these areas have
been grabbed by detainees and taken into their cell.
f. No food or beverages are allowed in the block
shacks. Block personnel will not clean the computers.
If a computer needs cleaning, contact the JDOG
Operations.
6-2. Headcounts
a. Detainees will not be responsible for conducting
any part of the count. Detainees will not move about
during count, to include any escorted detainees to areas
outside the blocks. All detainee escorts will hold in
place until the count is complete and cleared by the
DOC.
b. Conduct ISN headcounts as scheduled. The
guard conducting the ISN headcount will compare the
ISN number on the ID bracelet with the ISN number on
the alpha roster and the picture on the ID bracelet to the
detainee.
c. To count a detainee at night, the guard counting
detainees must see skin or movement.

d. Conduct additional counts whenever there is
suspicion of a missing detainee, after a disturbance,
after a drill or when deemed necessary by the CO or
higher authority.
e. Conduct a picture headcount at any time the
identity of a missing detainee is not apparent.
f. A headcount will be conducted at the start of
each guard shift. The DOC will then call for an
additional three randomly timed headcounts throughout
the guard shift. The most time between headcounts is
three hours.
6-3. Searches
a. Searching will be done technically correct and
professionally at all times. The intent is to search for
safety, not harass or invade dignity.
b. Search cells whenever a detainee exits a cell or
prior to his return to his cell.
c. A minimum of three random cell searches will be
done on day shift and swing shift. Cells scheduled for
shower and exercise that day will not be included in the
count of cells randomly searched.
d. Search showers and exercise areas before and
after every detainee use.
e. All shifts will do area searches.
f. When searching, use a systematic method to
ensure all areas are covered.
g. Midnight shift, will conduct visual search of the
cells and detainees every ten minutes by walking
through the block. Annotate every check on the block
journal. Report all unusual activity.
h. Submit a work order any time a cell has
inoperable equipment. Each cell that needs a work
order must be on a separate work order.
i. Search detainees at a minimum each time they
are removed from a cell.
j. Conduct physical searches by the same gender
whenever possible as a matter of principle. Only
during exigent conditions for security purposes should
an opposite gender conduct any physical search when
no other same-gender guard is available as determined
by the SOG.
k. The standard search for detainee movement at
Camp Delta will be a modified Pat Down search in
compliance with instructions received from the Camp
Delta Superintendent.
(1) You may search either side of the body first.
Use your hands to check for obvious bulges or articles
that do not belong on the detainee’s person.
(a) Start with the head and hair. Search for
anything inappropriate.
(b) Search the neck area and top of the shoulder.
(c) Search the arm from the shoulder to the
fingers.
(d) Search the back area from the neck to the
waistband on the shorts or pants.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
6.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(e) Search the side area from the armpit to the
waistband on the shorts or pants.
(f) Search the chest area from the neck to the
waistband on the pants or shorts.
(g) Search the waistband area of the shorts or
pants by running your thumb along the inside of the
waistband all the way around the detainee.
(h) Search the leg area by starting where the
bottom of the shorts are as worn by the detainee and
check down to the foot.
(i) Search the flip flop by having the detainee
raise his foot so that you may physically check the sole
and the inside of the item.
(j) Search the opposite side of the detainee in the
same fashion as you did the first side.
(2) During a search, you are not allowed to touch
or feel the detainee between the waistband of the shorts
or pants and the bottom of the shorts as worn.
(3) If the guard believes that the detainee has
placed something in the prohibited search area, through
observation or other means, the guard may search the
area. The guard must be willing to write a DA 2823
Sworn Statement to justify his action of searching the
restricted area.
(4) In the event a detainee has concealed
contraband , the Co on-duty may request the detention
clinic perform a body cavity search. Upon notification
that a body cavity search needs to be performed the
DOC will notify the provider on duty (PA/MD from
the Joint Aid Station). The provider will report to the
detention clinic. The detainee will be escorted to the
designated room where the search will take place. The
detainee will remain restrained to avoid any
confrontation with medical staff. The procedure and
findings will be documented in the detainee medical
record with time and date of the procedure, name of the
person performing the procedure and name of the
person who requested the procedure.
Personnel selected and approved for the procedure
will be trained by JAS providers (PA/MD), and
provided written permission to perform the task.
6-4. Searching the Koran
a. To ensure the safety of the detainees and guards
while respecting the cultural dignity of the Korans
thereby reducing the friction over the searching the
Korans. JTF-GTMO personnel directly working with
detainees will avoid handling or touching the
detainee’s Koran whenever possible. When military
necessity does require the Koran to be searched, the
subsequent procedures will be followed.
(1) The guard informs the detainee that the
Chaplain or a Muslim interpreter will inspect Koran. If
the detainee refuses the inspection at any time, the
noncompliance is reported to the DOC and logged
appropriately by the Block NCO.

(2) The Koran will not be touched or handled by
the guard.
(3) The Chaplain or Muslim interpreter will give
instructions to the detainee who will handle the Koran.
He may or may not require a language specific
interpreter.
(4) The inspector is examining to notice
unauthorized items, markings, or any indicators that
raises suspicion about the contents of the Koran.
(5) The inspector will instruct the detainee to first
open the one cover with one hand while holding the
Koran in the other thus exposing the inside cover
completely.
(6) The inspector instructs the detainee to open
pages in an upright manner (as if reading the Koran).
This is a random page search and not every page is to
be turned. Pages will be turned slowly enough to
clearly see the pages.
(7) The inspector has the detainee show the
inside of the back cover of the Koran.
(8) The detainee is instructed to show both ends
of the Koran while the book is closed so that inspector
can note the binding while closed paying attention to
abnormal contours or protrusions associated with the
binding. The intent is to deduce if anything may be in
the binding without forcing the detainee to expose the
binding, which may be construed as culturally
insensitive or offensive given the significance of the
Koran.
(9) How the detainee reacted, observation by
other detainees, and other potentially relevant
observations will be annotated in DIMS.
b. Handling.
(1) Clean gloves will be put on in full view of the
detainees prior to handling.
(2) Two hands will be used at all times when
handling the Koran in manner signaling respect and
reverence. Care should be used so that the right hand
is the primary one used to manipulate any part of the
Koran due to the cultural association with the left hand.
Handle the Koran as if it were a fragile piece of
delicate art.
(3) Ensure that the Koran is not placed in
offensive areas such as the floor, near the toilet or sink,
near the feet, or dirty/wet areas.
c. Removal.
(1) Korans must be transported by the detainee,
in the event the detainee is moved to another cell or
block.
(2) If a Koran must be removed at the direction
the CJDOG, the detainee library personnel, Muslim
interpreter, or Chaplain will be contacted to retrieve
and properly store the Koran in the detainee library.
The request for the librarian, interpreter, or Chaplain,
as well as the retrieval itself, will be logged in DIMS.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
6.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(3) If the Chaplain, librarian, or Muslim
interpreter, within the needs of the situation, cannot
remove the Koran, then the guard may remove the
Koran after approved by the DOC (who notes this in
the DIMS) IAW the following procedures:
(a) Clean gloves will be put on in full view of the
detainees prior to handling.
(b) Two hands will be used at all times when
handling the Koran in manner signaling respect and
reverence.
(c) Place a clean, dry, detainee towel on the
detainee bed and then place the Koran on top of the
clean towel in a manner, which allows it to be wrapped
without turning the Koran over at any time in a
reverent manner. Ensure that the Koran is not placed
in offensive areas such as the floor, near the toilet or
sink, near the feet, or dirty/wet area when doing this
activity.
(4) How the detainee reacted, observation by
other detainees, and other potentially relevant
observations will be annotated appropriately in the
DIMS significant activities menu.
(5) The Koran shall be returned to the librarian,
Chaplain, or DOC (in that order).
(6) Korans are the property of the U.S.
Government and as such will remain in the cells only
to be removed at the CJDOG’s decision.
(7) If a Koran is damaged or destroyed by a
detainee, the chaplain in conjunction with a Muslim
interpreter will take the Koran from the detainee for a
minimum of ten days noted in DIMS. At that point, the
chaplain can reissue the Koran to the detainee. The
chaplain must ensure the block knows the Koran is
being taken to protect the Koran, not punish the
detainee.
6-5. Keys
a. Maintain all cell and sally port keys on your
person continuously.
b. Never leave keys unsecured and unattended
within the facility. Keys are not to be laid down on
tables, chairs, steps, etc. at any time. Keys are not to
be left hanging on a hooks or the fence.
c. Keys will not leave the block. They will be
handed to another guard prior to leaving the block.
6-6. Food Tray Slot (“Bean Hole”) Covers
a. Bean hole covers will be closed at all times
except when serving food, shackling, passing an item
to the detainee, or is required for a medical check.
These bean hole covers do not include the observation
windows on the segregation cell doors.
b. Bean hole covers will be latched at all times.
6-7. Applying Restraints (“Shackling”)

a. Shackling of detainees will follow a “minimum
force” policy. The intent is to create a standard for
shackling without sacrificing the ability to escalate due
to guard safety concerns.
b. As a general rule, detainees will be shackled in
the standing up position. It will be the block NCOs
responsibility to justify the need to escalate and require
a detainee to kneel to be shackled
c. If a detainee is required to kneel, the Block NCO
will note in DIMS whenever a detainee is required to
kneel to be shackled. The notation will include the
time, ISN, type of escort (shower & exercise,
reservation, etc.) and a BRIEF reason as to the
deviation from shackling in the standing position.
d. Forced cell extractions, moves in which the
detainee has required an IRF “stand to”, are obvious
reasons for use of the kneeling position.
Section II – Support Operations
6-8. Shower and Exercise
a. Shower and exercise will be conducted in
accordance to the published schedule listed in
Appendix B.
b. The Block NCO will be responsible for ensuring
each Level 1 detainees on an Intel block receive
shower and exercise four times per week and each
Level 2, 3, and 4 detainees receive shower and exercise
two times per week.
c. Allow each level 1 detainee 30 minutes for
exercise and all other detainees will receive 20 minutes
for exercise. Allow five minutes to shower
immediately after exercise. These five minutes will not
be substituted for additional recreation time. Female
guards will not escort detainees to and from their cell
during shower and exercise. If the detainee desires to
shave his body hair, allow an additional five minutes.
Shaving of body hair will only be permitted on the first
rotation of each week (Monday through Wednesday.)
Block personnel will visually inspect each razor and
monitor detainees shaving at all times. Detainees will
not possess nail clippers and razor at the same time.
For DELTA Block shower and exercise, refer to
DELTA Block SOP 30-12, dated 1 January 2004.
d. After returning from shower and exercise, offer
the detainee the use of a brush to clean their cell. They
will have until the next detainee on their side of the
block returns from shower and exercise to use the
brush. Detainees will not receive any cleaning
supplies or agents to clean their cell. The last detainee
who has shower will receive the brush for 30 minutes.
e. Track refusals in DIMS, search the refusing
detainee’s cell. A detainee may not refuse exercise
time. If the detainee refuses, note the reason on the
SIGACT sheet in DIMS, using an interpreter if
necessary. Forced cell extractions will be utilized for
non-compliant detainees and the detainee will be

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
6.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
moved to the exercise yard. This applies to all blocks
except Delta block
f. No detainee may perform any hand-to-hand
combat or martial arts PT, either organized or
individual, in the exercise yard or in their cell.
g. Amputees will receive their normal exercise time
and any other if prescribed by a doctor. Detainees that
have a walker may take the walker with them to the
exercise yard.
h. Escort level one and level two detainees to and
from Shower and Exercise in handcuffs and waist belt.
They will not have leg irons placed on them.
i. Shower items (soap, shampoo, razors, etc.) will
not be left in the open, outside, at the back of the block
during shower and exercise. Guards will only bring
what is needed by an individual detainee to the shower
and exercise area of the block and will secure same
immediately following the detainee’s shower.
j. Each level 1 block will conduct shower and
exercise with two detainees in the exercise yard at the
same time.
(1) Detainees will be paired starting with cells 1
and 2, 3 and 4, 5 and 6 continuing to 47 and 48. If one
of the cells in the pair is empty, the detainee will be
placed in the exercise yard by himself.
(2) The first detainee will be placed in the
exercise yard and unshackled. The guards will then get
the second detainee that is paired with that one and
take him to the exercise yard. Prior to opening the
gate, the first detainee will be told to move to the
corner opposite the gate on the far side of the yard and
to remain there until the second detainee is in the yard
and the gate is closed and locked. Once the first
detainee is in the far corner, the gate will be opened,
the second detainee will be placed in the exercise yard,
gate closed and locked and then unshackled through
the bean hole.
(3) Exercise time will start once the second gate
is locked after the second detainee has been placed in
the exercise yard. Time for exercise will be 30
minutes.
(4) The detainee that is first in the exercise yard
will be the detainee that comes out first. To remove
the first detainee, reverse the process. The second
detainee will go to the corner opposite the gate on the
far side and then the first detainee will be shackled and
removed from the yard.
(5) Cells 1-12 will be done during schedule “A”
day shift. Cells 13-24 will be done during schedule
“A” swing shift. Cells 25-36 will be done during
schedule “B” day shift. Cells 37-48 will be done
during schedule “B” swing shift. The first day of
implementation of the policy will be day “A”, the
second day will be day “B”, the third day will be day
“A” and so forth.

(6) The schedule conducted will be annotated in
the pass on book.
6-9. Detainee Mess Operations
a. SOG. The SOG is responsible for the adequate
quality and quantity of food served (to include MREs)
to detainees, and that sanitation, preparation, handling
and servicing of food meet established criteria.
Detainees will have 30 minutes in which to consume
their meals. During times of fasting or religious
requirements, and special diets refer to the Chapter 19
Food Service.
b. Block NCO. The Block NCO will accept and
account for the plastic spoons from mess personnel.
While the guards are serving the meal to the detainees,
the Block NCO will pass out the plastic spoons to each
detainee. The Block NCO will account for all plastic
spoons passed out once the mealtime is completed.
Notify the SOG of unreturned plastic spoons, and
conduct a search to locate the missing spoon. The
Block NCO will ensure no contents are removed from
MREs or that damaged MREs are issued.
c. Guards will issue meals to the detainees and
monitor them during chow. At the conclusion of the
meal, the guards will collect the trash from the
detainees. Guards will inventory the return of all
packaging, plates, spoons, and Styrofoam cups.
d. Food Service Personnel. When serving hot
meals, Food Service personnel will portion the food
from the insulated food container (IFC) to the plate to
ensure each detainee has the proper proportions. If
there are insufficient Food Service personnel to
perform this function, the guards will portion the food.
e. If a detainee refuses a meal, the refusal must be
noted in DIMS. If a detainee eats any portion or part of
the meal, it is not considered a missed or refused meal.
Ensure all missed meals are entered in the refusal
section of DIMS. When the number of consecutive
refusals reaches nine, refer to, Section 20-5, Voluntary
Total Fasting and Re-Feeding (VTF)
f. At no time will any guard force personnel eat any
portion of a detainee meal.
g. Below is a list of the contents of the MREs that
must remain in each MRE and what will be returned
after use.
(1) For MRE #11, the following items will be in
the MRE pouch:
(a) Crackers - wrapper
(b) Pound Cake - wrapper
(c) Spoon - spoon
(d) Peanut Butter - wrapper
(e) Pasta with Vegetables in Tomato Sauce –
wrapper
(f) Peaches - wrapper
(g) Ice tea drink mix - wrapper
(h) Salt packet – wrapper

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
6.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(2) For MRE #12, the following items will be in
the MRE pouch:
(a) Crackers - wrapper
(b) Pound Cake - wrapper
(c) Spoon - spoon
(d) Peanut Butter - wrapper
(e) Black Bean and Rice Burrito - wrapper
(f) Pears - wrapper
(g) Ice tea drink mix - wrapper
(h) Salt packet - wrapper
(j) Fruit Bar - wrapper
(3) For MRE #13, the following items will be in
the MRE pouch:
(a) Crackers - wrapper
(b) Pound Cake - wrapper
(c) Spoon - spoon
(d) Peanut Butter - wrapper
(e) Cheese Tortellini in Tomato Sauce - wrapper
(f) Applesauce - wrapper
(g) Ice tea drink mix - wrapper
(h) Salt packet - wrapper
(4) For MRE #14, the following items will be in
the MRE pouch:
(a) Crackers - wrapper
(b) Pound Cake - wrapper
(c) Spoon - spoon
(d) Peanut Butter - wrapper
(e) Pasta with Vegetables in Alfredo Style Sauce
wrapper
(f) Peaches - wrapper
(g) Ice tea drink mix - wrapper
(h) Salt packet - wrapper
(j) Peanuts, shelled roasted – wrapper.
6-10. Laundry / Linen
a. Guards will exchange dirty detainee laundry with
clean laundry IAW the level 1-5 shower and exercise
schedule contained in Appendix B. Exchange all
laundry and linen at the same time with the exception
of blankets.
Do not allow detainees to refuse
linen/laundry exchange. Use reasonable force to
complete the laundry exchange. Guards will conduct
this in a manner to determine specifically which, if any,
detainee is missing an item (i.e. flushed in toilet or
hiding it.) Report findings to the DOC and log
appropriately into DIMS.
b. Guards will have detainee hold up all items for
visual inspection prior to exchanging them for a clean
item. Detainee will give the dirty item to the guard
prior to the guard issuing the clean item. Confiscate
any modified item, as contraband and discipline will be
imposed according to the discipline matrix.
c. Guards will place no more than four uniform sets
into each trash bag. Place sheets in a separate bag.
Place towels and washcloths in a separate bag. Place tshirts in a separate bag. Place blankets in a separate
bag. Place all dirty linen in the storage sheds located

near building one for Camp I and near building seven
for Camp 2,3. Return all clean laundry in mesh bags to
the supply room.
d. Blankets will be exchanged according to the
following schedule:
(1) 1st Sunday of the month: A, D, E, I, N, O,
and U
(2) 2nd Sunday of the month: B, D, F, K, R, S,
and V
(3) 3rd Sunday of the month: C, D, G, L, P, T,
and W
(4) 4th Sunday of the month: D, H, M, Q, Y and
special missions
(5) 5th Sunday of the month (occurs twice a year):
None.
6-11. Barber
a. Offer detainees on a voluntary basis at least once
a month. The barbers will rotate through the camps
from Monday to Friday starting with block Alpha with
a maximum of 48 detainees offered a haircut per day.
Haircuts will be the same for all detainees, i.e. styled
haircuts not allowed. Haircuts will be a trim for routine
haircuts. Those haircuts given for hygienic reasons for
moves to SHU will be a buzz cut. Sample monthly
schedule below:
DATE
27Dec 02
28Dec 02
29Dec 02
01 Jan 03
02 Jan 03
03 Jan 03
06 Jan 03
07 Jan 03
08 Jan 03
09 Jan 03
10 Jan 03
13 Jan 03
14 Jan 03
15 Jan 03
16 Jan 03
17 Jan 03
20 Jan 03

BLOCK
I
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

DATE
21 Jan 03
22 Jan 03
23 Jan 03
24 Jan 03
27 Jan 03
28 Jan 03
29 Jan 03
30 Jan 03
31 Jan 03

BLOCK
I
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S

Table 6-1
b. Haircuts will take place in the exercise area of the
blocks. Postpone all exercise and showers on the block
receiving haircuts until all haircuts are completed.
Guards working the block will provide an escort to the
barber and a minimum of one guard stays while
detainee is receiving a haircut. Use guards working as

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
6.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
additional escorts in Camp Delta to assist if not
required for other escorts.
c. Barbers are responsible to PMCS their
equipment. Barbers are responsible for cleaning the
haircut area after each haircut. Maintain all necessary
supplies in the camp supply room.
d. The DOC will coordinate haircut appointments
for detainees in the hospital.
e. Barbers will be available from 0800-2100 on
Monday thru Friday with one barber on call from 08002100 on Saturday and the other on call from 0800-2100
on Sunday. If a need arises for a detainee to receive a
haircut outside that timeframe, contact the DOC and
the detainee to a pending list. The barber will give
these detainees a haircut first on their next available
day.
6-12. Other Personnel
a. The detainee Librarian will be given sufficient
time to perform their mission. Block NCOs will allow
at least five minutes per detainee for issuing books.
b. Do not escort interrogators, if they have the
proper ID, in the blocks. The Block NCO will greet
them and they will have complete access to the
detainees.
c. Visitors to the blocks are not required to be in
uniform, such as civilian interpreters working with
interrogators or contractors.
d. Each mail clerk will be allowed to issue up to
five safety pens to detainees. These pens must be
collected prior to the mail clerk leaving the block. The
mail clerk will keep the Block NCO informed of who
has a pen and number issued. If the mail clerk is
unable to retrieve a pen from a detainee, the mail clerk
will immediately inform the Block NCO.
6-13. Library Books
a. Do not allow the passing of detainee library
books among detainees.
b. MPs will not remove library books from a
detainee’s cell except for disciplinary reasons.
c. If removed for disciplinary reasons, do not place
the book on top of the cells with other comfort items
removed. Place the library book on the block table
where the librarian will pick up the book during
rounds.
d. Notify the DOC of any uncollected books.
e. If the librarian is unavailable to collect the books,
turn them into the DOC to prevent weather damage.
6-14. Medical Appointments
a. If medical says that they must be at the
appointment, then the detainee cannot refuse and must
go.

b. If medical says it can wait another day (minor
medical issue), allow the detainee to refuse, however;
they will be disciplined for failure to obey.
Section III – Documentation and Reporting
6-15. Block Documentation Detainee Information
Management System DIMS
a. All data entries via DIMS must be specific and
complete. Reference ISNs when discussing a cell
occupied by an individual. All documentation needs to
answer Who, What, When, Where, Why, and How.
Annotate all visits by non-block personnel in DIMS.
b. Documentation that stays with the detainee
(1) Detainee ID card: The detainee’s ID contains
the detainee’s picture, name, ISN, spoken language,
and any cautionary medical conditions. When an
escort team arrives to escort a detainee of any
nonpermanent move, the Block NCO will pull the
detainee’s ID card and the escort team will carry the ID
as long as they escort that detainee. While the detainee
is gone, fill the empty card slot with a business card,
containing detainee’s ISN, departure time, and
destination of the escort team. Upon the return of the
escort team, return the detainee’s ID card to the slot in
the block notebook and place the business card in a
burn bag.
(2) Guard Mount Messages. Each block NCO
at the beginning of shift will ensure that guard mount
messages have been reviewed and briefed to all
assigned block personnel. Examples of guard mount
messages include but are not limited to additional
menu items in DIMS.
(a) Changes to showers and exercise start and
end times along with cells that were done
(b) Detainee menu and meal start and end times
(c) Giving and taking Comfort Items (IAW
Chapter 8, Camp Delta SOP)
(d) Clothing and linen exchange conducted
(e) Which ISNs refused and accepted hair cuts
(f) Library books received and/or returned
(g) When writing material such as pens and paper
are received or returned
(h) All searches of detainees and cells.
(i)
Any time a detainee refuses to allow his Koran to be
searched
(j) All instances in which a detainee is required
to kneel in order to allow guards to apply restraints
(k) All instances in which a detainee is missing a
clothing / linen item
(l) All visits to the block by any personnel not
assigned to the block
(m) Any cells that are inoperable. Note the date
and time called in to the DOC
(n) Repair and Utility work orders initialized and
date / time work was completed on the block

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
6.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(o) Any repair work that is completed (reference
the original work order), and the date and time that the
DOC is notified that the work has been completed
(p) All missing or non-serviceable equipment.
Note the date and time that this information was
reported to the SOG and DOC
(q) Supply requests. Note the date / time that the
request was submitted to the SOG.
(r) At the beginning of shift, the rank, name, and
unit of all guard personnel from the off-going shift and
those of the on-coming shift will be annotated.
(s) Annotate the rank, name, and unit of all relief
personnel, along with the times they arrive
(t) Physical security discrepancies and concerns.
(u) All detainee movement onto and off the block
(v) The conduct of a headcount
(w)An incident that requires discipline of a
detainee.
d. Documentation that is turned to Command Post
(1) Repair and Utilities(R&U) Work Order
Request.
Used to document and request any repair work needed
on the block. Requests will be completed and logged
into DIMS. Note the short version of the ISN on any
occupied cell that requires repair.
(2) DA 2823. The guard who is reporting the
incident (the one who was spit on, threatened, hit,
kicked, etc.) will complete a sworn statement as soon
as possible and have it sworn by the PL. If that guard
is not available (hospitalized, etc), the SOG will
complete the sworn statement and include the reason
for the guard not completing it. The SOG or PL will
ensure the completeness and accuracy of the DA 2823
before it is complete. See the example in the block
training tasks binder for a properly filled out DA 2823.
Block 4 of the DA 2823 will contain the date, time and
full ISN in the format of YYMMDD-HHMM-ISN.
(3) DA 4137. Complete an Evidence/Property
Custody Document to document the chain of custody
and turn in of evidence or contraband seized at Camp
Delta. Turn in the DA 4137 and evidence/contraband
to the MPI section. The MPI section will determine if
the items are evidence or contraband. Properly mark
all evidence and contraband before submission. The
block containing the MPR/CID Sequence number will
contain the date, time and full ISN in the format of
YYMMDD-HHMM-ISN.
Examples of potential
evidence include but are not limited to the following:
(a) Evidence
classified
as
“dangerous
contraband”
(b) Videotape of IRF movements or disturbances
(c) Evidence seized from a suicide attempt.
Examples of potential contraband include but are not
limited to the following:
(a) Drawings
(b) Modified items of linen

(c) Writing on cups.
(5) DIMS Significant Activities Sheet. Used to
track significant activities in blocks for JDOG S-2.
Examples of significant activities include but are not
limited to the following:
(a) Assault.
(b) Making Weapons.
(c) Harms Himself.
(d) Harassing Guard.
(e) Banging Cell.
(f) Failure To Comply.
(g) Hostile Acts.
(h) Extreme Emotion.
(i) Unauthorized PT In Cell.
(j) Fasting.
(k) Showing Reverence To Another Detainee.
(l) Inciting Disturbance.
(m) Leading Prayer/PT.
(n) Teaching/Preaching.
(o) Verbal- Same Block/Cross Block.
(p) Sign Language.
(q) Passing Notes On Paper, Foam Cups, Etc.
(r) Requests Interpreter.
(s) Requests Chaplain.
(t) Requests Reservation and reason why.
(u) Refuses Meals and reason why.
(v) Refuses Shower And Exercise Time and
reason why.
(w)Refuses Meds and reason why.
(x) Lookouts
(y) Instigators
(z) Visits by JDOG/non-JDOG personnel (VIPs,
etc.)
(aa) Communication to detainees on other blocks
(bb) The above list is not all-inclusive. The guard
should feel free to use his/her judgment and report
anything he/she feels may be of importance.
(6) Daily Block NCO Checklist. Used to ensure
each shift conducts all inspections, inventories.
Checklists will be turned into the SOG at the end of
each shift.
(7) DIMS Detainee Alpha Roster. Used to insure
the Block NCO knows the total number of and the
ISNs of all detainees that he/she is responsible for
when assuming shift.
d. The Block NCO checklist, will be collected by
each camp's SOG and turned in to DOC prior to
leaving.
g. After completing the work order form, the
Block NCOs will turn it in to work order box in DOC.
These will not wait until end of shift.
. SOGs and PLs are to spot check books to ensure
old paperwork has been turned in. COs will spot-check
the SOGs and PLs. The Detainee Services Branch
(DSB) will conduct periodic audits for old paperwork.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
6.7

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
6-16. Passive Intelligence Collection
a. The guard force is tasked with “passively”
looking for items of intelligence value and reporting it
via the Significant Activities Sheet in DIMS.
b. The following is a list of pertinent information
needed:
(1) Associations between detainees. Who is the
leader and who is the follower?
(2) Association with other detainees prior to
capture.
(3) Identity of formal and informal leaders of
each block.
(4) Conversations that entail threats to US
personnel and/or assets.
(5) Discussion or planning of terrorist activity.
(6) Discussion or planning of escape.
(7) Location of leaders in other countries.
(8) Information regarding all activity outside
camp.
(9) History of each detainee (things that can be
exploited by interrogators).
(10) Do the detainees have access to outside
sources of information? What are they?
(11) Destruction of property.
(12) Anything else significant to the security of
US personnel/assets here or abroad.
c. Collection efforts
(1) Do not question detainees, other than for
clarification of a statement.
(2) Do not initiate questioning, unless directed to
by CI Agent from JDOG S-2/J-2 JTF-GTMO.
(3) Listen to conversations while on the blocks
during an interpreter’s routine interpretation call.
(4) Do not show indication that you are listening
or watching for intelligence collection purposes.
(5) Make mental notes, or if the situation allows,
take written notes.
(6) Do not hesitate to call for interpreters; they
are there for your benefit.
(7) Be sure to include the ISN# and date time
group when noting a particular detainee’s activity.
(8) As you spend more time with the detainees
than any other group, you are the best source of
indicators on mood, leadership, group dynamics, and
antiterrorism/force protection information.
(9) There is always significant activity occurring
on a block. There should be no DIMS SIGACT sheet
filled out with “Nothing to report”.
6-17. Cell Block Report
a. The Block NCOIC, or senior guard when Block
NCOIC is not present, will report the status of the
block to the SOG, PL, CO, JDOG S3, DCJDOG,
CJDOG, or CJTF when these individuals visit the
block.

b. Required items to report are:
(1) Block name
(2) Level of the block
(3) Number of detainees assigned
(4) Number of detainees present and the location
of the detainees currently not on the block
(5) Number of guards assigned
(6) Number of guards present
(7) By ISN, detainees with a self-harm history
(8) By ISN, detainees scheduled for reservation
and at what time.
(9) Training tasks for soldiers on the block for the
shift
(10) Any special problems or concerns such as
detainees on hunger strike or mass meal refusals.
c. The Block NCOIC will notify the DOC whenever
a VIP or DV visits the block.
d. The block will be called to attention whenever an
O-6 or the civilian equivalent arrives on the block.
Section IV – Block Maintenance
6-18. Inspections and Inventories
a. Conduct inspections upon assumption of the
block with the off-going Block NCO to verify the
security of all the locks, the discipline documentation
and actions are correct (CI removed when designated,
etc.) If the Block NCO signs for deficient equipment,
the current Block NCO is responsible for its condition,
regardless of whether it occurred on the current shift or
a previous shift.
b. Conduct inventories upon assumption of the
block with the off-going Block NCO to verify all block
equipment is present and serviceable. Note all nonserviceable equipment in DIMS
c. The swing shift Block NCOICs on Sunday will
ensure all locks are functional during the shift.
d. Each shift will conduct a block inspection
utilizing the checklist In DIMS follow directions on the
checklist for any deficiencies found.
6-19. Block Maintenance
a. Wash out the block and/or individual cells using
the water hose, a mop, and a mild cleaning solution
every midnight shift or as necessary.
b. Each shift will be responsible for conducting its
portion of the block PMCS and security checklist.

6-20. Equipment Maintenance
a. Check the block equipment used by the guards
for damage and inoperability during mid-shift. Turn in
any broken equipment to the DOC and a submit
replacement requisition.
b. Midnight shift will oil and clean all block
equipment used by the guards.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
6.8

Deleted: d. Ensure a Koran is in
each empty cell. If the cell does not have
a Koran, request it from the Librarian.
Hang a facemask with the metal strip
removed above the bed on the front of the
cell, next to the door. ¶

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Section V – Detainees
6-21. Detainee Standards of Conduct
a. Military and civilian staff members will address
detainees by the detainee’s cell number or ISN.
b. Detainees will obey promptly and fully all
instructions or orders given by civilian or military
personnel. If orders conflict, obey the last order given.
c. All persons, places, and property are subject to
search or inspection at any time, by any staff member
in the performance of their duties. All property may be
searched for contraband. Each detainee is responsible
for all items within their assigned cell or on their
person. All suspicious items will be seized for
evaluation as evidence. When a search or inspection is
conducted of any area under the control of the US
Army, inside or outside the facility boundaries,
detainee(s) will not observe, view, stand, or pass by the
search area.
d. Detainees may only hang wet clothing and linen
items in cell windows so that they may dry. Once dry,
they must be removed. Blankets or sheets may be
temporarily hung up, no higher than half way up the
cell walls, to provide privacy while using the toilet.
Once the detainee has completed using the toilet, the
blankets and sheets must be taken down.
6-22. Detainee Identification Band
a. All detainees will be issued a picture
identification band. Identification bands are a part of
the detainee uniform and will be worn at all times
except when collected by a cadre member, for
accountability or safety reasons.
b. The badge will be worn attached to the left arm
so that the band remains visible. Detainees are not
authorized to wear identification bands in any other
manner. Detainees will exercise reasonable care to
protect their band from damage, loss, and theft.
c. Identification bands will not be switched,
defaced, altered, or tampered with in any manner. If a
badge is lost, stolen, or damaged, the detainee will
IMMEDIATELY report it to a staff member. Losing or
damaging a badge will result in disciplinary action.
6-23. Uniform and Dress Rules
.
a. If a detainee uniform is damaged or does not fit
properly, the detainee must notify his guard
immediately.
b. Mutilation or unauthorized alteration of clothing
(i.e., tapering of trousers and cutting/tearing of Tshirts) or making unauthorized markings or lettering on
any part of the uniform is prohibited.
c. Detainees within camps 1,2 and 3, regardless of
their discipline level or block assignment may remove

their orange suit top while in their cell or while in
exercise.
d. Detainees who are scheduled for any appointment
will be dressed in long pants, orange top and shower
shoes.
e. Headbands, decorative beads, earrings, threads,
symbols, etc. or decorative clothing, are not authorized
for wear.
f. Religious apparel will be neat and conservative,
and concealed inside of the orange shirt at all times.
For operational or safety reasons, the CJDOG may
place reasonable limits on the wear of religious
apparel.
6-24. Detainees with Prosthetics
a. The medical staff is responsible for the
following:
(1) Fitting detainees for prosthetic devices.
(2) Acquiring proper footwear for detainees with
prosthetic legs.
(3) Training each amputee utilizing prosthetics.
b. The guards are responsible for monitoring
detainees with prosthetics for potential misuse or
malicious intent.
c. Once detainees have met the required capability
level, the detainee will be authorized to keep his
prosthetic leg(s) and/or arms in his cell.
d. Detainees will be briefed by medical personnel
on the rules for keeping his prosthetics on his person.
They will also be briefed on the actions that could
cause the limb to be taken from him.
e. Detainees with prosthetic legs will also receive
shoes for wear. All shoes will be slip-ons and no shoe
will be given to a detainee with laces.
f. Detainees with prosthetics will be given a bucket
to be used to assist in personal hygiene.
6-25. Detainees Requiring Walker and Bedside
Commodes
a. The medical staff is responsible for the
following:
(1) Insuring that detainees requiring the use of a
walker can function unassisted once given the walker
by a guard.
(2) Acquiring elevated commodes for detainees
unable to use the current toilet system.
(3) Training each detainee to be independent
within the regular cell.
b. The guards are responsible for the following:
(1) Providing walker(s) as needed by detainee
and retrieving the walker when it is not in use.
(2) Monitoring detainees with walkers and
elevated commodes, insuring the items are used
properly and not with malicious intent.
c. Each detainee will undergo training to insure that
he is capable of functioning with a walker and

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
6.9

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
unassisted by guards. If a detainee must use a walker
to get to the elevated commode, he should also be able
to dispose of the waste into the standard toilet without
assistance from the guards. If the commodes must be
confiscated or handled by a guard for any reason, the
detainee will empty the commode and guards will
retrieve it with gloves.
d. Medical personnel will brief detainees using
special accommodations on the rules for keeping an
elevated commode and using a walker in the cell.
e. Detainee hospital staff will provide training on
the use of the elevated commode. Hospital staff will
also work with detainees on moving from the bed
(rack) to the commode using the walker.
f. The detainee hospital will provide the commodes
and walkers. Guards will keep the walkers until
required by the detainee, and then give it to the
detainee. The guards will collect the walker after the
detainee is finished with its use.
6-26. Detainee comfort during inclement weather
a. During the period form 1 December thru 1 March
the MID Shift block NCO’s will ensure that all block
personnel working in camps 1, 2 and 3 place the
window flaps up at 2300 and bring them back down at
0500.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
6.10

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 7
Sally Port Operations
7-1. Sally Ports
a. Sally Port 1. Sally Port Gate 1 is located in
Camp #1, next to main roadway and is the primary
pedestrian entrance into Camp Delta. The primary
mission is to keep the sally port secure and control
movement through that area for official business only.
It is operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per week,
face to badge identification and stripe level access
required upon entry and exit.
b. Sally Port 3. Sally Port Gate 3 is located in
Camp #1 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The
primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and
control movement to the DOC and blocks for official
business only. It is operational 24 hours per day and 7
days per week, face to badge identification and stripe
level access required upon entry and exit. The only
exception is personnel physically escorting a detainee.
c. Sally Port 4. Sally Port Gate 4 is located in
Camp #1 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The
primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and
control movement to Camp 1 for official business only.
It is operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per week.
d. Sally Port 8. Sally Port Gate 8 is located in
Camp 2,3 next to the main roadway and is the
primary/vehicular sally port. The primary mission is
to keep the sally port secure and control vehicular
movement into and out of Camp Delta. It is
operational from 0600 – 1900 hours 7 days per week,
face to badge identification and stripe level access
required upon entry and exit.
e. Sally Port 9. Sally Port Gate 9 is located in
Camp 2,3 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The
primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and
control movement within blocks for official business
only. It is operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per
week, face to badge identification and stripe level
access required upon entry and exit. The only
exception is personnel physically escorting a detainee.
f. Sally Port 10. Sally Port Gate 10 is located in
Camp 2,3 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The
primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and
control movement to Camp 2,3 blocks for official
business only. It is operational 24 hours per day and 7
days per week.
g. Detainee Medical Sally. The detainee Medical
Gate is located in Camp #1 and is ONLY a pedestrian
gate. The primary mission is to control movement into
the detainee Medical Clinic for official business only.
It is operational 7 days a week during detainee sick call
from 0830-1800 or during emergency conditions, and
requires face to badge identification and stripe level
access upon entry or exit.
h. Roving Sally. The Roving Sallies are located in
the causeway between the blocks in camps 1,2 and 3.

They are operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per
week.
i. A map of Camp Delta is located in Appendix F
that contains the locations of the sally ports.
j. When opening the sally port gates for food
service, contractor, supply, emergency, or military
vehicles, open both halves of the gate.
k. All sally ports are responsible for policing the
area within the sally port.
l. There is no loitering or socializing permitted in or
around the sally port.
7-2. Sally Ports 1 And 8
a. Manning. Sally Port Gates 1 and 8 will have
three guards assigned to each gate, one NCOIC with
two other guards.
b. Duties and Responsibilities.
(1) NCOIC:
(a) Ensure all assigned personnel are thoroughly
trained and familiar with all JTF-GTMO Regulations,
SOPs, Policies and Memorandums concerning Sally
Port activities. Also, oversee all of that sally port’s
operations.
(b) Directly responsible to SOG 3 for the
operation of the sally port gate including daily
functional management of the gates and overall
responsibility for their respective Camp Delta sally port
gate.
(c) Keep SOG 3 and PL briefed on events.
(d) Review DIMS from the last two weeks, and
be knowledgeable of all scheduled events (i.e. VIPs,
chow truck traffic, contractors, supply/laundry
vehicles, land-bridge missions, etc.).
(e) Supervise pedestrian/vehicle searches.
(f) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items,
equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties.
(g) Ensure only one vehicle is allowed into the
Sally Port at a time, entering or exiting.
c. Special Instructions.
(1) Only one sally port gate will be open at any
given time during operations unless authorized by the
CO or JDOG with one exception; both gates will be
opened for vehicles responding to emergency that are
too long to enter the sally port in the normal manner
(i.e. fire truck).
(2) Sally port personnel will notify the PL, DOC
and CO of DV/VIP visits. Use the following call signs
for the following VIPs:
(a) Zulu 3 – any DV/VIP not listed here
(b) Zulu 2 – CJTF-GTMO
(c) Zulu 1 – DCJTF-GTMO
(d) Zulu Bravo – CJDOG
(e) Zulu – DCJDOG.
e. For all personnel and/or equipment that require
an escort, log the escort request time the escort and the
time the escort arrived.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
7.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
f. Pedestrian entry/exit.
(1) Sally port personnel will:
(a) Keep the road in front of Sally Port #1 and
#8 clear of unnecessarily halted vehicles and large
groups of people.
(b) Require identification and stripe level access
from all personnel attempting to pass through..
(c) Require Courier Orders for all personnel
carrying a lock bag, containing classified materials.
(d) Maintain a visitor’s logbook and visitor badge
inventories. Positively identify all visitors, including
escorted visitors; and enter into the logbook. The
logbook will contain the following information: Name,
rank of visitor, organization, escort team, rank and
organization, date and time in, date and time out.
(e) Conduct a face to badge check and stripe
level access of all pedestrians to include TCN’s
entering or exiting the sally port. Deny access to Camp
Delta if badges are expired or not physically present.
Reference the badge identification sheets in Appendix
E to recognize the access level for each individual
entering the facility. Call for appropriate escorts via
Escort Control.
(f) Check all bags entering/exiting the sally port
gate. Ensure all government property has a property
pass signed by appropriate personnel prior to exiting
the facility. Ensure the authorization for the entry of
any device capable of recording/relaying information.
Refer to the most updated access roster (i.e. PC
notebook, pagers, cell phone or PDA’s). To request an
updated access roster or clarification of authorization,
call the DOC. For an unauthorized item, complete a
DA 4137 Chain of Custody each item confiscated and
kept at the sally port until the property is claimed upon
exiting the facility. All classified document pouches
will be checked by feeling the bag for prohibited items.
If something suspicious is found, request that the
individual remove the item from the pouch for
inspection.
(g) The on-duty CO will identify a random
number of searches at the beginning of each shift.
Randomly search the person identified by this number
as they enter and exit Camp Delta. If the number is 20,
then search every 20th person through the sally port.
This search will be a pat down search or a hand scanner
search. The search will be for items prohibited in the
camp. This is in addition to the mandatory check of all
bags and carried items.
(h) Ensure all personnel leaving the facility
remove the tape covering their nametapes.
(i) Sally Port 1. This post is located in Camp I,
next to the main roadway and is a pedestrian/vehicular
Sally Port 1 is the main entrance and exit point for
Camp Delta. The primary mission is to keep the sally
port secure and control movement through that area for
official business only. This post will be manned 24/7.

(1) The only vehicles allowed past Sally Port 1
are those that have a requirement and deemed mission
related. The only exceptions will be emergency
vehicles (fire, ambulance, police), those transporting
VIP (JDOG and higher), and mission specific or if
Sally Port 8 is closed for repairs or an accident. Shift
change vehicles may stop and wait along the bus
turnaround road in front of Sally Port 1. The driver
must stay with the vehicle. No vehicle will be left
unattended on the concrete pad across from sally port 1
or anywhere on the bus turn around area. Report any
violators to the DOC. Being a military or government
vehicle in itself is not a sufficient reason for access into
the camp.
(2) The guard will keep the road in front of the
sally port clear of unnecessarily halted vehicles and
large groups of people. The sally port guard will
require face to badge identification and stripe level
access from all personnel attempting to gain access to
Camp Delta. Sally Port 1 will maintain a visitor’s
logbook. All visitors, including escorted visitors; will
be positively identified and entered into the logbook.
The logbook will contain the following information:
Name, rank, organization, escort name and rank, DTG
in, DTG out, and ID of guard entering data. All
pedestrian personnel will enter Camp Delta through
this sally port. No vehicle may be left unattended on
the concrete pad across from Sally Port 1 or anywhere
on the bus turn around area. Report any violators to
the DOC.
(3) Sally Port 1 personnel will contact the DOC
or SOG 3 if they have questions about Sally Port 1
operations.
(4) The on-duty CO will identify a random
number of persons to be searched at the beginning of
each shift.
(5) Contraband IAW Camp Delta SOP will be
cross-referenced against the access roster for Camp
Delta. Checked items still classified, as contraband
will be returned to the individuals vehicle, or place of
residence. If the entering individual does not have
access to a vehicle the contraband will be stored in the
bins located in Sally Port 1. A chain of custody sheet
will be completed before the guard retains positive
control of the item. Contraband items will be returned
upon the visitors exit from Camp Delta. The chain of
custody sheet will be maintained in the custody binder
for two months.
(6) Escort control will provide escorts for
individuals requiring access to Camp Delta who must
be escorted. The only exception to this is individuals
who are traveling with personnel that have unescorted
access badges will be allowed to sign in and be
escorted by those they are traveling with (if an
interpreter has an escort only badge and is traveling
with FBI personnel that have unescorted access; the

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
7.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
interpreter will be escorted by the personnel that have
unescorted access badges).
(7) All personnel will have access badges
checked upon entering and exiting Camp Delta.
(8) There will be no loitering or socializing
permitted in or around the sally port.
(9) Ensure all personnel leaving Camp Delta
remove the tape from their nametape.
i. Sally Port 8. This post is located in Camp 2,3,
next to the main roadway and is primarily a vehicular,
and contractor entrance and exit point. Sally Port 8 is
the main entrance and exit point for contractor and
supply vehicles. The only vehicles allowed past Sally
Port 8 are those that have a requirement and deemed
mission related. The primary mission is to keep the
sally port secure and control movement through that
area for official business only. This post will be
manned from 0600-1900 seven days a week.
(1) The search of the chow vehicle will be a quick
search of the underside and interior of the vehicle. At
no time will the food containers be opened and
searched. All other vehicles will be searched IAW
SOP. Refer to paragraphs 7-2.g and 7-2.j.
(2) Pedestrians will not be allowed access
through this sally port. The only exceptions are
escorted contractors.
(3 All personnel will have access media checked
prior to entering and exiting the sally port. All escorted
badge holders will be searched prior to entering and
exiting Camp Delta. This search will be conducted
using either the hand held metal detector or a pat down
search. Any contraband found will be returned to the
person and the person will not be allowed access
through Sally Port 8. Personnel with contraband will
be directed to enter Camp Delta through Sally Port 1.
(4) Guards will ascertain the following
information upon the arrival of vendors and
contractors:
(a) Name of individuals in the vehicle
(b) Company
(c) Nature of business
(d) Description of the vehicle and the license
plate number
(e) Contents of any freight
(f) Time of arrival
(5) Sally Port 8 will contact the DOC for escorts.
Personnel requiring escort will not be allowed access to
Camp Delta until escort arrives.
(6) Sally Port 8 will contact DOC or the SOG 2 if
they have questions about Sally Port 8 operations.
(7) In the event that Sally Port 8 is closed for
repairs or due to damage, Sally Port 8 will notify Sally
Port 1 that they can no longer accept vehicles. Once
the sally port is put back into operation, Sally Port 8
will notify Sally Port 1 that they are back in operation.

(8) Upon the departure of the vendor or
contractor, the
j. Inspections will be conducted upon entry and exit
of all vehicles as required by placard. Sally port
personnel will:
(1) Gain a positive identification of the driver and
any passengers prior to opening the gate.
(2) Open exterior gate and allow vehicle to enter
the sally port.
(3) Instruct driver to place the vehicle in park,
engage the emergency brake, stop engine, and exit the
vehicle (including passengers). Collect identification
badge(s). Upon exiting, the guard will instruct the
driver to open all doors, hood, trunk, and tailgate, or
any other compartment(s) to be searched.
(4) Log vehicle information to include time-in,
tag number, driver’s name, organization, destination,
and purpose of visit.
(5) MPs will systematically search the vehicle by
examining the interior, exterior, top, underneath hoods,
in trunks, and the undercarriage. Search the vehicle
using the following pattern:
(a) Behind and under the seats
(b) Under the dashboard
(c) Glove and tool compartments
(d) Above the sun visors.
(6) Search the exterior of the vehicle, using the
mirror to search underneath and the top of the vehicle,
to include but not restricted to:
(a) The left front fender well and behind the
wheel
(b) Under the front bumper, behind and under the
grill
(c) Under the hood (have the driver raise the
hood), check all areas behind the radiator and around
the engine
(d) The right front fender well and behind the
wheel
(e) Underneath the right side of the body, back to
and including the right rear fender well and behind the
wheel
(f) Inside all cargo areas, including the trunk
(g) The left rear fender well and behind the wheel
(h) Underneath the left side of the body up to the
left front fender well.
(6) MPs will look for suspicious packages, boxes,
and items not needed for the incoming personnel to
conduct their business within the facility. If an item is
not authorized or unnecessary, a DA 4137 chain of
custody will be done for each item confiscated and kept
at the sally port until the property is claimed upon
exiting the facility. Tools and loose equipment
entering the facility in a vehicle must be accounted for
upon exiting. RESOLVE ALL DISCREPANCIES
BEFORE ALLOWING THE VEHICLE TO EXIT.
When in doubt, call for the SOG, PL, or DOC.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
7.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(7) Upon completion of the vehicle search, the
driver and passenger(s) will re-enter the vehicle. A
guard will open interior sally port gate and allow
vehicle to access Camp Delta. Sally port personnel
will be ensure vehicle operators wear seatbelts and
adhere to the 5 MPH camp speed limit.
k. Emergencies will take priority over all other
ongoing sally port operations. It is the responsibility of
the sally port guards to stop all traffic though the sally
port that will hinder the entry/exit of emergency
vehicles.
l. Emergency Vehicles.
(1) The entry and exit of emergency vehicles
such as Base Security, fire trucks, ambulance will be
brought to the attention of DOC immediately via land
line or saber radio.
(2) Emergency vehicles will be logged in and out.
(3) Vehicles responding to an emergency within
Camp Delta will be expeditiously searched upon
entering and exiting the facility. In an expeditious
search, guards will quickly verify identification badges
of emergency personnel and allow them to pass
through the Sally Port. They will verify same number
of personnel exiting that came in with the vehicle and
that no additional personnel leave with it. Detainee
patients leaving in an ambulance for NAVBASE
Hospital will be accounted for and verified through
DOC after the ambulance has been allowed to leave.
Ambulances transporting detainees in and out of Camp
Delta will not be searched. It is the responsibility of
the medical escort teams to conduct searches of the
ambulances. In cases where there is no escort team
present in the ambulance, sally port guards will search
the ambulance upon entering or exiting Camp Delta.
Necessary medical treatment instruments will not be
seized or delay the ambulance’s entry or exit through a
sally port.
(4) Vehicles responding to an emergency in will
enter Camp Delta through Sally Port 8 and exit Camp
Delta through Sally Port 1.
(5) In the event that large emergency vehicles
must pass through the sally port (i.e. fire truck), both
interior and exterior gates will be opened to allow entry
and exit.
(a) When entering, guards will expeditiously
verify identification badges of emergency personnel
and allow them to pass through the sally port. Upon
exiting, the vehicle will be searched prior to entering
the sally port with the exception of escorted
ambulances. Guards will verify same number of
personnel exiting that came in with the vehicle and that
no additional personnel leave with it. RESOLVE ALL
DISCREPANCIES BEFORE ALLOWING THE
VEHICLE TO EXIT. After search, both gates will be
opened to allow the vehicle to exit.

m. Detainee Movement Operation (DMO) missions
will take priority over all other ongoing sally port
operations except emergencies. It is the responsibility
of the sally port guards to stop all traffic though the
sally port that will hinder the entry/exit of DMO
vehicles.
n. Upon receipt of a DMO mission, all direction
will be taken from JDOG personnel and the CO. An
ETA will be provided to Sally Port 1, as the DMO
vehicles are enroute to Camp Delta.
7-3. Sally Ports 3 And 9
a. Manning. Sally Port Gates 3 and 9 will have one
soldier assigned to each gate.
b. . Duties and responsibilities. One soldier
assigned will:
(1) Be directly responsible to the SOG for the
operation of the sally port gate including daily
functional management of the gates and overall
responsibility for their respective Camp Delta sally port
gate.
(2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events.
(3) Conduct face to badge identification and
stripe level access check of all personnel entering. The
only exception to this is personnel physically escorting
a detainee.
(4) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items,
equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties.
(5) Ensure only one vehicle is allowed to enter or
exit the Sally Port at a time.
c. Special Instructions.
(1) Only one sally port gate will be open at any
given time during operations unless authorized by the
CO or JDOG with one exception; both gates will be
opened for vehicles responding to emergency that are
too long to enter the sally port in the normal manner
(i.e. fire truck).
(2) Sally port personnel will notify the DOC of
DV/VIP visits.
d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will:
(1) Keep the alleyway in front of the sally port
clear of unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups
of people.
(2) Require identification and stripe level access
from all personnel attempting to pass through to verify
eligibility.
(3) Conduct a hands-on badge check of all
pedestrians entering the sally port. Access to Camp
Delta is denied if badges are expired or not physically
present ensuring that personnel requiring escorts enter
with the escort(s). Reference the badge identification
sheet to recognize the access level for each individual
entering the facility.
e. Vehicle entry/exit. All vehicles may enter and
exit Camp 1 and block areas through Sally Ports 3 and
9. This includes and is not limited to the following:

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
7.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(1) Contractor
(2) Food service
(3) Gators
(4) Emergency
(5) Fuel
(6) Garbage
f. Emergencies will take priority over all other
ongoing sally port operations. It is the responsibility of
the sally port sentry to stop all traffic though the sally
port that will hinder the entry/exit of emergency
vehicles.
g. Emergency Vehicles.
(1) The entry and exit of emergency vehicles
such as Base Security, fire trucks, ambulance will be
brought to the attention of the DOC immediately via
radio or runner.
(2) In the event that large emergency vehicles
must pass through the sally port (i.e. fire truck), both
interior and exterior gates will be opened to allow entry
and exit.
7-4. Sally Ports 4 And 10
a. Manning. Sally Port Gates 4 and 10 will have
one soldier assigned to each gate.
b. Duties and responsibilities.
One soldier
assigned will:
(1) Directly responsible to the SOG for the
operation of the sally port gate including daily
functional management of the gates and overall
responsibility for their respective Camp Delta sally port
gate.
(2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events.
(3) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items,
equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties.
(4) Ensure only one vehicle is allowed into the
sally port at a time, entering or exiting.
(5) Sally Port 4 will be responsible for opening
and closing the sally port gate to the Brown and
Yellow buildings. Sally Port 10 will be responsible for
opening and closing the sally port gate to Gold
building.
c. Special Instructions.
(1) Only one sally port gate will be open at any
given time during operations unless authorized by the
CO or JDOG with one exception; both gates will be
opened for vehicles responding to emergency or are too
long to enter the sally port in the normal manner (i.e.
fire truck, chow truck).
(2) Sally port personnel will notify the DOC
DV/VIP visits.
d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will keep
the alleyway in front of the sally port clear of
unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups of
people.

e. Vehicle entry/exit. All vehicles may enter and
exit block areas through Sally Ports 4 and 10. This
includes and is limited to the following:
(1) Contractor
(2) Food service
(3) Gators
(4) Emergency
(5) Fuel
(6) Garbage
f. Emergencies will take priority over all other
ongoing sally port operations. It is the responsibility of
the sally port sentry to stop all traffic though the sally
port that will hinder the entry/exit of emergency
vehicles.
g. Emergency Vehicles.
(1) The entry and exit of emergency vehicles
such as Base Security, fire trucks, ambulance will be
brought to the attention of the DOC immediately via
radio or runner.
(2) In the event that large emergency vehicles
must pass through the sally port (i.e. fire truck), both
interior and exterior gates will be opened to allow entry
and exit.
7-5. Detainee Medical Clinic Gate
a. Manning. The detainee Medical Gate will have
one soldier assigned.
b. Duties and responsibilities. One Soldier
assigned will:
(1) Directly responsible to the SOG for the
operation of the gate including daily functional
management of the gate and overall responsibility.
(2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events.
(3) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items,
equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties.
c. Special Instructions. Gate personnel will notify
the DOC of DV/VIP visits to detainee Medical Clinic.
d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will:
(a) Keep the alleyway in front of the gate clear of
unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups of
people.
(b) Ensure personnel entering have official
business and/or orders, face to badge identification
required upon entry or exit.
e. Emergencies will take priority over all other
ongoing gate operations. It is the responsibility of the
guard to stop all traffic though the gate that will hinder
the entry/exit of emergency personnel.
7-6. Roving Sally
a. Manning. The Roving Sally will have two
soldiers assigned. Any soldier attached to the JTFGTMO with a secret security clearance or that has
signed a non-disclosure statement may work the gate.
b. Duties and responsibilities.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
7.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(1) Directly responsible to the SOG for the
operation of the gates including daily functional
management of the gate and overall responsibility.
(2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events.
(3) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items,
equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties.
(4) Ensure the IRF team equipment is organized
neatly and maintained.
c. Special Instructions.
(1) In the event of an IRF team request, the
Roving Sally will ensure as IRF team members leave
the blocks, that they open the gates as quickly as
possible. IRF team and support members have priority
for gate openings.
(2) In the event of fire, Roving Sally will ensure
the centrally located fire extinguishers are placed in
between the sally port gates of the affected block(s).
d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will:
(a) Keep the central causeway clear of
unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups of
people.
(b) Ensure personnel entering have official
business and/or orders.
e. Emergencies will take priority over all other
ongoing gate operations. It is the responsibility of the
guard to stop all traffic though the gate that will hinder
the entry/exit of emergency personnel.
7-7. Weapon Boxes
a. Weapon boxes located at sally ports 1 and 8 will
be used to store handguns, mace, OC, knives, or any
other small weapons not authorized to enter the facility.
b. Sally port guards will perform the following tasks
if an unauthorized weapon is carried into the sally port
and the personnel who is in possession, needs to enter
the facility:
(1) Inform the personnel that the unauthorized
item is not allowed into the facility.
(2) Issue a weapon box key to personnel from the
key box using Form 5513-R.
(3) Inform personnel to place the item(s) in the
weapon box.
(4) Inform personnel to remove the key from the
weapon box and secure it on their person.
(5) Log personnel into the facility.
c. When personnel return to the sally port and are
ready to exit the facility, the following steps will take
place:
(1) Remove weapon box key from their person
and open the appropriate gun box.
(2) Removes item(s) from the weapon box.
(3) Secure item(s) on their person.
(4) Close gun box and remove weapon box key.
(5) Return key to the sally port guard.

d. Sally port guard logs weapon box key back in on
Form 5513-R, returns key to the key box and secures
key box.
e. Sally port guard logs personnel out of facility.
7-8 Camp Delta Badge Identification Procedures
a. All Camp Delta badges are issued and accounted
for by the JDOG S-2.
b. Each incoming unit will forward a copy of their
unit-manning roster to the JDOG S-2 for badge issue.
c. JDOG S-2 will produce badges for each soldier
based upon position and level of access required.
d. Soldiers will sign for their badge directly from
the S-2.
e. It is the soldiers’ responsibility to maintain
accountability of their badge once issued.
f. Lost, stolen, destroyed or damaged badges will
be reported through the soldier’s chain of command
immediately upon discovery. A DA Form 2823 (sworn
statement) will be completed by the soldier. JDOG S2
is the only re-issue authority for a lost, stolen,
destroyed and/or damaged badge.
.
g.
The default badge will be the RED badge.
Soldiers and civilians whose primary job is outside
Camp Delta will be issued a RED badge. RED badges
will be issued only to soldiers and civilians whose job
requires they work inside the camp. Soldiers and
civilians who occasionally visit the camp or perform
work in the camp on an on-call basis will require a
visitor badge and must be escorted by the person or
agency they are visiting.
h. Soldiers and civilians whose primary mission is
interrogation support, and/or who maintain an office in
the administrative buildings inside Camp Delta are
authorized a YELLOW badge. Linguists who are
cleared to work inside Camp Delta and detainee
hospital staff will be issued a YELLOW badge.
Soldiers and civilians who work on JPJ Hill will also
be issued a YELLOW badge.
i. GREEN badges will be issued to soldiers and
civilians whose primary job is working the blocks
inside Camp Delta and Camp Echo. All other requests
for GREEN badges must be approved by the JDOG
commander
Badge classification regular issue.
a. Red: Badges bearing a red square allow access
through sally ports 1 & 8, Café Carrib, and Guard
Towers.
b. Yellow: Badges bearing a yellow square allow
access through sally ports 1, 3, 8, 9, interrogation
buildings, DOC and Buildings 7 & 8.
c. Green: Unescorted access throughout Camp
Delta.
d. All other areas not listed require an escort and
prior coordination through the DOC.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
7.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Badge classification special issue.
a. Third Country Nationals (TCN’s), and
Contractors
(1) TCN’s/Contractors will be issued a photo ID
Yellow Camp Delta Badge, that can be verified by a
hole- punch through the Yellow square.
(2) TCN’s/Contractors will be escorted through
Sally port 8.
(3) Sally port 8 maintains accountability of TCN’s
and Contractors that enter and exit the camp, via headcount roster. In the event that a contractor is called to
the camp after hours for an emergency work-order, the
contractor will be escorted IAW the current SOP escort
policy.
b. Emergency responders (ER’s)
NAVBASE MCC will be issued non-photo white
badges identified by a red stripe on the top, bottom,
and a red cross in the center. The ER’s will have
unescorted access into the camp for emergency
purposes only, coordinated through the DOC.
c. Visitor Access Sally ports 1&8
(1) JDOG S-2 will issue 15 Red visitor “V”
badges each, to Sally Ports 1& 8. SOG 3 will
inventory, sign-for, and maintain accountability of
badges.
(2) Visitors will sign for their badges at Sally
ports 1 or 8, and await their assigned “Escort authority”
(EA). Visitors are required to display the badge in
such a manner that it is noticeable at all times. Visitors
will turn in their badges at Sally port 1or 8 prior to
deaprting the camp.
(3) JDOG S-2 will designate, and assign Escort
Authorities (EA’s) from the S-2, S-3, DOC, ICE,
Medical and civilian staff agencies. Designated EA’s
will carry special badges identifying them as escorts.

duty. The QRF green badge will only be worn when
the DOC calls the QRF to respond to the camp.
(2) The Infantry will follow the Infantry TOC SOP
for badge issue and turn-in.
f. Camp Echo
Personnel requiring access to Camp Echo must
coordinate through the JDOG S-2, and be placed on the
access roster.

(4) Visitor access will only be allowed through
Sally port 1; visitors may access Sally port 8 if they are
a group delegation operating a vehicle. The vehicle
must be accompanied by a designated EA. Visitors
will be issued their badge at sally port 8 when the
vehicle enters.
d. Infantry Task Force
(1) 14 non-photo red badges will be issued to the
IN TOC for the purpose of access into the camp for
tower rotation. All Infantry soldiers on Amber Cycle
will be issued a RED badge. Soldiers will keep the
RED Badge on their person at all times. The RED
Badge will be presented at Sally port 1 as the soldiers
rotate from tower to QRF duty.
e. Quick Reaction Force (QRF)
(1) 14 non-photo green badges will be issued to the
QRF for the purpose of responding to an alarm
activation and/or a camp uprising. The GREEN QRF
badge will be maintained in the QRF shack. Soldiers
will not carry the QRF badge when they rotate to tower
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
7.7

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
8.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
8.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 8
Detainee Behavioral Management
8-1. Purpose To outline requirements and procedures
for managing detainee discipline and positive behavior
rewards programs. This system will protect the health,
safety, and security of all persons within the facility by
providing for a fair and consistent delivery of
consequences for negative behavior and rewards for
positive behavior.
8-2. Provision of Basic Needs Detainees held at
Camp Delta and other JTF-GTMO detention facilities
will not be deprived of adequate shelter, food, or water
at any time. Detainees will be housed in areas
providing adequate shelter from the elements and with
adequate ventilation. Detainees in cell blocks will have
access to potable drinking water at all times through
the use of the water faucet located in the cell.
Appropriate meals will be provided to all detainees at
least three times per day. Additionally, all detainees
will be provided with a means to maintain adequate
personal hygiene; this will include opportunities for
showers and the availability of soap and water to wash
themselves while in the cell.
8-3. Discipline Process
a. When a detainee commits a camp rules infraction
or an offense listed in Table 8-1, List of Offenses, the
chain of command within the camp will be notified.
The priority of notification is the Sergeant of the Guard
(SOG), Platoon Leader (PL), and on-duty
Commanding Officer (CO), in that order.
b. The SOG and/or PL will:
(1) Instruct the block personnel to remove the
detainees comfort items.
(2) Review Table 8-1 and locate the offense on
the list. If the offense is not listed, attempt to locate a
similar offense or an offense of equal severity to the
offense committed by the detainee. Identify the
category level of the most severe offense.
(3) Review the discipline record of the detainee
to determine the detainee’s previous discipline history.
(4) Using Table 8-2, Detainee Movement and
Discipline Matrix, cross-reference the category of the
most severe offense from Table 8-1 with the number of
days between the current offense and the previous
offense. This will give you two results. The result
from the movement section of Table 8-2 is where to
move the detainee. The discipline section of Table 8-2
determines the type and length of discipline imposed
on the detainee.
(5) Complete a GTMO Form 508-1 with the
following information:
(a) Date, time, ISN, location, and type of offense
(based off of table 8-1) that was committed.

(b) List any witnesses. Witnesses must complete
a DA Form 2823.
(c) Was medical treatment necessary.
(d) The date of the last offense
(e) The discipline to enforce for the detainee.
(5) Turn the 508-1 into the DOC after
completion. The 508-1 can be turned in without the
DA 2823s.
c. If several offenses were committed at the same
time and the resulting discipline does not include time
in SHU, move one column to the right on the discipline
section of the Table 8-2 to determine punishment. If
several offenses were committed at the same time and
the resulting discipline does include time in SHU, add
five days to loss of Comfort Items (CI) and 5 days to
the time in SHU for each additional offense.
d. The Detention Operations Center (DOC) will be
notified of any moves made to SHU. This notification
must include ISN number, reason for move, approving
authority and length of discipline. The DOC will
annotate all moves on the daily blotter. The DOC will
take the 508-1 and make a copy of it. If the detainee’s
discipline does not require movement from the block,
one copy of the 508-1 will be sent to the block for
enforcement. If the detainee’s discipline requires
movement from the block, one copy of the 508-1 will
be given to Escort Control to give to the escort team
that will escort the detainee to the new block. The 5081 will then be given to the block NCO of the moved to
block for enforcement.
e. The CJDOG, DCJDOG, or JDOG S-3 must approve
any discipline that includes movement to SHU, by
signing as the Authenticating Officer on the DD Form
508. This does not apply to moves to SHU by the JIG
(for intelligence purposes). JIG moves will be
coordinated through the DOC and do not need any
further approval; however, the Detention Operations
Center will not move the detainee until directed by the
Detention Operations Officer or JDOG S3. The
detainee may be moved immediately prior to the
authenticating officer signing the paperwork.
f. The on-duty CO will approve all discipline
measures except SHU time, will check the
“recommended” block of the DD Form 508, and sign
as the Confinement Officer.
g. Notification to the chain of command will be
made for any situations involving unusual
circumstances, and for any use of force beyond verbal
persuasion or show of force.
h. When a discipline measure is applied to a
detainee, he will be notified of the reason for the
discipline, and the type/length of the discipline
measure.
i. Do not confiscate any item unless it is for
discipline purposes or for the prevention of self-harm
or harm to others.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
8.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
j. When Comfort Items (CI) are taken from a
detainee, the items will be inventoried and placed in a
large trash bag or box, and the Block NCO will
complete and sign the Detainee Supply Roster. The
bag will have a “toe tag” tied to it with the detainee’s
ISN annotated. The box will be marked with the
detainee’s ISN. The box or bag will be stored in an
orderly manner on top of the detainee’s cell. Block
NCOs will be responsible for ensuring that the storage
of the CI presents an orderly appearance and that the
inventory matches the Detainee Supply Roster. Any
difficulties encountered will be directed to the SOG.
Items will not be returned to the detainee until the
length of discipline is completed.
n. Documentation of any discipline measure will be
annotated on DD Form 508. DA Forms 2823, Sworn
Statements from all U.S. personnel involved in the
incident will be attached to the DD Form 508, and
forwarded to the on-duty CO for disposition.
o. A detainee that has been moved to level 2 or level
3 for discipline must spend at least 30 days at that level
before being considered for movement to the next
higher classification level. The detainee will be
considered for movement 30 days from the end of the
discipline period if the detainee has not had any
discipline problems within that time. A detainee that
has been moved to level 4 for discipline will be moved
to level 3 upon completion of the mandated period of
time annotated on the DD Form 508 or memorandum
of approval of extension signed by CJTF. The
Detention Services Branch (DSB) will conduct the
review of records for movement from one classification
level to a new level. The JDOG S3 must approve any
exceptions to this procedure.
p. Many detainee actions that result in disciplinary
measures may also result in future criminal charges.
Accurate and complete documentation is always
required.
q. Any proposed discipline for detainees under the
care of the Detention Hospital Psychologist requires
consultation between the senior on-duty psychology
staff member and the on-duty CO prior to imposing
discipline. Detainees being treated as mental health
patients will only have Basic Issue Items, authorized
CIs, and/or Authorized Activities taken away as a
medical necessity; in those cases the senior on-duty
psychology staff member will be cited on the GTMO
Form 508-1 as the authority for removing items or
prohibiting activities.
r. Haircuts will never be used as punitive action
against a detainee.
8-4. Loss of Exercise
a. If a detainee has lost his privilege of exercise for
the number of exercise periods determined by Table 82, the DOC will notify the appropriate Block NCO of

the beginning date and the end date. The DOC will
annotate this information in the discipline log.
b. The Block NCO will annotate the beginning date
and ending date on the discipline log sheet assigned to
each detainee. This form will remain in the detainee
file. The Block NCO will annotate loss of
“RECREATION” and write the dates under the
corresponding column of “DATE BEGAN” and “END
DATE”. The Block NCO will also make an entry in
the duty logs.
c. A copy of the DD Form 508 will be placed into
the detainee file on the block and a copy kept in the
detainee’s file in the DOC.
8-5. Loss of Hot Meals
a. Only the JDOG S-3 or higher may authorize the
loss of hot meals for a detainee. The DOC will
annotate this information in DIMS.
b. The Block NCO will annotate the beginning date
and ending date on the discipline log sheet assigned to
each detainee. This form will remain in the detainee
file. The Block NCO will annotate loss of “HOT
MEALS” and write the dates under the corresponding
column of “DATE BEGAN” and “END DATE”. The
Block NCO will also make an entry in the duty logs.
c. A copy of the DD Form 508 will be placed into
the detainee file on the block and a copy kept in the
detainee’s file in the DOC.
8-6. Comfort Items (CI)
a. If a detainee has lost CI as determined by Table
8-2, the DOC will notify the appropriate Block NCO of
the beginning date and end date. The DOC will
annotate this information in the discipline log.
b. The Block NCO will annotate the beginning
dates and ending dates on the discipline log sheet
assigned to each detainee. This form will remain in the
detainee file. The Block NCO will annotate loss of
“COMFORT ITEMS” mark the “ALL” and write the
dates under the corresponding column of “DATE
BEGAN” and “END DATE”. The Block NCO will
also make an entry in the duty logs.
c. In the case of lost or damaged property, the Block
NCO will annotate the “ITEM” on the Detainee
Discipline Log in the detainee file for those items that
have been damaged, destroyed, or lost. Annotate the
number or numbers and the date or dates under the
corresponding column of “DATE BEGAN” and “END
DATE. The Block NCO will also make an entry in the
duty logs.
d. When a detainee changes classification level, the
detainee will lose or gain comfort items at the new
block based on the block’s classification level. The
receiving Block NCO must ensure that when a detainee
is moving to a higher classification level, he is issued
the required items. The receiving Block NCO must

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
8.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
ensure that when a detainee is moving to a lower
classification level, he loses unauthorized items.
e. The Block NCO of a moving detainee must
ensure all items on the inventory sheet depart with the
detainee. The receiving block will confiscate all
excess items. If the detainee does not have an item
listed on the current inventory sheet, the detainee is
subject to punishment for failure to return property, per
Table 8-1.
f. If a detainee refuses a CI, place an R on the
inventory sheet in the block that corresponds to the
item refused.
g. The following items are a one-for-one exchange
to track who is flushing items:
(1) All linen items
(2) Detainee pens
h. The travel type toothbrush used by Level 1
detainees will only be issued once a month unless the
detainee newly moves to a Level 1 block.
8-7. Detainee Classification System
a. The Detainee Classification System is a five level
system of rewards based on the premise that a
detainee’s behavior determines the privileges they are
allowed. As the detainee adapts to the rules of the
camp, his conduct will earn him more privileges. Basic
Issue Items, CIs, and Authorized/Unauthorized
Activities for detainees are listed in Tables 8-3 thru 85. Detainees qualified for Classification Level 1 may
also be eligible for additional items and activities not
listed in Tables 8-3 thru 8-5.
(1) Classification Level 1. Detainees receive a
higher level of privileges than Level 2, and having
spent at least 30 days at Level 2.
(2) Classification Level 2. Detainees at this level
receive a higher level of privileges than Level 3 and
having spent at least 30 days at Level 3.
(3) Classification Level 3. All detainees start at
this level, following an initial period of segregation
upon arrival at Camp Delta; the length of time of this
initial segregation will be determined by the JIG. This
level includes detainees who are on discipline measures
not including segregation.
(4) Classification Level 4. These detainees are
normally located in segregation, but it also includes
detainees who could be on a Level 5 block or in a nonSHU block, that is housing Level 4 detainees.
Detainees in this status will have their classification
reevaluated by the Detention Services Branch daily.
Detainees can be housed in segregation up to 90 days,
but their status will be reviewed every 30 days by
CJTF.
(5) Classification Level 5 (Intel Level). JIG
directed segregation, for intelligence gathering
purposes. Detainees will be segregated at the direction
of the JIG through the Detention Operations Branch.

(a) Housed in a group on an Intel block.
(b) Housed in segregation block for Intel
purposes.
(c) Receive Reward Level (1-4) privileges as
recommended by JIG.
b. Delta Block is designated as the Mental Health
Facility (MHF) for the housing of detainees requiring a
higher-level clinical care and monitoring.
c. A qualifying disciplinary event is defined as a
disciplinary event that has not expired and dropped off
their disciplinary record FOR THE PURPOSES OF
THIS PROGRAM ONLY. These offenses will remain
on their disciplinary records for the purpose of
disciplinary actions.
d. Category III offenses, as listed in Table 8-1 will
expire on their 30-day anniversary for each step higher
and will not be counted against a detainee for the
purposes of this program. 30 days is considered his
required good behavior period.
e. Category IV offenses will expire on their 45-day
anniversary for each step higher and will not be
counted against a detainee for the purposes of this
program. 45 days is considered his required good
behavior period.
f. Category V offenses will expire on their 60-day
anniversary for each step higher and will not be
counted against a detainee for the purposes of this
program. 60 days is considered his required good
behavior period.
g. A detainee will change levels based on his
behavior or meeting other criteria for a level.
Detainees who do not meet the program based on
behavior, may still participate in the program based on
JIG directed requests, but will be housed on a separate
block designated as an “Intel block.” JIG will
determine higher-level privileges on this block. If a
detainee is moved to a level 4 blocks, he will spend the
time required in segregation according to the matrix.
At the completion of his time in segregation, he will
immediately move to a level 3 blocks. The detainee
will then stay on the level 3 blocks until the required
good behavior period is satisfied and then move to a
level 2 blocks. The detainee will then stay on a level 2
blocks until his required good behavior period is
satisfied and then move to a level 1 block. A detainee
must spend this entire time incident free at his current
level to qualify for movement to the next higher level.
This is in order to prove his ability to function at a
higher level of privileges. If no room is available on a
block at the next higher level, the detainee will still
have his classification level changed on his current
block and will move at the next available opening for
that level. Example: A detainee who is currently on a
level 3 block was disciplined for inciting a disturbance.
This offense has a required good behavior period of 30
days. Once he has had no discipline for 30 days, he is

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
8.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
eligible for level 2. If a cell is open on a level 2 blocks,
the detainee will be moved there and will be issued the
additional comfort items for reward level 2. If a cell is
not open on a level 2 blocks, the detainee will remain
on his current block and receive additional comfort
items for level 2. Once the detainee has had no
discipline for an additional 30 days, regardless if on a
level 2 or level 3 blocks, he will be eligible to be
moved to a reward level 1 block. If a cell is open on a
level 1 block, the detainee will be moved there and will
be issued the additional comfort items for level 1. If a
cell is not open on a level 1 block, the detainee will
remain on his current block and receive additional
comfort items for level 1.
h. If a detainee commits an offense in segregation
that requires additional segregation time and will
extend his total time beyond 30 consecutive days, the
following procedure will be used:
(1) If the detainee has not yet reached 30 days of
actual segregation time served, a memorandum will be
forwarded to CJTF requesting an extension of
segregation time. The memorandum will detail how
many days the extension is for, why it is necessary, and
will include the DD Form 508 with the punishment on
it (see Figure 8-1 for example memorandum). If the
extension is granted, the detainee will be removed at
the end of the total approved segregation period and
moved to a Level 3 block. If the extension is not
granted, the detainee will be removed after serving 30
days in SHU and moved to a Level 3 block.
(2) If the detainee has reached 30 days of actual
SHU time served, the detainee will be removed from
SHU, placed on a level 3 block, with level 4 CI and
Authorized Activities (this action will be documented
on a GTMO Form 508-1, signed/approved by the
JDOG S3). A memorandum will be forwarded to
CJTF requesting an extension of segregation time. The
memorandum will detail how many days the extension
is for, why it is necessary, and will include the DA 508
with the punishment on it (see Figure 8-2 for example
memorandum). Upon approval of the extension, the
detainee will be moved back to segregation to serve the
length of the approved extension.
i. Either the JIG or the JDOG S3 will decide the
detainee’s classification. Level 5 block assignments
will be determined by the JIG.
j. An Order of Merit List (OML) will be created to
form a waiting list for qualified detainees to get into
either a level 1 or level 2 block. The Detention
Services Branch will develop and monitor this OML.
Detainees will be chosen from the OML for movement
to a higher-level block. If sufficient detainees are on
the OML, JDOG S3 can direct that a block be
converted to a higher-level block.
k. If a detainee exhibits a positive behavior over and
above that of fellow detainees, a Block NCO, SOG,

PL, or on-duty CO can request to CJDOG to remove
five days from his period of good behavior to transition
to a higher reward level on a GTMO Form 508-1.
Examples include:
(1) A detainee who notifies a guard of a cell door
being unlocked
(2) A detainee who acts as an interpreter during a
critical incident
(3) A detainee that finds a welding rod in the
exercise yard and gives it to a guard.
8-8. GTMO Form 508-1
a. The GTMO Form 508-1 is used to determine
which rewards the detainee will lose or gain.
b. Process for issuing a GTMO Form 508-1 for
discipline:
(1) Details of incident are phoned to DOC to
begin processing a DD Form 508.
(2) DA Form(s) 2823 filled out by personnel
witnessing the incident, detailing the incident.
(3) PL determines discipline based on matrix and
previous record of offenses by detainee, then prepares
GTMO Form 508-1 for on-duty CO’s review. The
form must include a brief description of the offense,
the number of times the detainee has committed
offenses, and the discipline to be imposed.
(4) If the on-duty CO concurs, the discipline is
entered on the DD Form 508 from the GTMO Form
508-1.
(5) After all required forms are complete, the onduty CO signs the DD Form 508 as the Confinement
Officer and forwards to JDOG S3 for approval. Upon
approval, the offense is entered into the discipline log
for the detainee.
(6) A copy of the GTMO Form 508-1 is sent to
the block to be briefed to the detainee by the Block
NCO, SOG, or PL. The copy will be retained with the
detainee’s records on the block.
(7) All original forms will be forwarded to
Detention Services Branch at the end of shift.
c. Process for issuing a GTMO Form 508-1 for
reward:
(1) JDOG or JIG authorizes a reward for a
detainee.
(2) GTMO Form 508-1 is used to record the
reward, and is submitted to Detention Services Branch.
(3) Detention Services Branch processes the
GTMO Form 508-1 and forwards through Detention
Operations Branch, to JDOG S3.
(4) If the detainee is in a Level 5 block, the Level
5 Block Entitlement Form will be used to determine if
the detainee is in the correct cell based on his reward
level. If he is changing levels, he will be moved to an
area, if possible, on the same block where he will not
be next to detainees with a different reward level. If
the detainee receives a reward outside of the matrix,

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
8.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
that will be annotated on the block diagram. Detention
Services Branch will maintain the GTMO Forms 508-1
for Level 5 blocks and the block diagrams will be
distributed to the Level 5 blocks within 24 hours of any
changes.
(5) If a detainee is not in a Level 5 block, a copy
of the GTMO Form 508-1 will be sent to the block to
be placed in the detainee’s records on the block. The
original will be placed in the detainee’s file in the
DOC.
8-9. Level 5 Blocks/Intel
a. Detainees on Level 5 Blocks will be segregated
based on the individual’s reward level as determined
by the JIG. Upon receipt by Detention Services
Branch of a GTMO Form 508-1, the detainee will be
classified by his reward level and placed in an
appropriate cell in a Level 5 Block. JIG personnel will
issue and confiscate all non-expendable items. Block
personnel will replenish all expendable items after the
initial issue by JIG personnel. Block personnel may
only confiscate items for discipline purposes and then
must notify Detention Services Branch immediately so
this information can be forwarded to the JIG.
b. The Positive Behavior Reward Program will
supplement the work of the JIG. As the detainee works
with the JIG, his conduct will earn him more or less
privileges. The GTMO Form 508-1 is used to
document detainee rewards lost or gained.
c. Process for an existing resident of a Level 5
block:
(1) Ensure GTMO Form 508-1 is filled out
properly.
(2) Check to see if the detainee is adjacent to a
detainee at a different reward level.
(3) Coordinate with the JIG to move the detainee
to another cell adjacent to individuals with the same
reward level or as directed to a specific cell by JIG.
(4) Update the block diagrams and forward to the
block for their use.
(5) Send the updated block diagram to the JIG for
their information.
d. Process for a new resident of a Level 5 block:
(1) JIG submits a move request along with a
GTMO Form 508-1.
(2) Ensure the GTMO Form 508-1 is filled out
properly.
(3) If the move request has no specific cell,
determine which cell to move him into based on the
reward level indicated on the GTMO Form 508-1.
(4) Update the block diagrams and forward to the
block for their use.
(5) Send the updated block diagram to the JIG for
their information.

8-10. Confiscation of Items
a. For any confiscated item, a DA Form 4137 will
be completed, and both the form and item will be
turned into the Evidence Custodian located in Camp
Delta 2, Building 7.
b. Any item may also be taken due to self-harm
precautions, based on advice of psychology staff. All
items taken for self-harm precautions will be stored in
a container marked with the detainee’s ISN and the
container placed above the detainee’s cell.
c. If a detainee does not leave the block when
disciplined, place any non-damaged confiscated items
in a container marked with the detainee’s ISN and
place the container above the detainee’s cell.
d. Detainees are authorized all of the items listed
per their reward level, except under the following
circumstances:
(1) The item is taken away for a defined period of
time for discipline.
(2) The detainee is on self-harm precautions as
determined by the psychology staff.
(3) The detainee is housed in a medical or mental
health segregation area, and the medical and/or mental
health staff has directed confiscation of certain items.
Medical or mental health staff will determine which
item(s) a detainee in medical or mental health
segregation can have, as long the item(s) is also
authorized for the detainee’s current discipline level.
(4) An approved GTMO Form 508-1 directs
otherwise.
e. No linen item, prayer bead, prayer cap, book, flip
flops, ISO mat, mattress, shoes, storage tub, game, or
playing cards will be thrown away if damaged.
f. Deliberate damage is any damage done by the
detainee to his property. This does not include tears
and holes caused by day-to-day use and living inside of
a metal cell or the wear of footgear used to walk on
gravel. The guard will use his best judgment to
determine if the damage was deliberate or not. When
disciplining a detainee for damage to any item, the
damage must be deliberate.
g. During all inventories and prior to any discipline
for lost items, the bag and/or box holding items above
the cell must be checked for that item. The contents of
that bag and/or box must also follow the detainee
whenever he is permanently moved. The Block NCO
of the losing block is responsible to ensure that all of
the detainee’s items leave with him. The Block NCO
of the gaining block is responsible to ensure that all of
the detainee’s items arrive with him and are present
before the escort team leaves the block. The escort
team is responsible to ensure all items are taken from
the losing block to the gaining block.
h. Linen Items. These items are distributed through
the supply room. All of these items are exchanged on a

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
8.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
one for one basis during linen exchange. All items will
be held up by the detainee and visually inspected prior
to exchange. Any modifications or deliberate damage
seen including such modifications as tying a knot in a
towel will result in the detainee being disciplined. All
dirty items are placed inside a white mesh bag, which
is placed inside a garbage bag and then stored in the
dirty linen shed next to Building 1 for Camp Delta 1
and Building 7 for Camp Delta 2 and Camp Delta 3.
(1) Blanket, Clothing (a top and bottom), PT
Shorts, Sheets, Towels, T-Shirt (Has a pocket),
Washcloth. If a detainee tears, rips, or otherwise
damages this item or makes it into a weapon or selfharm device, it will be confiscated and the detainee
disciplined for damaging or destroying government
property. If the detainee does not have the item during
any inventory, ensure the item was not confiscated. If
it was confiscated and it was issued to him, he will be
disciplined for damaging or destroying government
property. Also, consult the damaged property matrix to
determine the length of time the detainee loses the
item.
i. Religious Items. These items are distributed in
coordination with the Chaplain.
(1) Koran. Religious book with special handling
rules and search rules. Refer to section 6-11 for
details.
(2) Perfume/Oil. Expendable item. Ensure no
items are hidden inside of container.
(3) Prayer Beads. A religious item similar to a
rosary. Prayer beads may not be modified in any
fashion. Any modification to prayers will result in the
confiscation of the prayer beads and the detainee
disciplined. Fill out a form DA 4137 and turn the form
and prayer beads into the Evidence Custodian.
(4) Prayer Cap. A black or white item that is
worn on the head of the detainee. May be searched and
handled by a guard wearing gloves. Examine for
damage such as removal of threading. Any damage or
modification to the prayer cap will result in the
detainee being disciplined. Fill out a form DA 4137
and turn the form and prayer cap into the Evidence
Custodian.
j. Books. These items are distributed through the
Detainee Librarian. Examine all books for writing or
any hidden items. Any book that contains writing
should be confiscated and turned in immediately for
intelligence purposes. Books will not be left on the
blocks or put in the detainee’s box or bag with other
confiscated items. Any damage to books will result in
the detainee being disciplined. A DA Form 4137
should accompany any damaged book.
k. Items. These items are distributed through the
supply room.
(1) Bar Soap, Small. If the detainee is authorized
a small bar of soap, he may keep this in his cell.

(2) Bar Soap, Regular. If the detainee is
authorized a regular bar of soap, he may keep this in
his cell.
(3) Bucket for Double Amputees. Do not
confiscate this item.
(4) Comb. This will be given to the detainee
during shower time. It will be stored in an evidence
bag with the detainee’s ISN written on it. Store the bag
in the block supply box. Inspect for damage after use.
(5) Flip Flops. Detainees wear this item.
Inspect them for damage. Discipline the detainee for
damage only, not wear and tear from use. When in
doubt about what caused the damage to this item, err
on the side of damage caused by wear.
(6) ISO Mat. Used by the detainees to sleep on
or to screen their bathroom use from others. The ISO
mat will stay with the detainee at all times. Inspect the
ISO mat for damage. If there is any damage, the
detainee will be disciplined for damage or destruction
of government property.
(7) Mask, Surgical Type. This item is used to
hold the Koran. Typically, it is tied to the cell wall and
the Koran is placed inside. Ensure the strip of metal
that would normally go over the nose when worn is not
present in the mask. All cells, except those designated
for self-harm or have self-harm detainees in them, will
have a mask to hold the Koran.
(8) Mattress. This item will stay with the
detainee regardless if he loses it for the level he is on or
not. Inspect the mattress for any damage or items
hidden within it. If the mattress is damaged, the
detainee will be disciplined for damage or destruction
of government property. Also, consult the damaged
property matrix to determine the length of time the
detainee loses the blanket.
(9) Salt Packets. These may be kept by the
detainee and are a consumable supply. These may be
obtained from the supply room as required.
(10) Shoes. Detainees wear this item. Inspect
them for damage. Discipline the detainee for damage
only, not wear and tear from use. When in doubt about
what caused the damage to this item, err on the side of
damage caused by wear.
(11) Storage Tub. This item will be marked with
the detainee’s ISN and will be the storage device for
detainee property. Any damage to the tub needs to be
documented and the detainee disciplined for damage or
destruction of government property.
(12) Styrofoam Cups. If the cup has writing on
it, confiscate, complete a DA 4137, and give to the
Evidence Custodian. If the cup is damaged or
destroyed, the detainee will be disciplined for
destruction of government property. Also, consult the
damaged property matrix to determine the length of
time the detainee loses the Styrofoam cup. If the
detainee has lost his cup due to discipline, he will

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
8.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
receive a cup with his meal but must return it at the
completion of the meal. Due to supply issues, different
size cups may be used at anytime. All cups are
considered equal regardless of size.
(13) Toothpaste. This item will only be issued on
Sundays. Ensure there is nothing hidden inside the
toothpaste. If there is an object hidden inside,
discipline the detainee for contraband, fill out a form
DA 4137 and give the toothpaste and form to the
Evidence Custodian.
(14) Toothbrush, Small Travel Type. This is a
small toothbrush with regular bristles. These will be
issued once a month. Inspect for any modification or
damage to the handle. If found, discipline the detainee
appropriately, fill out a form DA 4137 and give the
toothbrush and form to the Evidence Custodian. Also,
consult the damaged property matrix to determine the
length of time the detainee loses the toothbrush.
(16) Water Bottle. The water bottle is not an
expendable item. The detainee will receive a water
bottle when his reward level is changed to a one or he
has completed his discipline for destroying or
damaging a water bottle. The water bottle needs to be
inspected for damage or containing hidden objects. If
the water bottle is damaged, the detainee will be
disciplined for damage or destruction to government
property. Also, consult the damaged property matrix to
determine the length of time the detainee loses the
water bottle.
(17) Games. Games need to be inspected for
damage or lost pieces. If the game is damaged or has
lost pieces, the detainee is to be disciplined for damage
or destruction to government property. It is the
detainee’s responsibility to inform the guards if a game
piece is accidentally lost and will not be disciplined if
detainee tells the guard. The detainee will be informed
of this responsibility when the game is issued. Also,
consult the damaged property matrix to determine the
length of time the detainee loses the game.
(18) Playing Cards. Playing cards need to be
inspected for damage or lost cards. If the cards are
damaged or have been lost, the detainee is to be
disciplined for damage or destruction to government
property. It is the detainee’s responsibility to inform
the guards if a card is accidentally lost and will not be
disciplined if detainee tells the guard. The detainee
will be informed of this responsibility when the cards
are issued. Also, consult the damaged property matrix
to determine the length of time the detainee loses the
playing cards.
l. Mail. Mail personnel distribute this item to the
detainees. A piece of mail is a complete letter,
regardless of the number of pages, and the envelope. A
piece of mail may also be a postcard.
m. Additional Items and Privileges.

(1) Additional Toilet Paper. The detainee
normally receives a set amount of toilet paper per shift
at specific times. This privilege allows the detainee to
get toilet paper as required. The detainee is responsible
for asking for the additional toilet paper. Guards need
to ensure that the detainee doesn’t receive additional
toilet paper when the detainee already has it. The
amount given to the detainee will be the same amount
as normally distributed to the detainee.
(2) Pen and Paper Upon Request. The detainee
may request pen and paper from the guards. The
detainee may not have more than ten sheets of paper in
his cell at any one time. The paper will not be passed
between cells. If the detainee writes any letters and
request them to be mailed, the will be given to the
detainee mail personnel. Paper will be plain white
paper such as that used in the Xerox machine. Pens
will be the soft flexible safety version. Block
personnel must document who receives a pen and must
collect them prior to shift change. Pens will not be
issued on midnight shift. The paper may be obtained
from the supply room or the DOC and the pens will be
obtained from supply. When getting pens, they must
be exchanged on a one for one basis.
(3) Intel Directed Reading Material. This
material, which may be magazines, books, etc.; will be
labeled with an id that starts with the letter “I”. All
intelligence reading material will not be counted
against the number of items that the detainee has from
the Detainee Library. All intelligence reading material
will be turned into the JIG when the detainee is
disciplined and not the Detainee Library.
(4) Shampoo. Shampoo will be kept in a
container and placed on top of his cell, visible to the
guard. It will not be kept in the cell. The detainee may
ask for shampoo to clean himself in his cell. The
shampoo will be poured into the detainee’s hand and
the container placed back on top of the cell.
n. Authorized Activities. The following are
guidelines for activities where the Authorized
Activities form is not complete in the description.
(1) Allowed to Save an MRE for Later. The
detainee is allowed to keep one MRE for later use. If
the detainee is issued an MRE and already has a saved
MRE, one must be consumed or returned. The
detainee may not combine the contents of both MREs
into one MRE in any form.
(2) Performing Approved Exercises in Cells.
Approved exercise does not include any type of martial
arts training.
(3) Authorized Exercises in Exercise Yard.
Approved exercise does not include any type of martial
arts training.
(4) Cold Water (After/During Exercise). A fivegallon water can/jug will be used to provide the
detainee with cold water. Put ice in the water can prior

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
8.7

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
to the start of the shower and exercise period. The
water can/jug will not be the same water source as that
used by the block personnel. The detainee is
responsible to take his cup to the exercise yard if he
wants cold water.
8-11. Special Rewards
a. At times, JIG personnel will give out special
rewards outside of the normal reward system.
b. For the special reward of two detainees in the
same exercise yard, the following procedure will apply:
(1) Putting the first of two detainees in the
exercise yard will be conducted according to current
methodology.
(2) Before placing the second detainee in the
exercise yard, the first detainee must kneel in the
corner opposite the exercise yard door, with his back
towards the door, and grab the fence.
(3) If the detainee refuses to cooperate with the
guard’s instructions at any time, the detainee will be
subject to disciplinary measures based on his failure to
follow guard instructions.
(4) To take a detainee out when more than one
occupies the cell, reverse the process.
c. For the special reward of a roll of toilet paper, the
following procedure will apply:
(1) Give the detainee the roll of toilet paper
(2) If the detainee tries to force the roll into the
toilet or passes it out to other detainees, confiscate the
roll of toilet paper.
d. With any special rewards, immediately notify the
DOC so that the JIG may be informed of an
uncooperative detainee. In addition, the detainee will
be disciplined accordingly.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
8.8

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 9
Segregation Operations
Section I – In-Processing
9-1. In-Processing And Documentation
a. Before placing a detainee in segregation, the
following procedures should be followed:
(1) New detainees will be placed in segregation
for processing for up to thirty days.
(2) DOD and military personnel involved with
detainees in a disruptive behavior must write a sworn
statement describing the offense committed by the
detainee.
(3) PL will annotate discipline measures on DD
form 508.
(4) The CO or higher must endorse any discipline
that includes movements into segregation. The CO can
recommend a maximum of ten days of discipline. If
exceeding 11 days of discipline, the JDOG S-3, Deputy
JDOG Commander (DCJDOG) or CJDOG must
approve. If a detainee, while in segregation commits
another offense, the JDOG S-3 or the CJDOG can
approve an extension over 30 days in the same process
used for Intel detainees.
(5) When a detainee is sent to segregation, a
DIMS entry must be completed to include offense
committed and discipline imposed.
b. If a detainee has committed an offense that
requires segregation time, even if a segregation cell is
not available, the detainee will receive a shave and a
haircut for hygiene and medical reasons. If the
detainee is IRFed, the haircut and shave will follow the
decontamination process.
c. The only segregation blocks available in Camp
Delta are India, November and Oscar . Other blocks
may be designated for holding level 4 detainees, but
they are not segregation blocks.
9-2. Placement For Intelligence Purposes
a. Request by interrogation to place detainees will
be coordinated with the Interrogator Sections Chief and
the Interrogation Control Element (ICE) OIC or JIG to
ensure there is a valid reason for detainee placement in
SHU.
b. After concurrence by the ICE OIC, requestor or
section chief will indicate on the segregation transfer
Request Form the specific reasons for placements in
the segregation and the proposal level of detainee’s
access allowed to ICRC representatives. The request
form is then forwarded to the JIG Commander or his
designated representative for approval. The initial
period of time, which a detainee may be placed in the
Special Housing Unit without ICRC, visual access or
restricted access shall be 30 days. Unless the JIG
approves of a detainee placement in segregation, such
placement is not permitted.

c. When a detainee placement is approved, the JIG
Commander, through his representative at the
Detention Facility notifies the JDOG to transfer the
detainee to segregation.
d. When it is determined that military necessity
justifies continued detention beyond this initial 30 days
period the J-3 will prepare a notification memorandum
for Commander JTF-GTMO signature to commander
US SOUTHCOM. This notification memorandum will
be prepared at least five days before the end of the
initial segregation period and will include justification
for the extended segregation Detention.
Section II – Operations
9-3. Block Operations
a. Block personnel will operate segregation blocks
IAW chapter 6 except for the provisions as noted in
this chapter.
b. Due to behavior, some detainees may be housed
in segregation either for their own protection or for
security or safety reasons.
c. For detainees other than those in SelfHarm/Injured Behavior, two guards will walk the block
at all times and document the conducted checks every
10 minutes. For detainees in Self Harm/Injured
Behavior follow Self Harm/Injured Behavior SOP
contained in Section 31-1.
d. Bean hole doors will only be open to pass items
through.
e. The viewing doors will remain open at all times.
f. Detainees who are in a segregation block for
INTEL purposes will be allowed to have their viewing
door open at their request.
g. An Alpha Roster will be maintained on the block
identifying the ISN numbers of all the detainees on the
block.
h. Maximum Security Log will be maintained on
the block with entrance/departure dates of segregation
and ICRC access level.
i. All segregation blocks have a fire alarm system
with electronic control system that can be reset in false
alarm.
j. All segregation have an air conditioning system.
that will be set and maintained at 85 degrees.
k. Detainee comfort items and confiscated property
will be stored in box above their cell until time served.
l. Intelligence directed segregation receive level 1,
level 2, or level 3 privileges as recommended by JIG.
m. Each cell in segregation will have an assigned
Koran.
n. Detainees may only cover the lower half of the
viewing window while using the bathroom. After the
detainee has completed using the bathroom, the object
covering the window must be removed.
o. During shower and exercise, no razors, or nail
clippers will be issued to detainees.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
9.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
p. The uniform for detainees while in segregation
will be shorts and a shirt.
q. The only segregation blocks are I, N, and O.
Other blocks may hold level 4 detainees, but they are
not segregation blocks. Detainees may also be placed
on a segregation block and have a different reward
level other than four.
9-4. Extension Request Processing
a. If a detainee has discipline or is required to
remain in a segregation cell for longer than 30 days, an
extension letter will be submitted.
(1) ICE Ops will submit all extension requests to
the J-3 Future Operations for detainees in segregation
for intelligence purposes.
(2) JDOG S-3 will submit all extension requests
to J-3 Future Operations for detainees in segregation
for discipline purposes.
b. At the 25-day mark, a memorandum requesting
the extension will be created and submitted. The
memorandum will state which detainee and the
justification for the extension beyond 30 days. DSB
will create the extension request for detainees on
discipline and forward to the JDOG S-3.
c. If the extension is not approved by 1800 hrs on
the 30th day, the detainee will be removed from
segregation.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
9.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
9.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 10
NAVSTA Brig Operations
10-1. Purpose
To establish a policy and procedure for transportation
to and US Army security of detainees housed at the
NAVSTA Brig, Guantanamo Bay, Cuba.
10-2. Transport To NAVSTA Brig
a. Based on the number of detainees to be moved,
the following vehicles can be utilized:
(1) NAVSTA Brig Vehicle
(2) Detention Hospital Ambulance
(3) Detainee Bus.
b. As needed, medical personnel will accompany
detainees to the Brig.
c. Detainee will be escorted to the Brig in threepiece restraints; two guards will provide security inside
the transporting vehicle. Escorts will execute duties
IAW Chapter 11.
d. The vehicle will enter the NAVSTA Brig through
the Vehicle Sally Port. At no time will the detainee be
outside of the vehicle except when they are inside the
NAVSTA Brig compound.
e. The vehicle will pull to the far end of the block
for offloading.
f. Once positioned inside the compound, two
guards will escort detainee from the vehicle to the cell.
The cells nearest the door will be occupied first. The
cell will be searched for weapons and contraband
before the detainee is placed into the cell.
g. Detainee comfort items will be searched and
placed into cell before detainee arrives.
h. Once detainee is inside the cell, two escorting
guards will conduct standard unshackling procedures.
10-3. Personnel Support Requirements
a. JDOG will provide three guards per shift when
detainees are confined in the NAVSTA Brig.
b. JDOG will provide Chaplain and Interpreter
support as needed.
10-4. Medical Support Requirements
Detention Hospital will continue to provide daily
medical support throughout the duration of
confinement within NAVSTA Brig.
10-5. Meals
a. Detainees will have 30 minutes to consume
meals. JDOG will provide meals for detainees as
follows:
(1) Breakfast: 0715-0745
(2) Lunch: 1100-1130
(3) Dinner: 1715-1745.

10-6. Exercise
a. Detainees will receive two 20-minute exercise
periods a week.
b. The exercise period will take place inside the
NAVSTA Brig day room or exercise yard.
c. If the exercise yard is used, one detainee at a time
will be allowed to exercise in the yard adjacent to the
Brig. In order to accomplish this, the following
procedures apply:
(1) There is a 20-minute time limit placed upon
this exercise period.
(2) A green Brig uniform will be issued to the
detainee and he will change prior to exiting his cell.
Upon returning, the detainee will change back into his
orange jumpsuit.
(3) The detainee will be moved in the following
manner:
(a) The entry gate will be closed.
(b) The detainee will be cuffed and shackled.
(c) The detainee will be escorted to the yard by
two guards.
(d) The detainee will be uncuffed at the request
of the interrogator.
(e) Shackles will not be removed.
(4) One guard will be positioned outside the
entrance to the Brig leading into the yard. The other
guard will be positioned in the yard by the exit gate.
(5) The detainee will be allowed to walk the
entire yard however the interrogator must be with him
at all times.
(6) Only one detainee will be out of his cell at a
time.
10-7. Showers And Laundry
a. The three guards on duty are responsible for all
functions that are required for detainee showers. This
includes, but is not limited to:
(1) Escort to and from shower
(2) Sanitation and cleanliness of shower point.
(3) Detainees will receive two five-minute
showers a week unless otherwise directed by the
CJDOG.
(4) The following will be the procedure for
conducting showers and laundry exchange for the
detainees:
(a) There will be no set schedule for showers and
laundry of the detainees.
(b) Showers will be conducted twice per week
per detainee.
(c) Laundry will be exchanged or washed on one
of the days the detainee showers.
b. If there are multiple detainees, one detainee per
day will shower and have his laundry exchanged or
washed.
c. The exception to this policy will be detainees
being interrogated by the JIIF. If a detainee is

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
10.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
scheduled to shower and have his laundry exchanged at
a time the JIIF needs to do their interrogation, the
needs of the JIIF will supersede the detainee shower
and laundry exchange. That detainee will be rescheduled for his shower and laundry exchange. At no
time will a detainee be excluded from his weekly
showers and laundry exchange.
10-8. Special Orders For Guard Staff
a. The guard staff is responsible to the Base PL
(BPL) for all detainees, areas, and all events occurring
within the Brig area. When detainees are in the cells,
this post will be manned 24 hrs a day. The guard staff
will handle all the detainee functions and will be
responsible for the cleanliness of all the occupied cells,
shower room, and the dayroom. JDOG guard
personnel will be familiar with all emergency
instructions.
b. Maintain accountability of all detainees assigned.
c. Ensure security measures are adhered to for all
detainees.
d. Ensure close observation of all detainees’ health
and welfare to ensure health is maintained.
e. Ensure medical attention is rendered to detainees
during medical emergencies.
f. Ensure security measures are adhered to during
emergencies.
g. Ensure emergency exits and security doors are
secured at all times.
h. Ensure daily cleaning of dayroom and showers is
conducted. Clean occupied cells as needed.
i. Ensure search of occupied cells is conducted
daily.
j. Search detainee whenever removing from or
returning to cell.
k. Ensure dayroom is free of any item that may be
used as a weapon.
l. Maintain the proper entries on the CD-S341.
m. Maintain good order and discipline in the
dayroom.
n. Ensure all cleaning gear and chemicals are
properly stowed and not easily accessible to detainees.
o. Responsible to the BPL for carrying out this post
order.
10-9. Visitation
a. All access to detainees confined at NAVSTA
Brig must first be checked and cleared from the access
roster provided by JDOG.
b. ICRC Visit. ICRC is authorized visitation IAW
Chapter 18 and designated ICRC Access level.
c. Chaplain Visit. The Chaplain is authorized to
visit the detainees only if he has coordinated with
JDOG. The Chaplain is not authorized in the brig
unescorted without the authorization of the CJDOG or
the JDOG Operations.

d. Only one detainee will be out of his cell at a time.
e. The detainee will be cuffed and shackled at all
times.
f. Fifteen minutes is permitted with each detainee.
g. Interrogator and JIIF visit
h. Interrogators and JIIF personnel are authorized
unlimited access to the detainees within the brig.
i. Conduct authorized interrogations in one of three
places:
(1) Within the block, cell # 10. When cell # 10 is
utilized, the following rules will be adhered to:
(a) This will be coordinated by the JIIF with the
JDOG prior to the interrogators arriving at the brig.
(b) One interrogation will be conducted at a time.
At no time will more than one detainee be out of his
cell at a time unless the CJDOG grants approval.
(c) Detainees will be moved to cell #10 with
cuffs and shackles secured and the entry gate closed.
(d) The interrogators may ask to have the cuffs
removed prior to the interrogation beginning. This is
authorized after the detainee is moved and placed in
cell #10. The leg shackles will never be removed.
(e) One guard will be stationed outside the door
of cell #10 observing the detainee. The other guard
will continue to watch the remaining detainees within
the block.
(f) After the interrogation is completed, the
interrogators will leave cell #10 but remain within the
block. The guards will re-cuff the detainee and return
him to his cell where he will be secured. At this time,
the interrogators will be permitted to leave the brig or
conduct an interrogation with another detainee.
(2) Within the block at a table. Interrogators are
permitted to conduct the interrogation within the
confines of the block.
(a) The detainee will be removed from his cell
with handcuffs and shackles on.
(b) The entry gate will be closed when a detainee
is not in his individual cell.
(c) The detainee will sit at the far table with the
interrogators sitting across from the detainee.
(d) At no time will the leg shackles be removed.
Remove handcuffs at the interrogators request.
(3) Within the confines of the adjacent building.
Interrogators and JIIF personnel are authorized to
interview/interrogate detainees within the confines of
the building adjacent to the holding/cell area.
(a) There is no time limit placed upon the
interrogators/JIIF personnel.
(b) There will be no limit as to the duration of the
interrogation/interview.
(c) The interrogators/JIIF personnel will
coordinate with the JDOG for the support of an
additional guard to accompany them.
(d) The detainee will be moved in the following
manner:

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
10.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(-) The entry gate will be closed.
(-) The detainee will be cuffed and shackled.
(-) Two guards will escort the detainee to the
adjacent building.
(-) The small room will be utilized.
(-) The detainee will be uncuffed at the request
of the interrogator.
(-) Shackles will not be removed.
(-) One guard will position himself/herself
outside the entrance to the room being utilized. The
other guard will be positioned outside at the rear door
of the room being utilized. The third guard will remain
inside the block as security for the detainees remaining
within their cells.
(-) Only one detainee will be out of his cell at a
time.
(-) If more than one interview is going to be
conducted, the first interview will be completed in its
entirety before the second interview commences.
10-10. Use Of The Television
a. The television is there for the enjoyment of the
guards and Brig personnel on duty.
b. Between the hours of 2200 and 0600, the
television will be moved to an area in the vicinity of
the shower (outside the gate).
c. The volume will be at the lowest level possible to
be heard by the guards and Brig personnel but not loud
enough to disturb the detainees.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
10.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
10.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

11-3. Priority Of Escorts.
The CJDOG establishes the priority of escorts based on
mission and available resources. The normal priority
for escorts is:
a. JIIF.
b. ICRC.
c. Medical.
d. Contractor.
e. Detainee block transfers.
11-4. Escort Teams
a. Escorts are broken into two distinct groups.
Group one provides escort teams typically to detainees
within Camp Delta involving block transfers or moving
to appointments at JIIF or Medical. Group Two
provides guards to escort teams who are not authorized
unaccompanied access to Camp Delta.

Who
Why

GROUP ONE
Detainees
JIIF
Medical
Block Transfers

GROUP TWO
Escorted Personnel
ICRC
Contractors
DV Personnel

Table 11-1
b. Detainee Escorts. Group 1 Escorts typically
involve two types of escort missions. Each type of
escort mission is explained below.
(1) JIIF Escort. These escorts are responsible for
moving detainees for appointments with the Joint
Interrogation Facility. These escorts are staged in the
Brown Bldg located in the JIIF and are notified by
Escort Control when needed to escort a detainee to the
JIIF.
The escort team is also responsible for
completing the Interrogation Support Form and
PSYOPS Spot Report when applicable. The process
follows these steps:

STEPS:

ESCORT
CONTROL

11-2. Escort Control
a. Description: Serves as the central control facility
for all escorts assigned to Camp Delta. All escorts
report movement to Escort Control via saber radio or
telephone, based on the type/location of escort.
b. Staffing: Escort Control is staffed with a
minimum of two personnel familiar with Escort
Operations. However, between the hours of 0700-1800,
the staff should be augmented by one additional staff
member to assist with heighten daytime escort
requirements.
c. Escort Management: Escort control is responsible
for coordinating all escort operations within Camp
Delta except those involving distinguished visitors or
the media. Escort control will maintain a tracking
board that displays the status and location of all escort
teams within Camp Delta. Escort control personnel
will call for a status check with all escort teams at least
every 30 minutes to verify location and status of all
escort teams. Escort control will coordinate the
assignment of escort teams to escort missions based on
current mission requirements and ensures that the
priority of support doesn’t conflict with the CJDOG
commander’s intent. With the consent of the on-duty
CO, escort control can re-task escort teams as
necessary to support the CJDOG’s intent.
d. Escort control will receive a schedule from the
ICE for the next day’s interrogation plan. Escort
control will review the list for any items outside the
normal operating parameters. The normal operating
parameters are no more than five escorts in any onehour block of time and a minimal amount of escorts
during guard chow times and shift changes.
e. Escort control will receive any planned escorts
required for detainee transfer to NAVBASE Hospital
the day prior from Detention Hospital personnel.
Escort Control in coordination with DOC personnel
will ensure that the unit tasked to provide armed

escorts for this mission report 30 minutes prior and are
at the designated location on time.
f. Escort control, when notified by ICRC personnel
through the DOC, will dispatch escort teams for the
ICRC to SP 1 to greet the ICRC representative upon
arrival.
g. At the beginning of an escort team shift, Escort
Control personnel will issue out radios and escort team
call signs. At the end of the escort teams’ shift, Escort
Control will collect all radios.

ESCORT
TEAM

Chapter 11
Escort Operations
11-1. General
a. Escort Operations provide two missions in Camp
Delta. The first mission provides escorts for the
movement of detainees for JIIF, Medical and ICRC
appointments and block transfers. The second mission
provides escorts for all personnel entering Camp Delta
who require escorted access.
b. Those assigned to the escort detail must be
available for the whole shift.
c. All use of escorts will be coordinated through
Escort Control.
d. Any detainee transported outside of Camp Delta
will have an E-5 assigned, in addition to normal escort
requirements.

Interrogator reports to escort control and

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
11.1

notifies escort control of integration.
Escort control assigns the Interrogator an
Interrogation booth based on the
Interrogator’s needs and organization.
Interrogator departs for interrogation
booth and prepares for interrogation.
Escort control assigns a JIIF escort team
to pickup the detainee and calls the
escort team to escort control via secure
radio on channel 4.
The escort team reports to escort control
and draws shackles and receives an
escort briefing which includes the
following:
Current location of detainee (block and
cell number)
Location of interrogation booth
Special instructions
Escort team moves to pickup detainee.
Escort control notifies DOC of
interrogation.
Escort team secures detainee from cell.
Escort team calls escort control and
reports beginning of escort.
Escort control logs the start of escort on
escort control log.
Block NCO notifies DOC of detainee
departure from block and gives new head
count to DOC.
Escort team secures detainee in the
interrogation booth.
Escort team reports to escort control
completion of escort via secure radio.
Escort team returns to escort control and
turns-in shackles and place detainee ID
card in the appropriate slot on the
interrogation bldg board.
Interrogator completes interrogation.
Interrogator reports to escort control that
the interrogation is complete.
Escort control assigns a JIIF escort team
to pickup the detainee and calls the
escort team to escort control via secure
radio on channel 4.

√

√

√

√
√
√
√
√

√
√

√

√

The escort team reports to escort control
and draws shackles and receives an
escort briefing which includes the
following:
Current
location
of
detainee
(interrogation booth)
Location of cell
Special instructions
Escort team moves to pickup detainee.
Escort control notifies DOC of
interrogation completion.
Escort team secures detainee from
interrogation booth.
Escort team notifies escort control that
they have detainee in custody and are
enroute to block.
Escort team secures detainee in the cell.
Escort team reports to escort control the
completion of escort.
Escort control logs the completion of
escort on escort control log.
Block NCO notifies DOC of detainee
arrival from interrogation and gives new
head count to DOC.
Escort team returns to escort control and
turns-in shackles.
Table 11-2

ESCORT
CONTROL

STEPS:

√

√
√
√
√
√
√
√

√

(2) Medical Escort. These escorts are responsible
for moving detainees for appointments with the
Detainee Clinic located outside Sally Port 3. At 0830
hours, one medical escort team will report to the
Detention Hospital. At 1000, two more teams will
report to the Detention Hospital. These teams will be
dispatched by the Detention Hospital and will maintain
contact with Escort Control. The escort team will stay
with the detainee at all times unless properly relieved,
he is returned to the block, or admitted to the Detention
Hospital. These escorts are staged in the Detainee
Clinic and are notified by medical personnel when
needed to escort a detainee to the medical. The process
typically follows these steps:

√
STEPS:

ESCORT
TEAM
ESCORT
CONTROL

STEPS:

ESCORT
TEAM

ESCORT
TEAM

ESCORT
CONTROL

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Medical personnel notify escort control
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
11.2

of medical escort requirement via phone.
Escort control assigns a medical escort
team to pickup the detainee and calls the
escort team via secure radio on channel
4.
Escort team moves to pickup detainee.
Escort control notifies DOC of medical
escort.
Escort team secures detainee from cell.
Escort team calls escort control and
reports beginning of escort.
Escort control logs the start of escort on
escort control log.
Block NCO notifies DOC of detainee
departure from block and gives new head
count to DOC.
Escort team secures detainee in the
medical.
Medical provides treatment.
Escort team secures detainee from
medical.
Escort team notifies escort control that
they have detainee in custody and are
enroute to block.
Escort team secures detainee in the cell.
Escort team reports to escort control the
completion of escort.
Escort control logs the completion of
escort on escort control log.
Block NCO notifies DOC of detainee
arrival from medical and gives new head
count to DOC.
Escort team returns to medical.
Table 11-3

√
√
√
√
√
√

√

√
√
√
√
√

√

(3) Block Transfers. The DOC will direct on a
regular basis the movement of detainees from one
block to another. The DOC will give the escort control
a list of detainees that require movement during the
coming shift. The escort NCOIC will ensure the timely
execution of these cells movements by using general
escorts.
c. Accompanied Access Escorts. Group 2 escorts
typically involve three types of escort missions. Each
type of escort mission is explained below.
(1) Contractor Escorts. Contractor escorts are
necessary when personnel need access to Camp Delta
facilities in order to conduct maintenance or

STEPS:
Sally port 1 or 8 will notified escort
control concerning requirement for
contractor escort over secure radio on
channel 4.
Escort control will assign a general
escort team to provide escort to the
contractors.
Escort team will report to the appropriate
sally port and begin escort mission.
Escort team calls escort control and
reports beginning of escort
Escort control logs the start of escort on
escort control log.
Escort team will remain with contractors
throughout escort and report status every
thirty minutes to escort control.
Contractor will complete assigned work.
Escort team will return with contractor
to appropriate sally port.
Escort team reports to escort control the
completion of escort.
Escort control logs the completion of
escort on escort control log.
Escort team will return to the brown
building and wait next mission.
Table 11-4

ESCORT
CONTROL

STEPS:

improvements. Escorts control will work closely with
sally ports in order to understand and manage
contractor escort requirements. The escorts will not
allow any vehicle to be left unattended with the motor
running. The process typically follows these steps:

ESCORT
TEAM

ESCORT
TEAM
ESCORT
CONTROL

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

√
√
√
√
√

√
√
√
√

(a) Contractor escorts will maintain visual
contact on all contractors at all times. No contractor is
allowed to move from one location to another without
an escort.
(b) Contractors are prohibited from having any
direct contact with detainees. Immediately report any
communication between a contractor and detainee to
the SOG and DOC.
Identify and detain the
contractor(s) involved immediately.
(c) Be aware of suspicious activity such as
drawing maps, non-verbal signals to other individuals,
and leaving tools and other equipment behind.
Immediately report any suspicious activity to the SOG
and DOC. Identify and detainee the contractor(s)
involved immediately.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
11.3

STEPS:

ICRC will call the DOC and notify them
that they are enroute to Sally Port 1.
DOC will notify Escort Control.
Escort control will assign an ICRC
escort team to the mission.
Escort control will notify the assigned
ICRC escort team via secure radio on
channel 4.
ICRC escort team will move to Sally
Port 1 and await the arrival of the ICRC
representatives.
Escort team calls escort control and
reports beginning of escort.
Escort control logs the start of escort on
escort control log.
Escort team conducts escort mission.
Escort team returns to Sally Port 1 with
ICRC representatives.
ICRC leaves Camp Delta through Sally
Port 1.
Escort team reports to escort control the

ESCORT
CONTROL

ESCORT
TEAM

√
√

√

STEPS:

ESCORT
CONTROL

(d) Ensure no equipment, tools, or other items are
left behind at the work site once work is complete.
(e) Notify the DOC at the start of the escort the
destination and then notify the DOC for any change in
location or the completion of the escort.
(f) Escorts, when the contractor arrives, will ask
for the number of separate work locations to ensure the
proper number of escorts is on hand.
(g) Contractor escorts will not permit contractors
to park next to any outside perimeter fence.
(2) ICRC Escort. Escorts will be designated as
ICRC escorts and are available to escort ICRC
personnel during their visitation and interviews within
Camp Delta. ICRC escorts are dedicated to this
mission and may not be used for any other escort
mission. ICRC escorts are only required with ICRC
personnel are on ground in Cuba. ICRC escorts will
not be required when ICRC is not present in Cuba.
ICRC escorts are required are managed through escort
control. ICRC provides a list of detainees that they
would like to visit 24 hours prior to visit. ICRC
escorts are usually staged out of the brown bldg until
called upon by escort control. ICRC escort team is
composed of three guards unlikely most escort teams
which are only composed of two guards. These escorts
should be ready at all times. ICRC escorts typically
follow the following process:

ESCORT
TEAM

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

completion of escort.
Escort control logs the completion of
√
escort on escort control log.
Table 11-5
d. Upon the approach of any Distinguished Visitor
(DV), an escort team moving a detainee will stop
movement and face the detainee away from the passing
DV. Once the DV or DV party has passed, the escort
team will resume movement of the detainee.
11-5. Vehicle Usage/Gators
a. Teams will utilize Gators when transporting
detainees from Camp II, III or Camp IV for
appointments in Medical or JIIF. The keys for the
Gators will be maintained in escort control.
b. Only escorts for detainees going to reservation
will use Gators.
c. Gators will be used for any escort mission. The
SOG also can use them to move bulk items.
d. Gators will be utilized in Camp Delta only.
e. Gators will not be operated in excess of 5 MPH.
f. Gator occupancy will not exceed 4 personnel.
will be kept clean and free of trash and debris.
g. Gators will be topped off at the end of each shift.
h. Sundays from 1400-1700, SOG 3 will ensure
Gators have been washed and cleaned of debris and
trash.
i. Maintenance issues will be brought to the
attention of the JDOG S-3.
j. Gators will only be “combat” parked in the
designated area near the Medical Gate.
k. To load or unload a detainee, move the Gator to
loading area. After unloading the detainee and moving
him to their destination, the escort team will return to
properly park the Gator.
l. One member of the team will sit in the rear of the
Gator with his arm across the detainee and hold onto
the side of the Gator to secure him in place during
transport.

√
√
√
√

11-6. Equipment Maintenance
Escort teams assigned duty during midnight shift will
conduct PMCS of all escort equipment to include
shackles, Gators. The midnight shift Escort Control
NCOIC should be sure that PMCS is completed and
noted in the DOC Staff Journal.
11-7. Communications

√

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
11.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Communications between Escort Control and Escort
Teams will management primarily over secure radios
on Channel 4. Escort Control Call Sign will be Escort
Control. Escort Teams will be assigned a call sign
based on the following matrix.
Escort Teams:
Call Sign:
General Escorts
General Escort 1
Golf 1
General Escort 2
Golf 2
General Escort 3
Golf 3
General Escort 4
Golf 4
General Escort 5
Golf 5
General Escort 6
Golf 6
General Escort 7
Golf 7
General Escort 8
Golf 8
General Escort 9
Golf 9
General Escort 10
Golf 10
General Escort 11
Golf 11
General Escort 12
Golf 12
General Escort 13
Golf 13
General Escort 14
Golf 14
General Escort 15
Golf 15
General Escort 16
Golf 16
General Escort 17
Golf 17
General Escort 18
Golf 18
General Escort 19
Golf 19
General Escort 20
Golf 20
Table 11-6
11-8. Distinguished Visitors
COs escort all distinguished visitors inside Camp
Delta. If the visitor is military, it will be for grade O-5
and above. This will not include PAO tours.
11-9. NAVBASE Hospital Escorts
a. A two-person team will escort detainees to the
NAVBASE Hospital Detainee Acute Care Unit
(DACU) for treatment. These escorts will not exceed
four hours in length.
b. Escorts will consist of one MP armed with a
9mm pistol, 5 rounds of ammunition and OC pepper.
The other MP will carry OC pepper and key to
restraints.
c. Weapons will be stored at the hospital upon
arrival IAW NAVBASE Security Force SOP.
d. Escort Responsibilities:
1. Search the interior, exterior and
undercarriage of the ambulance prior to
detainee being placed inside
2. Maintain continuous observation of the
ambulance, following the search until the completion
of the move.
e. When escorts are traveling to pick up a detainee
already at NAVBASE Hospital, or returning to Camp
Delta after dropping off a detainee at NAVBASE, it

remains the escorts’ responsibility to search the
interior, exterior and undercarriage of the ambulance
prior to entering or exiting Camp Delta.
f. If a detainee’s appointment or medical treatment
requires them to remain at NAVBASE longer than 4
hours, then the Detainee Acute Care Unit (DACU) will
cover the mission.
g. DACU Security Force will consist of one NCO
and two soldiers. The mission may require this
position to be manned 24 hours 7 days a week or
however long medical attention is needed at the
facility, to be determined by competent medical
authority. Extended stays will be broken down into (3)
eight-hour shifts and manned accordingly.
h. DACU Security Force will report to the DOC
prior to assuming duties to sign for equipment and
receive briefing. When relieved of duties, DACU
escorts will report to the DOC and return any
equipment and turn in any reports required and conduct
debriefing.
i. DACU Escort will have security responsibilities for
the detainee hospital room area, and any areas the
detainee would receive treatment. One DACU Escort
will also maintain visual contact inside the area where
the detainee is located. At a minimum, one DACU
Escort will be posted at the outside entrance of the
detainees’ location while in the hospital. The third
DACU Escort will provide breaks and assist with other
support for this mission.
j. For any emergency situations the DACU Escorts will
follow established SOP’s of NAVBASE Hospital
Security Force. It is the responsibility of the DACU
Escorts to review and comply with all postings.
k. While performing duties at the NAVBASE Hospital
the DACU Escorts will maintain communication,
primary long-range saber radio and secondary, landline
telephone to the DOC.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
11.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
11.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 12
Detainee Property
12-1. Authorized Personnel
a. Personnel authorized to receipt, issue, and store
detainee property must be designated on a
memorandum from the CJDOG. Personnel designated
must be in the grade of E-7 or above and shall be the
only personnel allowed access into the detainee
Property Storage Room.
b. Personnel authorized to receipt, issue, and store
detainee evidence property must be designated on a
memorandum from the CJDOG. Personnel must be
trained in proper handling of evidence.

h. All items are individually inventoried and sealed
into a packet. Up to 100 packets are stored in a
container secured in a locked storage room located in
Camp America. Access is limited to a property
custodian and an alternate. Inventories are conducted
upon change of custodian. Records are kept by the
JDOG S-4 and in the DRS system.

12-2. Property Handling
a. Upon arrival of aircraft at Leeward Side on US
Naval Base, GTMO, the MP NCOIC signs for detainee
property from the USAF Security Officer assigned the
air bridge mission.
b. The MP NCOIC will sign for all detainee pocket
litter property packets. All property packets containing
items of military intelligence value are signed for by
the J-2. Fleet medical personnel sign for medical
record packets.
c. J-2 personnel will review detainee pocket litter
property packets to determine if any remaining
property has any intelligence value. Packets are
opened, inventoried, and transfer of property
documented on DA Form 4137. Any transfer of
property to J-2 personnel is annotated by item on the
DA 4137 and signatures secured.
d. Upon completion of J-2 review, the remaining
property is transported to the JDOG S-4. Inventory of
remaining property is completed and transferred to the
Property Custodian, JDOG. Signatures are secured to
document property transfer of property packets; copy
made of DA 4137, sealed, and placed in storage locker.
e. JDOG S-4 personnel will use the copy of the DA
4137 to enter the individual property items into the
NDRC database. The property printout is verified
against the DA 4137 to insure 100% accuracy and filed
in the JDOG Property Custodian File.
f. The JDOG S-3 will notify the JDOG Property
Custodian of any scheduled release or transfer
operations to facilitate retrieval of property for transfer
to the former detainee. Final signature will be secured
from the repatriated individual upon receipt of any
personal property and filed in the JDOG Property
Custodian File.
g. The personal property of a deceased detainee will
disposed of in accordance with AR 630-10, AR 638-1,
or AR 700-84 as appropriate. An independent
individual will be appointed by the CJDOG to audit
and sign the detainee’s personal property record for the
detainee.
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
12.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
12.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 13
Detainee Mail Operations
13-1. Types Of Mail
a. Ordinary Mail. Normal incoming mail processed
through the Washington D.C. postal address not
deemed to be from the ICRC or Legal mail.
b. ICRC Mail. Mail that is written in the presence
of an ICRC representative, handled through the ICRC,
and delivered by ICRC representatives. The mail
section only translates and JDOG S-2 screens the mail.
c. Legal Mail. Mail that is obviously from a
lawyer, court, or other legal representative.
d. Incoming. Mail that is sent from an outside party
to a detainee.
e. Outgoing. Mail that a detainee writes.
13-2. Definitions
a. Highview. The Operating System used to
manipulate DOCEX [Possible Document Exploitation]
throughout the detainee mail dissemination process.
This system simplifies the scanning, filing, retrieving,
routing, and processing of Detainee Mail.
b. DMPC. The Detainee Mail Processing Center. A
function of JDOG S-1.
13-3. Incoming Mail
a. Every time anyone handles ordinary incoming
mail, they should wear latex gloves to protect against
any chemical hazard on the envelopes or letters. All
mail is irradiated against biological hazards, but this
may not protect against chemical hazards.
b. When Incoming mail is received at the JTF APO
or postal room, the NCOIC of the postal room will call
the detainee mail section and notify the mail section of
the arrival of mail. A representative of the Detainee
Mail Processing Center (DMPC) will then go to the
mailroom to pick up the mail. The representative will
count and verify the correct number of incoming mail
items. The representative from the detainee mail
section will then sign for the incoming mail. Detainees
are not authorized to receive anything other than flat
letters weighing less than one ounce. All postal units
have been told any other items will be immediately
returned to the sender.
c. The mail will then be entered into the detainee
mail-tracking database, DOCEX.
d. The Alpha Numeric Code representing the
sequence number of the detainee that the mail is
addressed to is entered into DOCEX. As each item is
entered into DOCEX, it is assigned a mail item number
(Harmony number). This Harmony number will be
labeled on all items arriving in the mail and in the
envelope. This includes each written page of the letter,
any enclosures, and the envelope. (Example:
GUAN2003I-######DP)

e. After the mail is entered into DOCEX, it will
then go through an Initial Review. A format is made
displaying the Harmony Number, Alpha Numeric
Code, Box Number/ICRC Number, Title, Primary
Language, Security Classification, Document type, and
Publication Country. After the Initial Review is
completed, the electronic versions of the mail items are
then forwarded to Translation. The original documents
are then delivered to Translation with an Incoming
Mail Transmittal Sheet. The transmittal must be signed
for by the representative from the document translation
section for permanent records (refer to section 13-10).
f. The DOCEX scanners and work area must be
wiped down and cleaned after each batch of incoming
mail is entered into DOCEX. This will ensure nothing
is transferred from detainee mail to any other items
being scanned.
g. After translation, the original mail items are
returned to the detainee mail-processing center, and
filed in a temporary file. The electronic version of the
translation will be forwarded to both the JDOG S-2 for
screening in DOCEX.
h. A copy of the incoming mail will be given out to
the detainee five days after screening by the JDOG S-2
personnel, unless contacted by the JDOG S-2 section to
hold the mail for a specific reason. The mail must be
entered into the computer as delivered to the detainee
on the day it is given out to the detainee.
13-4. Outgoing Mail
a. Outgoing mail is collected by the detainee mail
section daily IAW the mail collection schedule. This
schedule rotates collection between blocks and
between types of outgoing mail. This schedule allows
the detainees to write four post cards (6” x 4” in size)
and two letters (single side of one piece of paper not
larger than 8.5” x 11”) per month IAW AR 190-8,
Section 3-5, page 7. Note: Per AR 190-8, para 3-5,
sec f. (3), maps, sketches, and drawings are not
permitted in outgoing correspondences. A sample
schedule follows:
BLOCKS
Day

Letters

Postcards

1

Wed

V

W

Y

U

2

Thu

A

T

P

Q

R

K

3

Fri

B

M

N

O

S

4

Sat

W

Y

V

5

Sun

6

Mon C

I

K

L

T

7

Tue

M

F

G

H

8

C

D

E

9

Wed R
S
Det
Thu Hosp G

A

B

10

Fri

P

Q

Q

U

D

R

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
13.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
11

Sat

12

Sun

V

U

Y

13

Mon E

14

Tue

F

N

M

N

O

S

I

K

L

15

Wed K

T

O

F

G

H

16

Thu

17

Fri

L

P

C

D

E

M

T

A

B

18

Sat

R

V

Y

U

W

19

Sun

20

Mon G

R

P

Q

A

S

21

Tue

C

M

N

O

B

22

Wed I

D

K

L

T

23

Thu

N

E

F

G

H

24

Fri

O

F

C

D

25

Sat

Y

W

V

U

26

Sun

27

Mon P

Det
Hosp

A

B

I

S

28

Tue

H

P

Q

R

C

29

Wed A

I

M

N

O

D

30

Thu

B

K

I

L

E

T

31

Fri

L

Q

F

G

H

H

K

C

S

Table 13-1
b. If there is a situation that involves a security risk,
and the block is closed down for that specific time, the
mail clerk will be informed and that block will be
skipped for that rotation.
c. Detainee mail clerks will take no more than five
pens with black ink to the blocks at a time. The mail
clerks can allow up to five detainees to write at one
time. The mail clerk must closely observe the
detainees while they write the letter/post-card to ensure
the detainee is not using the pen to write anything other
than the letter/postcard. When leaving the block, the
mail clerk and Block NCO will ensure all pens and
materials are accounted for.
(1) Detainee Mail Clerks should attempt to wake
up sleeping detainees and offer them a chance to write.
If a detainee refuses to write when he is offered his
chance, the mail clerk continues. If a detainee changes
his mind after being offered an opportunity to write, he
WILL NOT be offered a second chance to write.
(2) If a detainee is praying, prayer should not be
interrupted in order to inform the detainee of the
opportunity to write. However, if the detainee stops
praying on his own and the mail clerk is still in the
block, then the detainee should be offered the
opportunity to write.
(3) Detainees are given 20 minutes per postcard
and 30 minutes per letter. If a detainee takes longer
than this, he should be told to address the item and turn
it in. If a detainee refuses, he will be instructed to turn

in the mail immediately or it will not be sent out. If he
still refuses, then it is up to the guards to retrieve the
mail and the pen in accordance with their operating
procedures. Mail clerks will complete an incident
report if this occurs.
(4) If a detainee declines the opportunity to write,
this declination is documented on the daily mail
schedule. The mail schedules are kept in binders to
document when each detainee was given an
opportunity to write.
d. After the detainee mail clerk allows all detainees
scheduled to write that day, the mail is taken to the
detainee mail-processing center and entered into
DOCEX. Each letter or postcard is given an Alpha
Numeric Code representing the sequence number of the
detainee that wrote the letter or postcard, and DOCEX
assigns a mail item number (Harmony number) to the
letter or postcard (Example: GUAN2003T-######DP).
The Harmony number must be labeled on the lower left
hand corner of both the letter and envelope. For
postcards, the mail item number will be written on the
upper right hand corner.
e. After the mail is processed into DOCEX, it will
then go through an Initial Review. A format is made
displaying the Harmony Number, Alpha Numeric
Code, Box Number/ICRC Number, Title, Primary
Language, Security Classification, Document type, and
Publication Country. After the Initial Review is
completed, the electronic versions of the mail items are
then forwarded to Translation. The original documents
are then delivered to Translation with an Outgoing
Mail Transmittal Sheet. The transmittal must be signed
and dated for by the representative from the document
translation section for permanent records.
f. After translation, the original mail items are
returned to the detainee mail-processing center, and
filed in a temporary file. The electronic version of the
translation will be forwarded to JDOG S-2 for
screening in DOCEX.
g. Mail is sent to the JTF-GTMO APO for mailing
five days after being screened, unless contacted by the
JDOG S-2 section to hold the mail for a specific
reason. The mail must be entered into the computer as
mailed on the day it is transferred to the JTF Mailroom.
h. Interrogators will conduct mail collection and
distribution for detainees on any level 5 blocks for all
mail except ICRC mail. When mail is received on
island and has been processed, the mail will be
forwarded to the JIFF for distribution to the detainee.
Interrogators will forward mail collected from a
detainee directly to the mail section for processing and
screening.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
13.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
13-5. ICRC Mail
a. Ordinarily, ICRC mail is collected by
representatives of the ICRC and transferred to the
detainee mail section by the JDOG’s ICRC liaison.
The JDOG representative normally delivers the ICRC
mail to the detainee mail section.
b. The ICRC Rep will document outgoing pieces of
mail prior to handing them over to the Detainee Mail
Section on a non-networked computer that has no
sensitive information on it. This will be done in the
vicinity of the mail room. The ICRC Rep will assign
each ICRC mail piece an ICRC mail code. UNDER
NO CIRCUMSTANCE MAY UNSCREENED MAIL
LEAVE THE DETENTION FACILITY. Neither the
ICRC representative nor the JDOG liaison is
authorized to remove unscreened mail from the facility.
c. When ICRC mail is delivered to the detainee mail
section, the mail must first be entered into DOCEX.
ICRC mail enters DOCEX through the same process as
ordinary mail with the exception of Initial Review,
where the ICRC mail code is included with the format.
After the mail is entered into DOCEX, it is transferred
to the linguist section for translation in the same
manner ordinary mail is transferred (Refer to section
13-3, 13-4).
d. When ICRC mail is returned from translation, the
originals are placed into a temporary hold file and the
electronic versions are forwarded to the JDOG S-2 for
screening [DOCEX].
f. ICRC mail originals are returned to the ICRC
representative 5 days after being screened, unless
contacted by the JDOG S-2 section to hold the mail for
a specific reason. The mail must be entered into the
computer as transferred to ICRC on the day it is
transferred to the ICRC representative.
13-6. Mail Screening
a. All mail will be processed through the DMPC
then forwarded electronically to the JDOG S-2 for
screening.
b. Cleared Mail. Mail that has been screened by
JDOG S2, authorized delivery, and stamped with
JDOG S2 approved stamp controlled by S2.
c. Exploited/Forwarded mail. Any mail that has
been designated to have INTEL/OPSEC value beyond
the normal mail process will be notated in PINK and
disseminated appropriately.
d. Hold Mail. Mail that is deemed undeliverable for
Intelligence and/or OPSEC standards. Mail that is
designated to be placed only in a detainee’s mail file.
Hold Mail will be notated in YELLOW. If JDOG S-2
places a permanent Hold on a piece of mail it will NOT
be sent out or given to the detainee (Refer to section
13-8).
e. Redacted mail. A redaction is to strike through,
cross out, or remove a portion of a letter or message

that violates Intelligence and/or OPSEC standards.
Redact Mail will be notated in ORANGE.
(1).Incoming mail redact. A copy of the original
mail item and a translation is made from DOCEX. The
front of the copy is annotated, “REDACT.” The
translation section to be redacted is noted in orange and
both the copy of the original mail item and the
translation are forwarded to translation. Once the
copies of the mail item return from translation, the
original mail item is logged out from the DMPC for
redaction. The redacted sections will be noted in
orange on the original mail item and a copy will be
made with the redacted sections marked out in either
black or blue ink. All ICRC will have the original
redacted according to policy. Once redaction is
completed, the mail item will be annotated in DOCEX
as “CLEARED-Redact Completed,” then logged back
into the DMPC for further processing (Refer to section
13-8).
(2).Outgoing mail redact. The outgoing mail
redaction process is conducted the same as for
incoming mail redaction (Refer to section 13-6e1).
13-7. Cleared Mail (DMPC)
a. Incoming mail. Cleared incoming mail will be
stamped “Approved by US Forces”* on each written
page of the letter and on the back of photographs. A
copy of the cleared letter will be delivered to the
detainee while the original letter and/or pictures are
placed into the detainee’s mail file (Refer to section 133h).
b. Outgoing mail. Cleared outgoing mail will be
stamped “Approved by US Forces”* on each written
page of the letter or postcard. The original letter or
postcard will then be delivered to the JTF-GTMO APO
(Refer to section 13-4g).
c. ICRC mail. Incoming ICRC mail will be returned
to the ICRC rep, while inside the detention facility, for
delivery to the detainees. Outgoing ICRC mail will be
returned to the ICRC rep for delivery at their expense
(Refer to section 13-5f).
* Annotates item controlled by JDOG S-2. Actual
phrase of the stamp is subject to change as dictated by
JDOG S-2.
13-8. Redacted Mail (DMPC)
a. Incoming mail. For letters, the redacted sections
will be highlighted on the originals and translations,
and then filed in the detainee’s mail file. A redacted
copy will be stamped “Approved by US Forces”* on
each page and delivered to the detainee (refer to section
13-3h).
b. Outgoing mail. A copy of the original letter or
postcard and translation will be made with the redacted
sections highlighted, and then filed in the detainee’s
permanent file. The redacted original letter or postcard

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
13.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
will be stamped “Approved by US Forces”* on each
page and then delivered to the JTF-GTMO APO (Refer
to section 13-4g).
c. ICRC mail. A redacted copy will be stamped
“Approved by US Forces”* on each page and given to
the ICRC rep for them to deliver. An unredacted copy,
an unredacted translation, and a redacted copy will be
placed in the detainee mail file. Only the redacted
original may be stamped with “Cleared by US
Forces”* (Refer to section 13-5f).
* Annotates item is controlled by JDOG S-2.
Actual phrase of the stamp is subject to change as
dictated by JDOG S-2.
13-9. Held Mail (DMPC)
a. If JDOG S-2 determines a letter is to be held they
will notify the detainee Mail Section. The original
letter or photo will be placed in the detainee mail file.
In the case of ICRC mail, the ICRC will be notified
that the letter has been held. Notification to the ICRC
will be on a transmittal Sheet and will include the
ICRC tracking number and the DOCEX Harmony
identification number.
NO COPIES WILL BE
RETURNED TO THE ICRC. Held mail will be
annotated as “HOLD” on DOCEX.
b. During absences of ICRC from Guantanamo Bay,
ICRC mail is handled per directions of the ICRC liason
to the JDOG and the CJDOG.
13-10. Mail Transmittal Records
a. TRANSFER TRANSMITTAL SHEETS WILL
ACCOMPANY ALL MAIL TRANSFERS.
The
process is as follows:
b. Two copies of a transmittal sheet go with the
mail for signatures; one is a file copy to be provided to
the receiving location (translation, RFI, etc.). The
other will be filed in the DMPC.
c. These records will be kept in binders. There
should be a separate binder for each category of mail as
follows:
(1) LETTERS & POST CARDS
(a) Ordinary incoming mail to translation
(b) Ordinary outgoing mail to translation
(c) Ordinary outgoing mail to post office
(2) ICRC
(a) ICRC incoming mail to translation
(b) ICRC outgoing mail to translation
(e) ICRC Incoming mail to ICRC Rep*
(f) ICRC outgoing mail to ICRC Rep*
(3)REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFI)
d. These are the permanent history of each item that
has been transferred through the system.
13-11. Requests for Information
a. Any requests for information (RFI) from a
detainee’s mail file, either hardcopy or from DOCEX

must have prior authorization from the JDOG S-2 OIC
or NCOIC and notification to the JDOG S-1 Postal
OIC or NCOIC. Only copies of items from a detainee’s
mail file will be furnished and a transmittal sheet must
accompany the RFI from the DMPC to the requesting
party (Refer to section 13-10).
13-12. Foreign Delegations
a. Periodically, Foreign Delegations will conduct a
visitation to the detainees. A representative of the
Foreign Delegation must check in with the JDOG S-2
and DMPC if they have correspondence for a detainee
or vice versa.
b. The Foreign Delegation must be accompanied by
a representative of the DMPC and an M.P. when
visiting a detainee.
c. Correspondence from a Foreign Delegation to a
detainee or from a detainee to a Foreign Delegation
must go through the same processes as ordinary mail,
unless given authorization from the JDOG S-2 to
assign the correspondence a higher priority to complete
than ordinary mail.
d. Cleared Correspondence. A copy of the original
and translation will be placed in the detainee’s mail
file. The original will be stamped “Approved by US
Forces”* on each written page and given to the Foreign
Delegation.
e. Redacted Correspondence. A copy of the original
correspondence and translation with the redacted
sections highlighted will be placed in the detainee’s
mail file. The original will be redacted, then stamped
with “Approved by US Forces”* and given to the
Foreign Delegation (Refer to section 13-8).
f. Held Correspondence. A copy of the original
correspondence and translation will be placed in the
detainee’s mail file. The Foreign Delegation will be
notified that the correspondence cannot be delivered to
the detainee and the original correspondence is
returned to the Foreign Delegation. The electronic
version of the correspondence will be annotated as
“HOLD – Returned to Delegation” on DOCEX.
* Annotates item is controlled by JDOG S-2.
Actual phrase of the stamp is subject to change as
dictated by JDOG S-2.
13-13. Mail For detainees Held At Locations Other
Than GTMO
a. In accordance with Joint Chief of Staff guidance,
mail for detainees not held at the Camp Delta facility
will also be processed and screened by the detainee
mail section.
b. Incoming mail for the detainee should be sent to
the Camp Delta detainee mail section through the
Washington DC address. This ensures the mail is
properly cleared of hazardous materials before
handling. If the mail is sent directly to the other

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
13.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
holding facility, that holding facility should package it,
unopened, into another envelope and forward the mail
to the detainee mail section through the Washington
DC address. Once the detainee mail section has
received the mail, it will be processed and screened in
the same fashion as all other mail. After screening it
will be forwarded back to the separate holding facility
with instructions. If the mail is held, a memorandum
will be sent to the detention facility documenting the
status of the mail.
c. Outgoing mail can be handled in two ways. The
original document can be sent to the JTF-GTMO
detainee Mail section through the Washington DC
address. This mail will then be processed and screened
in the normal manner. Once the item is cleared, the
mail will be mailed out and a memorandum will be
sent back to the detention facility documenting the
disposition of the mail. The mail can also be scanned
and emailed over secure email to the OIC of the
detainee mail section or to the JDOG S-2. This mail
will then be processed and screened. Once the mail has
been screened, instructions for the handling of the mail
will be emailed back to the Detention Facility.
d. The Washington DC Address is:
Detainee: XXXXXX (Alpha Numeric Code)
Camp Delta
Washington, D.C. 20355
USA
13-14. Mail To Be Returned To Sender
a. Any mail containing a return address and sent
directly to detainees without processing through the
Washington, DC postal address will be returned to the
sender. The mail should under no circumstances be
opened. The postal room, at their discretion, can write
the proper address somewhere on the envelope for
future reference of the sender.
b. If the mail does not have a return address, the
mail will be an immediate HOLD and directed to the
JDOG S-2 for dissemination.
13-15. Incorrectly Addressed Mail
a. Mail without a detainee alpha code or return
address will be processed and screened as any other
piece of mail. After the mail has been cleared, a
reasonable effort will be made to determine the
detainee to whom the mail is addressed. If the detainee
cannot be determined, the mail will be placed in a hold
file.
b. Mail arriving in the detainee mail bag, clearly not
belonging to a detainee will be returned to the postal
room unopened.
c. Mail arriving in the detainee mailbag that cannot
be determined if it belongs to a detainee or not, will be
opened and processed. If at some point during the
process or screening it becomes evident that the mail is

not for a detainee, it will be returned to the postal room
with an explanation of why the mail was opened.
d. Outgoing mail returned for lack of a country
name in English will be corrected and sent out again.
A new transmittal sheet will be created to transfer it to
the post office. File the transmittal sheet under
outgoing mail for the current day.
13-16. Mail For Released Detainees
a. Detainees that are released may have mail in the
system. When determination is made to repatriate a
detainee, the JDOG S-2 should notify the detainee mail
section, through the JDOG S-1.
b. The detainee mail section should search the mail
database and determine if the detainee has any mail in
the system. If there is mail in the system, the mail
NCOIC should determine where in the process the mail
is located. A list of all mail items for the detainee in
the system will be printed with the Harmony numbers
highlighted. JDOG S-2 should annotate in red the
action next to the Harmony number of each mail item:
C – Cleared, H – Hold, R – Redacted. Any mail items
still in the screening process should be treated as
priority to complete
c. After screening, the mail should be given to the
detainees so it can be carried back with all other items
returned to the detainee.
d. Only mail that has been stamped “Approved by
US Forces” by JDOG S-2 will be returned to a detainee
upon his release.
e. When a detainee is released all original mail that
has been stamped “Approved by US Forces” by JDOG
S-2 and a copy of all redacted items that have been
stamped “Approved by US Forces” that are in their
detainee mail file will be released to the detainee.
f. Incoming mail for a released detainee should be
automatically returned to the sender.
13-17. Detainees In Special Housing
Mail for detainees in segregation will be handled in
accordance with the most current approved discipline
matrix. It is up to the JDOG S-3 to ensure the detainee
mail section is aware of current discipline matrix
procedures. Mail delivery and collection will be
conducted on a schedule constructed by the DMPC
NCOIC and the segregation NCOIC.
13-18. Detainees With More Than 12 Items Of Mail
a. When a Block NCOIC notices a detainee who has
received a total amount of mail greater than 12 pieces,
the Block NCOIC should notify JDOG S-3 who will
notify the DMPC NCOIC in writing of the detainee
number and the total amount of mail he has received.
b. If a detainee does accumulate more than 12 mail
items, the excess mail will be collected by the guards
and sent to the Detainee Mail Section for storage.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
13.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
c. The detainee is allowed to choose which 12
letters to keep in his possession. He is also allowed to
exchange one letter in his possession for a letter held in
the detainee mail section. When the detainee requests
a letter held in the mail section, the guards should
notify the detainee mail section.
d. The detainee mail section will bring the letter out
to the detainee. The mail clerk will bring exchange the
new letter for one already in the detainee’s possession.
e. If the mail clerk knows a detainee has 12 mail
items in his possession, the clerk should exchange any
new mail items for one already in the detainee’s
possession.
f. For those detainees in a Reward Level 2 block,
this number for section 13-18 paragraphs a-e will be
15, upgradeable upon request from the detainee. For
those detainees in a Reward Level 1 block, this number
for section 13-18 paragraphs a-e will be 20.
13-19. Detainees Passing Mail Between Cells
a. AT NO TIME should anyone from the detainee
mail section pass mail or any other items from one
detainee to another.
b. Items can only be passed between detainees with
prior approval from the JDOG S-3, or other specified
individuals for intelligence purposes. The Block NCO
does not have the authority to tell the mail clerks to
pass items between detainees.
c. If a detainee is passing, attempting to pass or
requesting to pass items amongst each other this should
be documented on a Significant Activity Report and
forwarded to the JDOG S-2 shop including, if possible,
the detainees involved and the type of item being
passed.
d. AT NO TIME should ICRC reps pass any mail
between detainees.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
13.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
13.7

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 14
Intelligence Operations
14-1. General The JDOG S-2 is tasked with
maintaining records for the following information:
a. Force Protection
b. Significant activities reports
c. Disturbance matrix
d. Communication matrix and link diagram
e. Leadership matrices and diagrams
f. Religious
g. Secular
h. Communication
i. Lookouts
j. Teachers
k. Processing and storage of items of intelligence
l. Detainee mail screening
m. Detainee In-Processing
n. Operational intelligence
o. Source operation reports
p. JIG directed observation reports
q. Counterintelligence Information Reports (CIIR)
r. Counter reconnaissance support for detainee
movements.
14-2. Force Protection Information collected within
Camp Delta utilized for the protection of US forces and
detained persons at NAVSTAGTMO. This
information will be provided to the JDOG S-2 OIC,
who will then disseminate it to the JDOG commander,
appropriate COs, and the JTF-GTMO J-2. The
information will be applied to all operational levels to
provide maximum security and safety of personnel
under the respective commands.
14-3. Significant Activity Report A report generated
by Camp Delta guards on a shift-by-shift basis, which
details the activities of the detainees on each block.
These reports are to include a date time group of any
incident, the Internment Serial Number (ISN) of the
detainee(s) involved, a description of events, and an
evidentiary custody chain of any items with
intelligence value collected. This report is turned into
the DOC at the end of each shift, where the PL and the
CO review it. The JDOG S-2 Counter Intelligence (CI)
agents will then collect and screen the reports for
pertinent force protection information. The Significant
Activity Report will then be entered into the Internee
Management Database (IMD) for production of the
daily Intelligence Report (INTREP).
14-4. Disturbance Matrix This is a comprehensive
monthly matrix detailing the reported instances of
disturbances within Camp Delta. A disturbance is
defined as any aggression or hostile action directed at
US forces or other detainees, inciting riotous or
inflammatory behavior, and acts that undermine the

guard force’s authority. The data will be compiled, in
a spreadsheet, by date as well as by ISN. The
information will come from the screening of
Significant Activity Reports, Staff Journal Logs
maintained on each block, the discipline matrix
maintained in the DOC, and discipline-tracking log
maintained in the JDOG S3 office.
14-5. Communication Matrix And Link Diagram
The communication matrix on a monthly basis will
track all cross-block communication initiated and
received by all detainees within Camp Delta. The
information for this matrix can be found in Significant
Activity Reports, Staff Journal Logs maintained on
each block, and by observations made by JDOG S-2 CI
agents. The communication link diagram is a graphical
representation of the empirical data contained in the
communication matrix. The diagram will be formatted
in such a way as to allow lines of communication to be
viewed between every detainee that engages in crossblock communication, while maintaining a graphical
similarity of Camp Delta, for ease of reading. The
diagram should hold to the structure outlined in STP
34-97B1-SM, Figure 13, however exceptions will be
made as the situation dictates.
14-6. Leadership Matrices The matrices will track all
discernable acts of leadership that occur within Camp
Delta. The individual matrices report various types of
leadership. These types include: religious,
secular/block, communication, block lookouts, and
teachers. Each instance of leadership will be recorded
on a spreadsheet. This system will allow the JDOG S2 CI section to readily identify the primary leadership
structure on the blocks and within Camp Delta as a
whole. The data is obtained by screening the
Significant Activity reports, Staff Journal Logs
maintained on each block, CI debriefing of guards
working in Camp Delta, debriefing of JDOG linguists,
and from interrogation packet review. The last being
coordinated through appropriate CI personnel assigned
to the JIG.
14-7. Items Of Intelligence Value All items of
intelligence value collected from detainees will be
reviewed by JDOG S-2 CI agents and translated by
JDOG linguists if necessary. The JDOG S-2 will then
provide storage for the items. All such items will be
stored for the duration of the individual’s detention at
Camp Delta.
14-8. Detainee Mail Screening All incoming and
outgoing detainee correspondence will be translated by
JDOG linguists and screened by CI personnel. The
mail will be screened for all material prohibited by AR
190-8. Once the mail has been screened, the JDOG

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
14.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
mail section will process it. In the event unsuitable
material is found the following actions will be taken in
accordance with the detainee mail SOP: identify
unsuitable material, remove mail from distribution,
redact individual lines of text or hold the entire letter as
appropriate. The censorship of detainee mail will be
coordinated with the JDOG mail section. In some
instances, screened mail will contain information of
intelligence or force protection value. A Summary of
these letters and the pertinent information will be
included in the daily INTREP. See Chapter 13 for
more information.
14-9. Operational Intelligence Information collected
that falls under the purview of the JIG will be
transmitted through appropriate channels. On
occasion, the JIG or J-2 may have cause to request
information from the JDOG S-2 CI section. Examples
of the type of information provided by the CI section to
the JIG include, but are not limited to: source
operation reports, CI observation reports, and CI
Information Reports. Information will be reported
back to the requesting authority in a timely and
professional manner.
14-10. Source Operations And Reports
a. Source operations will be conducted in
conjunction with and under the direction of the JIG CI
element.
b. CI Observation Reports. The observations of the
JDOG S-2 CI section will be recorded in the Agent’s
Notes section of the daily INTREP. The need may
arise to report specific observations to be reported to
other intelligence sections. The SPOT report format
will be used on these occasions IAW FM 19-4,
Appendix D.
c. CI information Reports. In an effort to
supplement current JIG intelligence and provide
updated relevant information regarding detainees, a
CIIR will be produced upon request. The CIIR is to
include all pertinent biographical information, cross
reference and analysis of all CI section matrices,
summation of detainee’s mail files, current
observations of the detainee, and CI notes and
recommendations. The notes and recommendations
section is a free remarks section in which the reporting
agent can comment on the intangible aspects of the
detainee and make suggestions for possible
interrogation approaches.
14-11. Duties
a. Duty Day
(1) First Shift: 0800-1700
(2) Second Shift: 1300-2200
(3) Working hours are subject to mission
requirements.

b. Uniform
(1) BDU is the normal working uniform.
(2) Civilian clothing is authorized for counter
reconnaissance missions.
(3) Exception to AR 670-1: nametapes and
insignia may be covered when working on blocks
c. Daily Operations
(1) First Shift
(a) Collect and screen Significant Activity
Reports
(b) Input data into appropriate matrices
(c) Compile information for overview chart
Follow up all incomplete entries on Significant
Activities Report
(d) Monitor blocks on a rotating basis
(e) Screen detainee mail
(2) Second Shift
(a) Input data into appropriate matrices
(b) Compile information for overview chart
(c) Follow up all incomplete entries on
Significant Activities Report
(d) Monitor blocks on a rotating basis
(e) Screen detainee mail
(f) Conduct end of day security procedures
d. Monthly Operations
(1) Compilation of matrices and diagrams
(2) Briefings for appropriate intelligence sections
and commanders
e. All other products, listed above, will be done on
an as needed basis.
14-12. JIIF Guard Personnel
a. The JIIF will require personnel to monitor and to
react in the event of an altercation between detainee
and Interrogator.
b. A JIIF monitor will be located either in a monitor
room that is equipped with two-way mirrors and CCTV
or in a CCTV only room.
c. A roving guard will be present in the hallways of
all buildings that have interrogations being conducted.
This guard will respond to any problems in an
interrogation room.
d. Detainees will be secured to the eyebolt in the
floor of the interrogation room. Detainees may be
unshackled at the request of the Interrogators.
e. JIIF monitors will observe all interrogations.
They will NOT listen to any interrogations. They will
NOT discuss any events that occur inside an
interrogation room. If a JIIF monitor observes a
perceived security threat by a detainee, the JIIF
monitor will alert the roving guard. The roving guard
will enter the room and alert the Interrogators by note.
f. Guards must physically inspect each room prior
to and after a detainee occupies the room.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
14.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
g. Guards are responsible for clearing the hallway
prior to the detainee arriving and departing from their
assigned room.
h. Guards are responsible for the detainee being
restrained in their assigned room.
14-13. SCIF Security
a. The following personnel are needed to man full
Sensitive Compartmented Information Facility (SCIF)
Operations per shift:
(1) One SOG (E-5 or above)
(2) One soldier for the Access Control Point
(3) One soldier for Roving Patrol
b. SOG: SOG is responsible for the total operation
of the SCIF for their shift. He/She is directly
responsible to the CO. The SOG will be responsible
for the following:
(1) Posting of the oncoming guard section.
(2) Disorders and actions taken.
(3) Ensure the duties of shift are carried out.
Notify higher authority of any discrepancies or
alterations to the approved schedule.
(4) Inspect the on-coming shift of escort guards
and pass any information required to maximize
efficiency and control.
(5) Inspect the entire facility to ensure security of
locks, doors, gates, and fences on their shift. This will
be completed at once per shift. Any discrepancies will
be noted and reported to the Duty Officer.
(6) Be responsible for the supervision, discipline,
and performance of the guard section.
(7) Ensure all Roving Patrols are alert and
appropriately conducting their duties.
c. Access Control Point: Access to the SCIF will
be restricted to a single entrance point, which will be
guarded on a continuous 24-hour basis.
(1) Only personnel displaying a JTF-GTMO
Level 5 access badge will be allowed to enter the SCIF
unescorted. Those personnel displaying a Level 3 or 4
JTF-GTMO access badge must have an escort and
must be signed in with the SSO in room 2226. All
other personnel with a Level 1 or 2 access badge must
be escorted at all times by an individual with a Level 5
badge in order to access the SCIF. They will also be
logged into the SCIF logbook by name, name of
organization, name of escort, and time in and out of the
SCIF. These personnel will also be given a yellow and
red visitor badge in exchange for their ID card. The
number of each visitor badge will also be annotated in
the SCIF logbook. Any escort with a Level 5 access
badge will escort no more than 4 personnel at one time
into the SCIF area.
(2) The access control point will question all
individuals (regardless of rank or clearance) entering
the SCIF for possession of the following items:

(a) Transmitters or receivers (i.e. Cell phones,
Pagers, Handheld radios of any kind)
(b) Cameras and film (video and photo)
(c) Firearms of any kind
(d) Ammunition
(e) Pyrotechnics (smoke grenades, flares,
fireworks, etc.)
The access control point will allow transmitters in the
compound but not in the SCIF area. Any individual
with prohibited items will leave those items with the
access control point guard. These items may be
retrieved upon leaving the compound. Guards may
search bags for these items, as they feel necessary.
(3) The access control point is also responsible
for maintaining the keys to all of the gate entrances to
the SCIF. These gates will remained locked at all
times with the exception of the one access point unless
otherwise directed by JTF-GTMO personnel displaying
a Level 5 access badge. All keys will be kept at the
access control point desk in a key box and will be
signed out in the key log.
(4) The access control point is responsible for
monitoring the camera console.
(5) The volume of the television at the access
control point will be kept at a moderate level at all
times and shall be tuned in to the CNN station.
(6) The appropriate flag will be displayed when a
General is in the building. The SCIF staff will provide
notification of a Flag Officer arriving and provide the
appropriate flag.
d. Roving Patrol: The roving guard is responsible
for identifying and monitoring all possible exterior
access points to the SCIF for evidence of unauthorized
access. During daylight hours, the roving patrol will
perform his/her duties at least once every hour. After
hours of darkness, the SCIF perimeter will be
monitored at least twice hourly by the roving patrol.
When not performing his/her duties as a roving guard,
this patrol will assist the access control point with their
duties.
e. Emergency Actions
(1) When a security threat has been observed by
an MP, such as persons attempting to enter through
other than the main access gate or taking photos of the
SCIF compound, the following chain of events must be
followed in order to safely and effectively assess and
deal with the situation:
(a) Assess the situation and notify the Special
Security Officer (SSO) (see paragraph q) of the current
situation. The SSO will advise the guard of any further
action necessary.
(b) Once action has been taken, notify the SOG
of the situation.
(c) If necessary, and upon direction from either
the SOG or SSO, call 911.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
14.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(2) In the event of an emergency, caused by a
hostile entity (armed or unarmed), the guard will:
(a) Use Rules of Force IAW paragraph p.
(b) Do not leave SCIF unsecured in any attempt
to stop a hostile entity.
(c) Immediately notify the Naval Security Police,
Fire Department, or EMS (ambulance) (911) for further
instructions.
(d) Notify the SSO of the situation.
(e) Contact the SOG.
(3) In the event of an extreme emergency (severe
threat to national security or imminent personal
casualties or fatalities):
(a) Use Rules of Force IAW paragraph p.
(b) Keep SCIF as priority for security while
reacting to the threat.
(c) The SCIF guard will call 911 for further
instructions.
(d) They will then notify the SSO of the situation.
(4) In the event of a gate found unsecured, the
guard will:
(a) Take the appropriate action to secure the gate.
(b) Notify the SSO of the unsecured gate.
(c) Notify the SOG of the security violation.
f. Communications.
(1) Primary communications will be by handheld radio. The SOG will carry one long-range saber
radio. The access control point will have one longrange radio for communications with the SOG. Both
the access control point and the roving patrol will carry
one short-range saber radio. In addition to these handheld radios, the SCIF access control point will have
communications with the DOC and Commanding
Officer at all times via land line at x3102.
(2) Secondary communications will be by
landline at extension 3102.
(3) Tertiary communications will be by
messenger.
g. Uniform. . The access control point and roving
patrol will each carry one 9mm pistol and wear their
law enforcement gear.
h. Facility Equipment Requirements. The following
is a list of all equipment necessary to operate the TSCIF:
(1) Four SABER Radios
(2) Two 9mm Pistols
i. Cleanliness Of The Facility. All those who work
in the SCIF must clean up after themselves. Guards are
responsible for cleaning the access control point desk
and the area around the desk. Guards are to be
security focused during shift. They are not responsible
for any janitorial duties such as sweeping stairwells,
emptying trashcans, or picking up trash outside the
compound. In addition, guards will not monitor cell
phones for any JTF-GTMO personnel, with the
exception of general officers. Any unreasonable

requests such as these made by personnel that work in
the SCIF will be directed toward the SOG.
j. Smoking Policy. Smoking inside the facility is
prohibited. The only smoking authorized will be done
outside the facility doors.
k. Entertainment Policy. Security of the facility is
the primary focus during guard shift. Any distractions
that prohibit guards from carrying out their duties are
prohibited.
l. Documentation. DA Form 1594 (Daily Staff
Journal), DA 5513-R (Key Control Register) and any
other form used at the T-SCIF will be held at the SCIF
for the month and then turned in to the JDOG
Administration Section on the 1st of every month.
Midnight shift is responsible to turn in these forms to
appropriate office at the end of the their shift.
m. Guard Meals. SOG will coordinate with his/her
company’s CP for providing meals to guard personnel.
n. Transportation. SOG and Access Control Point
Guard will have transportation while at the SCIF.
Transportation will be coordinated between the SOG
and his/her company.
o. When an incident happens at the SCIF, the
Access Control Point notifies the following personnel
via phone in the below order IAW paragraph:
(1) JTF-GTMO Special Security Officer (SSO)
(2) JTF-GTMO Assistant Special Security
Officer
(3) MP SOG
(4) MP PL
(5) MP CO
p. SCIF ROE. If circumstances dictate, deadly
force may be used in self-defense or a threat against
national security.
(1) Deadly force is authorized in defense of the
SCIF.
(2) Never use more force than the minimum
necessary to maintain discipline and compliance.
(3) Warning shots are not authorized.
q. Communication Plan.
(1) Special Security Officer 2031/2032
(2) Asst SSO
3104
(3) JTF-GTMO Duty NCO 3008
(4) Camp Delta DOC
3239
(5) Security Police
911
(6) Fire
911
(7) EMS/Ambulance
911.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
14.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 15
Linguist Operations
15-1. General
a. The interpreter section’s role in detainee
operations is to facilitate communication between JTFGTMO personnel and the detainees. Interpreters will
translate, to the best of their ability, the dialogue
between the requesting agency and the detainees.
Interpreters will at all times make every effort to
convey the intent of the requesting official’s statement.
They may also offer any cultural insight into the
situation that may affect the understanding of a given
statement between requesting official and detainee.
Interpreters will perform their duties IAW JTF GTMO
Rules of Engagement and the JTF-GTMO Rules on
Use of Force (ROE/RUF).
b. The interpreter section will maintain a language
library consisting of materials in a variety of languages
for the detainees. Additionally, the library will
maintain foreign language training materials for
assigned interpreters.
15-2. Organization
a. The interpreter section organization will, when
manning permits, be comprised of an Officer In Charge
(OIC), a Non-Commissioned Officer In Charge
(NCOIC), and Shift Supervisors. Interpreters will be
assigned to teams to provide the best possible coverage
of all required languages on every shift. At least two
Arabic interpreters will be assigned to each day shift
when manning permits. Typically, two Arabic
interpreters will be assigned to the night shift. During
surge operations, all members will perform interpreter
duties as required.
b. Linguists will be assigned to DOCEX as
required. If the flow of material does not warrant
permanently assigning a member with a specific
language skill, members of the interpreter cell with that
skill will perform DOCEX duties when they arise.
Translations requests will be accomplished in the
timeliest manner possible.
15-3. Roles And Responsibilities
a. Officer in Charge (OIC). The OIC’s foremost
responsibility is for the effective and safe conduct of
the section’s interpretation and translation mission
IAW JTF-GTMO directives. He/she is also ultimately
responsible to the JDOG for all administrative and
disciplinary issues of assigned members, regardless of
service affiliation. The OIC may delegate the day-today management of these duties as he/she sees fit. If
there is another officer assigned to the section, the OIC
may designate this officer as assistant OIC (AOIC).
b. Non-Commissioned Officer in Charge (NCOIC).
NCOIC duties include the day-to-day oversight and
administration of assigned enlisted personnel. All

administrative and disciplinary actions should be
addressed by the NCOIC prior to being presented to the
OIC. In instances where this is not practical, the issue
may be raised directly to the OIC/AOIC.
c. Shift NCO. The Shift NCO is the senior ranking
member assigned to the shift and is primarily
responsible for ensuring his/her team members are
present for duty when scheduled. He/she is also
responsible for maintaining good order and discipline
of shift members, both on and off duty. The shift NCO
will forward and administrative and/or disciplinary
issues that warrant NCOIC or OIC involvement up the
chain of command. As in any military organization,
shift NCOs have full authority to make on the spot
corrections.
d. Interpreter. Interpreters will carry out
interpreter/translator duties as directed by the chain of
command. Interpreter section members will maintain
their military bearing and will conduct themselves in a
professional manner at all times. Civilian Interpreters
will be dressed in appropriate civilian attire and
military will be dressed in BDU’s. They will present
for duty as directed and will utilize the chain of
command beginning with the shift NCO to address and
requests/concerns. Should the concern lie within the
immediate chain of command, the member may go
directly to the NCOIC or OIC for resolution. In all
cases, issues should be resolved at the lowest level
possible.
e. Assigned Driver. Personnel the NCOIC
designates as drivers are responsible for the transport
of section members to and from their assigned duty
locations. Additionally, the assigned driver will
conduct scheduled and unscheduled
Exchange/Commissary runs and other transportation
requests by section members as time permits. Official
businesses always take priority over non-duty runs.
The following list sets the priorities for various uses of
transportation assets assigned to the section
f. Changes to the van schedule are authorized;
however, both parties involved will notify the OIC or
NCOIC prior to making the change. The assigned
driver will take the duty vehicle to the motor pool
every Monday for Preventive Maintenance Check and
Service (PMCS) and cleaning. Drivers will
immediately notify the OIC or NCOIC of any
maintenance problems. Assigned drivers will monitor
their radios at all times during their shift and will
ensure the van is fueled at the end of their shift.
Failure to accomplish the PMCS or perform driver
duties as assigned will result in disciplinary action.
15-4. Camp Delta Operations
a. The interpreter section will monitor the Saber
radio at all times while on duty; all transmissions on
the radio will be professional and concise.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
15.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
b. Upon request, the appropriate interpreter will
proceed to the requested location immediately or at the
specified time.
c. If an interpreter for a requested language is not
available, the interpreter section will inform the
requesting agency when the interpreter will be
available. (I.e. the next shift, tomorrow, etc.); if there is
an immediate and compelling need for the interpreter,
the shift supervisor will contact the OIC/NCOIC who
will make every effort to locate and dispatch an
interpreter with the requested language skill.
d. Interpreters will translate, to the best of their
ability, the statement of the requesting official or
detainee; if the interpreter does not understand or
cannot convey the statement, the interpreter will
convey as much as possible and inform the requesting
agency of what he/she was unable to convey.
e. If detainees utter obscene or inappropriate
statement, interpreters will inform the requesting
agency of the general nature of the detainee’s statement
and will then ask the requesting agency if they want to
know exactly what the detainee said; if so, the
interpreter will state, as closely to verbatim as possible,
the detainee’s statement.
f. At the end of the shift, a tally of all
interpretations, by shift and language, will be entered
into the “Interpreter Calls” log located on a clipboard
in the interpreter section office.
g. Should an interpreter overhear or otherwise
obtain information of potential intelligence value from
detainees, the interpreter will annotate this on the
Standard Intelligence Reporting Form (See Section 1610 below).
15-5. Detainee In-Processing Operations
a. During detainee in-processing operations, one
interpreter per bus will accompany detainees; the
assigned interpreter/s will rendezvous with escort
teams at a predetermined location (usually the JTFGTMO hanger) and time and will be issued a flak
jacket to be worn when there is a loaded weapon on
board the bus.
b. The on-duty interpreter shift will be augmented
with additional interpreters as required to facilitate
administrative and medical processing.
c. All interpreters will be on call and readily
available during detainee in-processing operations.
15-6. Document Exploitation (DOCEX)
a. At least 2 native Arabic linguists, 2 native Urdu
linguist and 2 native Pashtu linguists who are qualified
to read and write handwritten materials will be
assigned to DOCEX as manning permits. Other
linguists such as French, Russian, and Turkish will
assist with mail as needed. JIG linguists will assist in

other languages such as Farsi, Dari, Tajik, Uzbek, etc if
available per request.
b. Operation
(1) Receive mail from JDOG S-1.
(a) Each packet of incoming mail comes with
two copies of the Mail Transmittal Sheet (MTS).
Process the incoming mail by going through every
item, checking that the Item Numbers on the mail and
the MTS match, and marking the languages on the
MTS.
(b) Keep one copy of the Outgoing/Incoming
Mail Transmittal Sheet for DOCEX, and after signing
the 2nd copy, return it to JDOG S-1.
(c) File the mail to be processed according to
language.
(2) Translate the mail.
(a) Translate the mail on computer. This allows
for rapid editing and easy quality control.
(b) Some mail must be translated by hand, due to
lack of sufficient computer resources.
(c) The following languages are translated
locally: Arabic, Pashtu, French, Farsi, Urdu, Tajik,
Uzbek, Uighur, Russian, Turkish, Spanish, and
German.
(d) Due to lack of qualified DOCEX linguists, the
following languages must translated off-island:
Bosnian, Bengali, Divehi (Maldive), Kurdish. Hand
this mail to JDOG S-2 and record the date. Annotate
the MTS accordingly.
(e) Check English mail items for any non-English
text and return these items to JDOG S-1.
(3) Process the translated mail.
(a) A so-designated Quality Control Linguist
reviews each piece of translated mail.
(b) Update the DOCEX log to reflect the new
hand-written and computer-typed mail.
(c) Record the Item Numbers of the translated
mail on the MTS.
(d) Log the total number of processed mail also
on a daily basis according to language.
(e) Separate the processed mail into Outgoing
and Incoming stacks and return to JDOG S-1, who,
after their internal action, will pass the mail to JDOG
S-2 for evaluation, and (if necessary), redaction.
(f) On a weekly basis, put all the logs, which
contain information about the numbers of each
language, and whether individual mail items are handwritten or typed; on to a CD-RW and back this up to
the SIPRNET.
(4) Redaction.
(a) JDOG S-2 will return any letters that require
redaction back to DOCEX.
(b) After redaction, return the finished items to
JDOG S-2.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
15.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
15-7. DOCEX Translation Guidelines
a. If there’s anything anywhere in the letter that
could possibly be used as a code of some sort, be sure
to make note of it in the Interpreter’s Comments
section.
b. Write clearly and legibly, and skip lines. Keep in
mind a one-page letter shouldn’t come out to more than
three finished pages.
c. Make your translation as close as possible to the
meaning of the original text.
d. Don’t use abbreviations (e.g. CA for California,
TU for Tuesday).
e. Don’t write in the third person format, i.e.
“detainee XYZ says hello to his family”. Maintain the
same tense and person the writer used.
f. Don’t translate proverbs word for word. Give
intended meaning only.
g. Don’t translate poems word for word. Read the
poem and summarize it to the best of your ability.
h. When translating a Quranic verse or Islamic
expression, give the closest possible meaning rather
than a word-for-word translation.
i. If you aren’t sure about the meaning of a word,
then ask someone else for help. If you have to guess
the meaning of some words, make sure to note those
parts in the “Interpreter’s Comments” section, (i.e. a, b:
best possible translation).
j. In general, use the Interpreter’s Comments
section if you need to further clarify something to the
reader.
k. Write names in CAPITAL letters.
l. If you don’t know how to spell a word, look it up
in the dictionary.
m. Make an effort to finish the letter you started.
n. Remember that our job is to translate letters, not
analyze them.
15-8. DOCEX Quality Control
a. Ensure that the DOCEX Template Format (DTF)
reflects whether the letter is incoming or outgoing.
b. Check the DTF for proper format: Army, ICRC,
and Overseas mail.
c. Ensure the ISN number is recorded correctly on
the DTF.
d. Ensure the date (if any) is recorded correctly on
the DTF.
e. Ensure the addresses for Sender and Addressee
are recorded correctly on the DTF.
f. Ensure that the language has been identified and
annotated on the DTF.
g. Scan the entire translation for grammar, spelling,
and accuracy of translation, to include Quranic versus
and poems. Apply any minor corrections if required.
If errors larger than a paragraph exist in the translation,
return it to DOCEX.

h. If anything strange catches your attention or
anything dubious exists in the letter, make sure it’s
noted in the Interpreter’s Comments section on the
DTF.
i. Determine whether the letter is addressed to a
family member or not and annotate the DTF
appropriately.
j. Ensure the translator has included his/her name
on the DTF.
15-9. Detainee Library
a. The Detainee Library (DL) is established to
support the approved Rewards/Punishment guidelines
set by the JTF GTMO Commander.
b. The DL is presently staffed by, maintained by, and
responsible to the ICE. The DL is tasked with
supporting the joint interrogation process and assisting
with maintaining order in the Camp with an emphasis
placed on fostering maximum cooperation from the
detainees.
c. The DL will have a full-time librarian designated
or hired by the ICE Chief and/or JIG Director. The
librarian will be a full time position, and will be
supported by linguists on an on-call basis, to assist the
librarian cataloguing new reading material. The
librarian will be responsible for issue / return of
reading materials from the DL. The librarian will
ensure that all reading materials are issued / returned in
accordance with this SOP. No current periodicals will
come into the camp. All interrogators will bring any
and all materials they want to distribute to detainees to
the librarian for screening and for confirmation that the
detainee is authorized a book. At no time will
detainees receive or return reading materials through a
third party. In particular, guards must not engage in
unaccounted book exchange.
d. ICE will provide an appropriate location for
storage of all library reading materials and issuance
documentation. This location will provide physical
security (lock and key) to prevent unauthorized access.
The DOC will maintain a contingency spare key. One
computer will be designated for library operations.
The library computer will be a stand-alone system,
with a database to track and manage all library
business.
e. All reading materials that have been approved for
distribution among detainees must be stamped by the
S-2 with the official U.S. Forces stamp. Any reading
materials found in the camp without that stamp is
subject to confiscation by JDOG and will not be
returned.
f. Detainees at levels 1 through 3 are allowed a
Koran either in Arabic or in their native language.
Detainees at levels 4 and 5 do not normally receive
reading material, but may receive books by exception
at the interrogator’s request. Detainees in Camps 1 and

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
15.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
4 who are listed as level 1 detainees, at the discretion
of the interrogator, will receive one book for one week,
with no option for renewal. Camp 2 detainees may
receive one book for one week at the discretion of the
interrogator, with no option of renewal. Book
distribution is subject to supply.
g. Books issued to Camp1 will not be issued to
Camp 4 to minimize opportunities for communication
through the books. Books will be purchased in
duplicate in order to accommodate this requirement.
h. Book issue procedures
(1) Confirm detainee is authorized reading
material privileges by the interrogator.
(2) Confirm detainee is authorized that particular
title (category) by the interrogator.
(3) Examine the reading material for damage or
markings (report any evidence of covert messages to
JDOG S-2 immediately).
(4) Log the book into the database, noting ID
number of book, ISN number of detainee to receive it,
and the dates of issue and return.
i. Book return procedures
(1) Log the book into the database, confirming the
ISN number of the detainee returning the book.
Correlate the due date with date of return.
(2) Each book will be inspected for damage upon
return. Damage to books will result in disciplinary
action determined by Chief, ICE and administered by
CJDOG. Evidence of covert messages will be reported
to JDOG S-2 immediately. Library guidelines:
(1) Approved materials will be catalogued prior to
circulation.
(2) Detainees are authorized reading material
according to level of cooperation as reading material
supply allows, unless otherwise directed by Director
JIG.
(3) Requests for books must be through the
interrogator, and must be approved by the interrogator.
The interrogator must communicate to the librarian the
type of book to be issued, particularly the languages
the detainee is able to read.(4) Each selected detainee is
offered reading material once a week in exchange for a
publication already in the detainee’s possession. A new
book will not be issued until the previous publication
has been returned.
(5) Reading material provided by the interrogators
will be screened and approved by the librarian before
they enter the library system for cataloguing. Materials
should be presented for approval 48 hours in advance
of when needed. For these additions, the letter “I” will
be included in the ID number of the publication. The
materials then become property of the library, and will
be managed as are all other reading materials managed
by the librarian.
(6) If the librarian cannot make a decision on the
distribution of specific reading materials based upon

the SOP, the librarian will take the material to the
Library Working Group for approval/disapproval. The
Working Group will respond within 24 hours.
(7) No English instructional materials,
dictionaries, or other related reading material will be
distributed.
(8) The librarian will submit to DIMS a report
each week of the detainees who have books, and the ID
number of the book each detainee has, as a reference
for the guards. Documentation in DIMS should include
an updated list of any detainees who have lost reading
privileges and the date the privilege may be restored.
Guards are not allowed to distribute or exchange
reading material from one detainee to another.
(9) Interrogators are the final approval authority
for the issuance of reading material. It is their duty to
assist the librarian in updating the issuance database.
Library personnel will submit a weekly summary to the
Chief, ICE or his/her designee and J-2 Analysis
commander to include detainee ISN, book title, and
date checked out / in.
k. Distribution process.
(1) The librarian will pull the book out, check it
out and distribute the books on Monday afternoons.
(2) The librarian will hand the book to the Block
NCOIC who will hand the book to the detainee. The
MP will confirm that the book and ISN have been
entered into DIMS.
(3) Books will be returned to the library on
Monday mornings, with the Block NCOIC collecting
the books from the detainees, and documenting the
return in DIMS. The Block NCOIC should conduct a
cursory search of the books for obvious marks and
notes.
(4) The librarian collects the books from the Block
NCOIC, returns them to the library, and checks them
in.
(5) By Tuesday, noon, the librarian must report on
the accountability for return of books to DOC and ICE.
Detainees who have not returned a book from last
week, must return the old book as well as one that may
have been distributed this week. The Interrogator must
retrieve the book and submit a 508, which will result in
35 days of loss of privilege for taking out books.
(6) By Thursday, noon, the librarian will check
each returned book for damage, checking for writing,
indentation marks, notes, codes, and torn pages. A
report will be sent to each interrogator of a detainee
who has damaged a book. The interrogator will then
submit a 508, which will result in 35 days of loss of
privilege for taking out books. Damaged books will be
sent to JDOG S-2 for review and submission to MPI as
necessary, and may be removed from distribution
permanently.
(7) New requests for books for detainees must be
submitted by noon the Friday prior to the desired

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
15.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
distribution day. Books may not be duplicated to a
detainee unless specifically requested by an
interrogator.
(8) Until the library is fully restocked, the librarian
will deliver approximately 10 books to each of the
Blocks in Camp Four for detainees to share for the
week. Failure to return a book or damage found in a
book will result in the entire block losing library
privileges for 35 days. When supply permits, more
books can be distributed to the detainees in Camp Four,
with a maximum of one book per detainee.
(9) Because books are not to be passed from one
detainee to another, if a book is not returned on time, or
if damage is found in a book, the original detainee who
checked out the book will be denied the library
privilege. If the book is found in a second cell, that
second detainee will also lose library privileges.
l. Reading Material Purchases / Screening. Funding
for new reading material purchases will be requested
through normal J-4 process. A “Nonexpendable /
consumable request form” will be completed and
forwarded through J-4 JTF-GTMO. Qualified
interpreters will screen new publication titles. Any
books, which include the content listed below, will not
be circulated and will be immediately returned to the
source (e.g. ICRC, private donor, etc…):
(1) Extremism (Modernist writing that incites Jihad)
(2) Militant Islam / Militant Jihad
(3) Anti-American topics
(4) Anti-Semitic topics
(5) Anti-Western topics
(6) Any military topic
(7) Sexual situations.
(8) Dictionaries.
(9) Language Instruction
(10) Technology/Medical Updates
(11) Geography
m. Library Working Group. The Library Working
Group will meet bi-weekly to review library
Operations and forward recommendations to the JIG
commander. This group will consist of the ICE,
JDOG, J-2 (JIG and CI), J-3 (IO and PSYOP), and
others as needed.
15-12. Security Considerations
a. Interpreters will practice good OPSEC and
COMSEC both on and off duty; essential elements of
friendly information (EEFIs) will be protected at all
times; operations within the camp are not to be
discussed outside the JTF-GTMO channels.
b. Interpreters are ordered to guard their personal
information from disclosure to detainees. Nametapes
will be covered by duct tape. In addition,
recommended practices include the concealing of
service affiliation, rank, and unit patches.
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
15.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
15.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 16
Religious Support
Section I – Accommodation of Religion
16-1. Chaplain
a. The chaplain is responsible for administering the
religious program for the facility and shall be directly
responsible to the CJDOG for providing religious
coverage and pastoral care throughout the camp. The
chaplain is the principal advisor to the CJDOG on
religious issues.
b. The chaplain is authorized access to the detainee
holding areas and will be allowed to speak with
detainees. A linguist and/or a chaplain assistant may
accompany the chaplain. The chaplain will be assigned
an escort .
c. The chaplain will provide observation and
recommendations to the CJDOG and appropriate staff
officers.
16-2. Religious Practices
a. Detainees will be given liberty in the exercise of
their religion within the bounds of JDOG in a manner
consistent with the articles of the Geneva Conventions
to the extent allowed by military necessity.
b. The religious practices listed in sections 17-3 and
17-4 will be considered for accommodation when
military necessity allows.
c. Personnel working at Camp Delta act in a
manner that is disrespectful to any religion or religious
practice.
16-3. Chaplain Requests
a. Any requests to see the chaplain by detainees
will be entered into DIMS.
b. The JDOG Unit Ministry Team (UMT)
Chaplain Assistant will monitor such requests and
report them to the JDOG Chaplain who will evaluate
the request and forward the information to the
appropriate parties.
c. Once the Chaplain has been notified of the
request, it will be marked as complete in DIMS.
16-4. Fasting Requests
a. Detainees will be given the opportunity to
identify themselves as wanting to fast each week.
b. For reoccurring fasting periods, such as the every
Monday and Thursday fasting, the following procedure
will be used:
(1) The day shift on Friday will ask the detainees
if they want to fast. Detainees will not be added to or
removed from the list after the end Friday day shift.
(2) Each block will list the fasting detainees by
ISN and cell number.
(3) This list will be forwarded to the DOC by the
end of the shift.

(4) All lists will be consolidated into a single list,
which contains the ISN and cell number.
(5) The list will be marked as “Monday and
Thursday Fasting” and distributed to all blocks on
Sunday.
(6) Detainees on this list will not be removed
unless directed by a medical professional.
(7) The count will be forwarded through the
supply room personnel to the JDOG S-4 so the MREs
will be available.
c.For other fasting periods, such as Ramadan or
Eid, the following procedure will be used:
(1) The chaplain will write an announcement to
be read over the camp PA system. The announcement
will include at the minimum what the fasting period is
for, that the guards will be asking if the detainees want
to fast, and once they are on the fasting list, the
detainee will stay on the fasting list.
(2) JDOG will approve the announcement and it
will then be translated.
(3) An Interpreter will read the English version
followed by the other translated text three days prior to
the start of the fasting period. The announcement will
be completed NLT 1000 hours in all camps.
(4) Block personnel will then ask the detainees
who wants to fast.
(5) Each block will list the fasting detainees by
ISN and cell number.
(6) This list will be forwarded to the DOC by the
end of the shift.
(7) All lists will be consolidated into a single list,
which contains the ISN and cell number.
(8) The list will be marked with the special
fasting period and date and distributed to all blocks.
(9) Detainees on this list will not be removed
unless directed by a medical professional.
(10) The count will be forwarded through the
supply room personnel to the JDOG S-4 so the MREs
will be available.
Section II - Muslim Detainee Religious
Practices
16-5. The Muslim Prayer
a. Muslim detainees perform prayer at least five
times daily according to a specific prayer schedule.
Call to prayer will be announced over the PA.
b. The Muslim Prayer requires the detainee to wash
before prayer. A source of running water should be
provided.
c. The Muslim prayer requires the detainee to pray
towards the direction of Mecca, Saudi Arabia.
d. The Muslim prayer requires a clean place if
possible. . An ISO mat and large towel is provided for
this purpose.
e. Muslim prayer requires that the male detainee
pray in clothing that covers at minimum the area
between the navel and knees. Clothing issued to

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
16.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
detainees should meet this requirement. Detainee
issued orange suit meets this requirement. Muslim
prayer requires that the female pray in clothing that
modestly covers all except the hands and face. An
additional headscarf should be provided to Muslim
females to cover the hair, head, and neck areas.
f. It is preferable according to Islamic doctrine that
the Muslim prayer is prayed in congregation. This
aspect of prayer is accommodated based on operational
conditions of the camp.
16-6. Friday Prayer Service
a. According to Islamic law, the weekly Friday
Prayer Service is traditionally held on Fridays during
the time of the noon (2nd daily) prayer time.
b. The congregational Friday Prayer Service
includes a message or sermon and a shortened noon
prayer. The Friday Prayer Service can be lead by any
male Muslim knowledgeable in the requirements of
conducting the Friday Prayer.
c. Muslim requirements for participating and
attending the Friday Prayer Service are the same as in
paragraph 17-4.b through 17-4.e listed above.
d. The Muslim Friday Prayer Service is
accommodated by providing an open room or place
with a clean area, in addition, Muslim detainees will
be provided the opportunity to perform the Friday
Prayer Service to the extent allowed by military
necessity.
16-7. Muslim Fasting
a. Ramadan
(1) A month long fast in which a Muslim abstains
from food, drink, sexual relations, smoking, and in
general taking anything into the body from the hours of
dawn (time of the 1st daily prayer) until sunset (time of
4th daily prayer). Ramadan is the ninth lunar month of
the Islamic calendar.
(2) Muslim detainees are provided a pre-dawn
meal to be served prior to the time of the 1st daily
prayer (dawn).
(3) Dates and honey is provided for Muslim
detainees to break their fast at time of the 4th prayer
(sunset).
(4) Muslim detainees are served a full meal
following sunset (4th prayer).
(5) The Chaplain will provide scheduled prayer
times, which includes projected times for dawn (1st
prayer) and sunset (4th prayer).
(6) Special Ramadan prayers (called Ta-ra-weeh)
are performed after the evening (5th prayer) daily
during the month of Ramadan. These prayers could
last approximately 1-2 hours.
b. Other Muslim Fasts
(1) There are several days of prescribed fasting
based on authentic prophetic tradition. These days of

fasting are highly recommended religious practices
based on Islamic law. These days of fasting include:
(a) Post Ramadan. Six days of the 10th lunar
month of the Islamic calendar (Shawwal). This lunar
month (30 days) immediately follows the holy month
of Ramadan. Some Muslim detainees may desire to
fast these six days consecutively immediately
following the Muslim Eid Al-Fitr holiday (Feast of
Breaking the Fast which occurs the first day
immediately following the completion of Ramadan).
Muslim detainees will not fast on Eid Al-Fitr.
(b) Mondays and Thursdays
(c) The 9th and 10th days of the first lunar month
of the Islamic calendar (Muharram).
(d) The first nine days of the twelfth lunar month
of the Islamic calendar (Dhul Hijjah). These are the 9
days immediately preceding the Eid Al-Adha (Feast of
Sacrifice) holiday.
c. The manner of fasting these prescribed days is
performed in the same manner as one would fast a day
of Ramadan.
d. Muslims detainees desiring to maintain this
practice of fasting these prescribed days are
accommodated in the same manner as in
accommodating a day of fasting in Ramadan.
16-8. Muslim Holiday - Eid
a. Islam has two major religious holidays: Eid AlFitr (Feast of Breaking the Fast) and Eid Al-Adha
(Feast of Sacrifice). Eid Al-Fitr celebrates completing
the month long fast of Ramadan. Projected dates will
be provided by the chaplain or by a subject matter
expert in Islam.
(1) Eid Al-Fitr (Feast of Breaking the Fast)
celebrates completing the month long fast of Ramadan.
(2) Eid Al-Adha (Feast of Sacrifice)
commemorates sacrifice of Abraham. It occurs on the
10th day of the twelfth lunar month of the Islamic
calendar, which is approximately 69 days following the
Eid Al-Fitr.
b. On both Eid holidays, an Eid Prayer Service is
held in the morning after sunrise but before the noon
nd
(2 ) prayer. The Eid Prayer Service is congregational
and consists of a group prayer followed by a message
or sermon.
c. The Eid Prayer Service is accommodated in the
same manner as in accommodating the Friday Prayer
Service. Eid holiday meals with traditional Arabic
sweets are provided to detainees on the day of Eid AlFitr and Eid Al-Adha. Islamic tradition also
encourages Eid holiday meals on the three days
following Eid Al-Adha. Muslim detainees will not fast
on the Eid holidays.
16-9. Dietary Practices

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
16.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
a. Meals and food provided to Muslim detainees
will strive to meet standards according to Islamic
guidelines.
b. Muslim detainees will not be served pork,
alcohol, any foods, which may contain by products
thereof, or meats (beef, chicken, lamb, etc) not
slaughtered according to Islamic guidelines.
16-10. Medical Practices
a. Medical personnel will consider Muslim detainee
religious practices when administering medical care to
Muslim detainees.
b. Medical personnel will inform Muslim detainees
of any medications, injections, and vaccinations that
contain pork and alcohol by products or ingredient.
c. Female medical personnel will administer
medical care to female Muslim detainees whenever
possible. In addition, for medical care involving the
exposure of a Muslim male detainee’s genitals and/or
the areas between the naval and the knees, male
medical personnel will administer the treatment. In
general, consideration should be given to provide same
sex medical treatment for Muslim detainees whenever
possible.
16-11. Wear and Appearance of Clothing
a. Islamic guidelines for clothing and dress require
that Muslim detainees be covered with specific limits
of physical bodily exposure.
b. Muslim male detainees will be provided clothing
that at a minimum covers the body from the naval to
the knees.
c. Female Muslim detainees will be provided
clothing that modestly covers her entire body with the
exception of the face and hands. A separate headscarf
that covers the hair, head, and neck areas should be
provided to female Muslim detainees.
16-12. Showers and Hygiene
a. Islamic law establishes limits to exposing areas
of ones body to another, male or female.
b. Detainee showers will allow the Muslim male
detainee enough privacy to ensure that his genitals
and/or area between the naval and knees is not exposed
to another individual.
c. Detainee showers will allow the Muslim female
detainee enough privacy to ensure that the area
between her shoulders and her knees is not exposed to
another female individual.
d. All detainee showers will allow the Muslim
detainee complete privacy from members of the
opposite sex.
e. Islamic guidelines for health and hygiene dictate
the practice of shaving the body hair of armpit and
pubic areas. Periodically, razors will be provided for
Muslim detainees desiring to maintain this practice

unless the detainee is in a segregation block or Delta
Block on self-harm watch.
16-13. Religious Accommodation
a. Any other religious faith traditions will be
considered on a case-by-case basis and will be
provided for appropriately.
b. Religious items will distributed in accordance
with the detainee current reward level.
Section III – Islam
16-14. Cultural Considerations
a. Do not disrespect the Koran (let it touch the floor,
kick it, step on it).
(1) Muslims even wash their hands before
touching the Koran; non-Muslims should avoid
touching a detainee’s Koran whenever possible.
(2) Anyone disrespecting the Koran most likely
will get no cooperation and could provoke a violent
reaction from detainees.
b. Friday is the Islamic holy day; prayer time is
most sacred on this day.
c. Do not talk, play loud music in front of, or
otherwise interrupt detainees during prayer or the call
to prayer.
(1) Interrupting a Muslim during prayer is
considered inappropriate and he is unlikely to respond.
(2) Avoid mocking or imitating detainee’s prayer.
d. Do not eat or drink in front of detainees during
the Islamic holy month of Ramadan.
(1) Ramadan has significant religious
importance.
(2) Detainees will be fasting during daylight
hours.
e.Do not ask about female members of a
Muslim’s family (e.g., wife, daughter, mother, sister,
etc.); it is culturally unsuitable. Do not insist on asking
the names of the women.
f. Do not use the left hand to give a detainee food.
Muslims use their left hand to clean themselves and it
is culturally inappropriate to offer food with the left
hand.
g. Do not relate terrorism to Islam.
It is
inappropriate to equate any religion to such activity.
h. Do not point a finger at detainees as it is
considered very disrespectful and derogatory.
i. Avoid using foul language as it displays a lack of
composure.
j. Female guards and interpreters should not insist
that the detainees make eye contact with them during
interactions. Close contact with unrelated females is
culturally inappropriate.
k. Detainees might cover their eyes or not talk to
female guards. Such actions are not considered
disrespectful but instead are considered a form of
modesty by the detainee.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
16.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
l. The loudspeakers should not be covered nor any
form of music be played through the unit block
speakers. The playing of the call to prayer should not
have the volume adjusted up or down.
m. Communicating Through An Interpreter
(1) Interpreters are tasked to facilitate the
communication process between camp personnel and
the detainees.
Interpreters will relay detainee
questions/requests to the Block NCO or other authority
as appropriate for follow up.
(2) Direct your statement to the detainee and then
pause for the interpreter to translate.
(3) Avoid using slang (e.g., “…we’re in the same
boat.”) when utilizing an interpreter. Slang is difficult
to translate and often loses its meaning during
translation.
Section IV - Christian Detainee Religious Practices
16-15. The Christian Prayer
a. Prayer is an important element in the
development of the Christian detainee.
b. The Christian detainee should be allowed to pray
daily.
c. The Christian chaplain can be used to provide
additional information on the impact of prayer for the
Christian detainee.
16-16. Christian Holidays
a. Christianity has two major religious holidays,
Christmas and Easter.
b. Some Christian groups also celebrate Pentecost
Sunday.
c. The Roman Catholic Church celebrates Ash
Wednesday and the Lenten season, both of which are
linked to the celebration of Easter.
(1) Ash Wednesday often involves the smearing
of ashes on the forehead on the Wednesday before
Easter.
(2) Special sacraments that are essential to the
Roman Catholic:
(a) Sacrament of confession
(b) Sacrament of Holy Communion
(c) Sacrament of healing (to be administered just
before death, or during a serious illness.
(3) Additional special days to be observed by the
Roman Catholic Church are as follows: (also known as
Holy Days of Obligation)
(a) January 1—the solemnity of Mary, Mother of
God
(b) Thursday of the Sixth week of Easter—the
solemnity of the Ascension
(c) August 15—the solemnity of the Assumption
of the Blessed Virgin Mary
(d) November 1—the solemnity of All Saints
(e) December 8—the solemnity of the
Immaculate

d. Christian detainees (to include those who follow
the beliefs of the Roman Catholic Church) should be
allowed to celebrate these special days in accordance
with their personal faith.
e. The Christian chaplain can be used to provide
additional information relating to the celebration of
these days.
16-17. Religious Items:
The JDOG Unit Ministry Team (UMT) will provide
or oversee the supply of specific items to Muslim
detainees to facilitate worship and religious practices.
Those items include but are not limited to the
following:
(1) Koran
(2) Prayer Cap
(3) Prayer Beads
(4) Islamic Prayer Oils
b. Korans will not be supplied by the JDOG
UMT. All Koran requests entered into DIMS as a
Chaplain request are to be changed to Librarian
requests. The completed date will be erased before the
request is saved as a Librarian request.
c. The JDOG UMT Chaplain Assistant will
oversee the supply, preparation, and delivery of the
prayer beads and prayer caps. These items are to be
handled as follows:
(1) Prayer beads and Prayer Caps will be
obtained through the S-4. They will be requested and
picked up by the JDOG UMT Chaplain Assistant.
(2) New prayer beads are to have the tassels
cut off and the remaining ends burned. This process
will be followed to prevent detainees from using the
tassel string as contraband. Prayer beads that have
been prepared for the detainees will be stored in the
Camp Delta JDOG UMT office.
(3) All prayer caps are to be inspected for tears
or holes after being received from S4. Any prayer caps
with such defects are to be disposed of. Prayer caps
are to have all stickers removed from them before
distribution to the detainees. Inspected and approved
prayer caps will be stored in the JDOG UMT Religious
Items filing cabinet, upper drawer. Caps will only be
stored clean and will be folded and neat.
(4) All requests for replacement prayer beads
or prayer caps must be entered into DIMS by the MP
guards. Chaplain Assistants will not accept requests
directly from any detainee. Detainees must request
prayer beads or prayer caps through the MP guards.
(5) Deliveries of requested items will be made
on Tuesday and Friday. Requests entered into DIMS
on Tuesday, Wednesday, or Thursday will be supplied
on Friday. Requests entered into DIMS on Friday,
Saturday, Sunday, or Monday will be supplied on
Tuesday.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
16.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(6) Prayer caps and beads are to be exchanged
on a one-for-one basis. The only exception should be
when prayer beads are broken and confiscated by the
MP guards.
(7) Prayer caps collected from the detainees
will be inspected for holes or wear and tear.
Serviceable prayer caps will be turned in to S-4 to be
laundered. Laundered prayer caps will be re-entered
into the normal supply chain.
(8) Prayer beads collected from the detainees
are to be inspected to see if they are still serviceable.
Prayer beads with visible string extending beyond the
length of two beads are not serviceable. Prayer beads
that are missing beads or appear to be discolored are
not serviceable. Non-serviceable prayer beads will be
disposed of.
d. The supply and distribution of pray oil is to be
handled as follows:
(1) Prayer oil will be obtained through the S-4.
It will be requested and picked up by the JDOG UMT
Chaplain Assistant. There are two varieties of prayer
oil available:
i) Sandalwood, white in color.
ii)Egyptian Musk, yellow in color.
(2) Oil will be divided into plastic baggies.
There will be thirteen white oils and seven yellow oils
in each baggie. Prayer Oil will be stored only after it
has been packaged in baggies. The oil baggies will be
stored in the JDOG UMT Religious Items filing
cabinet, lower drawer. The oil baggies will be kept in a
large plastic bag which will be tied closed.
(3) Chaplain Assistants will supply each block
with a baggie of oils. Chaplain Assistants will monitor
the supply at least once a week to ensure each block
has an adequate supply of oils to meet the requests of
the detainees.
(4) All requests for replacement prayer oil will
be processed through the MP guards. Requests for
prayer oil should not be entered into DIMS. Chaplain
Assistants will not provide oil directly to the detainees.
MP guards should respond to oil requests and distribute
oil accordingly.
e. All requests for items will be monitored
through DIMS. The requests report will be printed
prior to delivering supplies to the blocks. The report
will be printed on the day of delivery. After supplying
requests to the blocks, requests are to be marked in
DIMS as complete. Updates will be made the same
day as delivery to keep DIMS current at all times.
f. Camp 4 and any other facilities needing a
regular supply of religious items will be stocked on a
periodic basis. MP guards working in these facilities
will meet the detainee requests. Detainee requests for
these facilities do not need to be entered into DIMS.
Chaplain Assistants will monitor the supply at least

once a month to ensure an adequate supply is available
to meet the requests of the detainees.
Section V – Muslim Funerals
16-18. Muslim Funeral and Burial Rites
a. The chaplain will perform or provide for the
honorable burial of a deceased detainee in a manner
consistent with Article 120 of the Geneva Convention
to the extent allowed by military necessity.
b. Funeral and burial rites according to Islamic law
necessitate that 4 actions be performed. Persons of the
Muslim faith must perform all four actions. Muslims
performing these actions must be knowledgeable in the
requirements of Islamic purification and Muslim
funeral/burial rites. The 4 necessary actions are to be
performed in the following order:
(1) Washing the body
(2) Shrouding the body
(3) Funeral prayer (Janaza prayer)
(4) Burial.
16-19. Washing the Body
a. Protect the nakedness of the deceased by keeping
the body clothed while the washing is performed. In
addition, if the deceased is male, then only a Muslim
male should wash the body of the deceased. Likewise,
if the deceased is a female, then a Muslim female will
wash the body of the deceased.
b. Only the washer and an assistant should be
present during the washing of the body.
c. The body will be clothed in an ankle-length shirt.
The washer will be able to insert his hand from the
sleeve while pouring water over the garment to wash
the body under it. The seam from the side under the
arm can be torn to facilitate the washer’s access to the
body, however at no time will the area between the
naval and the knees of the deceased be uncovered.
d. Any waste from the stomach should be forced
out, and private parts of the deceased by cleansed of
filth.
e. The washer performs the usual ablution before
prayer (in Arabic “wudu”) for the deceased and on the
deceased.
f. The washer then performs the purificatory bath
(in Arabic “ghusl”) with religious intention. The
purificatory bath consists of washing the head, beard,
and body each three times. The washer begins each
repetition by washing the right side of the deceased,
front and back, to the feet. Doing the same to the left
side completes the repetition. The washer ensures that
water reaches and covers every external part of the
body and that the body is free of all filth. The hair and
beard if matted is gently combed with a wide-tooth
comb being careful not to extract any hair. The final
washing should be performed with water containing
some camphor or perfume.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
16.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
g. The washer and the assistant should utilize hand
towels, wash cloths and gloves.
h. The place of washing should be on an incline
allowing the water to flow from the head downward
and away. The assistant helps in pouring abundant
water.
i. Incense should be burned during the washing.
j. Upon completion of the washing, the body of the
deceased is dried with a clean towel, laid on his back
with his feet towards the direction of prayer, and
covered completely with a white sheet until shrouded.
16-20. Shrouding the Body
a. Shrouding to completely cover the nakedness of
the body is a religious obligation.
b. The body of the deceased Muslim is perfumed
with scented oils like sandalwood
c. The body of the deceased Muslim is wrapped in
three washed, white shrouds (Approx. 7ft x 7ft, cotton
sheets). The three sheets are spread out one on top of
the other. The deceased (covered with a sheet) is lifted
and laid on his back on the top sheet. Some scent or
perfume should be applied with cotton on the parts of
body upon which one rests during prayer prostration,
i.e. forehead, nose, hands, knees and feet. Also include
the eyes, mouth, nostrils, and ears.
d. If possible, the deceased left hand is placed on
the chest, and then the deceased right hand is place on
the left – similar to the position of the hands in the
form of the Muslim prayer. Each shroud covers the
whole body. The edge of the top sheet is folded over
the deceased right side, and then the other edge is
folded over the deceased left side. The second sheet is
folded in the same manner, and then the third sheet is
folded in the same manner. If the deceased is male, the
body is wrapped without the ankle-length shirt or
turban/prayer cap. If the deceased is female, the
following is done before wrapping of the sheets:
(1) Two approx 4ft x 1 ft loin cloths are first
wrapped around the upper legs acting as underwear
(2) One approx 6ft x 3 ½ ft sheet is used to wrap
the lower portion of the body
(3) The body dressed in a full, loose fitting
sleeveless shirt, full length and long enough to cover
from shoulders to feet
(4) The head is veiled with a Muslim headscarf
e. The sheets are then fastened with four cloth strips
or tie ropes above the head, under the feet, and two
around the body.
f. Materials used to wrap and dress the body of the
deceased should be cotton.
g. The washed, white cotton shrouds are scented
with incense or aloes and sprinkled with an aromatic
compound of camphor, scented oils and/or perfumes.
h. Procedures for funeral prayer.

(1) If possible, the funeral prayer over the dead
should be a congregational prayer.
(2) The funeral prayer is lead by an Imam or any
other Muslim male fully knowledgeable of the
conditions and requirements for the funeral prayer and
capable of performing the funeral prayer (“Capable of
performing the funeral prayer” also infers one’s ability
to recite/supplicate necessary integrals in the Arabic
language).
(3) The shrouded body of the deceased may be
transported to the place of the funeral prayer site in a
coffin.
(4) The funeral prayer should not be held at the
grave or burial site of the deceased.
(5) The enshrouded body of the deceased is place
lying on his/her right side facing the direction of
prayer.
(6) The body of the deceased may remain in a
coffin during the funeral prayer.
(7) The Imam or Muslim leading the funeral
prayer stands behind the body by the head if the
deceased is male, and by the posterior if the deceased is
female.
(8) At minimum, the one performing the funeral
prayer includes the following:
(a) The intention of praying the funeral prayer
(b) Performing the prayer standing
(c) Saying “Allahu Akbar” four times
(d) The Fatiha (Opening Chapter of the Koran)
(e) The Prayer for the Prophet
(f) Supplication for the deceased, the minimum
being “O Allah, forgive this deceased.”
(g) Ending the prayer by saying “As-Salaamu
‘Alaykum” (Peace be upon you) – the first of two
mentioning.
16-21. Procedures for the Burial.
a. The deceased will be buried in a cemetery, and
not in a grave where another person is previously
buried. Muslims should not be buried beside nonMuslims, or non-Muslims beside Muslims. Muslims
should have their own graveyard.
b. The burial should be done as soon as possible
after death, and within 24 hours.
c. The burial should take place immediately after
the funeral prayer.
d. The deceased is not buried in a coffin, but one
may be used to transport the body of the deceased to
the grave.
e. The grave must be dug deep enough to totally
hide the body of the deceased. A recommendation is to
dig the grave a depth equal to the height of an average
man with his arm fully extended upward (approx. 6 ft
in depth).
f. The grave must be perpendicular (facing,
horizontal) to the direction of prayer/Mecca.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
16.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
g. A trench centered on the floor of the grave will
be dug. The trench should be just wide and deep
enough to place the shrouded body of the deceased on
his right side (Figure 16-1).
h. Muslim men will bury the deceased regardless of
the gender of the deceased.
i. The body of the deceased enters the grave from
the direction where his feet will be (from the rear of the
grave).
j. The body of the deceased will be placed in the
trench of the grave resting on his right side, close to the
wall and supported so that the body will not fall back.
The face of the deceased will be towards the direction
of prayer (Figure 16-1).
k. The tie at the head and feet of the deceased will
be undone.
l. A bottomless burial vault is further placed over
the floor of the grave to prevent the earth from being
put directly on the body when the grave is filled
(Figure 16-1).
m. Marking the grave is permissible.
n. Muslims present at the burial once the grave has
been filled should supplicate for the steadfastness and
forgiveness of the deceased.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
16.7

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

MUSLIM BURIAL
(Side View)

Figure 16-1

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
16.8

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
16.9

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 17
International Committee Of The Red Cross (ICRC)
17-1. Personnel
a. There will be four ICRC escort teams consisting
of two guards.
b. There will be one ICRC monitor located in Juliet
block.
c. ICRC escort teams or the ICRC monitor will
escort all ICRC personnel at all times while in Camp
Delta.
d. Escort Control will control all ICRC escorts and
the ICRC monitor.
e. The Juliet Block monitor will escort all ICRC
personnel If the visit is an individual interview, the
Juliet Block monitor will escort the ICRC personnel to
Juliet block. One escort will stay with the ICRC
personnel while the other two get the detainee and
return with him. If it is a cell visit, the three-man team
will escort the ICRC personnel to and throughout the
block visit. Escort Control will attempt to move
detainees from Camp 2/3 to Juliet block by Gator
whenever practical.
17-2. Operations
a. The physical security of U.S. Forces and
detainees in U.S. care is paramount. Safety and
security of U.S. Forces and detainees will not be
compromised in an effort to conform to the wishes and
requests of the ICRC that are not covered in this SOP.
b. The ICRC will provide the JDOG a list of
detainees on the ICRC Request form. This list will
stipulate either individual interviews or cell visits.
c. All ICRC personnel and detainees will be
escorted by guards and detainees will be in three-piece
suites while they are out of their cell. At no time will
the detainee be unaccompanied by guards.
d. If any interviews by ICRC are conducted on the
blocks, the guards will remain with the ICRC far
enough away as to not interfere with the interviews.
This is to ensure the safety of the ICRC personnel and
the detainee. The guards will not stand within earshot
of the ICRC representative and detainee.
e. ICRC personnel must collect any item, such as a
pen to write with, that they give to a detainee prior to
moving on to the next detainee. No pen can be passed
from one detainee to another.
f. While in the interview block, only one hand may
be unshackled to allow the detainee to write.
g. ICRC personnel are allowed access to all blocks.
ICRC visit lists should be scrubbed to insure there are
no discrepancies such as disciplinary actions or
restricted ICRC access. There is no time limit for
ICRC visits.
h. JDOG will also provide an alternate place for
ICRC so that the ICRC may conduct interviews

without other detainees present. This location is
currently Juliet block.
i. Guards will identify any detainee that poses a
security risk to the ICRC representative.
j. Block NCOs must know the access privileges for
all detainees on their block.
k. ICRC has access to all blocks within Camp Delta.
The ICRC is restricted from all buildings
without prior approval from JDOG operations
except the Detention Clinic and the Detention
Hospital.
l. ICRC will be aware of scheduled guard feeding
times and the need to adjust their schedule accordingly
so guards have an opportunity to eat.
17-3. ICRC Visitation Rules
The following rules apply to ICRC personnel while
they are at any part of Camp Delta.
a. ICRC personnel are allowed to talk to detainees
on all blocks at the detainee’s cell as long as there is no
interference with the safeguard of U.S. Forces or
detainees, except for detainees placed segregation.
b. ICRC personnel are allowed to talk to detainees
who are placed in segregation for disciplinary reasons
only with the exception of the following:
(1) Detainees placed in segregation by the JIG
will be listed on the segregation log. Their level of
allowable contact with ICRC will be listed on the
segregation log.
(2) If the log is unavailable, the PL or SOG will
contact the JIG during duty hours for clearance. They
will also receive from the JIG what visitation level the
ICRC has with the detainee.
(3) Detainees will not be allowed to leave the
segregation block for ICRC visits.
c. ICRC representatives may visit other detainees
on a block after visiting a specific detainee. They may
visit any detainee on the block as long as that
detainee’s level of visitation permits the visit.
17-4. Levels of Visitation
All detainees will have a level of ICRC contact
designated for them. These different levels are as
follows:
a. No Access: No contact of any kind with the
ICRC. This includes the delivery of ICRC mail.
b. Restricted: ICRC is allowed to ask the detainee
about health and welfare only. No prolonged
questions.
c. Unrestricted: ICRC is allowed full access to talk
to the detainee.
d. Visual: Access is restricted to visual inspection
of the detainee’s physical condition. No form of
communication is permitted. No delivery of ICRC
mail.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
17.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
17.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 18
Food Service
18-1. Responsibilities
a. Block personnel will serve the meals to the
detainees.
18-2. Operations
a. Detainees will be provided with three meals per
day according to the meal time needs of the facility.
For camps 1-3, this will usually this will be at the
following times:
(1) Breakfast at 0630
(2) Lunch at 1200
(3) Dinner at 1930.
b. For camps 1-3, the rations schedule will consist
of three hot meals a day, except under inclement
weather/hurricane in which case it shall be MREs for
all meals until the weather passes. For Camp IV, the
ration schedule will consist of three hot meals.
c. For camps 1-3, all meals will be served through
the bean hole in the cell gate and consumed inside the
cell. For Camp IV, all meals will be served through the
bean hole in the block gate and consumed in the bay.
d. For Camp IV, Food Service personnel will
provide cooks to deliver and portion all food in the
correct portions while the guards issue the food to the
detainee through the bean hole in the block gate. The
food service personnel shall ensure that also any dirty
dishes are returned to the contractor for cleaning.
e. Meals will be served on all blocks
simultaneously. Serving and consumption of meals
will be allowed a maximum of 30 minutes per detainee.
f. MPs on duty are responsible for providing escort
to the cooks, directing the detainees in an orderly
fashion and ensuring that all required items are issued,
returned, and accounted for. Guards are also
responsible for the removal of trash from all
compounds and placing it in the designated dumpsters
per the waste disposal SOP in chapter 33.
g. During a hurricane, all meals will be MREs.
h. Detainees will have 30 minutes in which to
consume their meals.
i. During times of fasting or religious requirements
for the detainees, modifications to this portion of the
SOP will be directed as appropriate.
j. At any time there is large pieces of construction
equipment such as portable generators in the roving
sally area of Camp 1, the food service truck will stop at
Sally Port 4.

noting the quality and quantity at the end of each meal.
The SOG will ensure the meal hours are in accordance
with the Schedule of Calls. If the meals arrive late, the
SOG will notify JDOG S-4.
c. Block NCO. The Block NCO will accept and
account for the utensils used for eating from mess
personnel. In Camp I-3, while the guards are serving
the meal to the detainees, the Block NCO will pass out
the utensils to each detainee. In Camp IV, the Block
NCO will serve the meal and distribute the utensils at
the same time. Once the mealtime is completed, the
Block NCO will account for all utensils that were
passed out. The SOG will be notified if utensils are not
returned and a search will be conducted to locate the
missing spoon.
d. Guards. In camps 1-3, they will issue meals to
the detainees and monitor them during chow. At the
conclusion of the meal, the guards will collect the trash
from the detainees. Guards will inventory the return of
all packaging, plates, spoons, and Styrofoam cups. If
items are not returned and cannot be found, the
detainee will receive his meals poured onto a paper
plate for the next three days. This is done with the
intention of reducing the amount of trash being flushed
down the toilet. In Camp IV, the guards will only be
able to observe the detainees eating from their
observation location.

18-3. Duties
a. JDOG S-4. The JDOG S-4 will be responsible
for coordinating the hours of all meals with the needs
of the facility.
b. SOG. The SOG for each camp will sign for
meals delivered form the Food Service Shift Leader,
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
18.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
18.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 19
Detainee Health Services
Section I – Procedures
19-1. Restraint Procedures
a. Restraints will be used at all times when
detainees are moved from their cell, as a precaution
against escape; for medical reasons as directed by a
medical officer; or to prevent self-injury, injury to
others, or property damage.
b. Restraints should not be applied for more time
than is necessary. Detainees will not normally remain
in three-piece restraints for more than two continuous
hours. Restraints will only be removed from the
detainee when the detainee is secured in his cell, or
other secure area. Any deviation of this policy must be
authorized by the CO, PL, or the on duty SOG with
prior approval of the JDOG CDR, and will never be
applied as punishment.
c. Restraint types:
(1) Three-piece Suit: Hand-irons, Leg-irons,
connecting chain, and belly chains.
(2) Four/Five Point Position: Arms, head, and
legs are secured.
d. Routine use of restraints:
(1) To ensure safety and prevent injury, guard
will maintain positive control of all detainees being
escorted while wearing restraints.
(a) When a detainee is in full restraints, the guard
will grasp the belly chain behind the detainee with
his/her strong hand.
(b) When a detainee is restrained with their hands
in the rear, the guard will grasp the detainee’s upper
arm just below the armpit with his/her strong hand.
(2) If there is an injury that could be aggravated,
guards should seek guidance through the chain of
command before applying restraints (time permitting).
Sound judgment applies in emergencies.
19-2. Dispensing of Medications
a. The assigned hospital corpsman shall review
NAVMED 6550/8 Medication Administration Record
(MAR) and compare detainee ISN number and location
against current alpha roster. If necessary make
appropriate changes in individual MAR folders and
move medications to appropriate place in medicinal
locker.
b. Gather appropriate medicines from Camp Delta
Clinic. Notify security personnel of each block which
detainees require meds.
c. The hospital corpsman will dispense the
medication at each cell’s bean hole. The hospital
corpsman will verify the following prior to dispensing
any medications.
(1) Have orders and MAR been verified by
nursing staff?

(2) Are you authorized to give this medication?
(3) Is it the correct patient? Verify against ISN
wristband.
(4) Is it the correct medication?
(5) Is it the correct dose?
(6) Is it the correct route of administration?
(7) Is it the correct time to give the medication?
d. Document the administration of all medications
and or refusals on the MAR and notify nursing staff of
any concerns.
e. Transcribe any changes to medications on MAR.
The nursing staff will verify accuracy on a regular
basis.
f. Medication types and frequencies will determine
when medications are dispensed.
g. Detainees may not refuse to take their daily TB
medications, if being treated for active TB.
19-4. Sick Call
a. Both medical and dental sick calls are conducted
in accordance with the same procedures. Detainees
needing to see a dentist will be screened at normal sick
call and referred, if necessary, to the Dental Clinic
b. The medic will screen all detainees while
conducting rounds. If the medic is able to treat the
detainee’s ailment, he/she will do so and advise the
detainee that he does not need to see a doctor. If the
detainee still wishes to see a doctor, he will not be
denied that right.
c. The medic will compile a list of all detainees and
detainees who were seen each day. The list will be
turned into the front office before the medic leaves the
facility.
d. In the event the Medical Officer/Designated
Representative deems it necessary to evaluate a
detainee in his cell, the medic or representative shall be
accompanied by two guards after the detainee has been
restrained in a three-piece suit. Freeing of one limb at
a time may be permitted for the purpose of conducting
a medical exam.
Section II – Emergencies
19-5. Emergency Sick Call
a. Detainees who have a medical emergency will be
seen immediately at any time.
b. All medical/dental problems deemed a possible
“emergency” will be referred to the Delta Clinic for
evaluation as to whether or not a real emergency exists.
c. After duty hours, the SOG will determine
whether an emergency condition exists. He will
consult via telephone with the Detention Hospital as
needed to assist in making the determination.
19-6. Emergency Condition Responses
a. The International Color Codes for triage will be
utilized to conduct triage of a patient to convey the

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
19.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
seriousness of a patient’s medical condition. The
following criteria are examples of medical conditions
indicating a specific triage:
(1) Code Green: Utilized for non-serious, nonlife threatening medical condition (cut hand, scrape,
broken arm, nausea, and headache with no other
indicators) does not require immediate medical
attention.
(2) Code Yellow: Utilized for potentially lifethreatening medical condition (decreased level of
consciousness, chest pain, unconsciousness for
unknown reason, loss of feeling/motor skills in an
extremity.) Requires expedited treatment.
(3) Code Red: Utilized for serious lifethreatening medical condition (penetrating trauma to
the torso, severe loss of blood, severe head injury, and
chest pain followed by unconsciousness.) Requires
immediate treatment.
(4) Code Blue: Utilized for critical lifethreatening medical condition (no breathing/no
heartbeat.)
(5) Code Black: Utilized to describe a dead
person. (Rigor mortis, Post mortem lividity,
decapitation, decomposition, etc.)
b. MPs on duty will utilize the following
instructions to respond to emergency conditions within
Camp Delta. CO will respond to the scene of all
emergencies to assess the situation. Once the situation
is DOC led, the CO will make appropriate
notifications.
c. Medical Code Blue: This is a medical emergency
condition in which a person in the camp has been
medically triaged as “Code Blue.” This means that the
person has no heartbeat or respiration or both, and
requires immediate medical care.
(1) Guards involved with the Code Blue patient:
(a) State call sign, location, and “Code Blue” on
radio.
(b) Contact medical directly and request medical
assistance for a Code Blue. If unable to contact
medical, contact the DOC and request medical
assistance for a Code Blue. Give medical the location
of the incident.
(c) Render medical care as appropriate based on
the guards’ level of training and equipment available.
Continue until medical arrives.
(2) DOC RTO:
(a) If requested, notify medical of the emergency
and the location.
(b) Broadcast on the radio notification to all
blocks that there is a Code Blue. RTO will establish
emergency traffic radio conditions by stating
“EMERGENCY TRAFFIC ONLY”. This means that
only personnel with radio traffic about the situation or
another emergency will use the radio.
(c) Notify the CO or PL of the situation.

(d) Continue monitoring the radio.
(3) CO/PL/SOG:
(a) Respond to the scene as needed to assess the
situation. Render medical care as appropriate based on
the level of training and equipment available. Continue
until medical arrives.
(b) Consider altering the security posture of the
facility (Lockdown, etc) as appropriate to facilitate
medical access to the patient.
(c) Make appropriate notifications IAW the
notification instructions on the notification matrix.
(d) Supervise reporting of the incident.
(4) Sally Ports:
(a) Be prepared for medical personnel to need
immediate access through the sally port. This includes
vehicle access to the area and departing from Delta.
(b) Stop other traffic through sally port if it
impedes with the movement of personnel associated
with the Code Blue situation.
(c) Be prepared to implement a Lockdown if
called by the CO/PL/SOG.
(5) Block NCOs/guards/Other duty positions:
(a) Monitor the situation by radio and be
prepared to take action as directed (Lockdown, etc.)
(b) Be prepared for reaction by other detainees as
they learn about the situation.
19-7. Combat Lifesavers
a. Combat Lifesavers will be permitted to provide
medical care to friendly forces in accordance with the
Combat Lifesaver curriculum in an emergency
situation.
b. Combat Lifesavers will not treat any detainee for
any medical problem.
c. Medical tasks taught to Combat Lifesavers that
they might perform without restriction on the
installation.
(1) Monitor a pulse
(2) Monitor respirations
(3) Apply a Splint, Aluminum, Malleable
(4) Evaluate a casualty.
d. Combat Lifesavers must fill out a Field Medical
Card at the time of incident and transfer this to the
receiving medical unit with a complete patient report.
Section III – Medical Problems
19-8. Voluntary Total Fasting and Re-Feeding
a. A detainee is considered to be on a Voluntary
Total Fast, (VTF), when he refuses to eat nine
consecutive meals as a form of protest or refuses fluids
for 48 hours. The protest may or may not be
verbalized. Detainee’s who eat portions of the meals
are not normally considered to be on a VTF.
b. The VTF is terminated when the following occur:
(1) The detainee eats a meal or portion of a meal
(excluding liquids).

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
19.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(2) A Medical Officer or Physician’s Assistant
(PA), after examining the detainee, recommends that
the VTF Protocol be terminated.
c.Initial Monitoring Procedures.
(1) Submit an Observation Report to DOC
recording a detainee’s refusal to consume a meal.
(2) Make a blotter entry.
(3) Continue to monitor the detainee during meal
times to see if he refuses to consume any other meals.
(4) Continue to inspect the detainee’s food tray to
see if any portion of the meal was consumed. Check
the tray before and after each mealtime.
(5) Record any subsequent refusal to consume
meals and number them sequentially.
(6) Monitor the detainee’s behavior and
record/report anything out of the ordinary to DOC.
(7) Notify DOC when a detainee refuses to
consume nine consecutive meals.
(8) After the VTF Protocol has been initiated,
ensure that the detainee does not receive any caffeine
products (coffee, tea, hot chocolate) because of its
diuretic affect. Only water is provided during the
VTF.
d. Close Confinement Procedures.
(1) Monitor the detainee’s behavior and meal
consumption.
(2) Notify the SOG who will then notify DOC,
the CO, and the Delta Clinic when a detainee refuses to
consume nine consecutive meals.
(3) Segregate the detainee for better observation
by moving them to Delta Block.
e. DOC Procedures.
(2) Monitor the detainee’s behavior and meal
consumption.
(3) After a detainee has refused to consume nine
consecutive meals, ensure the Delta Clinic begins the
VTF Protocol.
f. As directed by the DOC, the admin section will:
(1) Make a blotter entry recording when a
detainee was placed on the VTF Protocol, and how
many consecutive meals were refused at that time.
(2) Make a blotter entry recording when the Delta
Clinic Medical Officer of the Day (MOD) conducts
checks.
(3) Make a blotter entry recording when a
detainee was removed from the VTF Protocol, and
which medical officer conducted the examination and
recommended the termination of the VTF Protocol.
g. The Delta Clinic will ensure that the following
occur:
(1) The CO is briefed daily on the detainee’s
condition.
(2) During duty hours, a Medical Officer or
Physician Assistant (PA) will examine the detainee.
(3) After duty hours, the Medical Officer of the
Day (MOD) will examine the detainee.

h. Immediately after the VTF Protocol has been
initiated, the following procedures will occur:
(1) A blood sample (CBC, SMA-20, Albumin,
and Iron Panel) will be drawn from the detainee.
(2) A urine sample (24-hour urine for Creatinine
and Protein) will be taken from the detainee.
(3) An electrocardiograph will be conducted (a
12 lead EKG).
i. Consider supplemental feeding when the
detainee’s body mass index is below 16, when
incapacitated, or ordered by a Medical Officer. The
detainee will be admitted to the Detention Hospital if
supplemental feeding is necessary. The JTF
Commander is the only person who can authorize
forced feeding.
j. Consult with the Command Judge Advocate
before force treatment is initiated. The legal opinion
should be noted in the detainee’s medical chart.
k. The Duty Investigator will take the photographs
required for the VTF Protocol.
l. The CO will review the situation and ensure it
meets the criteria required for the VTF Protocol.
Coordinate with medical authorities for detainee health
considerations.
19-9. Bodily Fluids
a. Protective equipment is available in each block,
and a re-supply is on hand in the supply room.
b. The Guard Force will always carry disposable
gloves.
c. The staff will make sure their own open wounds
and sores are covered with clean dry bandages to
prevent possible exchange of blood and other body
fluids. Change wet bandages frequently.
d. The staff will assume that all detainees and any
exposed body fluids carry an infectious disease.
e. The staff will remain aware of the fact that a
respirator mask is required to protect against airborne
infectious diseases.
f. The staff members who conduct a forced move of
an unruly detainee must take universal precautions in
order to prevent accidental transmission of diseases
through transfer of a body fluid.
g. Cell and Body Searches. Staff will:
(1) Wear disposable gloves when conducting a
search.
(2) Avoid punctures with any sharp objects (e.g.,
knives, razors, or needles).
(a) Do not place hands in areas where there may
be sharp objects that could cut or puncture the skin.
Look first then probe.
(b) Do not slide hands across surfaces when
searching.
(c) Use a crushing motion when conducting frisk
searches.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
19.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
h. Controlling aggressive or violent Detainees.
Staff will:
(1) Wear protective apparel anytime that there is
a possibility of being exposed to an infectious disease.
(2) Wear protective apparel; body armor and
clothing that prevent breaks in the skin.
(3) Develop a plan of action that will reduce the
risk of exposure to infectious diseases.
(4) Assess each incident separately. Determine if
the urgency of the situation will allow time for more
protective measures to be used.
i. Cleaning of blood or other body fluid spills.
Clean contaminated equipment and supplies
immediately in the following manner:
(1) Wear disposable gloves and use a disinfectant
solution of household bleach. Dilute one part bleach
with ten parts water (1:10 ratio) to clean work surfaces.
(2) Place contaminated clothing in a red
biohazard bag and destroy it as soon as possible.
(3) Clean contaminated equipment (e.g.,
handcuffs, leg irons, flashlights, crime scene kits) with
a disinfectant solution of hot water and household
bleach.
(4) Place contaminated disposable items such as
gloves, mask, prongs, rags, or other material in red
plastic biohazard bags. If red biohazard bags are not
available, use other strong plastic bags and label with
“BIOHAZARD” markings.
j. Disposal of contaminated items.
(1) The staff will:
(a) Take any bags containing contaminated items
to the Delta Clinic.
(b) Inform the Delta Clinic personnel that the
bags contain contaminated items.
(2) The Delta Clinic will:
(a) Take bags containing contaminated material
to the Detention Hospital for ultimate disposal at Naval
Hospital Guantanamo.
(b) Ensure that all disposable contaminated
material is placed in properly labeled red biohazard
bags before transporting it.
k. Suspected Exposure. Staff who suspect exposure
to body fluids will:
(1) Wash the area with warm water and soap.
When mucous membranes may have been exposed,
flush the areas with warm water for 10 minutes.
(2) Report the incident to the SOG and seek
medical attention at the Delta Clinic.
l. Bodily Fluid Exposures.
(1) Splash of urine / feces / saliva to clothing or
intact skin:
(a) Change clothing and shower / wash affected
skin area
(b) No immunizations or blood draws required
(2) Splash of urine / feces / saliva to eyes / nose /
mouth / non-intact skin:

(a) Change clothing and shower / wash affected
nose / mouth / non-intact skin areas IMMEDIATELY
(b) Affected eye(s) should be irrigated
IMMEDIATELY via the nearest clean water source
(c) The soldier's immunization record needs to be
reviewed to determine his/her immunization status with
respect to Hepatitis A
(d) Contact the Delta Clinic to determine the
infectious disease status of the detainee(s) involved if
possible.
(e) Occupational Injury or Illness Report
(NHGTMO Form-5100/02) is to be completed by the
JAS medical staff and forwarded to the Guantanamo
Bay Naval Hospital Occupational Health Officer (ext.
7-2013) if treatment is required
(3) Splash of BLOODY urine / feces / saliva to
eyes / nose / mouth / non-intact skin:
(a) Treat and manage as Blood-Borne Pathogen
Exposure.
m. Blood-Borne Pathogen Exposures
(1) Blood-blood contact/ human bites that break
the skin/ lacerations, abrasions, puncture wounds/blood
splash to the eyes, nose, mouth, and non-intact skin:
(a) Change clothing and shower/ wash affected
area IMMEDIATELY. Affected eye(s) should be
irrigated IMMEDIATELY with at least 250cc normal
saline solution
(b) Soldier MUST be transported to Guantanamo
Bay Naval Hospital EMD IMMEDIATELY for further
evaluation and treatment by medical staff
(c) Contact the Delta Clinic to determine the
infectious disease status of the detainee(s) involved if
possible and have the information forwarded to the E/R
immediately with the patient
(d) Contact the Camp America or TK JAS to
review the soldier's Hepatitis B immunization status
and have the information forwarded to the EMD
immediately
(e) Occupational Injury or Illness Report
(NHGTMO Form-5100/02) is to be completed by the
USNH medical staff and forwarded to the Guantanamo
Bay Naval Hospital Occupational Health Officer (ext
7-2013) if treatment is required
(2) Recommend the 2x2 rule. If it is a couple of
cc's and can be contained by a 2x2, then regular wash
is recommended. Can use the troop washer.
(a) If greater than 10 cc's you can either discard
the items or send to NEX laundry as the hospital does.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
19.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
19-10. Heat Category Measures
a. The following are the heat categories and flag colors
being utilized at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba.
(1) Green Flag: Heat Stress Index 75F-85F.
Discretion required in heavy exercise for new
personnel during the first weeks of heat exposure.
Acclimated personnel who participate in regular
physical exercise are unrestricted.
(2) Yellow Flag: Heat Stress Index 86F-100F.
Strenuous exercise should be curtailed for new
personnel during the first weeks of heat exposure.
Acclimated personnel who participate in regular
physical exercise are unrestricted.
(3) Red Flag: Heat Stress Index 101F-115F. All
physical training should be halted for those who have
not become acclimated by at least 30 days of routine
physical activity at this temperature. Those who are
properly acclimated may carry on limited activity.
(4) Black Flag: Heat Stress Index above 115F.
All strenuous activity should be halted.
b. Due to the demands of the mission, it is not
possible to stop all strenuous activity at Black Flag.
Reduction in workloads at lesser heat categories will be
balanced with the mission requirements. It will be
necessary for shifts to perform relief of their own
personnel. Suggested relief measures include using
ICRC, medical escorts, and IRF Team members to
periodically relieve Sally Port guards, escorts, and
guards.
c. The following actions will be taken at each heat
stress index:
(1) Green Flag: No special actions taken.
(2) Yellow Flag: Increase water intake to ¾
quarts/hour for easy and moderate work and 1
quart/hour for hard work.
(3) Red Flag:
Increase water intake to ¾
quarts/hour for easy and moderate work and 1
quart/hour for hard work.
Leaders monitor the
condition of soldiers and take any additional
appropriate actions on an individual basis.
(4) Black Flag: Increase water intake to NLT 1
quart/hour. Un-blouse boots and implement relief for
soldiers in more exposed positions. Block fans are
turned on.
d. BDU blouses will not be removed.
e. If wearing body armor, add 5oF to WBGT index.
If wearing MOPP overgarment, add 10oF.
f. Hourly fluid intake should not exceed 1-½ quarts.
Section IV – Facilities
19-11. Detention Hospital
a. MP personnel have been tasked to provide a
security force to the Detention Hospital. Primary
responsibilities of the security force are:

b. Ensure the secure custody and control of all
detainees being quartered and treated at the Detention
Hospital.
c. Ensure the safety of all hospital staff
administering medical care to the detainees.
d. Detention Hospital Guard Detail NCOIC:
(1) Attend Detention Hospital daily staff meeting
at 0900, and each Thursday at 1500 NAVBASE
Hospital.
(2) Communicate JDOG and Hospital concerns
to guards working in the Hospital.
(3) Identify, and reduce mission deficiencies.
(4) Oversee all shift operation and report all
feedback to the Detention Operations Center.
(5) Report any information exchanged between
detainees to the CI Intel personnel.
e. Shift NCOIC:
(1) One per shift
(2) Supervise, inspect and train the security force.
(3) Maintain Daily Staff Journal in DIMS.
(4) Coordinate with hospital staff for changes in
staffing requirements and duty positions.
(5) Maintain communications between the Fleet
security force and Delta DOC, making radio or landline
checks every hour.
(6) Ensure accountability of all security force
equipment (radios, keys, batteries, charger, and
restrains).
(7) Escort, brief and monitor all visitors.
(8) Brief the on-coming NCOIC.
(9) Report any information exchanged between
detainees to the JDOG S-2.
(10) Perform security check with Detention
Hospital staff and advise of security deficiencies and
concerns.
(11) Assist with the clean up in the break area.
(12) Conduct a daily assessment of personnel.
(13) Maintain a record of security force shift.
(14) Maintain SIGACT sheets and turn in at the
end of shift if needed.
f. Escort Team:
(1) Two teams per shift
(2) Escort detainee through the Detention
Hospital (operating room, recovery ward, therapy, and
radiology).
(3) Escort team will apply, modify, and maintain
the appropriated level of restraints of each detainee
while being escorted through the Detention Hospital.
(4) Escort team will search detainees prior to and
after any movements.
(5) Report any information between detainees to
the JDOG S-2.
g. Operating Room Escort:
(1) Two escorts as needed
(2) One inside OR guard, scrubbed; will provide
security support to the OR staff inside the OR.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
19.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(3) One outside OR guard will provide security
support and access control to the OR and apply &
maintain appropriate level of restraints to the detainee.
h. Ward Security:
(1) Number dependant on detainee patient
population, minimum 4 MP’s every shift up to 6
detainees.
(2) Monitor detainee behavior & movements.
(3) Provide direct security to hospital staff
administering care to the detainees.
(4) Search detainees as appropriate.
(5) Report any information discussed between
detainees to the JDOG S-2.
(6) Check, apply and maintain appropriate level
of restraints and comfort items.
(7) Accountability of the keys and restraints.
i. Escort & Security Force Special Instructions.
(1) All detainees will be properly restrained prior
to being escorted. Exceptions will be made at the
discretion of the security force Detention Hospital
NCOIC with input from the medical staff regarding the
detainee’s medical condition.
(2) All escorts will be executed using 2:1 ratio
(MP:detainee).
(3) MPs will not allow detainees to talk to each
other during any escort.
(4) Upon completion of escort, detainees will be
properly restrained to their gurneys. Padded leather
restraints will be utilized.
(5) Report any unusual activity or conditions to
the Detention Hospital NCOIC for the morning report.
(6) For escort to the Base Naval Hospital, see
Section 11-10 Hospital Escorts.
(7) If normal restraints interfere with a procedure,
detainees may be restrained with flex-cuffs.
(8) While in the OR, detainee will remain
restrained until the sedative takes effect. Detainees
will be unrestrained during surgery.
(9) After surgery, detainee(s) will again be fully
restrained and secured unless directed by medical
officer.
(10) When detainees are sitting in the chair, they
will remain in full restraints.
(11) During latrine escorts, one hand of the
detainee will be unsecured while the detainee is using
the latrine. Detainee will be in full restraints prior to
escorting the detainee back.
(12) NCOIC should consider medical condition &
background of the detainee when determining level &
method of restraint. If there are questions about the
level of restraint, the NCOIC will make the final
determination regarding the level of restraint necessary.
j. Communications & Coordination.
(1) Shift NCOIC will conduct radio check with
the DOC.

(2) Radio checks will be conducted once per hour
and logged in DIMS.
(3) At the start of the new shift, the briefing
should include, but is not limited to, the following: # of
detainees, losses or gains, visitors to the hospital,
special cases, any incident on the previous shift.
(4) Shift guards will maintain a Significant
Information (SIGACT) sheet, for Intel purpose only.
This record will be use for intelligence record, should
include: Conversation between detainees, personal
information between detainees and hospital staff,
personal information detainees may relate to guard or
translator.
k. Log Entries. Shift NCOIC will maintain DIMS
entries detailing all activities at the Detention Hospital.
The journal will be continuous and will be passed on to
the next shift. The staff journal should include the
following:
(1) Shift changes
(2) Detainees head count and ISN
(3) Detainee movement within the facility
(4) Communication check with DOC
(5) Any radio or phone communication between
Detention Hospital, DOC, and Camp Operations
(6) Visitors to the Detention Hospital
(7) Feed times
(8) Searches of gurneys
(9) Injuries or illness of members of the security
force
(10) Additional entries can be made at the
discretion of the NCOIC.
l. Posting procedures.
(1) Shift NCOIC will inspect all personnel during
guard mount.
(2) NCOIC will assign personnel to their post
prior of taking over the shift.
(3) Upon arrival at the hospital, all personnel will
be posted without delay and will conduct a “relief-inplace.”
(4) Out-going NCOIC would collect all keys and
turn them over to the in-coming shift.
(5) NCOIC should ensure that security force is
given frequent rest. (10-15 minutes every two hours, at
least). Guards should be rotated from post to post to
combat fatigue and complacency.
(6) The desk guard, stationed at a desk near the
front door, will know who key medical personnel are
and their location so that they can direct entering
people to the proper individual.
m. TB patient procedures.
(1) Only guards who have been fit tested by the
NAVHOSP GTMO Preventive Medicine department to
wear a N-95 Respirator will be assigned to work with
detainees residing in the TB isolation rooms.
(2) Consult with the nurse on duty regarding
these detainees.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
19.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
n. Medical Orders. Instructions for medical staff
are written in medical orders will be complied with
provided they do not cause a security violation that has
not been approved by the Detention Hospital guard
NCOIC. Valid instructions that would counter normal
guard operating procedure include items such as
serving extra meals.
(2) Interior guards notify exterior guard.
(3) Exterior guard ensures that the main entrance
of the unit is locked (unless otherwise directed no
personnel are authorized to exit or enter this area).
(4) Exterior guard then moves to Female Latrine
(Head) and checks latrine (head) and shower area.
Upon completion, exterior guard then goes to side door
of the unit.
(5) Upon notification by the medical personnel
that the detainee is ready to move the exterior guard
will then open the side door of the unit.
(6) Once the unit is open one of the interior
guards and the exterior guard will escort the detainee to
the female latrine (head) for showering (exterior guard
ensuring that the side door of the unit is locked prior to
moving to the female latrine (head)).
(7) Interior guard will ensure detainee is
showered and exterior guard will post outside of the
female latrine (head).
(8) Upon completion of showering interior guard
will notify exterior guard who will in turn notify the
medical unit that the detainee is ready to return.
(9) Upon confirmation from medical that they are
ready to accept detainee, exterior guard will assist
interior guard with escorting the detainee back to the
unit. Exterior guard will unlock the unit, interior guard
will escort detainee into unit with assistance from the
2nd interior guard. Exterior guard will then lock the
side door of the unit and return to original post in front
of the unit.
(10) At this point normal entry and exit of the
unit may begin.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
19.7

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
19.8

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 20
Repair And Utility
20-1. Work Orders
a. Procedures for repair work and modifications to
Camp Delta and other areas designated by the CJDOG.
The primary goal of the R&U section is to significantly
reduce the number of work orders being submitted to
contractors for work inside Camp Delta.
b. Priorities of Work.
(1) Camp Delta Emergency Work Orders.
Critical repairs needed to be completely as soon as
possible. Seriously affects the security of the
detainees, health of US personnel and detainees, or
safety of US personnel or detainees. Repairs need to
start within 1 hour of the report.
(2) Camp Delta Routine Work Orders. Noncritical repairs needed that can wait until the next day.
Repair work need to start in 1 to 5 days of the report.
(3) Non-Detention Operations Emergency Work
Orders.
(4) Non-Detention Operations Routine Work
Orders.
c. Contractors consider label emergency work
orders as O-2. All calls will go to the Kvaerner trouble
desk at x4224. Kvaerner will log the work order,
assign a number, and call the appropriate contractor to
perform the repairs. All emergency work orders have a
30-minute response time unless told otherwise.
Emergency work orders can be called in with time
periods such as one, two or eight hours.
d. Procedures (Camp Delta/Detention Operations).
Repair & Utility (R&U) will pick up sanctioned work
orders from the DOC each morning NLT 0800 hours.
They may pick up subsequent work orders (post-0800
hours) from the DOC as time and missions permit.
Guards will remove detainees from requisite cells prior
to any work being done. At no time will work be done
in a cell with a detainee present in said cell.
(1) Prevent further damage and establish a safe
environment. This will ALWAYS be done with
personal safety, safety of detainees, and good judgment
in mind.
(2) Attempt to correct the problem if within your
means/ability (i.e. plunging a clogged drain).
(3) If you cannot, or it fails, individual initially
reporting item will complete the work request order.
(4) Notify the Block NCO who will in turn log
the problem in their pass-along logbook.
(5) Any outstanding problems/work orders (and
their status) will be verbally briefed to the oncoming
Block NCO to avoid duplication.
(6) Block NCO will notify the DOC and the DOC
will annotate the date/time group and nature of
problem in the staff journal.
(7) The DOC will determine work order priority
judicially based upon the needs of the mission.

e. Camp Delta Emergency Work Orders.
Emergency work will take into account the possibility
of moving detainees to other areas reducing the
emergency to a lower priority; this will be at the
discretion of the DOC.
(1) Duty Hours (0700-1700)
(a) A R&U subject matter specialist will
determine if work is an emergency work order or
routine.
(b) Subject matter specialist will determine,
through his or her chain of command, if the work can
be done by the R&U or if a contractor must perform it.
(c) Supply for parts and material will be
requested through the JDOG S-4 only.
(d) ONLY R&U will coordinate directly with any
contractor, no other personnel or section is authorized.
(e) The DOC will be notified as to the status and
estimated repair time.
(f) Completed work orders will be filed with
R&U with a copy sent to the DOC.
(g) Completed Work order will include cause of
problem; work performed; date and time of work
completed; and name of DOC personnel contacted.
(h) R&U will log the work done, along with
estimated cost.
(8) If any R&U repair work cannot be done
completely, then the DOC will establish the priority of
work.
(2) Non-Duty Hours (1700-0700)
(a) The DOC will contact R&U OIC or NCOIC.
(b) A subject matter specialist will review the
work order in the DOC to determine if emergency
action is needed. If deemed necessary by the DOC,
R&U will be required to physically inspect the problem
to determine the best course of action.
(c) If the DOC and R&U representative disagree
on the emergency status, then the DOC Operations
Officer will have the final determination.
(d) Supply for parts and material will be
requested through the JDOG S-4 only.
(e) If the work cannot be performed by R&U,
R&U will contact contractors through the J-4.
(f) The DOC will be notified as to the status and
estimated repair time.
(g) Completed work orders will be filed with
R&U with a copy sent to the DOC.
(h) Completed Work order will include cause of
problem; work performed; date and time of work
completed; and name of DOC personnel contacted.
(i) R&U will log the work done, along with
estimated cost.
(j) If any R&U repair work cannot be done
completely, then the DOC will establish the priority of
work.
(3) Processing of emergency work orders.
(a) Emergency work order is called in to x4424.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
20.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(b) Kvaerner’s work order number is recorded.
(c) Escort Control dispatches an escort team to
Sally Port 8 from 0600 to 2200 or to Sally Port 1 from
2200 to 0600. The escort team will have the Kvaerner
work order number. The arriving contractor will not
have any paperwork, just the work order number.
Emergency work order calls will not require the
paperwork that normal work orders require.
e. Camp Delta Routine Work Orders.
(1) During Duty Hours (0700-1700). Same
procedures as emergency, just the time started and
finished will be delayed according to priorities set by
the DOC.
(2) During Non Duty Hours (1700-0700). Same
procedures as emergency, just the time started and
finished will be delayed according to priorities set by
the DOC.
f. Non-Detention Operations Emergency Work
Orders
(1) During Duty Hours (0700-1700). Same
procedures as emergency, just the time started and
finished will be delayed according to priorities set by
the DOC.
(2) During Non Duty Hours (1700-0700). Same
procedures as emergency, just the time started and
finished will be delayed according to priorities set by
the DOC.
g. Non-Detention Operations Routine Work Orders
(1) During Duty Hours (0700-1700). Same
procedures as emergency, just the time started and
finished will be delayed according to priorities set by
the DOC.
(2) During Non Duty Hours (1700-0700). Same
procedures as emergency, just the time started and
finished will be delayed according to priorities set by
the DOC.

g. Tools and equipment shall be inventoried and
accounted for by both the incoming and outgoing work
crew for those work orders that span more than one
shift. The outgoing shift shall clear the work area of
debris prior to handoff. Shift change will not take
place unless all tools and equipment have accounted
for.

20-2. Tool Accountability
a. Tool boxes/pouches shall be assembled for the
use specifically inside Camp Delta.
b. Items included in such boxes will be inventoried
prior to entry into the facility and an inventory sheet
will be maintained in the R&U office and provided to
other offices that request such information.
c. Tools will be secured in R&U storage room
adjacent to building 7.
d. Tools will be inventoried upon check out for use
and upon return for storage when daily work has been
completed.
e. In the event addition tools are needed, they will
be added to or removed from the inventory log as the
situation arises.
f. Upon completion of work in the facility, the work
party will account for all tools and equipment and
ensure the work area is free of debris.
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
20.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 21
Force Protection
Section I – Precautions
21-1. Searches
Anyone entering Camp Delta implicitly consents to a
search of his/her person and property/vehicle at any
time within the bounds of Camp Delta or any of its
outlying activities, for the purposes of safety, security,
or custody and control of the facility.
21-2. Security Inspections And Vulnerability
Assessment
a. The JDOG commander will appoint a safety
officer in writing. This can be an additional duty for an
officer.
b. At the end of every shift, an After Action Review
(AAR) will be conducted. The Safety Officer will
insure to collect the information from those AARs,
make the necessary observations, and take the proper
provisions.
c. The Safety Officer will conduct a security
inspection every two weeks to insure alls the security
provisions had been taken.
21-3. Fire Prevention Precautions
a. The JDOG commander will appoint a Fire
Marshal in writing. This will be an additional duty for
a senior NCO. This NCO will coordinate fire
prevention activities with the Fire Department.
b. All personnel working at Camp Delta should be
familiar with the Fire Response and Evacuation Plans.
c. The only smoking areas at Camp Delta are the
break area to the rear of DOC and the break area
between the JIG and DOC building.
d. It is responsibility of all personnel working at
Camp Delta turn the cigarettes butts off and put them
inside the specific container.
e. Do not smoke 50 meters close to a container
and/or any flammable and combustible liquids, grease,
material or gases.
f. Fire extinguishers will be available in all
structures except blocks. For blocks, the fire
extinguishers will be centrally located in the central
causeway. All personnel should know how to operate
them.
Section II – Measures
21-4. Change In FPCON
a. The implementation of FPCON Charlie or
FPCON Delta will include several levels of response:
Immediate Response and Sustained Response.
(1) Immediate response.
(a) Upon identification of a move to FPCON
Charlie or FPCON Delta, immediately initiate a
lockdown on the camp and conduct a headcount as
soon as possible. This includes returning detainees to

their cell, or if that is not possible, to the closest vacant
cell. Inform the DOC if a detainee was not returned to
their original cell.
(b) Lock the end doors for each block.
(c) Take any defensive actions necessary to
protect camp personnel and detainees within the limits
of the ROE.
(d) CO will initiate contact with higher command
and provide a SITREP.
(e) The tasks under each measure are not all
inclusive and commanders are encouraged to
implement other tasks under each measure as needed
IAW the ROE. They should coordinate these
additional implementations with the JOC.
FPCON ALPHA
This condition is declared when there is a general
threat of possible terrorist activity against personnel
and facilities, the nature, and extent of which are
unpredictable, and circumstances do not justify full
implementation of FPCON BRAVO measures.
However, it may be necessary to implement selected
measures from FPCON BRAVO and this would be
called FPCON ALPHA +. The measures in this
FPCON must be capable of being maintained
indefinitely.
1. At regular intervals, remind all personnel and
dependents to be suspicious and inquisitive about
strangers, particularly those carrying suitcases or other
containers. Watch for unidentified on or in the vicinity
of U.S. installations. Watch for abandoned parcels or
suitcases and any unusual activity.
(a) All JTF personnel shall be particularly
suspicious of strangers carrying parcels, suitcases or
other containers.
(1) Be alert to scantily clad individuals as they
may be Cuban Asylum Seekers (CAS) or detainees
who have escaped and are trying to hide their identity.
(2) Be inquisitive of strangers/persons taking
photographs or video of sensitive items and areas such
as; Magazines, Antennas, JTF HQ, Detainee
Operations, Radio Range Site, etc. Report all incidents
to the JTF Joint Operations Center (JOC) Watch
Officer at 5010/5038/5037, tactical telephone at (411)
2219-954, or in person immediately.
2. The duty officer or personnel with access to
building plans as well as the plans for area evacuations
must be available at all times. Key personnel should be
able to seal off area immediately. Key personnel
required to implement security plans should be on call
and readily available
(a) JTF AT/FP Officer, ensure that
(1) All JTF Headquarters buildings exercise area
evacuation plans monthly.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
21.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(2) Floor wardens conduct refresher briefings of
all personnel concerning fire and bomb evacuation
procedures monthly.
(3) Radio and telephone communications are
tested daily.
(4) All JOC watch standers are familiar with Blue
Dart and White Pinnacle procedures.
3. Secure buildings, rooms & storage areas not in
regular use.
(a) HHC, ensure that all outbuildings in vicinity
of JTF Headquarters are secured. Ensure that floor
wardens/building watches in JTF Headquarters
buildings secure all rooms and storage areas not in
regular use.
(b) Commander, JDOG, conduct daily
inspections of common troop areas (messing facilities,
latrines, recreation sea huts, etc.) for
suspicious/abandoned packages. If assistance/guidance
is required, contact the JTF JOC Watch Officer at
5010/5038/5037, tactical telephone at (411) 2219-954,
or in person immediately.
(c) Subordinate Commanders/OICs ensure
vehicle accountability daily. Ensure vehicle drivers
conduct daily searches of vehicles for tampering before
operating.
4. Increase security spot checks of vehicles and
persons entering the installation and unclassified areas
under the jurisdiction of the United States.
(a) Subordinate Commanders / OICs, conduct
security spot checks during normal work hours.
(1) Ensure that classified materials are not left
unsecured.
(2) Ensure that personnel assigned to conduct
I.D. checks at access points are briefed and understand
their responsibilities.
(3) Ensure that all personnel have required
identification cards in their possession at all times.
(4) Ensure guard force members on all personnel
entering restricted areas (i.e., Camp Delta, JTF
Headquarters, etc.) conduct a 100% I.D. check.
(b) JTF Counterintelligence Officer, coordinate
with JTF AT/FP Officer to conduct weekly after hours
counterintelligence inspections of all JTF Headquarters
spaces (including garbage dumpsters, etc).
(c) Commander, Naval Base, Guantanamo Bay
(COMNAVBASE), conduct random maritime patrols
of the Joint Operations Area (JOA).
5. Limit access points for vehicles and personnel
commensurate with a reasonable flow of traffic.
6. As a deterrent apply measures 14,15,17, or 18
from FPCON Bravo, either individually on in
combination with each other.
7. Review all plans, orders, personnel details, and
logistic requirements related to the introduction of
higher FPCONs.

(a) JTF JOC Watch Officer, review all watch
stander procedures and ensure each watch station is
aware of their duties and responsibilities.
(b) JTF Communications Officer, ensure phone
listings are up to date and passed out to all sections
within the JTF. Ensure that the JOC is briefed on the
security communication system frequencies/call signs
utilized by the JTF.
(c) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, ensure key
personnel understand they are subject to immediate
recall.
(1) Inform all personnel to fuel all government
vehicles, and keep them full at all times.
(d) Staff Judge Advocate, ensure that existing
Rules of Engagement (ROE) and Use of Force (UOF)
policies are applicable.
(1) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, ensure
approved ROE and UOF policies are passed down to
the lowest levels so that all personnel understand it’s
application.
8. Review and implement security measures for
high-risk personnel as appropriate.
(a) JTF Provost Marshal, coordinate with NCIS
and be prepared to provide a qualified Personal
Security Detail (PSD) for designated High-Risk
Personnel (HRP) and JTF visitors as
Directed by CJTF.
(b) Aide de Camp, ensure that yourself and the
CJTF’s driver possess current qualification with the
M9 Service Pistol.
(1) Ensure that a radio and alternate means of
communication (Cell Phone) are maintained with the
CJTF and CJTF’s driver at all times. Review HRP
procedures.
9. As appropriate, consult local authorities on the
threat and mutual antiterrorism measures.
(a) JTF Intelligence Officer, consult daily with
NCIS, NAVBASE Security, and NAVBASE N-2 to
discuss threat levels and emerging threat information
pass appropriate information to personnel affected, as
required.
(b) JTF AT/FP Officer, conduct Force Protection
Working Group meetings to discuss emerging /
emergency force protection requirements as required.
10. Review all plans and be prepared to implement
higher FPCON.
(a) JTF Operations Officer, consult with JTF
Intelligence Officer concerning the chemical/biological
threat; be prepared to raise MOPP levels as necessary.
(b) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, review NBCD
measures with all hands.
FPCON BRAVO
This condition is declared when there is an increased
and more predictable threat of terrorist activity even
though no particular target has been identified.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
21.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
However, it may be necessary to implement selected
measures from FPCON CHARLIE (this would be
called FPCON BRAVO +). Measures in this FPCON
must be maintainable for weeks without causing undue
hardship or affecting operational capability.
11. Repeat measure 1 and warn personnel of any
other potential form of terrorist attack.
(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, ensure
antiterrorism awareness briefing for all personnel,
including mail procedures and vehicle searches for all
hands.
(b) AT/FP Officer, ensure the implementation all
steps for FPCON Bravo IAW this PLAN. Ensure that
NAVBASE Security Police are briefed on additional
security measures implemented in this FPCON.
12. Keep all personnel involved in implementing
antiterrorist contingency plans on call.
13. Check plans for implementation of next
FPCON.
14. Move cars and objects (e.g., crates, trash
containers) at least 25 meters from buildings,
particularly buildings of a sensitive or prestigious
nature. Consider centralized parking.
(a) AT/FP Officer, coordinate with the
NAVBASE AT/FP Officer and affected department
heads to remove all dumpsters, cars, etc. away from all
JTF Headquarters buildings and areas a minimum 100foot standoff from high-density soft targets.
15. Secure and regularly inspect all buildings,
rooms, and storage areas not in regular use.
(a) HHC, ensure that all abandoned structures in
vicinity of JTF Headquarters previously secured in
FPCON Alpha are inspected daily.
(b) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, immediately
conduct inspections of all secured buildings and areas
and report any discrepancies or abnormalities to the
JOC Watch Officer via telephone at ext. 5010 / 5038 /
5037, tactical telephone at (411) 2219-954, or in person
immediately.
16. At the beginning and end of each workday, as
well as at other regular and frequent intervals, inspect
the interior and exterior of buildings in regular use for
suspicious packages.
(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, at the
beginning and end of each workday, and at four-hour
intervals during the workday, inspect the interior and
exterior of buildings in regular use under your control
for suspicious activity or packages. Report your
findings, positive or negative to the JTF JOC watch
officer at ext. 5010 / 5058 / 5037, tactical telephone at
(411) 2219-954, or in person immediately.
17. Examine mail (above the regular examination
process) for letter or parcel bombs.
(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, ensure USPS
Poster 26 is distributed throughout office spaces,

billeting, and unit mailrooms. Review mail-handling
procedures with all unit mail personnel.
18. Check all deliveries to messes, clubs, etc.
Advise dependents to check home deliveries.
(a) JTF AT/FP Officer, ensure that JTF
Headquarters, Pink Palace, and JIIF interior building
sentries conduct inspections of all deliveries to their
respective buildings. All delivery personnel are to be
escorted while in JTF Headquarters buildings.
(b) Commander, JDOG, commence inspection of
one of every ten civilian commercial or contractor
vehicles entering Radio Range ECP.
(c) Commander, JDOG, ensure that all civilian
contractor vehicles (waste removal trucks, etc) that
need access to the inner perimeter of Camp Delta and
Camp America facilities are searched prior to entry.
19. Increase surveillance of domestic
accommodations, schools, messes, clubs, and other soft
targets to improve deterrence and defense and to build
confidence among staff and dependents.
(a) JTF Intelligence Officer, as far as resources
allow, increase surveillance of all soft JTF targets.
(b) JTF Provost Marshal, coordinate with
NAVBASE Security Police for increased NAVBASE
security patrols of JTF headquarters and housing areas.
(c) COMNAVBASE, conduct maritime patrols in
JOA 24 hrs/day, 7 days/week.
20. Make staff and dependents aware of the general
situation in order to stop rumors and prevent
unnecessary alarm.
(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, inform
personnel of general situation as it progresses or
regresses.
21. At an early stage, inform members of local
security committees of actions being taken. Explain
reason for actions.
(a) JTF AT/FP Officer, inform the Force
Protection Working Group (FPWG) as soon as elevated
FPCON is set and of all action being taken.
22. Physically inspect visitors and randomly
inspect their suitcases, parcels, and other containers.
Ensure that proper dignity is maintained and if
possible, ensure that soldiers conduct physical
inspections of members of the same sex.
23. Operate random patrols to check vehicles,
people, and buildings.
(a) Provost Marshal, Coordinate with NAVBASE
security vehicle patrols are conducted of JTF housing
areas.
24. Protect off-base military personnel and military
vehicles in accordance with prepared plans. Remind
drivers to lock vehicles and check vehicle before
entering or exiting the vehicle.
25. Implement additional security measures fro
high-risk personnel as appropriate.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
21.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(a) JTF Provost Marshal, ensure the following
actions occur:
(1) CJTF driver, conduct thorough search of
CJTF vehicle prior to each use for tampering or
explosive devices.
(2) CJTF driver, maintain constant
communication with JTF JOC when transporting CJTF
to destinations. Inform JTF JOC via radio upon arrival
at destination, and upon departure, next destination and
ETA.
(3) CJTF Aide-de-Camp, personally inform JTF
JOC Watch Officer of CJTF departure from JTF
Headquarters, destination(s), and ETA. Ensure that
CJTF driver carries out measure 25a and 25b.
26. Brief personnel who may augment guard forces
on the use of deadly force. Ensure that there is no
misunderstanding of these instructions.
27. As appropriate, consult local authorities on the
threat and mutual antiterrorism measures.
28. Pre-stage materials for any additional barriers
that may be needed in elevated FPCON.
(a) JTF Engineer Officer, coordinate with JTF
AT/FP Officer and JTF Intelligence Officer to design
and pre-stage the necessary Class IV construction
materials and pre-constructed barriers at designated
access points to the JTF Headquarters complex
(north/south ends of Huntington Hill Road), Camp
Delta (Sherman Road access control point), JTF
housing areas (main entrances of Windward Loop and
East Caravella) and Radio Range (VH897015)
commensurate with the current threat indications and
warnings.
(b) Commander, JDOG, be prepared to institute
vehicle checkpoint and emplace pre-staged barriers
along Kittery Beach Road (grid VH897015) to deny
and slow traffic access to the Radio Range area.
(c) JTF Headquarters Commandant, be prepared
to emplace pre-staged barriers to deny/slow traffic into
JTF housing areas (Windward Loop, East Caravella
and Villamar housing area).
29. JTF AT/FP Officer, increase the frequency of
AT/FP Working Group Meetings as necessary.
FPCON CHARLIE
This condition is declared when an incident occurs or
intelligence is received indicating that some form of
terrorist action is imminent. However, it may be
necessary to implement selected measures from
FPCON DELTA (this would be called FPCON
CHARLIE +). Implementation for more than a short
period will probably create hardship and affect the
NAVBASEGTMO peacetime operations.
30. Continue, or introduce, all measures listed in
FPCON Bravo.

(a) JTF JOC Watch Officer, inform all personnel
listed in the recall list of this PLAN to remain at their
place of duty/billeting in the event of a recall.
(b) JTF AT/FP Officer, ensure the
implementation all steps for FPCON Charlie are IAW
this PLAN. Ensure that NAVBASE Security Police
are briefed on additional security measures
implemented in this FPCON.
(c) All JTF personnel, based on threat, BPT have
body armor, helmet, load-bearing equipment (LBE),
gasmask, and weapon readily accessible.
31. Keep all personnel responsible for
implementing antiterrorism plans at their places of
duty.
(a) Subordinate commanders/OICs, institute
check out log for personnel on liberty status.
32. Limit access points to absolute minimum.
(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, limit access
points to an absolute minimum. All contractor
personnel will be escorted while conducting business
around JTF activities.
(b) HHC, ensure that all access roads leading to
JTF Headquarters are blocked with obstacles, with only
a single access point available for vehicle traffic.
Ensure that an armed two-man sentry post is in place
(24 hour post) to control access to the JTF
Headquarters complex. Sentries will be in weapons
condition three (M16A2), with 60 rounds of
ammunition, and briefed on the proper use of Deadly
Force and Rules of Engagement. The only vehicles
permitted access to the JTF Headquarters complex are
the CJTF, JTF Chief of Staff, and JTF JOC Watch
Officer vehicles. Sentries will contact JTF JOC Watch
Officer via Motorola to request permission should
additional vehicles desire entry into the JTF
Headquarters complex.
(c) Commander, JDOG, conduct 100%
inspection of civilian commercial and contractor
vehicles entering Camp Delta Detention Facility.
(d) HHC, as manpower allows, implement a
vehicle checkpoint at entrance to JTF housing areas
(Windward Loop and East Caravella). Checkpoint will
be manned 24 hours a day until directed to stand down.
Only personnel with government identification
card/JTF identification will be permitted into the
housing areas. Ensure that checkpoint has accurate
rosters of personnel residing in JTF housing. Allow no
civilian or contractor vehicles into housing areas.
Ensure that vehicle checkpoint has proper
communications with JTF JOC Watch Officer.
Checkpoint will be armed with T/O weapons,
ammunition (60 rounds 5.56mm, 30 rounds 9mm) and
in weapons condition three
(e) JTF Logistics Officer, coordinate with
NAVBASE Navy Exchange to cancel all non-mission

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
21.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
essential deliveries (soda, vending machines) to JTF
Headquarters buildings.
(f) JTF Provost Marshal, coordinate with CJTF
Aide-de-Camp for HRP security detail to be posted
with CJTF after hours (CJTF billeting).
33. Strictly enforce control of base entry.
Randomly search vehicles.
(a) JTF Operations Officer, immediately
coordinate with higher headquarters to review/delay
any inbound detainee transfers to Guantanamo Bay.
(b) JTF Operations Officer, coordinate with Joint
Information Bureau COMNAVBASE to restrict nonessential visitors on base. All non-essential visitors
will be held at the Leeward air terminal until they are
able to obtain a flight off NAVBASEGTMO.
(c) JDOG, Randomly search all vehicle entering
Radio Range ECP
34. Enforce centralized parking of vehicles away
from sensitive buildings.
(a) HHC, immediately implement the parking of
all vehicles visiting/assigned to JTF Headquarters at
McCalla Airfield. Only vehicles allowed to park in
vicinity of JTF Headquarters are CJTF, JTF Chief of
Staff, COMNAVBASE, NAVBASE XO and JTF JOC
Watch Officer vehicles (personal or official).
(b) Commander, JDOG, ensure that all nonmilitary vehicles (contractor, government sedans, etc)
are parked at least 100 meters from guard force
billeting. Ensure that no non-military vehicles are
permitted to approach or park within the 100 meters of
the Delta detention facility without being thoroughly
searched beforehand.
35. Issue weapons to guards. Local orders should
include specific orders on issue of ammunition.
(a) JTF Logistics Officer, be prepared to issue
weapons and ammunition (60 rounds (M16A2), 30
rounds (M9)) to all identified personnel.
(b) CJTF, CJTF Aide-de-Camp, CJTF Driver,
draw T/O weapon and ammunition (30 rounds 9mm,
60 rounds 5.56mm). Maintain weapons condition
three.
(c) HHC, ensure that JTF Headquarters interior
building sentry is armed with T/O weapon and
ammunition (30 rounds 9mm, 60 rounds 5.56mm).
Maintain weapons condition three
36. Increase patrolling of JTF areas of
responsibility.
(a) Commander, JDOG, increase patrols of likely
avenues of approach/observation points to JTF
Facilities/Radio Range.
37. Protect all designated vulnerable points. Give
special attention to vulnerable points outside of
military establishment.
(a) JTF Provost Marshal, coordinate with
NAVBASE Security Police for increased patrolling of
JTF housing areas

(b) Commander, JDOG, increase frequency of
roving patrols of guard force billeting areas. Conduct
100% identification checks of all individuals entering
guard force billeting area.
38. Erect barriers and obstacles to control traffic
flow.
(a) HHC, ensure that all access roads leading to
JTF Headquarters are blocked with obstacles, with only
a single access point available for vehicle traffic.
39. Consult local authorities about closing public
(and military) roads and facilities that might make sites
more vulnerable to attacks.
(a) JTF AT/FP Officer, coordinate with
NAVBASE Security Police to close all public access to
Skyline Drive. Coordinate with NAVBASE Security
Police to close access to Kittery Beach and Windmill
Beach to all personnel.
40. The CJTF will institute a mandatory curfew for
all JTF personnel not on duty. The curfew time will be
determined by the CJTF.
(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, institute
buddy system for individuals in liberty status.
FPCON DELTA
This condition applies in the immediate location where
a terrorist attack has occurred or when intelligence is
received that terrorist action against a specific location
is likely. Normally this FPCON is declared as a
localized warning.
41. Inform all personnel of the upgraded FPCON
and continue or introduce all measures listed for
FPCON BRAVO and CHARLIE.
(a) Based on local threat, JTF personnel BPT
draw weapons and ammunition (30 rounds 9mm, 60
rounds 5.56mm). Maintain weapons condition four
(M16A2 and M9) for off duty. Personnel, weapons
condition three for on duty/at work personnel. All JTF
personnel will wear body armor, helmet, and gasmask
(in carrier) while outdoors.
(b) AT/FP Officer, based on CG’s guidance,
ensure the implementation all steps for FPCON Delta
IAW this PLAN. Ensure that NAVBASE Security
Police are briefed on all additional security measures in
this FPCON.
42. Augment guards as necessary.
(a) Commander JDOG, BPT arm and deploy
eight-man security element around JTF Headquarters.
All sentries will have weapons in condition three
(M16A2); weapons condition three (M9).
(b) Commander, JDOG, increase size of exterior
roving patrols of Radio Range from four-man to eightman elements. Increase size of internal guards and
tower sentries, as manpower will allow. All sentries
will have weapons in condition three M16A2; weapons
condition three (M9).
43. Identify all vehicles in operational or missionsupport areas.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
21.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
44. Search all vehicles and their contents before
allowing entrance to JTF TAORs.
(a) Commander, JDOG, conduct 100% vehicle
search of all commercial/privately owned vehicles
entering Radio Range, through the Kittery Beach
Infantry Checkpoint.
(b) Commander, JDOG, Conduct 100% vehicle
search of all vehicles entering Camp Delta.
45. Control access and implement positive
identification of all personnel – no exceptions.
(a) JTF AT/FP Officer, consider canceling all
non-essential deliveries (vending machines, etc). All
contractor/NAVBASE workers not on JTF access list
will be escorted at all times.
46. Search all suitcases, briefcases, packages, etc,
brought into all JTF buildings, facilities, and areas.
(a) Subordinate Commanders/OIC’s, ensure that
all suitcases, briefcases, packages, etc, brought into
your HQ/buildings are searched.
47. Control access and implement positive
identification of all personnel-on exceptions.
(a) Be prepared to displace JTF Headquarters on
short notice to alternate command post (Wine Cellar).
(b) JTF Operations Officer, ensure that all JTF
staff sections have identified primary personnel and
essential materials that would need to be moved on
short notice to the alternate command post.
48. Make frequent checks of the exterior of
buildings and parking lots.
(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, ensure that
designated personnel conduct frequent inspections of
building exteriors and parking areas.
49. Minimize all administrative journeys and visits.
(a) Subordinate
Commanders/OICs,
cancel
liberty for all hands. All hands will be at place of duty,
dining facilities, or billeting.
(b) JTF Logistics Officer, be prepared to provide
field rations/MREs to JTF units should dining facilities
be declared off limits due to threat.
50. Consult intelligence authorities about closing
public (and military) roads and facilities that might
make sites vulnerable to terrorist attack.
(a) JTF AT/FP Officer, JTF Intelligence Officer,
coordinate with NAVBASE Security Police and
NAVBASE N2 regarding threat and restricting all nonmilitary vehicular traffic from McCalla Hill Road.
51. CJTF-GTMO will consider NBC threat and
increase in MOPP level.

necessary. JDOG S-1 section will maintain and
distribute the Alert Roster/Recall Roster.
21-6. Brevity Codes For Implementation Of FPCON
Levels
Line
Situation
Brevity Code
#
001
IMPLEMENT
FPCON Preakness
CHARLIE MEASURES
Stakes
002
IMPLEMENT
FPCON Belmont Stakes
DELTA MEASURES
003
IMPLEMENT
FPCON Kentucky Derby
BRAVO MEASURES
Table 21-1
The radio traffic to send the brevity code will be:
“(Receiving Unit) this is (Sending Unit) I have FLASH
traffic…(BREAK)…I
send
(Brevity
Code).
Acknowledge receipt of code. OVER.”
Section III – Alert Systems
21-7. Duress Condition
a. Can be indicated by a guard utilizing a duress
code, yelling for help, using a radio, blowing a whistle,
or other means.
(1) Guards on the affected block attempt to DOC
the situation and call for assistance as necessary.
(2) If a call for assistance is made, one guard
from each of the neighboring blocks will respond to the
affected block. A guard from a non-affected block will
contact the DOC to notify them of the situation.
(3) Roving sally port guard will let responding
guards out of their block and into the affected block.
Roving sally port guard will not enter the affected
block with the sally port keys.
(4) As the situation continues, guards will advise
when the situation is under DOC or if additional guards
are needed.
(5) RTO will establish emergency traffic radio
conditions by stating “EMERGENCY TRAFFIC
ONLY” and stating the location and type of
emergency. Only personnel with radio traffic about the
situation or another emergency will use the radio until
emergency traffic is cleared.
(6) PL and SOG will respond and/or assist as
necessary.

21-8. NAVBASE Siren System
a. The NAVBASE tests the siren system at 1200
21-5. Alert Roster/Recall Roster
hours every Wednesday.
Commanders will implement an alert roster/recall
b. This alarm has 5 different sounds and a PA
roster for the members of their unit to be implemented
system.
in the event of an increase in FPCON. Initial contact
c. The following action will be taken when the siren
attempt will be by telephone. Secondary will be by
is sounded:
radio and/or cellular phone. Notifications of units at
(1) Wail (General Alert).
Camp America/Camp Bulkeley will be by runner if
(a) Turn on TV/radio for additional information.
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
21.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(b) Non-emergency alert.
(c) Example: hurricane readiness condition
upgraded.
(2) Alternate Wail (Take Cover - non-immediate
threat).
(a) Return to quarters all non-essential personnel.
(b) Stay in quarters until further notice.
(c) Stay there until all clear is sounded.
(3) Pulse Wail (Take Cover - immediate threat).
(a) Return to nearest secure location and take
cover.
(b) Immediate danger; 15 minutes or less.
(c) Stay there until all clear is sounded.
(d) Example: Tornado or in-bound unknown
aircraft.
(4) Pulse Steady (Recovery).
(a) Recovery Disaster Teams report to duty.
(b) All non-essential personnel remain in
quarters.
(c) Example: Emergency personnel: PW recovery
teams, Fire Department
(5) Steady (All Clear). Resume normal activities.
Section IV – Weapons
21-9. Weapons Conditions
a. Condition 4:
(1) No magazine in the magazine well
(2) Bolt forward on an empty chamber
(3) Weapon on safe
(4) Ejection port cover closed
b. Condition 3:
(1) Loaded magazine inserted
(2) Bolt forward on an empty chamber
(3) Weapon on safe
(4) Ejection port cover closed
c. Condition 2:
(1) Does not apply to the M-16A2 service rifle
d. Condition 1:
(1) Loaded magazine inserted
(2) Bolt forward, round in chamber
(3) Weapon on safe
(4) Ejection port cover closed
21-10. Weapons And Ammunition Storage Facility
a. All personnel assigned to duties at the weapons
and ammunition storage facility will be familiar with
the provisions of directives, instructions, and
regulations contained in references.
b. Personnel designated as unit armorers and
NCOIC will be duly designated by the CJDOG and
granted unaccompanied access into the facility.
c. The weapons and ammunition storage facility
support team consists of unit armorers and the NCOIC
and are directly responsible for access and control of
all operations at the facility.

d. Unaccompanied access to AT-18 will be kept to
an absolute minimum consistent with operational
requirements. All personnel authorized unaccompanied
access will be on the access roster to receipt for and
turn-in keys for the facility.
e. Armorers escorting unit personnel will maintain
visual contact at all times. Unit personnel will not be
authorized direct access to ammunition and weapons.
Unit armorers will facilitate issue control at all times.
All personnel entering AT-18 will sign in and out on
the access control log and are subject to identification
card validation and search.
f. Unit armorers will issue and receive weapons and
ammunition only for their respective unit. Weapons
issued for less than twenty-four hours will be issued by
weapons card. Soldiers will only receive their assigned
weapons. Weapons card will be placed in the rack
where the weapon was removed. Weapons issued for
periods in excess of twenty-four hours will be signed
out and in on the permanent issue log control book.
g. Upon issue of weapon, the bolt will be locked to
the rear and the weapon placed on safe. The weapons
will be handed to the assigned soldier butt first, barrel
pointed up and in safe direction. Upon return of
weapon, soldier will clear the weapon at the cleaning
barrel in accordance with posted instructions. A unit
NCO will be posted at the clearing barrel to insure
safety in return of weapons. Once the weapon is
cleared, the soldier will proceed directly to the door of
the magazine with barrel of weapon pointed up and in a
safe direction. Soldier will hand the weapon to the
armorer butt first. Armorer will inspect the chamber
and insure the weapon is on safe. The following
procedures will be used:
(1) M-16: Armorer will hit the bolt release; place
the weapon on semi, and dry fire, then place weapon in
arms rack.
(2) M203/Shotguns: Armorer will close the
barrel, place weapon on semi or safety off, dry fire,
then place weapon in arms rack.
(3) M249: Armorer will ride the bolt forward;
close the cover, then return weapon to arms rack.
h. Keys are controlled and contained in a Class IV
safe in the S-2 Office at Camp America and are issued
and returned daily utilizing the Key Control Roster.
Upon entry of the magazine (AT-18), the armorer or
NCOIC will log the time, date, and initial entry log on
the inside of the magazine posted on the wall. Keys
will remain on the person until the close of the day. At
the end of the day the armorer or NCOIC will return
the keys to the Battalion S-2 Office and verify posting
is completed to the key control log.
i. Armorers will conduct a barrel count of weapons
upon opening the weapons and ammunition storage
facility. The assigned armorer of a unit will not count
their own weapons. Monthly sensitive items inventory

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
21.7

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
will be by serial number and conducted by an E-6 or
above from respective units. Armorers are to inspect
10% of assigned weapons monthly to insure proper
weapons maintenance is being performed. Any
deficiencies or maintenance related problems are to be
reported to the respective unit maintenance officers for
resolution. Additional assistance can be obtained from
the JDOG S-4.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
21.8

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
21.9

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 22
Key Control
22-1. Overview
This program will establish guidelines, procedures,
policies, and measures to ensure efficient
implementation of all policies set forth in this plan.
22-2. Key Custodian
a. A Key Custodian will be appointed to maintain
accountability for operational keys used in the
operation of Camp Delta. The Key Custodian will also
ensure that alternate key custodians are designated to
issue, receive, and account for keys and they clearly
understand key control procedures. The key custodian
will adhere to the following:
(1) Overall supervision of the key control
program
(2) Inventories, inspections/regulation of
keys/locks
(3) Custody of master/control keys, if applicable
(4) Conduct investigation of lost keys to include
pecuniary liability
(5) Records maintenance
b. The Key Custodian/Alternate will maintain a
record of keys by serial number shown on DA Form
5513-R establishing the following:
(1) Location of lock/key
(2) Total number of keys on hand/issued
(3) Certificate and/or DA Form 2062/3161 to
whom issued
(4) Prepare/maintain key control registers IAW
ARs referenced in paragraph 1 and retain file for one
(1) year.
(5) Inventory all keys and paperwork semiannually, or as often as needed IAW AR 190-13.
(6) Retain keys in a locked 20 or 26-gauge key
control container when not in use.
(7) Ensure that all keys are turned in before and
after each shift, e.g., (Days, Swings, and Midnights that
apply).
(8) Maintain a key control register/equipment
sign out roster for personnel provided with keys.
22-3. Key Control Register
Keys are signed out to authorized personnel as needed
on a key control register. DA Form 5513-R (Key issue
and Turn-in) section is utilized for this purpose. The
key control register/equipment sign out roster contains
the following: identification of the key, date, hour
issued, signature of recipient, and initials of the
individual receiving the returned key. Keys are
identified by serial number. A key tag with a number
stamped on it will accompany each key and correspond
on the key control register. If a key is signed out, it
must have the following: the key tag number, date of

issue, printed name and signature of individual who
issued the key, the printed name and signature of the
person issued the key, date and time the key was
returned, and the printed name and signature of the
person who received the key back on the DA Form
5513-R-Key Control Register and Inventory.
22-4. Key Access Roster
A roster of all personnel authorized access to any key
located in Camps Delta will be maintained at all times.
The key access roster is made out by rank, name, duty
position, and who has access to each. A copy of the
key access roster is maintained with the key control
register.
22-5. Key And Lock Accountability
There will be separate 20-26 gauge boxes labeled
appropriately for each type of key used. Sally port
keys (1), handcuff keys (2), office keys (3), block keys
(4), and so forth as applicable. Each box will be
marked conspicuously with an inventory sheet located
on the inside dated for each semi-annually inventory.
Each key will begin with the number one and end in
sequence. Any individual who signs for a key(s) must
be in the possession of that key(s) at all times unless
authorized by the PL, SOG, or Block NCO. Keys to
locks in use (i.e., detainee cells, shackles, sally ports),
will be spot checked to determine if the individual is
signed for that particular key. When a key to a padlock
is found broken, the key to the broken padlock is either
replaced with any additional keys or the entire padlock
is replaced. When a key to a padlock is found to be
missing, the padlock will be replaced immediately and
reported through the proper channels. At no time will a
shift leave without 100 percent accountability.
22-6. Key Issue Procedures
a. Shift PL /SOG.
(1) During shift change the off going shift PL, in
Camps 1-4, will sign over the key box key on DA
Form 5513-R and the Equipment Sign Out sheet. DA
Form 5513-R is maintained in a binder located in the
Key Control book at each camp.
(2) When DA Form 5513-R/Equipment Sign Out
sheet is filled out completely, a new form is started and
the old form is placed in the Key Control Book under
the appropriate tab. DA Form 5513-R must be
maintained for one year.
(3) When DA Form 5513-R is turned in from
Block NCOs, Sally Port Operators, and Roving Sally
Port Operators, the form is placed in the Key Control
Book under the appropriate tab.
b. Block NCO.
(1) During shift change, the off going shift Block
NCO will sign over the block keys to the oncoming

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
22.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Block NCO on DA Form 5513-R maintained in the
binder located on that particular block.
(2) When DA Form 5513-R is filled out
completely, the NCOIC for that block will submit it to
the PL or SOG who will submit the completed forms to
the DOC for filing.
(3) The Block NCO will have positive control of
the block keys at all times. At no time will the Block
NCO go beyond the steps leading out to the shower
and exercise while detainees are in these areas. If the
Block NCO is needed in the aforementioned areas, the
most senior block personnel will take control of the
keys until the Block NCO completes his/her assigned
task.
(4) The Block NCO will maintain physical
control of the block(s) keys at all times. At no time
will the block door be pushed open with the key
located in it and unsecured.
c. Senior Guard.
(1) The most senior guard will take possession of
any block or sally port keys while the Block NCO is
not present.
(2) The senior guard will maintain physical
custody of the shower and exercises keys. If not
present, the keys will be given to a guard other than the
Block NCO.
(3) When unlocking a cell or sally port the Block
NCO and/or senior guard will maintain physical
control of the keys. At no time will the door be pushed
open with the key in it and unsecured.
d. Sally Port Operators.
(1) During shift change the off going sally port
operator will sign over the sally port keys to the oncoming sally port operator on DA Form 5513-R
maintained in a binder/clipboard located at that sally
port.
(2) When DA Form 5513-R is filled out
completely, the forms will be turned over to the PL or
SOG who will submit the completed forms to the
respective DOC for filing.
(3) The sally port operator will maintain physical
custody of sally port keys at all times unless relieved
by the proper authority or another guard.
(4) When unlocking the sally port gate, the sally
port operator will maintain physical control of the keys
and at no time will the door be pushed open with the
key still in it and unsecured.
e. Roving Sally Port Operators.
(1) During shift change the off going Roving
Sally Port Operator will sign over the sally port keys to
the oncoming Roving Sally Port Operator on DA Form
5513-R maintained in a binder/clipboard in their
respective camp.
(2) When DA Form 5513-R is filled out
completely, the Roving Sally Port Operator for that
camp will submit it to the respective DOC for filing.

(3) The Roving Sally Port Operator will maintain
physical control of the sally port keys at all times
unless relieved by the proper authority or another
guard.
(4) When unlocking the roving sally port gate,
the Roving Sally Port Operator will maintain physical
control of the keys and at no time will the door be
pushed open with the key still in it and unsecured.
22-7. Emergency Procedures
a. Upon loss of control of a detainee, (i.e., detainee
is out of cell and unrestrained) the Block NCO will
immediately transfer custody of all keys to the Roving
Sally Port Operator through the block sally port.
b. If a key is misplaced or lost, the following
procedures will be followed:
(1) The Block NCO will immediately notify the
PL and/or SOG of the situation.
(2) The block will immediately implement a
100% lock down and will continue until the CO or
JDOG S-3 state otherwise.
(3) The IRF team will be notified and be ready in
the event of compromise.
(4) An immediate search of the block area will
begin; this search will include but is not limited to, any
one area within Camp Delta.
(5) All blocks are searched or are subject to
search. The search will be conducted and supervised
by the PL and/or SOG.
(6) If keys are still compromised, a 100% lock
down of Camp Delta will occur and all shower,
exercise, and appointments are cancelled until the keys
are located.
(7) The PL will notify the CO if, after step 237.b.4 above has been completed and the key(s) are still
missing.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
22.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 23
External Security Operations
23-1. Conduct of Infantry Soldiers
a. Platoons will rotate in the following order:
towers, QRF, patrols/TCPs/OPs, reserve (rearm/refit/
training cycle).
b. Soldiers will stay in the designated uniform while
on duty. All soldiers are required to follow the uniform
policy established by the CSM.
c. The reserve forces will conduct detainee
movement operations. The focus of this force is
training and rearm/refit. Detainee movement
operations are an O/O mission. The reserve forces will
also be responsible for ID checkers at designated
locations on post.
d. The primary means of communication for the
company is FM. At no time shall a soldier allow
anyone outside the unit to use internal radios. Key
leaders will utilize SABER radios as necessary in their
duties.
e. Soldiers must wear a Kevlar helmet when riding
in a military vehicle off road. Soldiers will wear
goggles while operating as the gunner on the mounted
patrol in the M-1025. Otherwise, follow the JTFGTMO and company policy, regardless of rank,
distance traveling, or time of day or night.
f. PLs and PSGs are responsible for submitting duty
rosters by name and duty position to the 1SG or to the
NCOIC of the company prior to assuming a new
mission and upon subsequent platoon internal rotations.
The duty rosters must be constantly updated and
submitted in order to ensure timely accountability of all
personnel.
g. Soldiers are not permitted to wear personal
knives on their LBV. Soldiers are not permitted to
carry any type of knife into Camp Delta.
h. Soldiers will carry in their left breast pocket a
copy of the ROE/RUF (dated 30 NOV 02) and JTF
GTMO Policy Memorandum #11.
23-2. Task Organization
a. To accomplish our mission the battalion is
organized with:
(1) Three infantry companies.
(2) Two platoons per company.
(3) Four squads per platoon with nine soldiers
each.
(4) Two fire teams per squad with four soldiers
each.
23-3. Infantry FPCON Actions
a. The battalion will use FPCON B as its minimum
operating FPCON level.
b. The companies will use the following measures
for securing the Camp Delta Area of Operations (AO)
at the appropriate FPCON level.

c. FPCON BRAVO.
(1) The platoon with the tower security mission
will man six towers, with one soldier per tower.
(2) The platoon with the dismounted/mounted
patrols, LP/OPs, TCPs, and the blocking position will
establish a mobile reaction force.
(3) The platoon with the QRF mission will
remain at a high alert status capable of responding to a
disturbance within 10 minutes. The QRF will be
positioned adjacent to Camp Echo. This QRF Element
will have riot gear staged with non-lethal munitions. Its
primary function is to assist the IRF Teams inside
Camp Delta. During detainee arrival missions, this
element will be on standby if needed to provide
additional support to the QRF assigned to the detainee
movement operation.
(4) The company in reserve will perform the
detainee movement operations and provide security
details on main post. The soldiers of this company will
conduct individual and collective tasks training IAW
the METL and mission specific tasks. This company
will also provide details around the Radio Range area
as needed. The companies will also re-arm/refit during
this cycle.
d. FPCON C:
(1) Soldiers will man M249 or M240B fighting
positions at the TCPs.
(2) Patrol Platoon will continue to man OP
Richmond and will man two out of four dismount
bunkers with either a M249 or M240B. Additionally,
one out of two defilade vehicle positions with a .50 Cal
MG will be manned along the coastline.
(3) Random vehicle searches will increase IAW
with the special instructions of that SOP and the
published Random Anti-Terrorism Measure (RAM).
e. FPCON D:
(1) Patrol platoon will occupy all vehicle-fighting
positions at the TCPs.
(2) Patrol platoon will man the mounted fighting
positions.
(3) Patrol platoon will continue to man OP
Richmond.
(4) Both Kittery and Windmill Beaches will be
closed.
(5) Vehicle searches will increase IAW the
special instructions contained within the SOP and
published RAM.
(6) The reserve forces or other designees will be
activated and operate all four bunkers along the
coastline.
(7) The patrol platoon will increase the frequency
of roving patrols per the published patrol order.
23-4. Tower Operations
a. The assigned Infantry unit will occupy security
towers in order to observe the exterior approaches to

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
23.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Camp Delta. In addition, the element serves as a show
of force to deter individuals outside the facility and
detainees within the facility from hurting U.S. Military
or other detainees.
b. The element will man security towers with one
soldier per tower. Soldiers will not spend more than
four consecutive hours in the towers. The SOG will
rotate soldiers from the designated QRF to relieve
tower personnel.
c. The SOG will conduct a guard mount prior to
assuming duty. During the guard mount, at a
minimum, the SOG will inspect all soldiers to ensure
they are in the proper uniform, have performed
personal hygiene, and have water. In addition, he will
account for all ammunition and assign posts. Once the
SOG has completed the inspection, he will put the
soldiers in a formation and march to the detainment
facility, unless vehicle support is available. Prior to
entering the facility, the SOG will ensure all soldiers
clear their weapon using the clearing barrel and then
insert a magazine. No soldiers will lock a round into
the chamber of the weapon. ROE/RUF, dated 30 Nov
02 applies.
d. Before assuming post, each soldier will do a
quick search of the area immediately surrounding the
tower and report any safety hazards or anything out of
the ordinary to the Tower SOG. The oncoming soldier
will then take a position to observe the tower’s area of
responsibility (AOR) and sign for all tower equipment.
The oncoming soldier will review the sector sketch and
range card pertaining to his AOR. The outgoing soldier
will brief important information such as changes to
guard orders, security concerns, and any changes in
detainee activity. Prior to departing, the outgoing
soldier will pick up any trash in or around the tower
and discard appropriately.
e. Once on post, the soldier must maintain
continuous security and surveillance of the detainment
facility and surrounding area. The soldier in the tower
will:
f. Remain standing and visible as a show of force.
g. Report to the SOG and log any suspicious
personnel, vehicles, aircraft, and activity in the area in
the tower binder.
h. Report to the SOG and log all security concerns
(i.e. holes in fence and open or unlocked gates).
i. Report to the SOG and log any suspicious or
unusual activity concerning detainees or personnel
within the facility.
j. The SOG will determine the alert status for the
soldier in the tower. There are two alert statuses:
(1) Alert status 1: The SOG uses this status
when the threat level is low and there is little or no
detainee movement within Camp Delta. At this level of
alert, soldiers must maintain weapons within arms
reach.

(2) Alert status 2: The SOG uses this status
when the threat level is medium, high, or there is a lot
of activity in or around the facility. Soldiers will carry
weapons at the ready and ensure the weapons are
visible from outside the tower.
k. BDU, patrol cap, LBV, ICOM radio, protective
mask (carried), assigned weapon, night vision devices
(NVDs), Camelback, ID card and dog tags, JTF GTMO
ID Card, and the ROE/RUF card (dated 30 Nov 02) in
the left breast pocket. Soldiers will have their Kevlar
and body armor in the tower at the ready. At increased
FPCON levels, soldiers don the Kevlar and body
armor.
l. Soldiers will maintain the following equipment in
each tower: a Camp Delta map, binoculars, sector
sketches, range cards, and the SOP binder. The soldier
in the tower is responsible for these items; before
relieving a soldier, every soldier must report to the
SOG and log all damaged or missing items.
m. All towers have assigned numbers. Soldiers will
conduct hourly radio checks, on the hour, and report to
the SOG in sequence. All soldiers in the tower will
give status reports at irregular intervals not exceeding
60 minutes. Soldiers will adhere to the debriefing
format. Soldiers will focus their watch based on the
debrief format.
23-5. Debrief Format
a. All information should include as many specifics
as possible to include the detainees ISN.
b. Any potential threat to U.S. Military Forces or
detainees. Include any suspicious activity to include
detainee self harm.
c. Verbal communication between external security
U.S. Military Forces or between two or more detainees
to include: Length of conversations, frequency of
conversations, subjects discussed (if known), and any
additional comments.
d. Any unusual behavior of detainees or attempts to
damage the detainee facility or miscellaneous
equipment.
e. Any unusual interaction between U.S. Military
Forces and detainees. Examples include: routine
conversations with same detainee, prolonged
conversations outside interrogation areas, etc.
f. Any unusual behavior of civilian contract
workers. Examples include: attempting to map the
area, attempting to communicate with detainees,
attempting to hide contraband, etc.
23-6. External Positions
a. The mission consists of one rifle platoon.
b. There is one LP/OP (Richmond), two TCPs
(Worcester and Gardner), and one blocking position
(blocker).

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
23.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
c. The patrol platoon mans OP Richmond during all
FPCON levels (This OP is further discussed under the
mounted security section). The platoon with this
mission will man one HMMWV w/ 50 Cal MG during
FPCON C. During all FPCON levels, this Platoon
mans the two TCPs, the Blocking Position, conducts
Dismounted/Mounted Patrols, and conducts any
published/scheduled RAM.
d. Traffic Control Point “TCP” (Lexington): Three
soldiers will man TCP Lexington (24) hours a day.
During RAM measures and elevated FPCONS,
manning of Lexington will be increased to reduce the
impact of additional searches on the traffic pattern.
This TCP will validate that all personnel who attempt
to enter the Camp Delta AO are authorized to enter.
The TCP will use the published JTF policy letter on
badges to determine who has access. In addition, the
soldiers at this TCP will ensure they control traffic
flow through the TCP and follow all of the special
instructions.
e. Traffic Control Point “TCP” (Harrisonburg):
Two soldiers will man this TCP 24 hours a day.
Soldiers will not allow anyone to pass who does not
have the JTF-GTMO ID. All others, to include civilian
contractors, must come through TCP Lexington.
Windmill Beach is closed from 1930 to 0600 hours.
No vehicles are allowed through Harrisonburg during
these hours except for internal patrols or vehicles with
prior coordination and authorized by the TOC.
Soldiers are not allowed to pass through this TCP
during this time frame unless they are conducting PT.
All soldiers will display the JTF-GTMO ID badge
upon re-entry.
f. Blocking position “BP” (Staunton): Two
soldiers will man this position 24 hours per day. This
position will allow no one, regardless of unit, to enter
through this point. Soldiers are allowed to exit through
this point to conduct PT but they must enter the area
through one of the two TCPs. There are no exceptions
to this policy of re-entry.
g. Uniform and Equipment: Soldiers at the two
TCPs and the one BP will wear the following uniform
and possess all the equipment listed below:
(1) Uniform: BDU, patrol cap, LBV, ICOM
radio, protective mask (carried), assigned weapon, one
road vest per soldier, Camelback, ID card and dog tags,
JTF-GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF card (dated 30
Nov 02) in the left breast pocket. At FPCON C and D,
the uniform will include Kevlar helmet and all
pertinent body armor.
(2) Common Equipment: One PRC-119 radio, a
Logbook, and one 5-gallon water cooler. The TCP will
also have two mirrors to inspect the undercarriage of
vehicles.
h. Dismounted Patrols: These patrols will move
IAW the patrol order published by the BN TOC. The

TOC will identify Sectors and named areas of interest
(NAI), which will be the focus of the Patrols. The
FRAGO will be published 48 hours in advance. COs
will back-brief the Battalion Commander the day of the
mission cycle changes.
(1) Uniform: BDU, patrol cap, LBV, kneepads,
ICOM radio, protective mask (carried), assigned
weapon, Camelback, ID card and dog tags, JTF-GTMO
ID Card, and ROE / RUF card (dated 30 Nov 02) in left
breast pocket. At FPCON C and D, the uniform will
include Kevlar helmet and body armor. The Squad
Leader will carry a SABER radio.
(2) Information to report: The squad will report
any unusual activity, which may include unauthorized
personnel and vehicles in the obscure areas of the
routes, any unusual activity in the Contactors Labor
Camp, personnel taking photographs within the AOR,
unexploded ordinance, and unidentified boats and
aircraft. EOD personnel will handle unexploded
ordnance. Patrols will mark, provide a grid, and notify
the BN TOC.
i. Additional instructions: The following additional
instructions pertain to the platoon that has this mission.
(1) Either the PL or the PSG will maintain
command and control (C2) of their patrols at all times.
(2) The platoon will provide one soldier to guard
the mobile arms room.
23-7. Special Instructions
a. Instructions for Inspecting Vehicles: These
Instructions pertain to all vehicles entering the Camp
Delta Facility. Each FPCON has specific criteria that
will be followed:
(1) FPCON BRAVO: Soldiers will allow all
military and government vehicles to pass through the
TCPs once all occupants of a vehicle have shown a
valid JTF-GTMO ID card. The soldiers at the TCP
will stop one out of ten civilian contractor vehicles, and
conduct an inspection in accordance with paragraph
23-6(d). (Note: JTF-GTMO Civilian Model Vehicles
are considered Government Vehicles.)
(2) FPCON CHARLIE: Soldiers will allow all
tactical vehicles to pass through the TCP once all of the
occupants of a vehicle have shown a valid ID card.
Soldiers will stop five out of ten non-tactical
government and civilian contractor vehicles, and
conduct an inspection in accordance with 23-6(d).
(3) FPCON DELTA: Soldiers will inspect five
out of ten tactical vehicles and non-tactical government
vehicles. Soldiers will inspect all civilian contractor
vehicles. Soldiers will conduct the inspection in
accordance with 23-6(d).
b. When inspecting, the soldiers will search the
passenger and cargo area of the vehicle, the engine
compartment, and the undercarriage of the vehicle.
Soldiers will look for weapons (guns, knives, etc) and

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
23.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
suspicious packages that may contain a threat. Soldiers
will not damage the vehicle or contents in any manner
during the search.
c. In the event that weapons or a suspicious package
are found, immediately separate the vehicle occupants,
and move soldiers away from the vehicle. Do not
allow anyone to remove or go into the vehicle.
Immediately call the CP, and have the CP notify the
JOC. Keep the car secure and personnel detained until
appropriate authorities arrive on site.
d. Civilian Contractor Bus: Due to the amount of
personnel on a civilian contractor bus, when a civilian
contractor bus comes to the TCP, the soldiers at the
TCP will have the bus pull over to the shoulder of the
road and dismount all personnel. One soldier will have
the civilian workers line up and another soldier will
enter the bus and do a thorough search of the bus.
When the bus is clear, one soldier will pull security
while another soldier match the workers’ identification
numbers to the roster in the TCP binder. As the soldier
verifies a worker’s identification, the soldier will allow
that person to reenter the bus. The soldier who is not
involved with the civilian worker bus will continue to
check other vehicles as necessary.
e. Detainee Movement Operation: Before the
convoy moves from the battalion area, ensure that the
right lane exiting the compound is clear from any
obstacles (i.e. Jersey Barriers and Concertina Wire);
this will allow smooth passage of the convoy as they
pass the TCP. Once the convoy is en-route back to the
TCP and reaches checkpoint five, stop all traffic
entering or exiting the TCP. To execute this, one
soldier will move 100 meters toward the compound
while another soldier will move 100 meters in the
opposite direction. Each soldier will direct the
oncoming vehicles to move onto the shoulder on the
west side of the road. The soldiers will direct the
driver to turn his vehicle off, all occupants to exit the
vehicle, and step to the opposite side of the car than the
road. Once the convoy has passed and it has been
announced over the radio that the buses have entered
the Camp Delta, traffic may continue to move
normally. Soldiers will then replace all barriers and
obstacles in their original positions and request that the
barriers are filled with water thru the S-4.
f. Tanker/Fuel Trucks: When a tanker/fuel truck
comes to the TCP, the soldiers at the TCP will have the
truck pull over to the shoulder of the road and
dismount all personnel. One soldier will monitor the
driver and any passenger. A soldier will search the
interior of the truck. When the truck’s interior is clear,
one soldier will pull security while another soldier
verifies the identity of the driver and any passenger
using JTF-GTMO badges or workers’ identification
numbers. After the soldier has verified the driver’s
information, the soldier will determine what type of

material is being carried in the truck. The soldier will
then conduct an exterior search of the vehicle and
undercarriage. The soldier will first perform a cursory
search of the exterior of the vehicle to attempt to
identify any hazards or obvious signs of danger.
Special attention should be given to possible explosive
devices, obvious leakage coming from the vehicle, or
anything else that is unusual. The soldier will then have
the driver open the front hood of the vehicle so that the
engine compartment can be searched. After the engine
compartment is cleared, the soldier will have the driver
open any other compartment that is on the truck. After
the vehicle is determined to be safe, the driver and
passengers will be allowed to reenter the truck and
continue through the TCP. In the event that weapons
or a suspicious package are found, immediately
separate the vehicle occupants, and move soldiers away
from the vehicle. Do not allow anyone to remove or go
into the vehicle. Immediately call the CP, and have the
CP notify the JOC. Keep the truck secure and
personnel detained until appropriate authorities arrive
on site. In the event that a HAZMAT (Hazardous
Material) leak is detected on the truck during the
search, immediately contain the area by closing the
TCP. If the driver can safely stop the leak, then allow
them to do so if there is no other threat. If the driver
cannot stop the leak, secure the personnel and move to
a safe position. Immediately call the CP, and have the
CP notify the JOC. Keep the truck secure and
personnel detained until appropriate authorities arrive
on site.
23-8. Mounted Patrols
a. The Mounted Patrols will consist of two
HMMWVs with .50-caliber MGs and LRAS. The
primary means of communication is FM and the
alternate is SABER. The patrols call signs are their
designated Platoon call signs. The patrols will move
along the designated routes and report the status of
each checkpoint to the CP. When the patrols are
complete, the crews will report all clear to the CP. The
crews will patrol the AO once every three hours IAW
with the schedules below.
(1) Patrol schedule 1: Per the published patrol
order. The BN TOC will provide a FRAGO 48 hours
in advance of mission assumption. The COs will backbrief the Battalion Commander the day of the mission
cycle change.
b. Weapons Control Status:
(1) .50 caliber machine guns: Each .50 Cal MG
will have 100 rounds. The gunner will NOT insert the
ammunition belt. The ammunition belt will remain in
the container at all times unless instructed otherwise.
(2) M16A2: Each M16A2 will have two 30round magazines. The soldier will insert the magazine
into the weapon, and ensure NO round is chambered.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
23.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
c. Soldiers will wear the following uniform: BDU,
Kevlar helmet, LBV, protective mask (carried),
assigned weapon, NVDs, Camelback, ID card and dog
tags, JTF-GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF Card (dated
30 Nov 02) in their left breast pocket. Soldiers will
have their body armor in the HMMWV with them,
except for the gunner who will wear his as a Force
Protection Measure. At no time will any patrolling
soldier be out of the prescribed uniform. At FPCON C
and D, all soldiers will wear body armor.
23-9. Listening Posts (LP)/Observation Posts (OP)
a. Each LP/OP will consist of two personnel. The
primary means of communication is FM per the BN
SOI. The alternate means of communication is
SABER radio. The LP/OP will report and record any
suspicious activity or unauthorized personnel,
boats/ships, or vehicles in the JOA.
b. Weapons Control Status:
(1) .50 caliber machine gun: Each LP/OP will
have 400 rounds. The gunner will NOT insert the
ammunition belt. The ammunition belt will remain in
the container at all times unless instructed otherwise.
(2) M16A2: Each M16A2 will have two 30round magazines. The soldier will insert the magazine
into the weapon, and ensure NO round is chambered.
c. Soldiers will wear the following uniform: BDU,
Kevlar helmet, LBV, protective mask (carried),
assigned weapon, NVDs, Camelback, ID card and dog
tags, JTF-GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF card (dated
30 Nov 02) in their left breast pocket. Soldiers will
have their body armor in the HMMWV with the
exception of the gunner who will wear his as a force
protection measure. At increased FPCON levels, all
soldiers will wear body armor.
d. Named areas of interest (NAI): See published
patrol orders.
e. The LP/OP will report all contact in the SALUTE
format to the TOC.
23-10. Ammunition Handling
a. The Company Executive Officer (XO) is overall
responsible for the accountability of all ammunition.
b. Each platoon and squad is responsible for the
accountability and security of their assigned
ammunition. Through direct supervision, the Squad
Leader (SL) will ensure soldiers follow the proper
loading and unloading procedures upon start and
completion of each mission. The following will be
completed after each mission:
c. The SL will conduct a round count.
d. The SL will contact the PL or PSG to inform him
that the count is accurate. If the count is not accurate,
the soldier missing ammunition will write a statement
containing the following information:

(1) Date, time, and name of soldier who lost the
ammunition.
(2) Explanation of the activity of the soldier
missing the rounds—(“I don’t know” is not an
acceptable answer).
(3) The procedures taken to retrieve the lost
ammunition.
(4) The signature of the soldier and the SL.
(5) Before releasing his soldiers, the SL will
inform the PL or PSG that he has secured his ammo
and all rounds are present and accounted for. If any
rounds are missing, the PL or PSG will immediately
notify the XO or First Sergeant (1SG). Notify the TOC
immediately. An investigation will follow.
(6) Taped over magazines or coloring the last
round in a magazine is not a sufficient means for
conducting an accurate round count. This method may
be used for periodic leader checks, but a by-round
count must be completed after each mission cycle.
(7) When entering the cantonment area clear
weapons at the ammunition transfer point (ATP), rod
the weapon, and put weapon on safe.
23-11. Worcester TCP
a. Three soldiers (one NCO) will man TCP
Lexington at all times. This TCP will validate that all
personnel who attempt to enter the Camp Delta AO are
authorized to enter. The soldiers are responsible for
thoroughly inspecting badges, to include the front and
back of the badge. If an individual attempts to show a
badge thru the window the soldier should ask the
individual to roll the window down and visually and
physically inspect the badge for authorization. The
TCP will use the JTF-GTMO policy letter on badges to
determine who has access. Soldiers shall carry
flashlights at night to inspect the interior of vehicles.
b. All soldiers operating the TCP and controlling
the flow of traffic must wear a road guard vest and will
carry their assigned weapon. The only exception is for
the soldier in the soldier guardhouse monitoring the
radio. The weapon will be at the ready at all times and
within arms length.
c. The interior/exterior area of the soldier
guardhouse will be kept clean and organized at all
times. Trash will be discarded properly at each shift
change.
d. All soldiers checking badges to enter the area will
also visually look inside all vehicles, to include the bed
of trucks, opening the back and/ or side doors of vans.
e. Marine Corps Vehicles: Do not have to produce
a JTF-GTMO badge to pass thru the TCP. The
Marines are only authorized to pass through the
checkpoint with prior coordination. Coordination will
be a call to the TOC, over the react net, stating the
approximate time the vehicle will arrive at the TCP, the
first phonetic alphabet letter of the day of the week and

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
23.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
the numeric date of the arrival. Example: 15 minutes,
Foxtrot 10 equates to 15 minutes on Friday the 10th.
Their vehicle will also be identified with a red placard
on the front bumper with the acronym MCSFC in white
lettering. If a vehicle reaches the TCP without prior
coordination, they will be detained at the TCP until
they communicate the above requirement over the net
to the TOC.
f. All JTF-GTMO soldiers with lost badges may
enter through the TCP with an E-8 or above to vouch
for their identity.
g. Contractors are allowed to bring alcohol through
the TCP as long as there are no open containers. If an
open container is observed, detain the vehicle, its
occupants, and report it immediately to the TOC.
h. All soldiers must be on alert for any suspicious
activity in the area, to include individuals attempting to
bypass the TCP on foot.
i. The generator lights will be turned on prior to
sunset or dusk. It is important that the generator light
be tested during daylight hours to ensure it is in proper
working condition. If there is a problem with the
generator, notify the TOC immediately.
j. Record all activity in the logbook. If possible,
record the names and SSN of all individuals who
harass TCP soldiers. Record all names of individuals
who attempt to pass thru the TCP without the proper
badge or authorization.
k. When crew-served weapons are employed at the
checkpoint, they must have sector sketches. Personnel
will rehearse actions for the employment of the crewserved weapon systems. All personnel will know their
weapon system sectors of fire.
l. If any questions arise, soldiers will contact the
TOC immediately.
m. Special Instructions:
(1) Instructions for Inspecting Vehicles: This
pertains to all vehicles entering the facility. There are
different procedures for FPCON B, C, and D. The
procedures are outlined below:
(a) FPCON BRAVO: Soldiers will allow all
military and government vehicles to pass through the
TCP once all occupants of a vehicle have shown a
valid ID Card. The soldiers at the TCP will stop one
out of ten civilian contractor vehicles, and conduct a
thorough inspection of the inside and outside of the
vehicle. (Note: JTF-GTMO civilian model vehicles
are government vehicles.) All soldiers will maintain
proper military bearing and remain professional at all
times.
(b) FPCON CHARLIE: Soldiers will allow all
tactical vehicles to pass through the TCP once all
occupants of a vehicle have shown a valid ID card.
Soldiers will stop five out of ten non-tactical
government and civilian contractor vehicles, and
conduct a thorough inspection.

(c) FPCON DELTA: Soldiers will inspect five
out of ten tactical vehicles and non-tactical government
vehicles. Soldiers will inspect all civilian contractor
vehicles. Soldiers will conduct a thorough inspection.
(2) When inspecting, the soldiers will search the
passenger and cargo area of the vehicle, the engine
compartment, and the undercarriage of the vehicle.
Soldiers will look for weapons (guns, knives, etc) and
suspicious packages that may contain a threat. Soldiers
will not damage the vehicle or contents in any manner
during the search.
(3) In the event that weapons or a suspicious
package are found, immediately separate the vehicle
occupants, and move soldiers away from the vehicle.
Do not allow anyone to remove or go into the vehicle.
Immediately call the CP, and have the CP notify the
JOC. Keep the vehicle secure and personnel detained
until appropriate authorities arrive on site. If a
suspected explosive device is discovered, immediately
clear the area. All vehicle passengers must be detained
and moved at a minimum of 200 meters from the
vehicle. All TCP soldiers will also clear at a minimum
of 200 meters from the vehicle. A soldier should be
posted 200 meters out from each side of the TCP to
stop all traffic from moving towards the TCP. All
vehicles must have their engines turned off. No cell
phones or radios will be used. A TCP soldier will
notify the TOC immediately after the area is cleared.
(4) Civilian Contractor Bus: Due to the amount
of personnel on the bus, when a bus comes to the TCP,
the soldiers at the TCP will have the bus pull over to
the shoulder of the road and all personnel will
dismount. One soldier will have the contract workers
line up and another soldier will enter the bus and do a
thorough search of the bus. When the bus is clear, one
soldier will pull security while another soldier matches
the workers’ ID numbers to the roster in the TCP
binder. As the soldier verifies a contract worker’s ID,
the soldier will allow that person to reenter the bus.
The two soldiers who are not involved with the
contract worker bus will continue to check other
vehicles as necessary and allow them to pass.
(5) Detainee Movement Operations: Before the
convoy moves from the area, ensure that the right lane
exiting the compound is clear of any obstacles (i.e.
barrels and concertina wire); this will allow smooth
passage of the convoy as they pass the TCP. Once the
convoy is en-route back and reaches checkpoint five,
stop all traffic entering or exiting the TCP. To execute
this, one soldier will move 100 meters toward the
compound while another soldier will move 100 meters
in the opposite direction. Each soldier will direct the
oncoming vehicles to move onto the shoulder on the
West side of the road. The soldiers will direct the
driver to turn his vehicle off, all occupants to exit the
vehicle, and step to the opposite side of the car than the

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
23.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
road. Once the convoy has passed and it has been
announced over the radio that the buses have entered
the Camp Delta, traffic may continue to move
normally. Soldiers will then replace all barriers and
obstacles in their original positions. Notify the TOC to
coordinate refilling the barriers with water.
(6) Military Bus: When a military bus enters the
TCP one soldier will enter the bus without his weapon.
The soldier must physically inspect all badges and
ensure the photo on the badge matches the individual
soldier possessing the badge. One soldier will maintain
constant observation from outside the bus. If the bus
exceeds the seating capacity, the NCOIC of the TCP
must make the determination for all occupants of the
bus to dismount in order for the soldier to inspect JTFGTMO Badges.
n. Uniform and Common Equipment: Soldiers at
the position above will wear the following uniform and
have the common equipment listed below.
(1) Uniform: BDU, patrol cap, LBV, ICOM radio
(if applicable), protective mask, assigned weapon, road
guard vest, Camelback, ID card and dog tags, JTF
GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF card (dated 30 Nov 02)
in their left breast pocket. At FPCON C and D, the
uniform will include Kevlar helmet and body armor.
(2) Common equipment: One PRC-119 radio, a
logbook, and a 5-gallon water cooler. The TCP will
also have mirrors to inspect the undercarriage of
vehicles.
23-12. Gardner TCP
a. Two soldiers will man this TCP twenty-four
hours a day. This TCP will not allow anyone to pass
who does not have the JTF-GTMO badge. All others,
to include contractors, must come through TCP
Lexington. Windmill Beach is closed from 1900 to
0500. The TCP closes to traffic at 1930. Beginning at
2100 and ending at 0500, it’s acceptable to have
entrance traffic only for Physical Training (PT) and
will be allowed to pass through the TCP. This TCP
will validate that all personnel who attempt to enter the
Camp Delta AO are authorized to enter. The soldiers
are responsible for thoroughly inspecting badges, to
include the front and back of the badge and ensuring
the picture on the badge matches the soldier. If ever in
doubt, ask for a second form of ID or call the TOC. If
an individual attempts to show a badge thru the
window of a vehicle the soldier should ask the
individual to roll the window down and visually and
physically inspect the badge for authorization. The
TCP will use the JTF-GTMO policy letter on badges to
determine who has access.
b. Soldiers will keep the interior/exterior area of the
guardhouse clean at all times. All trash will be
discarded appropriately before each shift change.

c. All soldiers checking badges to enter the area will
also visually look inside all vehicles prior to allowing a
vehicle to pass, to include the bed of trucks, opening
the back and/or side doors of vans.
d. JTF soldiers with lost badges may enter through
the TCP with an E-8 or above to vouch for their
identity.
e. Contractors are not allowed through this TCP at
any time.
f. All soldiers must be on alert for any suspicious
activity in the area, to include individuals attempting to
bypass the TCP on foot.
g. The generator light must be turned on prior to
sunset or dusk. It is important that the generator light
be tested during daylight hours to ensure it is in proper
working condition. If there is a problem, notify the
TOC immediately.
h. Record all activity in the logbook. If possible,
record the names and SSN of all individuals who
harass TCP soldiers. Record all names of individuals
who attempt to pass thru or bypass the TCP without the
proper badge or authorization.
i. When crew-served weapons are employed at the
checkpoint, they must have sector sketches. Personnel
will rehearse actions for the employment of the crewserved weapon systems. All personnel will know their
weapon system sector of fire.
j. If ever in doubt, contact the TOC immediately.
k. Special Instructions:
(1) Instructions for Inspecting Vehicles: This
pertains to all vehicles entering the facility. There are
different procedures for FPCON B, C, and D.
(a) FPCON BRAVO: Guards will allow all
military and government vehicles to pass through the
TCP once all occupants of a vehicle have shown a
valid ID card. The soldiers at the TCP will stop one
out of ten civilian contractor vehicles, and conduct a
thorough inspection of the inside and outside of the
vehicle. (Note: JTF-GTMO civilian model vehicles are
government vehicles.) All soldiers will maintain
proper military bearing and remain professional at all
times.
(b) FPCON CHARLIE: Soldiers will allow all
tactical vehicles to pass through the TCP once all
occupants of a vehicle have shown a valid ID card.
Soldiers will stop five out of ten non-tactical
government and civilian contractor vehicles, and
conduct a thorough inspection.
(c) FPCON DELTA: Soldiers will inspect five
out of ten tactical vehicles and non-tactical government
vehicles. Soldiers will inspect all civilian contractor
vehicles. Soldiers will conduct a thorough inspection.
(2) When inspecting, the soldiers will search the
passenger and cargo area of the vehicle, the engine
compartment, and the undercarriage of the vehicle.
Soldiers will look for weapons (guns, knives, etc) and

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
23.7

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
suspicious packages that may contain a threat. Soldiers
will not damage the vehicle or contents in any manner
during the search.
(3) In the event that weapons or a suspicious
package are observed, immediately detain the
individual(s), move to a safe distance approximately
200 to 300 hundred meters away, and block both sides
of the road. Immediately call the CP, and have the CP
notify the JOC. Keep the personnel detained until
appropriate authorities arrive on site. If a suspected
explosive device is discovered, immediately clear the
area. All vehicles and personnel must be detained and
moved a minimum of 200 meters from the vehicle. A
soldier will be posted 200 meters out from each side of
the TCP to stop all traffic from moving towards the
TCP. All vehicles must have their engines turned off.
No cell phone or radio use. A TCP soldier will notify
the TOC immediately after the area is cleared.
l. Uniform and Common Equipment: Soldiers at
this position will wear the following uniform and have
the common equipment listed below.
(1) Uniform: BDU, patrol cap, LBV, ICOM
radio (if applicable), protective mask (carried),
assigned weapon, road guard vest, Camelback, ID card
and dog tags, JTF-GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF card
(dated 30 Nov 02) in their left breast pocket. When the
FPCON level changes to C and D, the uniform will
include Kevlar helmet and body armor. Each soldier
will have a flashlight.
(2) Common Equipment: One PRC-119 radio, a
logbook, and a 5-gallon water cooler. The TCP will
also have mirrors to inspect the undercarriage of
vehicles.

FPCON level changes to C and D, the uniform will
include Kevlar helmet and body armor. Each soldier
will have a flashlight.
(2) Common Equipment: One PRC-119 radio, a
logbook, and a 5-gallon water cooler.
c. The BP will survey Camp Bukeley and report any
suspicious activity observed in the empty billeting near
Camp Bulkeley and the hardball road, which leads to
Windmill Beach.
d. Soldiers must maintain communication with the
company CP. If ever in doubt about any issue or
occurrence immediately contact the company CP.
e. Soldiers are responsible for signing the hand
receipt for the equipment located at the BP and
maintaining 100% accountability at all times. No
exceptions. It is also the responsibility of the soldiers
to ensure the equipment is signed for by the next shift
reporting to the BP.
f. When crew-served weapons are employed at the
BP, they must have sector sketches. Personnel will
rehearse actions for the employment of the crewserved weapon systems. All personnel will know their
weapon systems sector of fire.

23-13. Blocker Position (BP)
a. Two soldiers man this position. The position will
allow no one, regardless of unit, to pass through this
point in a vehicle. There shall be no traffic allowed
thru this TCP, dismounted or otherwise from 0500 to
2100. The only exception (per J2) is that military unit
members perform Physical Training (PT) thru the TCP
beginning at 2100. The blocking position is an exit
only for PT participants; that means they cannot reenter thru the BP. Advise PT participants that they
must pass thru the Windmill Beach Road or Kittery
Beach Road TCPs to re-enter the area. The BP is
blocked with an obstacle consisting of rolls of
concertina wire with pickets and barbed wire.
b. Uniform and Common Equipment: Soldiers at
this position will wear the following uniform and have
the common equipment listed below.
(1) Uniform: BDU, patrol cap, LBV, ICOM
radio (if applicable), protective mask (carried),
assigned weapon, road guard vest, Camelback, ID card
and dog tags, JTF-GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF card
(dated 30 Nov 02) in their left breast pocket. When the
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
23.8

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 24
Immediate Reaction Force (IRF) Operations
Section I – Preparation
24-1. Team Organization
a. There will be primary and alternate IRF team
designated for each camp.
b. IRF teams consist of five guards. The following
are the team positions and their responsibilities:
(1) Number One Man. The Number One Man is
also the shield man. His responsibility is to give the
conditions of the cell along with the location and
activity of the detainee is the team. Upon entry, the
number one man is responsible to pin the detainee with
the shield with the minimal amount of force necessary.
The number one man is also responsible for securing
the head.
(2) Number Two Man. The Number Two Man is
responsible for securing the detainee’s right arm with
the minimal amount of force necessary. He will also
have the handcuffs and keys for the cuffs. He is
responsible for proper shackling of the detainee’s wrist.
(3) Number Three Man. The Number Three Man
is responsible for securing the detainee’s left arm with
the minimal amount of force necessary. He will assist
the Number Two Man in shackling of the detainee’s
wrist.
(4) Number Four Man. The Number Four Man is
responsible for securing the detainee’s right leg. He
will also have the leg irons and keys for them. He is
responsible for proper shackling of the detainee’s
ankles.
(5) Number Five Man. The Number Five Man is
also the Team Leader. He is responsible for all actions
of the team. He will give all verbal commands to the
team. He is responsible for securing the detainee’s left
leg. He will assist the Number Four Man in shackling
of the detainee’s ankles. He is responsible for ensuring
all shackles are double locked and that medical
personnel checks the detainee. He is also responsible
to ensure all IRF Team equipment is accounted for at
all times.
c. The PL or SOG for each camp will designate the
IRF Team Leader and IRF team members, for both the
primary and alternate teams. No more than one
primary IRF team member will be assigned to each
block. IRF team members will only be assigned to
blocks. IRF team members must be assigned to a
block.
24-2. IRF Team Equipment
The five-man IRF team will use the following
equipment:
(1) Riot Helmet or Kevlar Helmet with ballistic
visor
(2) Shin protectors
(3) Ballistic vest or Flak Vest

(4) Latex or similar gloves;
(5) Additional leather gloves are optional.
(6) Lexan shield
(7) Handcuffs
(8) Leg Irons
24-3. Additional Equipment
The additional personnel who support the IRF team
will use the following equipment:
(1) Three-piece Suit (Escort Team)
(2) Gurney (Escort Team)
(3) Leather Restraint Kit (Escort Team)
(4) Crash Bag (Medical Team)
(5) Video camera (Admin NCO)
(6) Two Videos Disks (Admin NCO)
(7) OC Spray (PL and/or SOG)
(8) Garden Hose (Block NCO)
24-4. Training
The PL will ensure the IRF Team is properly instructed
to react to all possible emergency response situations.
The IRF NCOIC will ensure all team members are
thoroughly familiar with their duties and
responsibilities.
a. Training for the IRF Team members should occur
during every shift and in each camp, under the
direction and control of the IRF NCOIC and PL. The
training should take place, but is not limited to, when
block activity is slow enough to allow for pulling the
IRF Team members from the block to conduct training.
b. An AAR will be conducted at the end of each
IRF training session or drill.
c. See appendix B for IRF Team Evaluation
Checklist.
d. The same brevity code will be used for both drills
and practices.
e. During the IRF team brief, the team will be told
that it is a drill.
f. A brevity code word will be used to stop the drill
in the event of a safety concern or accidental injury.
g. Upon use of the brevity code, all actions will stop
and the safety concern will be addressed.
h. At no time will the soldier portraying a detainee
be in any uniform other than BDUs.
i. All drills must still have medical presence in the
event of an injury.
j. Any injuries will result in an informal inquiry to
determine what can be done to prevent injuries in the
future.
k. A risk assessment will be completed prior to
training.
l. An IRF Team has eight minutes in Camp I and
ten minutes in Camp II to be ready from the brevity
code to the end of the briefing.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
24.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
24-5. Brevity Code
a. A brevity code will be selected to identify when
the IRF team members must respond.
b. The brevity code may be a word or short phrase
and one that will not be used in daily communications.
c. Each shift will have its own brevity code for each
camp. The alternate IRF teams will have a separate
brevity code.
d. The brevity code will be issued at guard mount.
e. The DOC will notify Camp Delta Medical
Personnel, Escort Control and Interpreters of the IRF
brevity code at the beginning if each shift.
Section II – Operations
24-6. IRF Team Guidelines
a. The IRF Team is intended to be used primarily as
a forced cell extraction team, specializing in the
extraction of a detainee who is combative, resistive, or
if the possibility of a weapon is in the cell at the time of
the extraction. It not intended to be used on every
detainee who is to be moved to maximum security, but
on those who indicate or demonstrate an intention to
resist the move to a maximum-security block or
another location.
b. The physical security of US Forces and detainees
in US care is paramount. Use the minimum force
necessary for mission accomplishment and force
protection. The use of the IRF Team is a level of force
and is used in response to a level of resistance by a
detainee or in response to an emergency. Use of the
IRF Team and levels of force are not to be used as a
method of punishment.
24-7. IRF Team Use
a. When the use of the IRF Team is necessary, the
PL or SOG will contact the blocks by radio or phone
and have the IRF Team members report to the IRF
equipment box in the appropriate camp. In the event
the radio is used for notification, a brevity code will be
used to call the IRF Team members. The Block NCO
will shut the water off for the block to prevent
detainees from throwing water on the IRF team
members.
b. If a disorder or disturbance occurs within the
facility and the IRF Team is ordered to respond, the PL
or the SOG will be the senior authority. The PL and
SOG will have complete freedom of movement during
the disturbance situation. All detainee movement on
the affected block will cease. All detainee, contractor,
and ICRC movement in the affected camp will also
cease. All contractors being escorted in the affected
camp will be secured in an empty block. The only
movements in the affected camp will be by the IRF
Team members, Medical personnel, Interpreters, Escort
Team, Camera Crew, JDOG S-3 staff, and MWD
responding to the IRF. Movement will not resume

until the detainee has agreed to be moved by a normal
escort team or the IRF Team has completed the
extraction to their assigned area and the PL or SOG has
given the order to resume movement.
c. Once an IRF has been called, all members of the
primary and alternate IRF Teams will assemble at the
IRF equipment box and the IRF NCOIC will report to
the PL or SOG. The DOC will contact Escort control
to dispatch an Escort Team to report to the affected
block, with a three-piece suit and a gurney. Medical
will dispatch to the affected block two medical
personnel with two crash bags. The Admin NCO in the
DOC will bring the video camera to the IRF team
location to record the IRF. The PL or SOG will
request an interpreter to come to the affected block.
d. Once all members of the IRF Team have put on
their equipment: ballistic/flak vest, shin guards,
riot/Kevlar helmet with face shield, latex gloves, and
leather gloves, they will move to the sally port outside
the affected block. The PL or SOG will brief the IRF
NCOIC on the situation in the affected block. The
camera operator will ensure he is following the IRF
Camera Operator checklist and each step is completed.
The PL and/or SOG must ensure that the camera
operator captures the imagery and information he is
required to for each step. The recording will start with
the PL or SOG stating the detainee’s ISN(s), block
number(s), reason(s) for the use of the IRF, a brief
description of the events leading up to the IRF, who
authorized the use of the IRF Team, and the current
date and time. The IRF Team will then line up in front
of the cameraman by position, starting with the IRF
Team Leader and the will at a minimum state; their
name, rank, position on the IRF Team, their duties and
responsibilities, and that they will use the minimum
amount of force necessary to complete the mission.
The IRF Team members that have equipment will
show the equipment to the camera to ensure that it is in
working order and not damaged.
e. Prior to the use of the IRF Team, an interpreter
will be used to tell the detainee of the discipline
measures to be taken against him and ask whether he
intends to resist. Regardless of his answer, his recent
behavior and demeanor should be taken into account in
determining the validity of his answer. The detainee
will be moved by the on site escort team if he agrees to
cooperate.
f. If the detainee does not comply, the PL or SOG
will tell the detainee to face the back of the cell, get on
his knees and place his hands on top of his head. The
PL or SOG will restate their orders if the detainee
continues not to comply. The PL or SOG will show
the detainee his can of OC, as a show of force and
restate his orders and tell the detainee that if he does
not comply that he will be sprayed and removed from
the cell by the IRF Team.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
24.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
g. The PL or SOG will administer a one to three
second burst of OC into the face of the detainee if the
detainee still fails to comply. The detainee will be
asked to comply again after a short period of time (15
to 30 seconds) that will allow the OC to work. If he
fails to comply, the PL or SOG may administer another
burst of OC into the face of the detainee. The detainee
will be asked to comply again after a short period of
time (15 to 30 seconds) that will allow the OC to work.
If he fails to comply, the Block NCO will open the cell
door to allow the IRF Team entry into the cell. Upon
entry into the cell the IRF Team will use the minimum
amount of force necessary to subdue the detainee and
order the detainee to stop resisting.
h. Once the detainee is shackled, he will be brought
to the exercise area of the affected block or taken to the
decontamination location and decontaminated. The
medical personnel on site will conduct a medical
evaluation of the detainee to check for any injuries
sustained during the IRF. Once decontamination is
complete and medical personnel clear the detainee, he
will be moved to his new block or placed into his
previous cell. Prior to movement back into the
previous cell, the guards on that block will
decontaminate that cell of any residual effects of the
OC spray by using the hose.

e. All IRF Team members are required to submit
sworn statements.
f. All paperwork related to the IRF must be
completed and turned in prior to end of shift.
g. The SIR, video, checklists, and copies of all
statements will be forwarded to the JDOG S-3 to be
kept as evidence.

Section III – Documentation
24-8. Verbal Reporting
a. Within fifteen minutes of the use of OC, the JOC
will be notified by secured telephone by DOC
personnel that an event is occurring.
b. The CO will call the JOC after the detainee has
been secured and provide all details available.
c. The CO will notify the CJDOG of the incident if
the IRF results in an injury to either the detainee or a
soldier involved in the IRF.
24-9. Written Reporting
a. The CO will initiate a SPOTREP to be sent up
via SIPRNET computer to the JOC Watch Officer
within a half an hour of the completion of the IRF use.
b. The CO will complete an unclassified Serious
Incident Report (SIR) IAW AR 190-40 and submit it to
the JDOG S-3. The SIR will list all personnel and
detainees involved and will be forwarded within two
hours of the completion of the IRF use.
c. The PL and/or SOG will complete a DD Form
2823 Sworn Statement concerning the use of OC. The
PL will also complete a DD 508 to document the
discipline measures taken.
d. All guards involved in the original incident that
precipitated the use of the IRF will submit a completed
DD Form 2823 on the incident. The PL will review
these sworn statements for completeness.
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
24.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
24.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 25
Quick Response Force (QRF) Operations
25-1. Mission
a. O/O secures Camp Delta to facilitate Detainment
Facility Operations. This element has the following
planning priorities:
(1) Provides a Show-of-force within the detention
facility to deter all errant behavior from unruly
detainees.
(2) Follow and assume IRF duties to control
unruly detainees.
(3) React to unauthorized intrusion into the
compound to protect U.S. forces and detainees.
25-2. Requirements
a. The QRF must be able to react to a disturbance in
the Detention Facility within 10 minutes.
b. The QRF will maintain a Command Post (CP)
adjacent to Camp Echo and must man this CP 24 hours
per day, 7 days per week.
c. This QRF will maintain radio communication
with the DOC via Long Range SABER and/or
SINCGARS.
d. The PL or Platoon Sergeant will be prepared to
lead the QRF at all times.
e. The DOC will contact the QRF CP via Long
Range SABER (primary) and/or SINCGARS when the
QRF is required.

b. The Platoon Sergeant will also conduct a physical
count of all ammunition daily while assigned to the
QRF.
c. The QRF will have the following ammunition on
hand at all times:
(1) 48 12-gauge area non-lethal rounds.
(2) 48 40-millimeter point non-lethal rounds.
(3) 48 40-millimeter area non-lethal rounds.
(4) 48 M84 stun grenades.
25-5. Uniform: lethal/Non lethel
a. Lethal: BDUs, Kevlar, Body Armor, Protective
Mask (carried), Assigned Weapon (if designated),
Camelback, ID Card and Dog Tags, Camp Delta
Badge, and the ROE card in left breast pocket (dated
30 Nov 02).
b. Non lethal: BDUs, riot control gear consisting of
face shields attached to the Kevlar, non-ballistic shin
guards, body shield, baton, Camelback, ID Card and
Dog Tags, Camp Delta Badge, and the ROE card in left
breast pocket (dated 30 Nov 02).

25-3. Notification Procedures
a. The DOC will notify the QRF CP to respond to a
threat within the camp.
b. The PL or the Platoon Sergeant, will immediately
report to the Company CP that the QRF has been
alerted.
c. Upon being notified by the DOC to respond, the
QRF will don the riot control gear and secure assigned
weapons for non-lethal delivery.
d. The DOC will notify the on-duty CO, and sally
port 1 that the QRF is inbound. The DOC will direct
SOG 3 to meet the QRF and guide them to a designated
parking location.
e. O/O, the QRF will deploy to the effected area.
f. The On-duty CO will provide the QRF element a
SITREP of the disturbance before entering the effected
area.
g. Once the disturbance is quelled, the QRF will
relinquish command back to the IRF Team and redeploy to the QRF CP to conduct a back brief.
25-4. Ammunition Numbers and Accountability
a. The Platoon Sergeant of the QRF will visually
inspect and count for the following ammunition prior
to his element assuming duty as the QRF.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
25.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
25.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 26 
Military Working Dogs (MWD)
26-1. Responsibilities
a. The CJDOG is responsible for ensuring MWD
are used to enhance physical security and as a
psychological deterrence.
b. The MWD Section Kennel master is responsible
for the following:
(1) Recommendations for the deployment and
proper use of MWD teams
(2) Assisting in planning and deployment of
MWD teams and planning/conducting proficiency
training
(3) Personnel needs and maintenance of MWD
Section
(4) Ensuring MWD teams are properly cared for.
26-2. Operations
a. The JDOG currently has three MWD teams.
Each team is composed of a dog handler and one dog.
The three MWD teams consist of patrol dogs only
The teams (one per shift) will be employed as follows:
(1) Psychological deterrence. MWD will walk
“Main Street” in Camp Delta during shift to
demonstrate physical presence to detainees. MWD on
mid-shift will conduct random exterior checks of
blocks. MWD will not walk through blocks unless
directed by the JDOG.
(2) Dismounted patrols. MWD will augment
Infantry dismounted patrols during hours of limited
visibility and during THREATCONs. Additionally,
patrols will include the following areas:
(a) Detention Hospital
(b) Camp Delta Fence Perimeter
(c) Contractor Work Sites
(d) Camp Bulkeley
(e) Camp America
(3) Explosives detection. MWD from
NAVBASE Security will be utilized in the event of a
bomb threat.
(4) Detainee Movement Operations. MWD team
will accompany (DMO) IAW JDOG Reception
OPORD.
b. Shift Requirements. MWD teams are an asset
available 24 hours /7 days per week. The MWD teams
are OPCON to the JDOG while in Camp Delta. When
outside Camp Delta, movements will be coordinated
through DOC as directed by IN BN TOC.
(1) NCOIC:
(a) Check on the status of each team on duty
twice per shift (via visitation or telephonically). MWD
NCOIC is overall responsible to ensure the team is
equipped for the day’s mission.
(b) Ensure that MWD on shift maintain a DA
1594 (Staff Duty/PL Journal). NCOIC will be
responsible for maintaining a record of each shift.

Ensures coordination for each mission or change of
mission is planned, resourced, and executed.
(c) Ensure handlers utilize and maximize training
time and document the same.
(d) Report any significant or serious incidents to
higher.
(e) NCOIC will report to JDOG Operations when
a MWD team is down due to illness, injury etc.
NCOIC will maintain an internal tracking report and
forward to JDOG Operations on the status of each
MWD team.
(2) MWD Team:
(a) Will not escort detainee(s) unless specified by
JDOG.
(b) Assist Immediate Reaction Force (IRF) with
detainee(s) upon the request of the CO.
(c) MWDs can be used to scout for escaped,
missing, or lost detainee(s)
(d) MWD handlers are overall responsible for the
proper use of their assigned MWD while on duty and
ensuring all guards/personnel are aware of the
capabilities of their MWD
(e)Confirm call sign and conduct communication
check
(f) Coordinate movements with CO and Infantry
TOC
(g) Conduct four-hour checks on MWD
(h) MWDs will only be released to pursue,
attack, and hold detainee(s) attempting to escape
c. Safety Procedures. All personnel are responsible
for ensuring that all safety procedures and rules are
followed at all times:
(1) While on duty, no person is to feed or be
allowed to befriend a MWD.
(2) Whenever entering or leaving a site with a
MWD a loud verbal warning will be made with “DOG
COMING IN/OUT”.
(3) All running and/or playing are strictly
prohibited in or near the kennel areas.
(4) Dog teams always have the right of way.
(5) When staking out a dog a collar and stakeout
chain will be used.
(6) Only the dog handler will be permitted to
work with their assigned dog.
(7) Each handler will learn to recognize the
warning signs that a dog has the intent to attack/bite.
(8) Loose Dog Procedures:
(a) First person to notice a loose dog will call
out: LOOSE DOG!
(b) Everyone in the area will stop movement and
remain still.
(c) The assigned handler will attempt to take
control of their dog.
(d) In the absence of the assigned handler, the
person nearest the dog will attempt to restrain it.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
26.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(e) When the dog is secured, the handler that
does so will call out: DOG SECURED!
26-3. Training
a. Training will be conducted IAW AR 190-12.
Any training planned outside the JTF AOR will be
jointly coordinated through JDOG and NAVBASE
MWD.
b. MWD Kennel master will coordinate training
schedules through JDOG Operations. Training
schedules will reflect, at a minimum:
(1) 60 days out, required proficiency training to
maintain qualification
(2) Weekly training to be conducted with MWD
section.
(3) Suggested RAMs for monthly implementation
(4) Transition training for follow-on MWD
teams.
26-4. Logistics
a. Billeting. Handlers, and MWDs are housed at
TK89.
b. Support Facilities. MWD teams work out of
office space in Bldg 8A in Camp Delta until
completion of the proposed kennel facility. Support
facility and kennel requirements are as follows:
(1) NIPR computer access
(2) Refrigerator for meds/food
(3) Food storage area
(4) Sink
(5) Six dog kennel
c. Transportation. MWD teams will be provided
vehicle support (2 vehicles) for the team on
shift from J4. The vehicle must be dispatched
IAW J4 Dispatching procedures.
d. The veterinarian must inspect MWD Vehicles
before MWD can be transported.
d. Supplies. All supplies must be requested through
the JDOG S-4.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
26.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 27
Operation Security (OPSEC) and Deceptive
Lighting Plan
27-1. Purpose
a. To prohibit conduct that is prejudicial to the good
order and discipline of JTF-GTMO that may threaten
the national security of the United States or its allies,
and is of a nature likely to bring discredit upon the
Armed Forces.
b. To establish a standard operation procedure to
follow in the event of a threat either by sea or air that
requires the need for extinguishing all lights and power
for Camp Delta.
27-2. Responsibilities
a. Subordinate Unit Commanders and COs. The
commander will ensure that:
(1) All personnel are briefed on the contents of
this SOP and JTF-GTMO General Order #2.
(2) Personnel understand that they have a duty to
report any violations of this SOP or JTF-GTMO
General Order #2 to their supervisor or to the Staff
Judge Advocate.
(3) JTF-GTMO General Order #2 is posted on
read boards in common areas throughout the unit.
b. All personnel entering Camp Delta. All military
and civilian personnel assigned to, having access to, or
working at the Camp:
(1) Are required to read and adhere to the
standards set forth in this policy.
(2) Shall avoid action, whether or not specifically
prohibited in this SOP or General Order #2, which
might result in or reasonably be expected to create the
appearance of a violation of this SOP General Order #2
or other law, or which by its very nature might
compromise the OPSEC of JTF-GTMO.
27-3. Punitive Action
a. Persons subject to the UCMJ who violate this
SOP or General Order #2 either negligently or
intentionally may be punished under Article 92, UCMJ,
for violating a lawful general order, or receive adverse
administrative actions or both.
b. Civilians serving with, employed by, or
accompanying the U.S. armed forces in the JTFGTMO area of operation are not only subject to all
applicable federal laws, but may also face adverse
administrative actions for violation of General Order
#2.
27-4. Essential Elements of Friendly Information
(EEFI)
a. Per JTF-GTMO Policy Memorandum #11, the
following is considered EEFI, regardless of
classification or lack thereof.

b. Any information on size, disposition, strength,
specific capabilities, and limitations of all friendly
units providing fires or sensors for defensive
operations.
c. Any information on detainee Operations affecting
JTF-GTMO mission accomplishment.
(1) Any information pertaining to the movement
of detainees to and from GTMO.
(2) Any information pertaining to the movement
of detainees while at GTMO.
(3) Any reference to the identification of a
detainee other than their Internment Serial Number
(ISN).
(4) Any reference to specific detainee
interrogations.
(5) Any reference to detainee activities and
detainee conversations
(6) Any reference to a detainee’s medical
condition including, but not limited, to medical
treatment received and given, diagnoses, and status of
health.
(7) Any detail (written or pictorial) concerning
the construction, design, and function of any detainee
confinement facility including, but not limited to Camp
Delta, Naval Station Guantanamo Naval Brig, and the
Detention Hospital.
(8) Unauthorized pictures of detainees
(9) Any pictures of coastline from Windmill
Beach to Camps Delta and America to the
Cuban/American fence line.
d. Task force information affecting JTF-GTMO
mission accomplishment.
(1) Compiled rosters of personnel data or
deployment information.
(2) JTF-GTMO Information Operations,
capabilities, connectivity, and passwords.
(3) Disclosure of travel information and
itineraries for JTF-GTMO Commanders, and visiting
Flag and/or General Officers.
(4) Disclosure of travel information and
itineraries for distinguished visitors, foreign
delegations, and members of Joint interagency Task
Force Personnel.
(5) Schedule of deployment overseas to support
detainee operations.
(6) Anti-Terrorism and Force Protection
measures and Rules of Engagement of all units
assigned, attached, and/or OPCON to JTF-GTMO.
27-5. Prohibited Activity
a. General
(1) Leaving any tools, keys, weapons or other
work-related materials necessary to perform your
mission unattended or within the reach of persons
unauthorized to possess them, or bringing any

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
27.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
materials not necessary for the performance of the
mission into a sensitive area or detainee area.
(2) Discussing classified matters, work related
matters or JTF operational matters with anyone who
does not have either the appropriate clearance or the
need to know said information or in the presence of
anyone that does not have the appropriate clearance.
Failing to immediately disclose to the chain of
command any information concerning sabotage,
terrorist activity, subversive activities that may pose a
direct threat to U.S. personnel, requests by anyone for
illegal or unauthorized access to classified or sensitive
information, contact with an individual whom you have
reason to believe is targeting you for exploitation, or
other OPSEC violations.
(3) Taking a person to any area for which they do
not possess the required clearance without
authorization or a mission-related purpose, or leaving a
person unattended in any area where they are not
authorized to be unattended.
b. Detainee Operations.
(1) Communicating with detainees (verbal or
non-verbal) or assisting others and/or allowing others
to communicate with detainees without the proper
authorization.
(2) Discussing matters of a personal or
operational nature in the presence of detainees that
need not be discussed in their presence.
(3) Failing to report unauthorized
communications or attempted communications with a
detainee, or failing to report a detainee’s attempts to
improperly communicate with a person subject to this
Order.
(4) Wearing un-sanitized uniforms in the
presence of detainees.
(5) Taking visual or audio recordings or drawings
of the detainees, camp facilities, or detainee operations.
(6) Discussing any information or details
concerning the JIIF and any activity, conversation, or
technique used during interrogation.
c. Electronic Communication / Recording
(1) Using non-secure means to discuss classified
information or other information related to JTF GTMO
operations.
(2) Transferring classified information or discs to
lower-classified or unclassified medium, network or
computer.
(3) Transporting classified information without
the proper locking containers or covers, leaving
computer terminals or classified material unattended
and unlocked.
(4) The improper marking of information, taking
classified materials to a housing unit, sharing or
revealing computer user names and passwords.

(5) Misplacing or leaving personnel rosters,
access badges, or computer access user names and
passwords, and classified materials unattended.
(6) Accessing, downloading, installing, or storing
unauthorized internet sites or other unauthorized
materials, software, or programs on any ADPE, JTFGTMO, or MWR computer without the express written
approval of the J-6.
(7) Leaving your computer system logged in and
unattended without properly locking the terminal, using
a private computer to process government related
work, or plugging any private computer (nongovernment computer) into the JTF-GTMO or MWR
networks without the express prior written
authorization of the J-6.
(8) Forwarding chain mail.
(9) Forwarding virus warnings or failing to
immediately report the discovery of a virus or virus
warning to JTF-GTMO, J-6.
(10) The improper use of another person’s
identity or computer account, masking, or attempting to
hide a user’s identity while using the JTF-GTMO
computer network systems.
(11) Connecting to or allowing the connection of
both a network interface card and modem to a JTFGTMO computer at the same time. Connecting to or
allowing the connection of any hardware or software
not provided or authorized by JTF-GTMO, J-6.
(12) Taking visual or audio recordings or
drawings of camp facilities or personnel working in
and around Camp Delta, Camp X-Ray, or any other
part of the NAVBASE that is a photography-prohibited
area. This prohibition also includes taking photographs
or video recordings of personnel movements or
operations at NAVBASE GTMO without the
appropriate authorization, and transmitting or
displaying any information relating to JTF-GTMO
operations on any website or other shared medium
without the proper written authorization.
27-6. OPSEC Guidelines and Violations
a. There cannot be any confusion on the part of
JDOG personnel as to the importance of maintaining
professional, appropriate communication to prevent
OPSEC violations.
b. Some of our biggest OPSEC violations are things
that do not increase our probability of attack from an
external enemy, but instead make it more difficult for
guards, interrogators, linguist, and medical personnel to
complete our missions. These infractions will be
addressed with increasing severity if corrections are not
made.
c. You are responsible to hold yourself and your
fellow service members to use OPSEC in your mission.
More so than anyone else in JTF, we have the ability to
hurt the intelligence-gathering mission. Do not:

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
27.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(1) Discuss current world events or history with
detainees, or within earshot of detainees, that could
upset or influence detainee actions or attitudes, such as
the situation in the Middle East, the destruction of the
Space Shuttle, or information concerning terrorist
groups or personnel.
(2) Discuss company, operational, or personal
information that will lead the detainees to spread
rumors, stir up other detainees, or attempt to use the
information for manipulative purposes.
(3) Share opinions or initiate discussions with
detainees regarding information that is not relevant to
the carrying out of essential duties. This includes
teaching detainees songs, phrases in English, Spanish,
or other languages.
(4) Discuss future missions, inbound or outbound
missions, additional missions such as Camp Echo or
the General’s Cottage, etc, unless specifically directed
to do so by JDOG through coordination with JIG
personnel.
(5) Attempt to listen in on, or influence,
interrogation activities on the block or in one of the
JIIF buildings. If you are requested to be present by the
interrogator or linguist, please accommodate them
appropriately. However, unless authorized to do so, do
not participate in an active manner. Only monitor and
conduct security as ordered. Do not monitor the audio
of the interrogation unless specifically requested to do
so.
(6) Allow detainees or other unauthorized
personnel to see the uncovered sign-in roster at brown
and yellow JIIF building entrance. Use a cover sheet or
turn face down when not actively using. This has led to
a detainee knowing names of several US personnel.
(7) Conduct conversations critical of another unit,
the chain of command, or other soldiers with detainees.
This also has happened, and will not be tolerated.
(8) Talk with other guards or US personnel not
assigned to special missions such as Camp Echo, DMO
Operations bus escort, General’s Cottage, etc, about
specific incidents or actions at those sites.
d. These OPSEC limitations do not preclude you
from talking to detainees in the conduct of your daily
assignment. Maintain your professionalism, be firm but
fair, and you will be able to build rapport with
detainees. OPSEC does not preclude a guard from
asking a detainee how he is doing, telling the detainee
what actions need to be conducted, being directive with
your commands, or answering routine questions. Being
firm, but polite, will not compromise OPSEC and will
promote detainee compliance.
e. General Order #2 has been disseminated to all
company commanders and sections, and all soldiers are
responsible to be familiar with its provisions.
Prohibited activities include:

(1) Discussing matters of a personal or
operational nature in the presence of detainees need not
be discussed in their presence.
(2) Communicating with detainees (verbal or
nonverbal) or assisting others and/or allowing others to
communicate with detainees without the proper
authorization. Also prohibited is failing to report any
unauthorized attempt at communication, whether a
detainee trying to communicate with an unauthorized
person, or an unauthorized person (a TCN, an ICRC
person, a soldier who is not authorized to talk to
detainees) attempting to communicate with a detainee.
(3) Leaving any tools, keys, weapons, or other
work related materials necessary to perform your
mission unattended or within the reach of persons
unauthorized to possess them, or bringing any
materials not necessary for the performance of the
mission into a sensitive area or detainee area.
(4) Bringing any type of camera or other
recording device without getting proper authorization
into any detainee or sensitive area.
(5) Taking any visual or audio recordings of
detainees, detainee facilities, personnel working in or
around Camp Delta, Echo, the Cottage, Camp X-Ray,
or any other photography prohibited areas. Use
common sense – If you have to question if something
is a possible violation, don’t take the chance. Ask if
necessary.
(6) Wearing unsanitized uniforms in the presence
of detainees.
(7) Discussing classified matters, work related
matters, or JTF operational matters with anyone who
does not have the appropriate clearance or in the
presence of anyone without the necessary clearance.
(8) Marking down of information, taking
classified materials to a housing unit, keeping or
recording classified material in an unauthorized area,
or keeping/leaving personnel rosters, whether detainee
or US personnel, unattended or in an unauthorized
area. For us, this means that we do not record
operational or detainee information anywhere but
inside Camp Delta (or other authorized area such as
NAVBASE Hospital, Camp Echo, etc), or keep
personal journals with specific Camp Delta records and
information.
f. Beyond what is listed in General Order #2, you
must also be aware of the JDOG and JTF Essential
Elements of Friendly Information, and protect this
information accordingly. All soldiers are responsible to
be aware of these items, and your chain of command
will re-disseminate these if needed. Included in these
EEFIs are:
(1) Any information pertaining to the movement
of detainees to and from GTMO, or detainee movement
while at GTMO.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
27.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(2) Any reference to the identity of a detainee
other than his ISN. If using non-secure radio channel or
telephone, only the last 3 of detainees ISN are to be
used.
(3) Any reference to specific detainee
interrogations or methods of interrogation. This
includes talking to other guards or US personnel who
do not have a need to know regarding the specific
information.
(4) Any references to a detainee’s medical
condition, any references to our daily schedules, or to
specific incidents that have occurred at Camp Delta.
(5) Discussion of Distinguished visitor travel
information, such as specifics on when they will be
visiting at what time, etc. Use common sense!
(6) Access procedures for entry into Camp Delta
or through Infantry checkpoints.
g. Violations of any of the above may result in
UCMJ action under article 92, violation of a general
order.
h. This list was not inclusive of all aspects of
General Order #2, or JTF/JDOG EEFIs. All of us are
responsible to meet the standards in these documents.
i. OPSEC is not just keeping secret the big picture
information like how many troops we have, what our
defense plans are, or when we are redeploying. Many
JDOG, JIG, and JMG service members have
information that could be detrimental to our mission if
the media knew of it or detainees became aware of it.
Don’t be the one who sparks something that makes it
difficult for the next shift, another company, the
interrogators, or any other fellow soldier to accomplish
our mission. If you see or hear a fellow service
member, guard, linguist, medical, or other, violate
OPSEC; make the correction. If the person(s) refuses,
and it occurs within Camp Delta, call the JDOG S-3
ASAP. It will be investigated. If outside of Delta,
report it to the assistant S-3 and OPSEC coordinator for
JDOG. More importantly though, be aware of what
you and your coworkers are saying and doing. We
would much rather stop OPSEC violations than punish
anyone for committing one.

(a) The first notification occurs when a potential
threat has been identified.
(b) The second notification occurs when the
threat is confirmed and the decision is made to turn off
all lights in the Camp Delta area.
(2) When JOC calls with the first notification:
(a) Camp Delta CO will have one of the
Administrative NCOs, working in Camp-1, using
whatever means available (i.e. Gator, HMMWV) move
to the power substation adjacent to the water tanks by
Camp Bulkeley. Admin NCO will carry a SABRE
radio.
(b) Upon arrival will enter the gate by entering
the number (1998) in the combination lock.
(c) Proceed to the junction box with the number
(7012-83) Breaker Box and open the box. The number
for the lock on the breaker box is (224).
(d) Call Power Station #4 and advise them that
they are getting ready to shut down power to Radio
Range. All phone numbers are posted inside the door
of the phone box.
(e) Call the JOC (5010/5038) from the phone box
located on the end of the substation and await the
second notification.
(f) CO / OIC will detail the SOG for each Camp
to stand by the generators to be prepared to shut down
the generators when directed.
(3) When JOC issues the second notification
(a) Admin NCO will go to the breaker box and
turn the switch that is labeled with “TRIP/CLOSED”.
The switch will be turned in the direction of “TRIP”.
This will shut down all the power to all of Camp Delta.
(b) The Admin NCO will then notify the JOC
(5010/5038) and confirm that the power is out, noting
the time.
(c) The Admin NCO will ensure that all locks are
locked prior to leaving the area.
(d) Generator shut-off personnel will shutdown
the generators when directed by the CO/OIC.
(4) Camp Delta personnel will evacuate Camp
Delta IAW the Camp Delta Evacuation SOP.
(5) Camp America personnel will evacuate Camp
America IAW the Camp America Evacuation SOP.

27-7. Deceptive Lighting Plan
a. All military and civilian personnel working in
Camp Delta will be familiar with and conform to the
procedure prescribed by this policy. Unit leaders and
shift OICs and NCOICs are responsible for ensuring
that their personnel are familiar with and comply with
this procedure. Personnel may be held accountable
under the UCMJ for failing to follow the guidelines set
forth under this SOP.
b. In the event of a threat either by sea or air, the
following procedure will be followed.
(1) The JOC will notify the Camp Delta DOC of
an impending threat in two stages.
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
27.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
27.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 28
Public Affairs
28-1. Operations
a. When possible and properly requested through
JTF-GTMO Public Affairs Office (PAO), the Facility
Commander will grant access within the facility to
representatives of the media.
b. Press/media will not photograph, videotape, or
interview any detainee. Rights to privacy will be
preserved at all times.
c. Safety/security and order must be obtained at all
times. The Facility Commander or senior cadre
member in the facility may terminate any media visit if
it is determined to jeopardize custody and control.
d. PAO will accompany all media/press tours, as
well as a JTF-GTMO and/or JDOG command
designated personnel.
e. No detainee information, records, or files will be
released. The Facility Commander must authorize any
release to the media.
f. All press releases for both emergency and nonemergency situations will be done through JTF-GTMO
PAO. News will not be released from the facility to any
media agency. The JTF-GTMO PAO will release all
information in accordance with their policies and
regulations.
g. The Facility Commander and Camp
Superintendent are the only individuals authorized to
speak with media on behalf of the facility, unless
designated by JTF-GTMO and/or CJDOG.

c. All detainees will be treated humanely and
consistent with the principles of the Geneva
Conventions.
d. These detainees are the most dangerous of the AlQaida and Taliban. They continue to pose a threat and
must be under tight control.
e. Guantanamo Bay and the detention facilities are
secure and well defended.

28-2. Themes for Global War On Terrorism
(GWOT)
a. We are making progress in the GWOT through a
concerted effort with our coalition partners.
b. The U.S. will use all elements of national power
and international influence to defeat global terrorism.
c. USSOUTHCOM remains committed to working
with our partner nations to support democracy, military
professionalism, and the observance of human rights.
d. The U.S. respects all religions. Our enemies are
terrorists and the states and organizations that support
them.
e. The U.S. will take all necessary steps to ensure
that operations target global terrorist networks while
protecting innocent lives.
28-3. Detainee International Public Information
Themes
a. Detaining these people in Guantanamo Bay
supports the smooth transition to a stable and secure
environment in Afghanistan.
b. Guantanamo Bay affords a safe facility to secure
and provide appropriate care for detainees.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
28.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
28.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 29
Transitions
Section I – To Camp IV
29-1. Preparation
a. The transition procedure from Camp I to Camp
IV will allow the detainee over a period of time to
acclimatize to a different security environment with its
own set of rules and operating procedures.
b. The detainees to be moved from Camp I to Camp
IV will be those detainees that have no violent history.
Detainees that will move will be from the eligibility list
compiled by the JIG and the JDOG.
c. The detainees will have a block, bay, and bed
assigned to them by JIG. This assignment will be
based on such factors as ethnic background, language,
religion, etc. Those with active TB will not be
considered for selection.
d. The JDOG S-4 will be given a WARNORD
regarding food requirement changes for Camp I and
Camp IV.
e. Medical personnel will identify any detainee with
special needs.
f. If the block is currently not active, block supplies
such as toilet paper, liquid soap and bedding material
will be placed on the block.
g. A storage container will be obtained for each
detainee and will be marked with the detainee’s ISN.
29-2. Process
a. Detainee will be moved to the location for the
announcement in handcuffs and a waist belt.
b. No earlier than seven days prior to movement,
interrogators will advise the detainee of his selection to
be moved to Camp IV.
c. Detainee will be returned to his cell using
handcuffs and waist belt.
d. A storage tub with the detainee’s ISN on it will
be delivered to the detainee’s block.
e. The detainee will be returned to his cell where he
will pack his items in the tub except for the mattress
and ISO mat.
f. The detainee will be shackled using handcuffs
and waist belt.
g. The detainee, the tub, the mattress, and ISO mat
will be taken to Tango Block.
h. Combat Camera will film the transition from the
detainee’s current cell to his cell in Tango Block.
i. During the transition phase, the following
activities will occur:
(1) An increase in food portions.
(2) One shower allowed per day.
(3) Longer exercise periods allowed.
(4) Group exercise time with up to three
detainees.
(5) ISO mats placed in the exercise yard to
facilitate board games and prayer time.

(6) Classes on Camp IV and its associated rules
and privileges.
(7) A tour of Camp IV and description of the
facilities.
29-3. Movement to Camp IV
a. On the movement day, the detainee will have his
comfort items inventoried and packed in the storage
tub. The green mattress will stay in the cell.
b. The detainee will be placed in handcuffs.
c. The detainee, tub, and ISO mat will be loaded
onto a Gator.
d. The detainee will be transported to Camp IV and
his block.
e. The detainee’s items will be placed inside the
block compound under the shelter.
f. The detainee will be escorted into the block
compound.
g. The detainee will have the handcuffs removed
through the bean hole of the block gate.
h. The detainee will get his tub and ISO mat and
then enter his bay.
Section II – For Transfers
29-4. Preparation
a. The transition procedure from Camp I or Camp
IV to another nation will allow the detainee over a
period of time to acclimatize to a different security
environment with its own set of rules and operating
procedures.
b. The detainees to be moved from his current camp
will be those detainees that have been identified by
both JDOG and JIG for transfer to another nation.
c. The JDOG S-4 will obtain a new set of civilian
clothes for these detainees. This set of clothes will
consist of the following items:
(1) Shoes
(2) Socks
(3) Underclothes consisting of boxers and
undershirt
(4) Pants
(5) Shirt
(6) Belt
(7) Jacket, if applicable
(8) Small Duffle Bag
(9) Wallet.
d. A camp wide announcement will be developed
by the JIG, approved, and translated.
29-5. Process
a. A camp wide announcement will be read to the
camp announcing that detainees are in the process of
being transferred.
b. The detainee will be moved to the location for the
announcement of his transfer in a three-piece suit.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
29.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
c. Interrogators will advise the detainee of his
selection to be transferred.
d. Detainee will be returned to his cell using
handcuffs and waist belt.
e. A storage tub with the detainee’s ISN on it will
be delivered to the detainee’s block.
f. Detainee will pack his items in the tub. The
detainee will change from his Camp Delta clothing into
his new clothing. The Camp Delta clothing will be
retained to sleep in and for when daily clothing is being
washed.
g. Detainee will be placed in handcuffs and waist
belt and placed in a van to be transported to the
Transition Location. Two escorts will be utilized for
this movement: one will sit behind the detainee and the
second one will sit beside the detainee. A JIG
representative will drive and an interpreter will ride in
the passenger seat.
h. Upon arrival at the Transition Location, the
detainee will meet with the designated representatives;
JDOG, chaplain, medical, etc.
i. JDOG/JIG will give an overview of the
Transition Location along with rules to follow during
transition.
j. JIG will be responsible to provide all comfort
items to the detainee as D-Day approaches.
k. Detainee will utilize this time to adjust himself to
a more lenient life style including such items as
follows:
(1) More exercise
(2) More showers
(3) Different meals
(4) Items provided by the JIG.
29-6. Transition Location Rules
Designated detainees will follow the following
guidelines:
(1) Follow all directions given to them by staff.
(2) Keep their area clean.
(3) Will request use of the latrine and one at a
time.
(4) Will not be allowed in the areas that are
outlined in tape.
(5) Will not touch electrical outlets or telephone
outlets.
(6) Will not touch the fire alarm system.
(7) Will not gamble.
(8) Will not throw any item.
(9) Will clean the common room daily.
(10) Will clean the latrine daily.
(11) Will sit in (at) the table area to eat.
(12) Will not damage anything.
29-7. Standing Orders
a. The Transition Location is designated for those
detainees identified for pending transfer from U.S.

custody. The Detainee Hospital’s former physical
therapy room is designated as the current transition
location. Detainees identified for transfer will be given
a period of “decompression” and will have increased
privileges as they prepare for their transfer.
b. These detainees will be moved from their current
cells to the transition location in waist belt and
handcuffs only. Unless the detainee exhibits behavior
that would require increased restraints, they will only
be moved with the use of the waist belt and handcuffs.
There will be a guard stationed outside the entry to the
Transition Location and in a position to observe the
room and control access to the Transition Location.
c. The door leading outside will be secured utilizing
a padlock and hasp.
d. There will be two guards stationed inside the
room near the latrine area. This position will be by the
entry door leading to the Detainee Hospital.
e. The middle doors leading into the dental area will
always remain secured except for emergency
situations. There will a guard at this location in order
to observe the detainees.
f. The door leading into the hospital area will be
secured. If there is only one guard there, that one
guard will stand on the Detainee Hospital side of the
door and observe the detainees through the window of
the door until the second guard returns.
g. Inspections will be performed daily on the
detainee’s area by the day shift.
h. Shakedowns will be performed as designated.
i. Guards will ensure that the latrine and shower
area are cleaned at least once per shift on days and
swings.
j. Guards will ensure that the detainee’s area is
cleaned each morning and also at any other time during
the day as needed.
k. Detainees may stack up their mattresses or beds
for storage. If this is done, bedding will be neatly
placed on their storage bin.
l. Detainees will not be allowed in prohibited areas
(taped areas) without authorization.
m. Guards will notify the D.O.C. via the phone, any
counts that are conducted.
n. Guards will monitor all foot traffic from Detainee
Hospital to the Transition Location for utilizing the
latrine.
o. If one of the guards stationed by the latrine area
needs to take a break, the roving guard will replace that
guard until that guard returns.
p. Guards at the Transition Location need to
coordinate with the Detainee Hospital guards for
getting meals for both detainees and themselves.
q. Guards on duty will remain vigilant.
r. Guards will not have any unauthorized items
while in the performance of their duties.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
29.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
s. MPs will wear latex gloves while performing
searches.
t. MPs will wear “sanitized” uniforms with their
names covered up.
u. MPs will document in a logbook all significant
events that would include but not limited to the
following: shift change, chow times, authorized and
unauthorized visitors, medical staff, medical staff,
interrogators, translators, and count times.
v. MPs will perform preventive measures and
accountability on all equipment.
w. Whistles are provided to each guard for duress.
Guards will keep whistles with lanyards on their person
at all times while on duty. The whistles will be
transferred from guards coming off shift to those
coming on shift.
x. Detainees will be provided the opportunity to
participate with exercise per the schedule provided.
Showers will be allowed after exercise or as
authorized.
y. Exercise schedule: One guard will escort the
detainee utilizing the hospital entrance doorway of the
transition location (by the latrine). The detainee, along
with the escort, will exit out the rear entrance to the
designated exercise location. The remaining three
guards will observe the other detainees from three
points:
(1) Outside the access door looking in.
(2) At the middle doors looking in from the
physical training room.
(3) Sitting at the table by the latrine.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
29.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
29.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 30
Delta Behavioral Healthcare Block
30-1. Overview
Delta Behavioral Health Block is constructed in two
sections. The front Non-Acute section has 22 cells that
have been modified with additional safety
considerations to house detainees on Behavioral
Healthcare Service that are clinically stable but because
of their mental illness and/or limited coping skills, are
at increased risk of self-harm and are more difficult to
manage in the general population.
The rear section, Delta Acute, houses detainees who
are at imminent risk of serious self-harm, suicide or
require seclusion or restraint to regain internal control,
under medical supervision. The section has nine acute
cells, four restraint cells, and two seclusion cells. A
nurse’s station, two secure restraint monitoring rooms
and two secure interview areas have also been
constructed. Video monitoring is available for all cells
in the Delta Acute section and in the passageway.
A lockable sally port style door covered with thick
plexi-glass divides the Block. This door can be closed
to control the flow of traffic, to reduce noise level and
control communication between acute and non-acute
detainees. This door will be locked only in the most
extreme of emergencies.
A ramp was constructed on the side of the Facility for
the ease of removing a detainee by litter. This ramp
slopes both the front and rear of the block and accesses
a side door. The side door is lockable and is used as a
general access/egress point from the non-acute section
near the middle of the Facility.
The Facility is also equipped with a rear sally port.
This gate accesses the dead-zone around Delta MHF
and allows access to the Block via Sally Port 4. The
rear gate is intended for ranking officers and dignitaries
to minimize detainee contact while still allowing access
to the Facility. This gate is for emergency, dignitary,
and ranking officers only, and general day-to-day
operational use would take away for its intended
purpose. The green wind screening has been doubled
to reduce the ability of detainee to see into the deadzone.
Camp Delta SOP will guide all Delta Behavioral
Health Block operations unless specifically expressed
otherwise in this chapter.
30-2. Staffing
a. Behavioral Healthcare Service Manager, in
conjunction with the Delta Block NCOIC, will have
overall responsibility for the daily operations of Delta
Block. Accountability will be to CJDOG and to the
Chief, Behavioral Healthcare Services. The Behavioral
Healthcare Service Chief is a credentialed provider

who is responsible for mental healthcare, operations
and resource management.
b. Delta Behavioral Healthcare Block staffing:
1 Psychiatric Registered Nurse
3-4 Behavioral Healthcare Technicians on days
and 2 Technicians on nights (24/7
coverage, 12 hour shifts)
c. The Facility is manned 24/7 by a permanent guard
force (GF) of 27 MP’s; 1 senior NCO (NCOIC), 4
junior NCO’s (block sergeants), and 22 enlisted MP’s.
The MPs work 12-hour shifts.
e. MPs assigned to Delta Behavioral Healthcare Block
will not be assigned to Camp Delta IRF teams due to
the high acuity of the detainees housed here. Because
of this high acuity and higher risk of acting out
behavior, consistency in staffing levels is paramount.
GF personnel are all volunteers and are selected by the
Delta Behavioral Healthcare Providers and the Delta
Behavioral Healthcare Block NCOIC from a list
provided by their chain of command through JDOG S3.
f. The MPs assigned to Delta Behavioral Healthcare
Block will be expected to manage most routine
situations of acting out behavior. The Delta Block
NCO will determine when additional staff support is
indicated and will notify the DOC and On-Duty CO as
per Camp Delta SOP.
g. JDOG S3 will identify candidates for permanent
NCO MP staff assignment to Delta Block; candidates
will be interviewed and recommendations for
assignment made by Behavioral Healthcare Staff to the
JDOG S3.
h. The Delta Behavioral Healthcare Block NCO is the
supervisor for all MPs assigned to the block. The Unit
Nurse will brief the oncoming block NCO on relevant
behavioral and safety issues and any special behavioral
treatment plans in effect. The NCO will be responsible
for briefing all oncoming shifts prior to the start of the
shift on the operational specifics of the Delta
Behavioral Healthcare Block and normal guard mount
information. Any significant changes in treatment
plans or a detainee’s mental health condition will be
briefed to the Block NCO as they arise.
30-3. Watch
a. There will be a minimum of one behavioral health
staff present on the block at all times. The guard force
should direct all questions regarding the behavior or
status of a detainee to them.
b. A credentialed mental health provider will be
designated daily for on-call purposes after normal
working hours.
30-4. Crisis/Mass Casualty Response
a. Mass casualty situations can arise at any time and
are rarely foreseen. The primary consideration in any
crisis or mass casualty situation is security and safety.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
30.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
b. During a mass casualty situation not involving Delta
Block detainees, one psychiatric technician will remain
on the block and the remainder of unit behavioral
healthcare personnel will respond to their assigned
positions per the mass casualty plan. The guard staff
and remaining psychiatric technician will exercise
additional vigilance in detainee observation during this
time.
c. While a mass suicide attempt may occur anywhere
in the camp; detainees housed in the Delta Unit may be
at higher risk due to the potential severity of their
illness (e.g. psychosis) or the reckless or planned
actions due to a severe personality disorder. The
immediate action plan for a mass suicide attempt will
be to sweep from one end of the Unit to the other and
secure the extremities of detainees engaged in
imminent self harm behaviors, with flexi cuff
restraints, to points of their cells that would prevent
acute acts of suicide. This is done as quickly as
possible, however, the safety of the guard and medical
staff is paramount as these coordinated behaviors may
also indicate a clandestine plan to overpower staff.
The JDOG S-3 will ensure that adequate flexi cuff
restraints are readily available for this contingency.
d. In the event of a crisis/mass casualty on Delta Block
the following immediate action plan will be followed:
(1) The Video Monitoring MP will issue the
brevity code to alert DOC and the On-Duty CO.
(2) The Block NCO will organize the MP’s into 23 soldier teams.
(3) The spare keys from behind the monitoring
room door, radios, and spare trauma sheers in nurses
office will be secured to aid in entering cells.
(4) Video Monitoring MP will contact the DOC
via landline to ensure proper response is in route.
(5) The block NCO coordinates operations on the
block in a sweeping motion from one end of the tier to
the other, prioritizing the detainees by the level of
distress then directing MP teams to the appropriate
detainee cell.
(6) The Block NCO utilizes OC to stop detainees
engaged in imminent self-harm behavior.
(7) MP team enters the cell with flexi-cuff
restraints and the detainees will be secured to the inside
of the cell, on the floor, laying on their back with flexi
cuffs to at least 2 points of the cell.
(8) The minimum amount of force will be used to
maintain complete control over the detainee.
(9) In the event a detainee is cut down, one MP
will stabilize the detainee’s head while he is cut down.
Then the detainee will be lowered to the floor and
placed on his back, then secured.
(10)The door to the detainees cell must be locked.
Remember the primary concern is soldier safety.
(11)If additional manning is required, the On-Duty
CO will call Camp One IRF teams. If the On-Duty CO

is not on the block the DOC will be notified to call for
the IRF teams.
(12)The Block NCO coordinates all activities on
the block, ensuring un-necessary personnel and
observers are not allowed on the tier and required
personnel are being properly directed.
(13)The Behavioral Healthcare Service Manager
and Delta MHF NCOIC will be notified as soon as
possible.
(14) All personnel must be vigilant to a clandestine
plan to overpower the guard and psych staff.
(15) All GF personnel file DA 2823, original with
DOC, copy to GF NCOIC.
30-5. Non-Acute Section
a. The non-acute section is for detainees with severe
mental illnesses that require an increased level of
monitoring/care, detainees at increased risk for selfinjurious behavior, and those detainees whose behavior
is so maladaptive as to create a significant disturbance
if housed in the general or segregated housing units.
b. The section’s guard force provides security and first
line observation of detainees with ready back up of
behavioral health staff. Detainees who are at a
particularly high risk of self-harm, (e.g. detainees who
have had repeated suicide attempts or detainees who
have just returned from the acute section), will have
their cells marked with a red tag. The purpose of the
red tag is to alert guard and behavioral health staff of
detainees to be particularly observant of and have a
lower threshold for further inquiry. These individuals
can or have demonstrated a propensity to be very
secretive or resourceful in their attempts to do selfharm. During times of crisis or other times of potential
distraction, particular attention to cells marked with red
tags is paramount. During these times of crisis, the
Delta Block NCO will verbally and immediately assign
either a guard to assume the responsibility of
monitoring cells with red tags or task the Unit Nurse or
Unit Psychiatric Technician to immediately assign a
Behavioral Healthcare staff member to this task.
c. Cells with red tags will not have sheets. Large
shower type towels will be provided only for shower
purposes and will under no circumstances be allowed
inside any cells. Detainees assigned to Delta MHF,
both acute and non-acute, are issued small hand towels
for use in their cells. These restrictions should help
guard and behavioral health staff to quickly identify
high-risk detainees who have these unauthorized and
potentially dangerous items in their cell.
d. Behavioral health staff will conduct a visual check
of detainees housed with red tags every two hours and
document the detainee’s activity utilizing the High
Risk Observation form.
e. When the guard force is not able to redirect a
detainee from behavior that is potentially self-injurious,

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
30.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
e.g. head banging or scratching, or creating a
significant disturbance, the guard force will contact the
Unit Psychiatric Technician or Unit Nurse. If the Unit
Psychiatric Technician is unable to redirect the
detainee from potentially self-injurious behavior, the
Unit Nurse will be notified.
30-6 Delta Acute Section and Self-Harm
Precautions
The Acute Section is for those detainees at very high
risk for self-harm and who require Self-Harm
Precautions. A detainee on self-harm precautions is
at high risk for suicide or other self-injury. They may
suffer from poor self-control or a lack of coping
abilities. They often deal poorly with anger and stress.
Many try to manipulate others and their environment
by threats of suicide and self-harm. They often engage
in threats or actual self-injurious behavior, threats or
actual harm toward others, anti-social and aggressive
behaviors, and inappropriate sexual behaviors. Their
behavior can be dramatic and highly unpredictable.
The risk with these detainees is varying degrees of selfinjurious behaviors, including suicide.
a. Only Behavioral Healthcare providers, nurses and
psychiatric technicians, or another credentialed medical
provider can order Self-Harm Precautions. Only
credentialed behavioral healthcare providers can
discontinue Self-Harm Precautions.
b. Detainees placed on self-harm precautions will be
transferred into an acute cell on the Delta Acute Unit.
If space is not available, the detainee will be placed
into a restraint cell; if a restraint cell is not available the
detainee will be placed on constant observation in cell
1 or 22 of the Delta Non-Acute section.
c. Self-harm precautions will be in effect until the
detainee is clinically stable, as determined by a
credentialed provider, and safe to return to a less
restrictive environment.
d. Detainees who are on self-harm precautions that are
scheduled for interrogation will have their clinical
status and risk assessment verified by the licensed
Behavioral Health staff prior to leaving the block.
Detainees on self-harm precautions are generally not
clinically stable enough to leave the block.
e. All items are normally removed from the cell.
Exceptions may be made by the Behavioral Health
staff on a case-by-case basis. These exceptions will be
documented on the Self-Harm Guidelines form.
f. Detainee is to be given no items at any time that
may be used for self-harm (such as razors, sharp
objects, pens, pencils, nail cutters, etc.).
g. Detainee will not be placed in the Segregation Unit.
h. Return nothing to the detainee unless directed by
Behavioral Health staff.
i. Serve meals on Styrofoam plate with plastic spoon.

j. MP staff on Delta Behavioral Healthcare Block will
maintain a 1 staff to 3-detainee ratio while observing
detainees on Self-Harm Precautions. The MP assigned
to the video monitoring room on the “Observation of
Self-Injurious Behavior Form”, every 15 minutes will
complete documentation of the detainee’s behavior.
k. Unless actively aggressive, detainees may shower
per normal routine.
SELF-HARM PRECAUTIONS GUIDELINES
(1) Behavioral Health staff may recommend the
removal of Jumpsuit tops and pants, depending on the
nature of the self-harm behavior.
(2) Items may be given if approved by Behavioral
Health Staff, and in accordance with the Authorized
Items for Detainee Possession.
ITEM
LEVEL
Regular Blanket, No ribbon
ISO mat
Orange jumpsuit top
Orange jumpsuit pants
Orange shorts
Flip-Flops
Camp rules
Finger toothbrush
Toothpaste
Mattress
Koran
Religious books
Styrofoam cups
Prayer cap
Washcloths
Prayer beads
Perfume/oil from Chaplain

INITIALS
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-3

30–7. Interview Cells
(1) These cells were designed to provide security,
increased monitoring and improved privacy. They
allow detainees from the acute unit, non-acute unit or
general population to be transported and turned over to
Delta Block, Acute Unit and Behavioral Healthcare
staff for new or ongoing mental health evaluations.
(2) Detainees will be locked inside the cell but not
shackled while in the cell.
(3) The Unit Nurse will coordinate the use of escort
teams with Escort Control. The escort teams will report
to the Unit Nurse to ensure the teams understand any
standing limitations on the block and that local and
Camp SOP’s are followed.
(4) Detainees from Delta block MHF will be
escorted to the interview rooms by way of the rear
Sally Gate. The escort team will remain with the
detainee and ensure his safety and welfare.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
30.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(5) The Video Monitoring Room MP will make the
appropriate journal entry and monitor the interview
cells to alert the Block NCO and escort teams to any
possible problem. The Video Monitoring Room is not
a substitute for vigilance on the part of the escort team.
30-8. Restraints and Seclusion
I. PURPOSE
To publish policy and guidelines for use of medical
restraint and seclusion as a means of assisting a
detainee in regaining control of his behavior to protect
self, other detainees, guards and other staff.
II. BACKGROUND
a. It is the policy of Detention Hospital, JTF GTMO to
deliver proper and humane patient care to all detainees
while observing basic human rights. Use of restraint
temporarily restricts these rights. Restraint is used only
for detainees who are at imminent risk of harming
themselves or others. Restraint is to be used only after
other less restrictive interventions have proven
unsuccessful in efforts to control behavior.
b. Restraint cannot be ordered PRN (as needed).
c. When healthcare staff notes what they consider to
be improper use of restraints, jeopardizing the health of
a detainee, they communicate their concerns as soon as
possible to the Detention Hospital Officer in Charge
and the Detention Operations Center.
d. The Chief of Behavioral Health Services is to be
NOTIFIED/PAGED IMMEDIATELY ANY TIME A
DETAINEE IS RESTRAINED, in order to obtain a
formal order for restraints.
III. DEFINITIONS
a. Restraint: any method of physically restricting a
person’s movement, physical activity, or normal access
to his or her body. Restraint is considered involuntary
and is used as part of an approved protocol or as
indicated by an individual’s orders.
(1) Clinically-ordered restraints refer to measures
taken as part of a medical or mental health treatment,
which are designed to confine a patient’s bodily
movements, such as the use of leather cuffs and
anklets.
(2) Custody-ordered restraints are to be used only by
custody staff for security reasons. The health care staff
does not participate in the restraint of detainees ordered
by custody staff except for monitoring their health
status.
b. Seclusion: refers to the placement (by health
workers) of a patient in a bare room for the purpose of
containing a clinical situation (e.g. extreme agitation,
threatening behavior, assaultive behavior) that may
result in harm to self or others.
c. Observation.

(1) Close observation. Staff should observe such a
detainee at staggered intervals not to exceed every 15
minutes.
(2) Constant observation. Staff should observe such a
detainee on a continuous, uninterrupted basis. Closedcircuit television can be used as a supplement to, but
never a substitute for, such observation.
d. The standards do not apply to restraints imposed for
correctional reasons or seclusion used for involuntary
confinement for legally mandated but non-clinical
purposes, such as confining a person facing serious
criminal charges or serving a criminal sentence in a
locked room.
e. Licensed Independent Practitioner (LIP). For the
purposes of this directive, a clinician that is permitted
by law and by the hospital to provide detainee care
services without direction or supervision, within the
scope of the individual’s license and consistent with
individually granted clinical privileges.
IV. INDICATIONS
a. Restraint is indicated in the following situations:
(1) When a detainee is in imminent risk of injuring
self or others.
(2) A setting where the actions of such a detainee
impede timely and adequate delivery of necessary or
vital medical treatment.
b. Efforts must be made to determine and treat the
cause of the patient’s behavior necessitating restraint.
Restraint is not to be used as a substitute for direct
care, observation, or medical intervention. Restraint or
seclusion is not a form of discipline.
c. Prior to application of restraint appropriate
alternatives or less restrictive means must be
considered or attempted. Less restrictive measures
may include increasing detainee-to-staff interaction,
special watches, closer supervision, distraction,
medications, negotiation, problem solving, redirection,
removal from the area, and social conversation. At no
time will less restrictive measures justify endangering
other detainees, staff, guards or delay timely medical
treatment.
d. Removal of restraints is done in an orderly sequence,
4 point -> 3 point -> 2 point -> release, which allows
the detainee opportunity to regain and maintain internal
control. At no time will a detainee be restrained by
only one limb. Behavior to be evaluated for release
from restraints may include:
(1) The detainee is able to listen and follow directions
(2) The detainee agrees not to harm self or others
(3) There is no further verbal abuse or profanity
(4) The detainee exhibits calm behavior with no
attempts to fight or pull restraints
(5) There is clinical evidence that sedation has taken
effect

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
30.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(6) There are visible and verbal signs that demonstrate
that agitation is resolved or greatly diminished
e. When restraint is terminated early and the same
behavior re-emerges, restraint may be reapplied under
the original order within the time limits of the order if
alternative means are not effective in controlling the
behavior.
V. PRACTICE AUTHORITY
A licensed independent practitioner orders the use of
medical restraints or seclusion. When the LIP is not
immediately available, a psychiatric nurse, a registered
nurse or a psychiatric technician may initiate the use of
restraint or seclusion before an order is obtained from
the LIP. As soon as possible, but no longer than one
hour after the initiation of restraint or seclusion, a
qualified registered nurse notifies and obtains an order
(verbal or written) from the LIP and consults with the
LIP about the patient’s physical and psychological
condition.
a. Attending Physician/Psychologist. The LIP who is
primarily responsible for the patient’s ongoing care, or
another LIP when the primary LIP is not available,
conducts an in-person evaluation of the patient within 4
hours of the initiation of restraint or seclusion for
patients ages 16 and older and within 2 hours of
initiation for adolescents ages 15 and under.
At the time of the in-person evaluation, the LIP:
(1) Works with the patient and staff to identify ways to
help the patient regain control;
(2) Makes any necessary revisions to the patient’s
treatment plan; and
(3) If necessary, provides a new written order.
a. The LIP conducts an in-person evaluation of the
patient within 24 hours of the initiation of restraint or
seclusion, if the patient is no longer in restraint or
seclusion when an original verbal order expires.
b. Registered Nurse. Responsible for ongoing
observation of a restrained or secluded detainee,
assessment of the physical and emotional needs of the
detainee, re-evaluation of the need for continuation of
restraint or seclusion, documentation, and supervision
of hospital corps staff.
VI. CRITICAL ELEMENTS
a. Assessment of the detainee before, during and after
application of restraint must include the following:
(1) Behavioral Factors.
(a) Contrast observed behavior to previous
behavior. Compare to baseline if known.
(b) Evaluate for specific behaviors such as
impulsiveness, high energy levels, and self-neglect.
(2) Mental Status Factors.
(a) Look for cognitive impairments such as deficits
in attention, memory, or ability to follow simple one,
two, or three-step commands.

(b) Evaluate comprehension and ability to follow
instructions and treatment plan.
(c) Consider ability to interpret the environment
accurately and the level of perceptual or sensory
distortion.
(d) Assess for the presence of psychotic symptoms,
such as hallucinations or delusions.
(e) Assess judgment to determine if it is adequate,
limited, or impaired.
(3) Biological Factors.
(a) Consider medication.
(b) Consider the potential side effects or potentiation
of adverse effects when medications are combined.
(c) Consider electrolyte disturbances, hematological
deficits, hypoxia, dehydration, liver or kidney failure,
thyroid dysfunction or other metabolic disturbances.
(d) Consider extreme physical debilitation with age
or illness.
(4) Environmental Factors.
(a) Consider noise level, inadequate or excessive
light, over stimulation from multiple strangers in the
patient’s environment, and changes in diet.
b. Application of restraint is done in a humane manner
that affords the detainee as much dignity and safety as
possible. Guard staff applying the restraint will be
knowledgeable in the use of this intervention, familiar
with the equipment and trained in the application,
monitoring and release protocols. Detainees will be
restrained for medical purposes in specially designed
cells located on the Delta Behavioral Healthcare
Service unit. When these are not available, for
example if all available safety cells are occupied, then
detainees requiring restraint or seclusion will be
restrained in other cells located in the BHS unit. If in
extreme circumstances, no cells are available on the
BHS unit, detainees will be restrained in cells 1 and 48,
of the closest available cellblocks. All detainees who
are in restraints will be placed on constant observation
by medical personnel who have been trained on
restraint monitoring procedures. Medical personnel
will document the detainee’s behavior every 15
minutes. All detainees placed in seclusion will be
placed on close observation and observed by medical
personnel; after the first hour, guard personnel using
video equipment may continuously monitor a detainee
in seclusion. . When considering restraints always:
(1) Attempt less restrictive measures first.
(2) If less restrictive measures are ineffective, assemble
adequate staff and guards to complete the restraint.
(3) Restraints will be used per manufacturer’s
instructions.
(4) Apply restraint to the appropriate body part. Do not
apply restraint to only the lower limbs or to only one
limb due to risk of injury. Allow whatever freedom of
movement is possible while achieving the desired

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
30.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
effect. Maintain proper body alignment and ensure
patient comfort.
(5) When placing a compliant/cooperative detainee in
4-point restraints the following plan will be closely
adhered to:
The detainee is escorted to the restraint room in a
three-piece suit.
The detainee is placed in the prone position on the
restraint table.
Soft restraints are applied to the legs first. The legs are
restrained to the end of the restraint table, not the sides.
This limits the detainee’s ability to injure himself or
others. Do not remove the shackles yet.
The left hand is restrained next. The detainee is rolled
on his right side and the hand is un-shackled. A soft
restraint is applied and the hand is secured to the
restraint table at the detainee’s waist level.
The right hand is restrained next. The detainee is
rolled slightly on his left side and the shackle removed.
The soft restraint is applied and the right hand is
secured to the restraint table above the detainee’s
head/shoulder level.
The restraints are double locked.
Leg shackles are then removed.
The belly chain is unlocked, and then removed.
Behavior Healthcare Staff must evaluate the detainee to
ensure proper circulation and correct detainee body
alignment prior to securing the restraint room door.
If the detainee continues to act out or continues to be a
danger to himself, a fifth-point can be applied. The
canvas belt is run under the restraint table and under
the left arm of the detainee then through hard point on
the table. The wide canvas portion of the fifth-point is
aligned over the detainee’s shoulder blades and then
“snugged.” Be very cautious not to restrict the
detainees breathing. The fifth-point functions to stop
the detainee from striking his head on the restraint
table.
It is understood that an uncooperative detainee will be
placed in restraints in the most expeditious and safety
conscious manner. Soldier safety is paramount. But
the above listed steps should be followed as closely as
possible while restraining a combative detainee.
c. Monitoring and Patient Care.
(1) The monitoring process addresses physical and
emotional needs of the detainee. This monitoring
includes simple observation, vital signs, circulation
checks, observation of the extremities, range of motion,
emotional and physical response to restraint, food,
hydration, and toileting needs. Other monitoring will
be done, as needed based on individual needs.
(2) Detainee Care Minimum Intervals.
(a) Constant Observation. Medical personnel will
constantly observe a detainee in restraints.
(b) Every 15 minutes. Medical personnel will
monitor detainees in seclusion every 15 minutes for the

first hour of seclusion, thereafter, if clinically indicated
the detainee, in medical seclusion, can be monitored
via video by guard personnel.
(c) Every One Hour. Circulation Checks of each
restrained limb.
(d) Every Two Hours.
-Fluids must be offered, or more frequently as
requested.
-Restroom use must be offered, or more frequently
as indicated. If the detainee is combative or
unpredictable, a plastic bedpan and/or urinal must be
provided for use.
-Restraints must be removed from each limb, one at
a time, to perform range of motion exercises at least
this frequently.
-For detainees in seclusion, medical personnel will
physically observe the detainee.
(e) Every Four Hours.
-Vital Signs
-Meals must be served at regular meal times using
paper and plastic products.
(f) Detainees will not be removed from restraints to
go to shower and exercise call. Do to the unique nature
and dynamic situation, taking a detainee out of
restraints for shower and exercise then returning to
restraints is counter productive. The intent of
restraining the detainee is to secure him from further
self-injurious behavior or until he can gain control of
himself, placing a detainee in a shower or exercise yard
would only serve to further exacerbate the situation.
(g) Other Interventions.
-Extra staff and security can be called to assist with
detainee care, as needed to maintain detainee and staff
safety.
-An RN or Psychiatric Technician will assess the
detainee’s behavior for release from restraint as soon as
the detainee demonstrates that internal control has been
regained.
-The OIC, Detention Hospital, will be notified
when detainees are restrained or secluded for longer
than 12 hours. Thereafter the OIC will be notified
every 24 hours if the restraint or seclusion continues.
Detainees remaining in restraint or seclusion for 72
continuous hours or more than four times in any sevenday period will be monitored through a meeting of the
responsible LIP, nursing, and corps staff to consider
alternative approaches, such as: changing clinical
treatment plan, changing medications or doses; and/or
utilizing different behavioral interventions.
d. Documentation.
(1) The documentation requirement for a detainee
requiring restraint must incorporate the critical
elements of assessment, application and monitoring,
and reflect concern for the detainee’s human needs and
preservation of dignity.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
30.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(2) Each time a restraint is applied or seclusion
initiated the following will be documented by an RN or
Corpsman:
(a) Time and date restraint is applied.
(b) The detainee’s behavior, verbalization or actions
that lead to the need for external control.
(c) The types of less restrictive intervention that
were attempted before restraint was applied and the
detainee’s response to these less restrictive measures.
(d) The detainee’s response to the restraint.
(e) The name and rank/rate of the staff member who
placed the detainee into restraint or seclusion.
(3) A note by an RN or Corpsman must be
documented every 2 hours containing the following:
(a) The detainee’s condition and continued need for
restraint or seclusion.
(b) The plan for assisting the detainee to regain
control and move to a less restrictive environment.
(c) The detainee status of hygiene, nutrition and
safety maintenance.
VII. DOCTOR’S ORDER
a. THE USE OF PRN ORDERS

WHETHER
INDIVIDUAL OR AS PART OF A
PROTOCOL FOR DETAINEES WITH
PRIMARY BEHAVIORAL HEALTH
NEEDS IS PROHIBITED.
b. A doctor’s order for restraint or seclusion must be
written or verbally obtained from the LIP within one
hour of initiating restraint, and if verbal, must be
signed within 4 hours. All orders for restraint are “time
limited.” The LIP who is primarily responsible for the
patient’s ongoing care, or another LIP when the
primary LIP is not available, conducts an in-person
evaluation of the patient within 4 hours of the initiation
of restraint or seclusion for patients ages 16 and older
and within 2 hours of initiation for adolescents ages 15
and under.
(1) Restraint and Seclusion orders for detainees with
primary behavioral health needs are valid for 4 hours
for patients 16 and older, 2 hours for adolescents 15 or
under.
(2) Reevaluation of the patient in Restraint or
Seclusion. By the time the order for restraint or
seclusion expires, the patient receives an in-person
reevaluation conducted by the LIP primarily
responsible for the patient, another LIP when the
primary LIP is not readily available or a registered
nurse. In conjunction with the reevaluation of the
patient, a new written or verbal order is given by the
LIP and is time limited per paragraph VII, b. (1). A
LIP conducts an in-person reevaluation at least every 8
hours for patients 16 and older and every 4 hours for
adolescents 15 and under.

(3) The initial Doctor’s Note detailing the use of
restraints can reflect:
(a) The behavior the detainee displayed necessitating
restraint.
(b) All lower level interventions attempted prior to
the detainee being restrained.
(c) The detainee’s response to restraint.
(d) Plans for assisting the detainee to regain control.
VIII. TRAINING
a. Initial and ongoing training on restraint and
seclusion for block personnel will be conducted as
needed by the Behavioral Healthcare Service and
Block NCOIC.
IX. PERFORMANCE IMPROVEMENT.
Seclusion and Restraint is a difficult, high-risk patient
care intervention. Review of policies and procedures
should occur no less than annually. After each incident
an After Action Review will take place. This is the
ideal forum to address issues and resolve shortcomings.
30-9. Video Monitoring Station
a. The video monitoring station will be manned by one
guard at all times when there is a least one detainee on
the acute section of delta block, this includes detainees
in the acute, restraint, seclusion or interview cells.
b. The guard on video monitoring duty will not be
given any other tasks nor distracted from his or her
primary duty of video observation.
c. The guard on video monitoring will have a means of
communication (e.g. radio) readily available to contact
the guards standing duty or watch on the acute section
floor regarding any concerning behavior.
d. Documentation of behavior for those detainees on
Self-Harm Precautions will be completed by the guard
assigned to the video monitoring station, every 15
minutes.
e. Guards on video monitoring will be rotated at an
interval not to exceed every two hours. They must be
taken off monitoring duty for a minimum of 30 minutes
before being allowed to return to duty at the monitoring
station.
f. The Video Monitoring Position will not be used as a
place to employ soldiers on profile, or those otherwise
unable to perform the regular duties of a block guard.
30-10. Detainee Behavioral Management Matrix
Detainees with mental illnesses often present
behaviors that are very difficult to manage. They often
have poor impulse control, ineffective coping skills and
may be at an increased risk for self-injurious behaviors.
The Delta Behavioral Healthcare Block Behavior
Management Matrix takes this into consideration. The
matrix is intended to assist the detainee in maintaining
appropriate behavior and to facilitate consistency

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
30.7

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
between the MP’s and Behavioral Healthcare Service
staff.
a. When a detainee assigned to Delta Block commits a
camp rule infraction, or an offense listed in Delta
Block Behavior Management matrix, the Block NCO
and the Behavioral Healthcare Staff will be notified.
b. The Block NCO in conjunction with Behavioral
Healthcare staff will:
(1) Review Delta Block Behavior Management matrix
and locate the offense on the list. If the offense is not
listed, attempt to categorize a similar offense, or an
offense of comparable severity to the offense
committed by the detainee.
(2) Review the discipline record of the detainee to
determine the detainee’s previous discipline history.
(3) Behavioral Healthcare Service staff will review
the detainee’s medical and psych history.
(4) General population behavioral management.
a. Once a detainee has been accessed by Psych
personnel and the behavior is determined to be
manuptilutive, and/or malingering in nature, Psych
personnel may or may not transfer the detainee to Delta
block. In the event the detainee remains in general
population, Psych personnel will make the
determination to remove items specified in MFR for a
minimum of 5 days.
b. If Comfort items and/or Basic issue items are
removed and the detainee remains in general
population, Psych personnel will submit an MFR
through the DOC, in order to track the date for return
of it in DIMS.
c. Psych personnel will monitor detainee’s condition
during the Basic issue and/or Comfort item removal
period.
(5) Block NCO, in conjunction with Behavioral
Healthcare Service staff, will formulate a plan of
corrective action based on the Delta Behavioral
Healthcare Block Behavior Management Matrix that
addresses the detainee’s behavior. Mental Health
considerations will be taken into account when the
detainee’s clinical state has affected the detainee’s
judgment to the extent that disciplinary measures
would be felt inappropriate or would be contradictory
to the detainees written clinical treatment plan.
(a) If several offenses were committed at the same
time, do not add all discipline measures together to
determine the discipline. Instead, use the severity level
of the highest severity level offense committed to
determine the discipline number on the grid.
(b) When a behavior management measure is applied
to a detainee, he will be notified of the reason for the
measure, the type of behavior management measure
and the length of time this is to be in effect.
(c) The Block NCO is responsible for updating the
Delta Block Status Report when changes are made in a
detainee’s status (i.e. loss/reward of Comfort Items or

change in level). The Delta Block Status Report will
be posted at both ends of Delta Block and in the
Nurse’s Station.
Delta Block Behavior Management Matrix
Offense
Provoking words or gestures
Possession of contraband (i.e. food, etc)
Unauthorized communication (i.e.
Yelling or disturbing the block)
Flooding cellblock
Failure to follow camp rules (i.e.
Tampering with the cameras)
Failure to follow MP instructions
Conveying a threat
Damage to property
Tampering with locks or restraints
Possession of a key
Throw/spit at/on another person *
Exposure of self for sexual gratification
Assault (i.e. Hostile act or threat)
Inciting a riot
Possession of dangerous contraband (i.e.
Shank, club, other dangerous item)
Fighting
Bribery/attempted bribery
Sexual relations
Attempted escape
Throw urine/feces at/on another *
Aggravated assault (object or weapon
used)
Battery (aggravated or otherwise)
Escape

Category

I
I
I
I
II
II
II
II
III
III
III
III
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
V
V
V
V

* MP and Behavioral Health staff that have had saliva,
urine or feces spit/thrown to non-intact skin or in the
eyes/mouth will complete a Blood/Body Fluids
Exposure (SF600 overprint) located in the Delta Block
nurse’s station and report to the JAS within 24 hours
for further evaluation and treatment as per Detention
Hospital SOP. Blood to blood exposure requires the
individual to immediately report to the JAS with the
Blood/Body Fluids Exposure form.
Behavioral Health staff will evaluate the clinical need
for Seclusion / Restraint. If indicated, the on-call
provider will be notified. See Section 30-7.
Category Behavior Management Measure
Loss of Comfort Items x 1 day (except for
I
basic issue items listed on the comfort
items sheet.)
II
Loss of Comfort Items x 2 days (except for
basic issue items listed on the comfort
items sheet.)

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
30.8

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
III

IV

V

Loss of Comfort Items x 3 days (except for
basic issue items listed on the comfort
items sheet.) Drop of one level.
Loss of Comfort Items x 10 days (except
for basic issue items listed on the comfort
items sheet.) Drop of two levels.
Loss of Comfort Items x 15 days (except
for basic issue items listed on the comfort
items sheet.) Automatic drop to Level IV.

Category I – III offenses will be documented on a
GTMO 508 and maintained by the Block NCO. If a
drop in level is indicated, the new level will be in effect
for 30 days. Increases in level may be earned after 30
days with no infractions.
If a weapon or other items were used in the offense,
they will be documented on the Evidence/Property
Custody document (DA 4137) and forwarded to DOC.
The on-call Behavioral Health provider will be notified
of the offense and will determine whether the clinical
state of the detainee has affected his judgment to the
extent that disciplinary measures would be
inappropriate or contradictory to the detainee’s written
clinical treatment plan.
(d) The determination of behavior management
measure and a plan for its implementation will be
completed in a timely manner, not to exceed three
hours from the time of the infraction.
(e) Detainees assigned to Delta MHF will not be
transferred to segregation. The Segregation Units are
currently not capable of meeting the unique needs of
Delta Block detainees.
(f) The Block NCO, in conjunction with On-Duty
Behavioral Healthcare Service Officer, will approve all
discipline measures and will check the “recommended”
block of the GTMO Form 508, and sign as witness and
individual notifying detainee.
(g) Notification to the chain of command will be made
for any situations involving unusual circumstances, and
for any use of force beyond use of verbal direction or
show of force.
(h) Do not confiscate or provide any comfort item
unless it is for discipline, self-harm, or at the direction
of Behavioral Healthcare Service staff, per SOP, or at
the direction of the Block NCO.
h. When comfort items are taken from a detainee they
will be placed in a box over the detainee’s cell. Wet
items will not be placed in the detainees box until they
are dry. The outside of the box will be marked with the
detainee’s ISN. Items will not be returned to the
detainee until the length of discipline is completed or at
the written direction of Behavioral Healthcare Service
staff.
30-11. Oleoresin Capsicum (OC) Use

a. Due to the unique nature and requirements of the
Delta Behavioral Healthcare Block, the permanently
assigned Delta Block NCOs are authorized to carry and
utilize OC to intervene in acts of self-harm.
b. The use of OC will only be used to stop a detainee
committing acts deemed to be an immediate threat to
the detainee’s well being.
c. Prior to utilizing OC, coordination will be made
with Behavioral Health Staff whenever feasible so that
a follow on plan is established for the detainee. This
will normally consist of decontamination and
movement to a restraint or seclusion cell within the
Delta Acute Block.
d. Should prior coordination not be feasible due to
exigent circumstances, the Block NCO will notify the
Behavioral Health staff at the earliest opportunity.
e. Detainees will be secured and decontaminated
following any use of OC. The detainee will be secured
in a three-piece suit and escort to the exercise yard for
decontamination.
f. The use of OC will be reported to the on-duty CO.
g. The Block NCO will complete a sworn statement
concerning the use of OC spray. The company
commander will subsequently complete actions as
required in the notification matrix (SPOTREP to JOC,
blotter entry, and Incident Report completed).
h. If feasible, prior to the use of OC, the brevity code
should be transmitted via radio communication to the
DOC and ON-Duty CO. If the situation dictates, the
brevity codes will be called IMMEDIATELY after OC
is used and the detainee is out of imminent danger.
30-12. Shower and Exercise
a. Delta Block will utilize the following schedule for
shower and exercise.

SUNDAY
MONDAY
TUESDAY
WEDNESDAY
THURSDAY
FRIDAY
SATURDAY

MORNING
NONE
D1-D8
D17-D22
D1-D8
D17-D22
D1-D8
LEVEL I
D17-D22
LEVEL I

AFTERNOON
NONE
D9-D16
DA1-DA17
D9-D16
DA1-DA17
D9-D16
LEVEL I
DA1-DA17
LEVEL I

b. Shower and exercise call will be conducted in
conjunction with each other. The Block NCO will be
responsible for ensuring all Level 1 detainee’s receive
shower and exercise three times per week and each
Level 2, 3, and 4 detainees receive shower and exercise
twice per week, unless the detainee is on disciplinary
measures that include no exercise.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
30.9

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
c. Allow each detainee 30 minutes for exercise. Allow
five minutes to shower immediately after exercise.
d. Delta Block detainees on self-harm precautions
WILL NOT be given a razor to remove body hair. If it
is determined the detainee is authorized use of a razor
the below guideline will be followed.
(1) The detainee will receive a safety razor.
(2) The guard will monitor “eyes on” the detainee at
all times while in possession of the razor. Block
personnel will ensure the razor is returned, intact as
soon as the detainee has completed shaving.
(3) An additional five minutes will be given for the
detainee to remove body hair.
(4) Only allow shaving of body hair on the first
rotation of each week (Monday and Tuesday).
(5) At no time will a detainee be in possession of both
a razor and nail clippers. Nail clippers will be given in
the shower only.
(6) All detainees are authorized the use of a comb.
Combs will be issued during shower and accounted for
and returned prior to the detainee returning to his cell.
The comb will be placed in a zip-lock bag and
maintained in the detainees cell file. The detainees
ISN will be printed on the outside of the plastic bag.
Detainees are not permitted to share a comb as this
presents a hygiene issue.
(7) Ensure the razor is returned, intact, as soon as the
detainee has completed shaving.
(8) In the event the detainee has damaged the razor
the Block NCO will immediately be notified. A
thorough search of the shower area and the detainee
will be conducted. The supervising guard will
complete a DA 2823; Sworn Statement, for
disciplinary measures. The damaged razor will be
collected and a DA 4137; Evidence/Property Custody
Document, will be completed by the supervising guard.
The Block NCO will be responsible for ensuring the
proper forms are filed out correctly.
(9) At not time will a detainee, with a razor, be
permitted to overly obstruct the view of the supervising
guard (i.e. towel, shirt) beyond the detainee’s cultural
need for modesty. This will be a judgment decision for
the block guard.
(10) In the event the detainee refuses to return the
razor, or the razor is returned damaged and the blade,
or part of the blade, is missing the DOC, CO, and
Behavioral Healthcare Service staff will immediately
be notified. The minimum amount of force will be
used to regain possession of the razor.
e. During shower and exercise, female MP’s can
escort detainees to the rear of the block., However,
female MP will not enter the shower and exercise area.
In the event of an emergency, the Block OIC, NCOIC,
or senior MP can over ride this policy on the block at
the time of the emergency.
f. Track refusals in DIMS.

g. Search the refusing detainee’s cell.
h. No detainee may perform hand-to-hand combat or
martial arts type PT, either organized or individually,
in the exercise yard or their cell.
i. Amputees will receive their normal exercise time
and any additional time if prescribed by a doctor.
Detainees who use a walker may take the walker with
them to the exercise yard.
j. Level 1 detainees will be taken to and from the
shower and exercise yard in handcuffs secured by a
waist belt (Velcro restraints). They will not have leg
irons placed on them.
k. Detainees may be shackled in the standing position.
In the event a detainee is not shackled in the standing
position the Block NCO will be responsible to ensure
the incident is documented by DA Form 2823 and
entered into DIMS.
l. Fingernail length will not exceed the finger-tip. In
the event a detainee on self-harm precautions is in
violation of this policy the following procedure will be
followed:
(1) The detainee will be shackled in a three- piece
suit.
(2) 2 MP escort team will escort he detainee to a
restraint room.
(3) The detainee will be issued the nail clippers by
the Block NCO, while the 2 person MP escort team
maintains positive control of the detainee. The Threepiece suit will not be removed until the detainee is
returned to his cell.
30-13. Dispensing of Prescribed Medication and
Medical Sick call Procedures
a. Detainees on Delta Block who have prescribed
medications will have those medications dispensed to
them by Behavioral Healthcare Service staff certified
in medication administration. BHS staff will ensure
appropriate actions are taken to prevent cheeking of
medications. All medication refusals will be
documented and brought to the attention of the Unit
Nurse. In the case of psychotropic medications the
psychiatrist will be contacted within two days of the
initial refusal; for non-psychiatric medications the unit
nurse will contact the medical clinic nurse or physician
for further guidance.
b. The Block NCO will ensure that all detainees with
medical/physical complaints are placed on the Medical
Sick call List in DIMS by 0600 each morning.
Detainees may be evaluated/treated either in their cell
or transported to the Delta Medical Clinic at the
discretion of the Medical staff.
c. For medical issues of a non-routine nature the Unit
Nurse may contact the psychiatrist.
d. For medical issues of an acute or potentially serious
nature the Unit Nurse will coordinate transfer to the

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
30.10

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
medical clinic where adequate medical triage can be
performed.
e. Under no circumstances will GF personnel dispense
any form of medication.
30-14. Medical Records
a. Medical Records for detainees housed on Delta
Behavioral Healthcare Block will be kept in the
Nurse’s Station.
(1) If a particular detainee requires medical care at
Delta Medical Clinic or Detention Hospital, the
Medical Record will be delivered to the clinic by BHS
staff.
(2) The Medical Record will be returned to Delta
Block by BHS or Medical staff. The Behavioral
Healthcare RN will transcribe any necessary doctor’s
orders.
b. Medical Records for detainees on Behavioral
Healthcare Service, but not housed on Delta Block,
will remain at the Delta Medical Clinic.
(1) All Behavioral Healthcare documentation will be
kept in a convenience record on Delta Block.
(2) The Medical Record will be annotated, on the
Summary of Care form, to indicate that a particular
detainee is on Behavioral Healthcare Service and that a
convenience record exists on Delta Block.
(3) Behavioral Healthcare Service staff will obtain the
Medical Record from the Delta Medical Clinic if
needed for Psychological evaluations or for Treatment
Team meetings.
30-15. Combat Stress Reactions
Guard or behavioral healthcare staff exhibiting signs
or symptoms of combat stress reactions will be referred
to the Combat Stress Control team. DH behavioral
healthcare staff will provide no treatment beyond
normal unit leadership.
After a Serious Incident, leadership on the block
should evaluate the circumstances surrounding the
situation to determine if Combat Stress should be
notified for soldier counseling.
30-16. Interpreters
Every effort will be made to consolidate visits by
interpreters through coordination between guard and
behavioral healthcare staff.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
30.11

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally left blank

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
30.12

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 31
Supply Operations
31-1. Waste Disposal
a. Kvaerner is scheduled to pick up trash seven days
a week. Dumpsters for Camps 1 and 2 are located next
to Sally Port 7. Dumpsters for Camp IV are located
near the Detention Hospital. If trash is not picked up
according to schedule, report it to the JDOG S-4 or call
the contractor helpdesk at X-4424.
b. In the event that dumpsters become full before
scheduled pick up, utilize another dumpster within the
camp.
If the camp dumpsters are full, utilize the
dumpsters in the north parking lot. If all dumpsters are
full, report it to the JDOG S-3 for coordination of
corrective action.
c. Trash placed outside of the dumpster will not be
picked up by the contractor. All boxes must be broken
down to maximize space.
d. No HAZMAT or Biohazard materials will be
placed in the dumpsters. Contact the JDOG S-4 for
assistance or call the following numbers: X-4077 or X4220 for additional instructions.
e. Metal and wood are to be placed in designated
containers labeled for metal and wood items only. For
safety and recycling purposes, do not mix these items
with regular trash.
f. MPs are responsible for daily police call around
the dumpsters to collect any trash that may have fallen
during pick up by contractor.
31-2. Camp Supply Rooms
a. MREs and laundry will be issued from Camp
Delta Supply Room between 0900 and 1100 hrs and
between 1400 and 1630 hrs on Mondays thru
Wednesdays. MREs only will be issued between 0900
and 1000 hours on Thursdays thru Saturdays.
b. MREs and laundry will be issued from Camp II
Supply Room between 0900 and 1100 hrs and between
1400 and 1630 hrs on Thursdays thru Saturdays.
MREs only will be issued between 0900 and 1000
hours on Mondays thru Wednesdays.
c. Sundays will be as follows: 0900 – 1000 for CP1 and 1000 – 1100 for CP2
d. Unused clean laundry needs to be returned to the
supply room during regular duty hours or placed in the
clean laundry storage shed after normal duty hours.
e. Dirty laundry must be placed in white mesh
laundry bags, placed in garbage bags, and then returned
to the dirty laundry storage shed.
f. Blankets will be issued as needed from the clean
laundry storage shed at Camp I and from the supply
room at Camp II utilizing the same hours as above.
Contact the supply person in the Camp for any
additional assistance.
g. All detainee supplies will be issued in accordance
with the above schedule.

h. The SOG or a designated soldier of each camp
will control the keys to the supply rooms. The SOG or
designated soldier will be the only one authorized
access to the supply room after duty hours. The SOG
or designated soldier must document all items taken
from the supply room after hours.
31-3. Supply Requests
a. Each staff section will submit supply requests to
the JDOG S-4 for their section. Supply requests for
the blocks or the DOC will be filled out by the DOC
and submitted to the Detainee Services Branch who
will forward the request on to the JDOG S-4.
b. The OIC of each section must sign each request
before it is submitted to the JDOG S-4.
c. When a supply requests is filled for the JDOG S3, the supplies will be brought to the Camp Delta
supply room. The Detention Services Branch will be
notified when the supplies are delivered.
31-4. Computer Requests
All requests for computers will follow the same
process as supplies.
31-5. MRE Sanitization
a. Supply personnel will sanitize MREs prior to
delivery to Camp Delta. Each MRE will have items
removed from them that are considered harmful to the
waste disposal system of Camp Delta.
b. Detainees will be fed one of four MREs. The
MREs are numbers 11, 12, 13, and 14.
c. Below is a list of the contents of the MREs that
must remain in each MRE.
(1) For MRE #11, the following items will be in
the MRE pouch:
(a) Crackers (wrapped)
(b) Pound Cake (wrapped)
(c) Spoon (without plastic wrapper)
(d) Peanut Butter (wrapped)
(e) Pasta with Vegetables in Tomato Sauce
(wrapped in packet, no cardboard)
(f) Peaches (wrapped)
(g) Ice tea drink mix (wrapped)
(h) Toilet paper with brown wrapper
(i) Salt packet
(j) Moist Towelette
(2) For MRE #12, the following items will be in
the MRE pouch:
(a) Crackers (wrapped)
(b) Pound Cake (wrapped)
(c) Spoon (without plastic wrapper)
(d) Peanut Butter (wrapped)
(e) Black Bean and Rice Burrito (wrapped)
(f) Pears (wrapped)
(g) Ice tea drink mix (wrapped)
(h) Toilet paper with brown wrapper
(i) Salt packet

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
31.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(j) Moist Towelette
(k) Fruit Bar
(3) For MRE #13, the following items will be in
the MRE pouch:
(a) Crackers (wrapped)
(b) Pound Cake (wrapped)
(c) Spoon (without plastic wrapper)
(d) Peanut Butter (wrapped)
(e) Cheese Tortellini in Tomato Sauce (wrapped)
(f) Applesauce (wrapped)
(g) Ice tea drink mix (wrapped)
(h) Toilet paper with brown wrapper
(i) Salt packet
(j) Moist Towelette
(4) For MRE #14, the following items will be in
the MRE pouch:
(a) Crackers (wrapped)
(b) Pound Cake (wrapped)
(c) Spoon (without plastic wrapper)
(d) Peanut Butter (wrapped)
(e) Pasta with Vegetables in Alfredo Style Sauce
(wrapped)
(f) Peaches (wrapped)
(g) Ice tea drink mix (wrapped)
(h) Toilet paper with brown wrapper
(i) Salt packet
(j) Moist Towelette
(k) Fruit Bar
(j) Peanuts, shelled roasted (wrapped).
31-6. Equipment Turn-In
a. All items on the DA 3161 must be turned-in and
may not be discarded.
If discarded without
documenting the disposal, the individual will become
financially liable for the equipment.
b. Turn-in of equipment on the DA 3161 will follow
the this procedure if no replacement is readily available
from the supply room:
(1) The individual turning in the equipment
creates a DA 2062 with the item to be turned in on it.
(2) The individual takes the DA 2062 and the
item to the turn-in point and the turn-in point signs for
receipt of the equipment.
(3) The supply room will direct where to place
put the inoperable equipment.
(4) The DA 2062 is then copied. The original
will go with the DA 3161 for that post and the soldier
responsible for the post will keep the copy in the event
the original is lost.
(5) When a replacement arrives, the supply room
will be given the original DA 2062. If the original does
not exist, the copy must be given to them.
c. Turn-in of equipment on the DA 3161 will follow
the this procedure if a replacement is readily available
from the supply room:

(1) The item to be turned in will be taken to the
supply room.
(2) The supply room will give an equivalent item
to the individual.
(3) No paperwork is required.
d. The following is a list of special equipment that
is on a DA 3161 that will not be turned in to the supply
room:
(1) Computers
(2) Mag-lites
(3) Power Supply
(4) Pass-on Books
(5) Locks
(6) Metal Detectors
(7) Radios
(8) Surge Protector
(9) Radio Batteries
(10) Air Conditioner Remotes
(11) Radio Battery Charger
(12) Shackles
(13) Hand Cuffs
(14) Waist Belts
(15) Keys
e. All locks, shackles, handcuffs, waist belts, and
keys will be turned into the Detention Operations
NCO.
f. All computers will be left in place if inoperable.
DOC is to file a trouble ticket with the SysAdmin of
the JDOG DSB. If the SysAdmin position is not filled,
the request will be sent to J-6.
g. All Mag-Lites, power supplies, pass-on books,
metal detectors, radios, surge protectors, radio
batteries, air conditioner remotes, and radio battery
chargers will be turned in to the DSB.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
31.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
31.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 32
Emergency Action Plans (EAPs)
32-1. Attempted/Actual Self -Harm
a. The brevity code for a self-harm incident is
“SNOWBALL”.
The block NCO of the affected
block will call the code three times over the radio with
the block and cell number.
b. The block guard who first identifies a detainee
attempting a self-harm act or a detainee who is in the
midst of a self-harm act will immediately notify the
block NCO.
c. The roving sally of the effected camp will secure
(1) pair of bolt cutters for the block NCO from the
causeway guard shack. Additionally, the Roving sally
will open the outer gate of the effected block for access
of emergency personnel. All personnel on the block
will cease current operations and movements, move
detainees back to their cells, exercise yard, shower or
closest available empty cell and secure them. The
personnel assigned to that block will move to the cell
where the incident is occurring. All non-essential
personnel, i.e., Escorts, VIP’s, Chaplains, etc., will
immediately move off the block into the causeway to
ease foot traffic through the block during the incident.
d. If the detainee's condition is or becoming life
threatening, and only two to three block guards are
available, they will form an entry team and enter the
cell to secure and attend to the detainee. The guards do
not have to wait for the IRF team, they can take
immediate action if the block NCO, according to
his/her best judgment, deems he/she can control the
situation to secure and safeguard the detainee.
e. Block NCO responsibilities:
(1) safety and security of the MP’s is the number one
consideration. Most instances the threat will be
minimal; however the block NCO must make a
competent decision when determining the risk to MP
personnel.
(2) ensure all other detainees are secured in their
respective cells, the exercise yard, shower and/or any
available cell. Note if a detainee is placed in a cell
other than his own and notify DOC when the situation
permits.
(3) ensure the interior gate of the block sally port is
open to allow the expeditious entry of any emergency
personnel. The Block guard walking the block will
have keys and shears on him/her while walking the
block. The Block NCO will obtain the “Snowball Kit”
and proceed to the affected cell.
(4) ensure that at least one person is still walking the
block and maintaining observation of the rest of the
block.
(5) assess the situation, assume the position of the
entry team leader, provide a quick brief to his/her team
on his/her course of action to stop the self-harm
incident IAW the ROE and RUF policies for Camp

Delta. If Block NCO is not available, first Guard on
scene has to be able to assess the situation and make
quick decision. Cell entry will follow Operation
Snowball Training Guideline.
(6) ensure the detainee is safe and secure until
medical personnel arrive.
(7) provide the SOG/PL/CO with the SITREP upon
their arrival.
(8) secure the cell where the incident has occurred to
prevent tampering of potential evidence until BHS and
MPI have released the cell back to the control of the
block NCO.
(9) ensure any detainees who were temporarily
placed in cells other than their own are returned to their
appropriate cell.
(10) complete a DA Form 2823 regarding the
incident, supervise and review the DA Form 2823s of
the guards on the block directly involved in the
incident and submit these to the SOG/PL.
(11) annotate the incident in DIMS.
e. DOC responsibilities:
(1) repeat the brevity code and incident block.
(2) alert all personnel that radio communications in
Camp Delta are for emergency use only, all nonemergency communications will occur via landline
where possible.
(3) ensure medical and BHS personnel have been
dispatched to the incident site to assist in stabilizing the
detainee.
(4) dispatch the admin personnel with the camera,
extra disks and extra battery to the incident site.
(5) dispatch escort team to assist with transport of
detainee to medical.
(6) notify the roving sally personnel to stop all
movement within the effected Camp.
(7) check DIMS and dispatch an interpreter who
speaks a language understood by the detainee to the
incident site.
(8) if necessary, coordinate to have the ambulance
escorts and NAVBASE hospital guards mobilized.
(9) have all blocks conduct a headcount at the
resolution of the incident.
(10) process all forms and reports as necessary.
f. IRF team member’s responsibilities (if needed as
determined by SOG or higher):
(1) upon receipt of the brevity code from their
respective block NCOs, dress in their gear and report to
the causeway adjacent to the incident block.
(2) only to be used if the detainee is combative or
resistive as deemed necessary by the on scene
commander.
(3) conduct operations IAW normal IRF procedures.
g. CO responsibilities:
(1) ensure soldiers are walking the block.
(2) receive brief on situation from PL/SOG.
(3) ensure paperwork is initiated. SOG to follow up.

11Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(4) conduct an AAR upon resolution of the incident.
(5) notify Combat Stress Team, if necessary.
(6) brief CJDOG or DCJDOG on situation.
(7) complete SIR upon receipt of AAR and 2823’s.
h. PL responsibilities:
(1) immediately report to the scene.
(2) assume duties as on scene commander, ensuring
appropriate level of supervision and observation to
unaffected cells and directing all emergency personnel
as indicated.
(3) once detainee has been moved to medical, ensure
all personnel are physically and psychologically ok.
(4) provide coverage for the block to allow CO to
conduct AAR with guards directly involved in the
incident.
(5) ensure sworn statements are done.
(6) ensure the cell is secured until BHS and MPI
personnel have released it back to the block NCO.
i. SOG responsibilities:
(1) immediately report to the scene.
(2) assist PL with command and control of scene.
(3) ensure all litters are centrally located in the
causeway at all times.
(4) supervise all camp personnel and ensure all
gates, sally’s, and other blocks, are conducting duties
to best support the efforts of safety, security, and
immediate access of emergency personnel.
j. Behavioral Healthcare Service (BHS)
responsibilities:
(1) upon hearing the brevity code “SNOWBALL”
immediately report to the scene.
(2) assess the detainee.
(3) assist the MPs/medical staff in stabilizing/
securing the detainee.
(4) assess the scene, paying particular attention to
items/materials used in the self-harm attempt.
(5) interview guard personnel to help determine the
specific facts pertaining to the self-harm incident.
(6) talk with other detainees, assessing their mental
status with respect to the self-harm incident.
(7) notify the on-call BHS provider.
(8) BHS provider will make determination and
classify the self-harm behavior as either Self-Injurious
Behavior (SIB) or Suicide Attempt (SA). This
information will be relayed to the CO via the DOC
within three (3) hours of the incident.
k. Medical staff responsibilities:
(1) upon hearing the brevity code SNOWBALL,
immediately dispatch two (2) corpsmen with IRF bag
and spine board to the scene. (Spine boards are
centrally located in the causeway of each Camp).
(2) on arrival, assess the detainee, stabilize injuries
and report status via radio to Delta Medical Clinic.
(3) escort the detainee to the Delta Medical Clinic
for further evaluation and treatment.
l. All blocks not affected in the incident camp are to

continue operations within their block. No movements
will occur out of and into their respective block (i.e., all
reservation and medical moves will cease until further
notice).
m. One roving sally personnel will locate a litter and
place the litter in the causeway outside the incident
block.
n. The other roving sally personnel will open gates to
allow the IRF team out into the causeway if necessary,
and facilitate expeditious entry of emergency personnel
to the scene.
o. Upon the order of the SOG; sally 4 and/or sally 10,
depending on camp, will open the interior gate and
man the exterior gate to allow the expeditious
movement of emergency personnel and vehicles. They
will secure the interior gate once the detainee is
evacuated out of the camp or on order from
SOG/PL/CO.
p. Once the situation is resolved and the detainee is
safely evacuated, all personnel directly involved in the
incident will complete a DA Form 2823 regarding the
incident and submit it to the SOG or PL.
32-2. Mass Disturbance
a. In the event of any type of disorder, immediately
lock down the facility. No one will exit the facility
until the situation is resolved, or unless order to do so
by the CO.
b. The uniform for response personnel will be BDU;
riot helmet with face shield; protective mask; Kevlar
vest, elbow, knee and shin pads; riot baton; and a radio.
In extreme situations, selected marksmen will be armed
with M-16 or M-4 rifles and M-12 shotguns (by order
of the CJDOG only). Weapons will not enter the
facility exterior fence line under any circumstances.
c. The primary staging area for response personnel
is Camp IV main Sally Port Gate causeway.
d. During tests of the Mass Disturbance Emergency
Plan, all procedures herein will be followed, except for
the use of detainees or the actual notification of outside
agencies (unless previously coordinated by the
commander or his representative).
e. Minor Disturbances:
(1) Upon detection or notification of a
disturbance, the senior guard present will take the
following actions using all available guard personnel in
the area of the disturbance:
(a) Initiate an immediate facility lockdown.
(b) Notify the DOC and request assistance.
(c) Segregate the non-participants from the
participants.
(d) Identify and segregate the leaders and
principle participants. If all bean hole doors are closed,
open a bean hole door for each non-participant in the
disturbance. If all bean hole doors are open, close the
bean hole doors for each participant. Open bean hole

22Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
doors will signify non-participants and closed ones will
signify participants.
(e) Use only the force necessary and practical
under the circumstances to disburse the participants.
Guards should not enter a situation that they do not
have the force available to resolve. When in doubt,
wait for backup.
(2) Guard personnel in other areas will secure
their area, notify the SOG, and remain at their posts
unless otherwise directed by the SOG.
(3) The SOG will take the following immediate
actions:
(a) Notify all personnel (guards will not leave
their assigned posts upon receiving the alert unless
specifically ordered to do so).
(b) Proceed directly to the area of the
disturbance, estimate the situation, and take appropriate
measures to end the disturbance and restore order.
(c) Initiate a head count as soon as the situation
permits.
(d) As soon as possible, notify the PL, CO, and
the JDOG deputy commander.
(4) In the event that a single detainee becomes
unruly or fails to comply with orders, the SOG will
take the following action:
(a) Isolate the detainee and clear all other
detainees from the area.
(b) Attempt to counsel and reason with the
detainee. If this fails, inform the detainee that
necessary force will be used to control him/her.
Procedures for using the IRF Team can be found in
Chapter 25 of this SOP. The CO must authorize this.
Guards will use the minimum amount of force
necessary to subdue the detainee. Once the detainee
has been subdued, he will be placed in an individual
cell. All items that might be used by the detainee to
cause damage to property, themselves, or others will be
removed.
f. Major Disturbances:
(1) In the event of an attempted group or mass
break out, riot, or other general disorder, the guard
discovering or receiving notification of the incident
will immediately notify all other members of the guard
force.
(2) The DOC RTO will immediately notify the
chain of command and, on order, initiate a recall of all
guard personnel.
(3) Guards will move all nonparticipating
detainees to their cells or away from the scene of the
disturbance, segregating the rioters from the other
detainees.
(4) Guards will immediately secure all gates and
ensure detainees under their supervision are secure and
cannot join the area of the disturbance.
(5) The SOG will immediately:

(a) Ensure that all doors, gates, exits, and
detainees are secured.
(b) Proceed to the area of the disorder and
evaluate the situation. Attempt to determine the
number of detainees involved; number and type of any
weapons involved; names of staff personnel held by
detainees; and general temperament of the detainees.
(c) Remove detainees not involved in the
disturbance to a secure location.
(d) Attempt to isolate or remove ringleaders. If
this cannot be accomplished, the SOG will attempt to
reason with the detainees involved and inform them
that order will be restored using force if necessary.
(6) Sally Port Gates 1 and 8 will:
(a) Stop all inbound vehicle and personnel.
(b) Upon visual sight of the emergency vehicles,
open both the interior and exterior sally port gates.
Upon arrival, make an expeditious visual ID check.
DO NOT DETAIN EMERGENCY PERSONNEL.
Secure the gates after the vehicles have cleared the
inner gate.
(7) Upon arrival, the CO will:
(a) Proceed to the area of the disturbance and
estimate the situation.
(b) Assemble key personnel, brief them on the
situation and plan to restore order.
(c) If deemed necessary, order the issue of
weapons and non-lethal munitions to the riot team.
(d) Inform the participating detainees that
authority will prevail; that order will be restored and
that means are available to restore order by sufficient
application of force. Inform the detainees that they can
avoid the consequences of forceful measures if they
promptly desist from further resistance and surrender
or disperse. If reasoning has failed, a final direct order
will be given to the detainees to terminate the
disturbance. This order will not be given until it can be
backed up by sufficient application of force. If the
detainees refuse to obey this order, the CO will
immediately order the use of force to restore order.
The degree of force applied will be limited to that force
which is deemed reasonable and necessary under the
circumstances. Authorized force will be used in
accordance with the Chapter 1 of this SOP and the
Delegation of Authority Policy Letter approved by the
Commanding General, JTF GTMO.
(8) CO may authorize show of force and the use
of the riot team.
(9) JDOG Deputy Commander may authorize use
of high-pressure water and physical force, other than
weapons fire.
(10) CJDOG may authorize presentation and use
of deadly force.
(11) Guards will not touch a detainee except in
self-defense, to prevent an escape, to prevent injury to
persons or property, or to quell a disturbance.

33Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(12) Once order has been restored and the head
count has been cleared, an investigation will be
conducted. A full report of the incident will include, at
a minimum, the following:
(a) The reason for the incident and names of the
leaders
(b) Injuries
(c) Size of the force used to restore order, the
amount of force used, and how the force was applied.
(d) Estimated damages
(e) Chronology of events
(f) Recommendations to preclude reoccurrence
of similar events
(13) Following any disturbance, the CO will
prepare and submit a Serious Incident Report (SIR).
g. Disturbances Outside The Facility:
(1) If a disturbance occurs outside the facility,
while detainees are under guard, the guards will make
verbal efforts including persuasion, warnings, and
direct orders.
(2) The guard will immediately contact the
facility for assistance.
(3) The DOC will gain radio contact with the
Infantry and request assistance.
(4) If a detainee attempts to escape, the guard
will not leave other detainees unsecured in order to
pursue the fleeing detainee. He/she will note the
direction of travel and notify the facility.
(5) Once order is restored, all detainees will be
immediately returned to the facility.
h. Additional Procedures For Hostage Situation:
(1) In the event that a hostage or hostages are
taken, the same procedures as outlined above will be
followed. Additionally, the following will occur.
(a) The DOC will notify the CJDOG that the
situation involves one or more hostages.
(b) The CO will arrange for a hostage negotiator
to proceed to the facility.
(c) The CO and the senior Navy Law
Enforcement Officer present will coordinate the use of
the negotiator as well as any physical action that will
be used to resolve the situation.
i. Post-Disturbance Procedures:
(1) The SOG will initiate a special count and
conduct shakedowns in all affected areas to ensure all
contraband/weapons have been removed.
(2) The SOG will conduct a shakedown,
inspection, and accountability of all equipment in all
affected areas.
(3) The SOG will remove or repair all damaged
furnishings.
(4) The SOG will ensure that all reports are
written, collected, and processed through appropriate
sections.
32-3. Power Outage

a. The SOG will go to the Generator shed and find
the power breaker labeled “Main”, which is located to
the rear of the shed.
b. Verify the loss of shore power by checking the
voltage indicator on the Main Breaker Panel. If shore
power has been lost, the indicator will register “0”/
c. Check the Main Breaker Switch. It should be
open. If it is not open, press the green “Open” button.
This will open the circuit and prevent the paralleling of
the system with Shore Power.
d. Bus Coupler Panel.
(1) Camp I: Look at the Bus Coupler breaker. If
it is open, press the green “On” button to shut the
breaker.
(2) Camp II: Carefully open the door of the Bus
Coupler panel and check the breaker. If the breaker is
open, shut the panel door and press the “Bus Coupler
Manual Close” button to shut the breaker.
e. Generator Selector Switch
(1) Camp I: Turn the switch to select the
generator that is to be used.
(2) Camp II: Turn the switch to select the
generator that is to be used. Then, turn the “Day/Night
Control Switch” to the “2-Night Manual”
f. The Generator Control Panel is located on the
front of the generator. To start the generator, press the
“Manual” button twice. Allow 30 seconds for the
generator to come up to speed and voltage.
g. Press the button twice to close the generator
breaker. Allow 40 seconds for the breaker to close. If
the breaker fails to close, press the green “Close”
button on the breaker for the Generator Control Panel.
h. Verify power has been restored to the facility.
i. If the generator fails to start automatically, or
power is not restored to the facility, place an
emergency work order with R&U and conduct
operations with flashlights and lanterns.
j. All detainees in the interrogation booth will be
secured.
k. If the generators fail to start or they breakdown,
all detainees in transit to a location will be returned to
their cells and secured.
32-4. Hostage Situation
a. During duty hours, the CO will direct all hostage
operations. The PL and SOG will conduct all
operations
b. The DOC will make notification to outside
agencies and supply support to the CO when needed.
c. Staff will route all information through the active
operations center.
d. CO will maintain DOC of situation while keeping
in contact with all JTF staff.
e. Staff will:
(1) Notify DOC by telephone or messenger when
a hostage/barricaded subject incident occurs.

44Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(2) Isolate the area. Evacuate non-participating.
Monitor detainees that cannot be evacuated due to the
hostage situation.
(3) Keep the hostage taker and hostage under
observation from a safe area, if it does not jeopardize
the hostage’s safety.
(4) Verification of the presence of all assigned
present for duty, staff, and/or volunteers/visitors for
personnel accountability will be critical.
f. DOC will:
(1) Open a journal.
(2) Notify the SOG/PL by telephone or
messenger.
(3) Notify the Guard Force by telephone or
messenger.
(4) Dispatch an initial response force to help
isolate the area.
(5) Notify the CO.
(6) Notify the IRF team via a brevity code.
(7) Cease all detainee movement.
(8) Instruct all sally port staff to implement
secondary form of ID checks and deny entry and exit if
it would breach perimeter security. Gate personnel
must not allow hostage takers to enter or depart the
facility with the hostages unless authorized by the CO.
(9) Instruct tower guards to stand ready for
instructions.
(10) If possible, monitor the hostage taker and
hostage from an adjacent block.
(11) Implement special count procedures as
directed.
(12) Notify the DCJDOG.
(13) Upon direction of the Duty Operations
(a) Notify key personnel by saber radio.
g. The SOG/PL will:
(1) Evaluate the situation.
(2) Isolate the site. Evacuate and post perimeter
security around the immediate area and secure crash
gates. Initiate an institutional lock down and a special
count.
(3) Ensure crime scenes are preserved.
h. The PL will make a recommendation on
implementing the IRF to the CO.
32-5. Death
a. The initial requirements for Camp Delta includes
but are not limited to:
(1) Block NCO:
(a) The Block NCO may be the first to observe a
detainee in a potentially life threatening condition. The
Block NCO will contact the DOC and Medical
immediately.
(b) The Block NCO will isolate the scene by
locking all detainees down, and requesting additional
security as necessary.

(c) The Block NCO will protect the scene (i.e.
from unnecessary foot traffic and touching) that could
change the form of the evidence or destroy it.
(d) Protect any evidence from the elements,
which if not protected, would cause it to lose its
evidentiary value.
(e) Identify persons related to the incident or
present at the scene. Provide this information and facts
pertaining to the incident to CO and/or any
investigating officer.
b. In the event a detainee death is confirmed by the
Camp Medical Officer, the DOC will immediately
contact the following leaders for recall to Camp Delta.
(1) CJDOG
(2) Camp Commandant
(3) Deputy CJDOG
(4) JDOG S-3
(5) Chaplain
(6) JDOG S-3 SGM
c. The DOC will consider all detainee casualty
information as sensitive and classified.
d. If a detainee death occurs, the CO will be
responsible for submitting a SIR to CJDOG.
e. The JDOG S-3 oversees Camp Delta’s entire
detainee casualty response effort under the direction of
CJDOG.
(1) Ensures the CJDOG is notified as soon as
possible.
(2) Will send SPOT report.
(3) Will notify Deputy CJDOG, Chaplain, JDOG
S-1, JDOG S-2, and JDOG S-4 and key staff leaders.
(4) Will notify the JTF GTMO Mortuary Affairs
Officer (J4).
(5) Will arrange for an initial coordination
meeting to brief details of the situation and to
coordinate the detainee casualty response effort.
(6) Will coordinate with Camp Medical Staff to
contact Naval Hospital NAVBASE GTMO and
morgue for mortuary services support.
(7) Will coordinate with Camp Medical Staff for
travel and movement of the deceased to Naval
Hospital/morgue.
(8) Coordinates with Camp Medical staff for a
post medical evaluation.
(9) In coordination with JTF-GTMO Mortuary
Affairs Officer request through USCINCSO CAC a
pathologist from the Armed Forces Institute of
Pathology. The pathologist arrives to perform an
autopsy to document the cause of detainee death.
JDOG S-3 in coordination with JTF-GTMO Mortuary
Affairs Officer sends a copy of detainee death
certificate to USCINCSO CAC (surgeon).
(10) Will coordinate with JDOG S-1 to provide
the following information to the JTF-GTMO Mortuary
Affairs Officer:
(a) Full name of detainee

55Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(b) Detainee ISN number
(c) Date of Birth
(d) Fingerprints
(e) Date and place of death
(f) Date and place of burial
(g) Any particulars necessary to identify the
grave.
(11) In coordination with JTF-GTMO Mortuary
Affairs Officer for Naval Hospital Mortician
Department support for burial ground preparation.
JDOG S-3 awaits guidance from JTF-GTMO Mortuary
Affairs Officer on determination of detainee remains
disposition, as well as disposition of detainee personal
effects.
f. Camp Medical Staff and Detention Hospital. In
the event of a detainee death, medical personnel or the
detention hospital staff will contact the Camp Medical
Officer, the Command Mortician, and other designated
personnel in the chain of command as appropriate.
g. The processing of detainee remains shall be
handled by the Command Mortician and Head, Patient
Administration including the preparation of all
associated paperwork such as death certificates, reports
to higher authorities, and decedent records keeping.
The Command Mortician shall ensure that:
(1) Remains have been identified.
(2) Remains shall be wrapped in a sheet and
placed in a body bag for transfer to the morgue in an
appropriate vehicle.
(3) He/she or a designated Patient Administration
representative along with camp personnel shall escort
remains to morgue for placement in remains
refrigerator.
h. Disposition of remains shall be carried out in
accordance with the above referenced instruction
and/or as directed by cognizant authorities.
i. If the medical officer declares a detainee as
deceased, he will contact the DOC and CJDOG
immediately.
j. Camp Medical Staff will coordinate to ensure a
post death medical evaluation is conducted.
k. JDOG S-1.
(1) Will coordinate with JDOG S-3 for the
release of detainee personal records to JTF-GTMO
Mortuary Affairs Officer.
(2) Will coordinate with JDOG S-3 to ensure
retrieval of detainee’s identification bracelet.
(3) Will coordinate with JFT-GTMO Mortuary
Affairs Officer to ensure location of detainee grave is
recorded with the graves registration service.
l. JDOG S-4.
(1) Will coordinate the disposition, collection,
and inventory of any personal property, to include any
seized during detainee capture.
(2) Will coordinate with JDOG S-3 for travel and
movement of remains to place of burial.

(3) Will coordinate with chaplain for necessary
funeral and burial supplies.
m. Chaplain.
(1) Will provide guidance to the CJDOG
commander to ensure the deceased detainee is
honorably buried, and if possible according to the rites
of the religion, to which they belong.
(2) Will perform or provide for the honorable
burial of a deceased detainee in a manner consistent
with Article 120 of the Geneva Convention to the
extent allowed by military necessity.
n. SJA will provide advice to CJDOG.
32-6. Medical Emergency
a. A medical emergency is any condition likely to
result in lasting bodily harm if treatment is delayed
until Sick Call the next day. Some examples of
emergencies are severe cuts, burns, broken bones,
unconsciousness or injuries resulting in temporary
unconsciousness, asthmatic attacks, repeated vomiting,
high fever or sudden changes in long standing
conditions causing intolerable discomfort.
b. An medical emergency condition does not exist
when an individual has a cold, flu, headache, single
episode of vomiting, missed medication call, upset
stomach or muscle aches (not caused by trauma
c. The Detention Hospital will be consulted for
medical emergencies during all shifts.
d. A first responder bag. Staff supervising detainees
will possess a CPR physical barrier for mouth-tomouth resuscitation and a pair of rubber gloves.
e. Staff will:
(1) Immediately notify DOC when a detainee is
in need of medical care.
(2) Render first aid within their trained
capability.
f. DOC will:
(1) Notify the Detention Hospital and medical
personnel.
(2) Notify the SOG/PL.
(3) Send a response force to the medical
emergency.
(4) Notify the CO.
(5) If the Medical officer indicates the detainee
requires transportation to a medical facility:
(a) Call 911.
(b) Retrieve the Detainee Profile Card for the
detainee who will be transported.
(c) Make a copy of the Detainee Profile Card.
Provide the senior escort guard with a copy of the
Detainee Profile Card and any information pertinent to
the detainee escort.
(d) Determine the detainee’s custody grade.
(e) Determine if the detainee is on the high-risk
list.

66Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(f) Determine the number of guards, weapons,
type of restraints etc. required to escort the detainee in
accordance with (IAW) Camp Delta SOP.
(g) Notify Sally Port 1 of movement.
(h) Notify key personnel.
(i) Make a blotter entry of the medical
emergency and any contributing circumstances.
g. The Medical Officer or Corpsmen will:
(1) Respond to all medical emergencies within
four minutes of notification.
(2) Make a medical evaluation of the detainee’s
condition.
(3) Inform the SOG/PL of the detainee’s
condition and the instructions prescribed by the
Medical Officer. Clearly state the urgency and type of
medical care necessary to treat the detainee’s
condition.
(4) Provide emergency medical care and check
on detainee the next scheduled Sick Call or upon return
from a medical facility.
(5) Report any suspicious detainee injury/illness
to the DOC.
h. The SOG will:
(1) Immediately coordinate with DOC to
determine appropriate medical care while maintaining
custody.
(2) Coordinate transportation when warranted.
(3) The SOG/PL will ensure appropriate escort
for all medical emergencies IAW Camp Delta SOP.
Ensure cautions are in place based on: custody grade,
high-risk status, medical condition, and circumstances
surrounding the medical emergency. Select the guards
needed to escort the detainee to the medical facility.
Inform DOC which guards were selected.
(4) Notify the Camp Commander before any
detainee is taken outside the facility.
(5) Ensure that all security procedures are used
Camp Delta SOPs.
i. Sally Port 1 will contact DOC and verify the
authorization for any detainee to depart the facility for
a medical emergency/transport. This will be done
before the detainee is allowed through the gate.
32-6a. Radio Range Ambulance access
(1) Ambulances are dispatched by the NAVBASE
Security Forces or by the NAVBASE Hospital.
(2) Individual Ambulances will be marked on the
outside with numbers. (If there are four ambulances,
they will be marked 1 through 4.)
a. These ID's must be clearly marked on the
outside front of the vehicle. Preferably in Block letters
12 inches tall,
permanently affixed to the ambulance.
(3) In addition, emergency responder badges will be
issued to
the personnel responding in the ambulance.

(4) Upon dispatch:
a. The NAVBASE Hospital will call the JOC and
let them know which ambulance is responding by
number.
b. The JOC will inform the IN TOC
c. The IN TOC will in turn, informs the Traffic
Control Point (TCP).
i. To be effective, this process must
happen within three minutes of dispatch.
(5) The Ambulance will run with its emergency lights
on down the
hill approaching the TCP.
(6) When the soldiers at the TCP identify the
ambulance coming
down the hill they will:
a. Identify that the ambulance number matches
that which was communicated from the JOC.
b. Provide priority of travel through the
checkpoint to the Ambulance.
i. Stop all traffic through the TCP Traffic lights both ways placed on red.
ii. Clear the existing traffic in the
TCP inspection point. If there is a vehicle in the inbound lane, they will
ensure the out-bound lane is clear.
(7) To facilitate safe passage through the TCP,
a. The Ambulance will stop at the Traffic
Control Point and establish face-to-face contact with
the soldiers at the
TCP. The TCP will confirm to the ambulance that
access has been
pre-coordinated. This coordination should be minimal
(10 to 15 seconds) and
is critical to ensure safe passage through the TCP.
b. The soldiers at the TCP will identify for
the Ambulance the fastest way through the TCP.
Either through the regular inbound lane, or the
outbound lane.
(8) If the ambulance arrives prior to the TCP getting
notice of
its dispatch, the ambulance will wait at the TCP until
clearance is granted
through the JOC.
32-7. Fratricide
a. If the incident involves Infantry personnel or
Infantry and non-MPs, the Infantry unit will conduct all
actions. If the incident involves guards or guard and
non-Infantry personnel, the guards will conduct all
actions. If the incident involves both guards and
Infantry and the injured or shooter are inside the wire,
the guards will take lead on all actions and coordinate
with their Infantry counterparts. If the incident
involves both guards and Infantry and the injured and
shooter is outside the wire, the Infantry will take lead

77Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.7

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
on all actions and coordinate with their guard
counterparts.
a. The Infantry will perform the following steps:
(1) Unit on the scene will perform the following:
(a) Once the situation is under control, contact
higher headquarters and report that weapons have been
discharged and individuals have been wounded or
killed. Provide the number of casualties, types of
wounds, names and social security numbers.
(b) Conduct a nine-line MEDEVAC request
directly with the medical unit.
(c) Evacuate the casualties, ensuring wounded
and killed are not transported together.
(d) Secure the scene as a crime scene.
(e) Conduct a change of guard with the incoming
unit.
(f) Move to a location designated for debriefing.
(2) The Infantry Company will perform the
following:
(a) Report the incident to battalion. Provide the
number of casualties, types of wounds, names and
social security numbers.
(b) Prepare an ADOWN report.
(c) Once the situation is under control at the
scene and casualties have been evacuated, replace the
unit on duty.
(d) Move the unit involved with the incident to a
location separate from the remainder of the company.
(e) Each soldier in the unit will complete a Sworn
Statement (DA Form 2823).
(f) Provide to the Battalion a copy of the risk
assessment for the mission.
(g) Provide the number of rounds of ammunition
by type that were expended.
(3) The Infantry Battalion will perform the
following:
(a) Report the incident to JTF.
(b) Forward the ADOWN report to JTF.
(c) Prepare and submit a Serious Incident Report
(SIR) to the JOC NLT 30 minutes after receipt of the
report.
(d) The JDOG S-1 will track the status of the
casualties.
(e) Supervise that a unit replaced the unit
involved in the situation.
(f) Prepare a U.S. Army Accident Report in
accordance with AR 15-6, AR 385-40, and DA
Pamphlet 385-40. Use DA Form 285-A-R as a
checklist.
(g) Request guidance from JTF with regard to
responding to the media.
b. The guards perform the following steps:
(1) Unit on the scene will perform the following:
(a) Once the situation is under control, contact
the DOC and report that weapons have been discharged
and individuals have been wounded or killed. Provide

the number of casualties, types of wounds, names and
social security numbers.
(b) Conduct a nine-line MEDEVAC request
directly with the medical unit.
(c) Evacuate the casualties, ensuring wounded
and killed are not transported together.
(d) Secure the scene as a crime scene.
(e) Conduct a change of guard with the incoming
unit.
(f) Move to a location designated for debriefing.
(2) The DOC will perform the following:
(a) Report the incident to JDOG. Provide the
number of casualties, types of wounds, names and
social security numbers.
(b) Prepare an ADOWN report.
(c) Once the situation is under control at the
scene and casualties have been evacuated, replace the
unit on duty.
(d) Move the unit involved with the incident to a
location separate from the remainder of the company.
(e) Each soldier in the unit will complete a Sworn
Statement (DA Form 2823).
(f) Provide to the JDOG a copy of the risk
assessment for the mission.
(g) Provide the number of rounds of ammunition
by type that were expended.
(h) Send a SPOTREP to JTF.
(i) Forward the ADOWN report to JTF.
(c) Prepare and submit a Serious Incident Report
(SIR) to the JOC NLT 30 minutes after receipt of the
report.
(3) The JDOG will perform the following:
(a) The JDOG S-1 will track the status of the
casualties.
(b) Supervise that a unit replaced the unit
involved in the situation.
(c) Prepare a U.S. Army Accident Report in
accordance with AR 15-6, AR 385-40, and DA
Pamphlet 385-40. Use DA Form 285-A-R as a
checklist.
(d) Request guidance from JTF with regard to
responding to the media.
32-8. Fire
a. Fire alarms:
(1) A person discovering a fire, regardless of type
or size will immediately alert or cause to be alerted all
personnel in the building and adjacent buildings and
then report the fire to the DOC.
(2) The DOC will then notify the GTMO Fire
Department by telephone.
(3) Smoke alarms going off shall cause an
immediate evacuation of the building and reporting to
the GTMO Fire Department the same as if a fire were
discovered.
b. Action after giving a fire alarm:

88Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.8

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(1) Alert all personnel in the involved and
adjacent buildings, if not already done; close all doors
and windows and shut off all fans and electric circuits.
Doors and windows will not be reopened until after the
GTMO Fire Department has departed, except by
specific instructions from the GTMO Fire
Department’s officer in charge of the fire scene.
(2) During the time the alarm is being turned in
or immediately afterward, available personnel will
exert every effort to extinguish the fire with fire
extinguisher except as provided in paragraph 32-8b(3).
(3) If the fire is in a closed or locked building,
room, or compartment, no attempt will be made to
enter or open the fire area except for the rescue of
trapped personnel.
c. Evacuation. The decision to evacuate the building
will be made by anyone that determines that staying
within the area would be unsafe. When directed to
evacuate:
(1) Pass the word.
(2) Make sure that everyone leaves the danger
area. Pay close attention for incapacitated or sleeping
personnel.
(3) Classified material will be secured or
retrieved, only if it can be done so safely.
(4) Use the designated evacuation route and meet
at the designated assembly area. Camp Delta Assembly
Areas are shown in Annex F. Camp Delta Evacuation
Procedures are listed in section 31-11.
(5) Conduct headcount at the designated
assembly area.
(6) Report headcount to DOC/ADOC.
(7) No one will be permitted to re-enter the
building without permission from the proper authority.
d. If a fire presents itself in a block, perform the
following steps:
(1) Alert the DOC
(2) Shut off power to the block
(3) Roving Sally will bring fire extinguishers to
the block gate for use
(4) Two block personnel will use a hose and fire
extinguishers to fight the fire
(5) Two block personnel will start moving
detainees from affected areas to the showers and
exercise yards as a temporary holding area if needed.
(6) All available escort teams will respond to the
block to help evacuate detainees if needed.
(7) Medical will respond to the block to treat any
injuries.
(8) SOG or PL, depending on the size of the fire,
may activate the IRF team to assist in removing
detainees and moving them to empty cells in adjoining
blocks or the shower and exercise areas.
32-9. Bomb Threat / Discovery / Explosion

a. Telephonic bomb threat. Staff members who
receive a telephonic bomb threat will:
(1) Cease all radio communications.
(2) Without alerting the caller, signal another
staff member about the telephonic bomb threat. Have
him/her notify DOC.
(3) Keep the caller on the line, as long as
possible, so the call may be traced.
(4) Complete JTF GTMO Bomb Threat Data
Card (Annex A). Obtain as much information as
possible on the caller and the bomb.
(5) Discuss the incident only with personnel who
have a need to know (e.g., Bomb Scene Officer,
investigator, etc.).
b. Written or verbal bomb threat. Staff who receive
a written or verbal bomb threat will:
(1) Cease all radio communication.
(2) Immediately notify DOC.
(3) Protect any written note and/or detain the
messenger.
(4) Discuss the incident only with personnel who
have a need to know (e.g., Bomb Scene Officer,
investigator, etc.).
c. DOC. The DOC uses Command Post Response to
Bomb Threat/Incident Checklist (Annex B) to
coordinate Camp Delta’s response.
d. Evacuation. BSO will determine if an evacuation
is warranted.
(1) If an evacuation is not ordered, the DOO will
direct the guard force to cease all detainee movement.
(2) If an evacuation is ordered, the staff will:
(a) Evacuate IAW Emergency Evacuation
Procedures (Section 31-11 Evacuation Routes).
(b) Conduct a preliminary search in their
immediate area before leaving.
(c) Leave drawers and cabinets unlocked so they
can be searched.
(d) Remove and safeguard classified material;
evacuate to J-3 Section, JTF HQ, Bldg AV29, for
temporary safekeeping.
e. Searches. The DOO will determine if a
“Supervisor’s search” or a “search team” search will be
conducted. The method of search and the areas to be
searched are determined by the available information
and time. The DOO will coordinate all search efforts.
Staff will:
(1) Search from the most accessible areas to the
most inaccessible areas (i.e., outside to inside, low to
high, common areas to individual rooms/cells).
(2) Mark each area after it has been searched.
(3) Immediately notify the DOC by runner and
landline telephone if anything suspicious in found.
(4) Notify the DOC when search of an area is
completed and that area is clear.
f. Bomb located.
(1) Staff will:

99Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.9

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(a) Ensure that the bomb is not disturbed.
(b) Remove items that might result in secondary
explosions.
(c) Open doors and windows to lessen the impact
of a blast.
(d) Secure the bombsite and move to a safe area.
(e) Report the location of the bomb to the DOC
by runner.
(f) Evacuate the area and keep unauthorized
personnel away from the site.
(g) Mark the route from the bomb to the nearest
exit or safe area.
(h) Assume that there is more than one bomb.
(2) DOC will initiate the “Bomb located” section
to the DOC Response to Bomb Threat/Incident
Checklist (Annex B).
(3) The DOO will make a recommendation on
implementing the evacuation plan (Section 31-x
Evacuation Routes) and the extent of Camp Delta
evacuation, through the chain-of-command.
g. Bomb detonation.
(1) Staff will:
(a) Give first aid to injured.
(b) Evacuate the area—injured have priority.
(c) Help control fires or any damage that was
created by the detonation.
(d) If possible, remove important administrative
files from the area.
(e) Secure the area and do not allow anyone to
disturb the debris/crime scene.
(f) Assume that there is more than one bomb.
(2) The DOO will not allow anyone to reenter an
evacuated area without his approval.
32-10. Mass Casualty Incident (MCI)
In the event of a reported Mass Casualty Incident
(MCI) in Camp Delta, the On-Duty Company
Commander assumes duties as On-scene Commander.
A designated Platoon Leader assumes command and
control of the Camp. Information reported to the
Detainee Operations Center (DOC) by the On-scene
Commander drives the operation.
Priority is to safeguard and secure the scene. Medical
triage and transport of casualties only occurs after the
scene is secure. A Manpower pool will be established
to dispatch soldiers as needed. The Manpower pool
will consist of JIIF Monitors and escort personnel,
assembly area for Manpower pool will be located in
back of the DOC. Infantry mobile patrols will secure
any exterior breach and the QRF will secure the
interior scene. Military Working Dog (MWD) will
report to On-scene Commander and provide security
augmentation where directed. The MP Company in
training, if available, will execute the security mission
of Camp Delta.

Once the site is secured, the On-scene Commander will
contact the DOC to request that the Medical response
teams be dispatched to the site. The Medical On-scene
Coordinator is responsible for all medical operations at
the site. He will determine if external ambulance
support is needed and, if so, will request them through
the medical LNO at the DOC.
Medical and Infantry LNO’s will be assigned to the
DOC, at REDCON Level 3 until the JDOG returns to
REDCON Level 5 and they are released by CJDOG.
A. On-Scene Company Commander:
1. Picks up road guard vest, (On-Scene
Commander) additional SABER (for IN external
Security Element) and receives any additional
instructions from the Battle Captain.
2. Establish COC, designating the following
positions from on-shift MP’s:
(a)On-Scene PL.
(b) On-Scene SOG.
(c)Camp OIC.
(d) Traffic Coordinator.
(e)Manpower Pool Coordinator.
3. Responds to MCI site to assume command and
control.
4. Establishes and maintains security.
5. Assumes C2 of Camp Delta QRF to provide
interior security of the site.
6. Requests IRF Teams as needed from the DOC.
7. Assumes C2 of all responding units at the site.
8. Notifies DOC when scene is secured, via
SABER Channel 3 and calls for medical response
teams using proword “STAT.”
9. Coordinates with Medical On-Scene Coordinator
in establishing triage/treatment zones.
B. On-Scene PL:
1. Reports to the On-Scene CO.
2. Conduct assessment of available strength,
makes recommendations to On-scene Commander for
additional assets.
3. Liaisons between incident scene and
manpower pool.
C. On-Scene SOG:
1. Reports to the On-Scene Commander.
2. Track number of wounded being transported
by ISN (detainees) or last name and SSN (US
Personnel).
D. Camp OIC:
1. Reports to the Battle Captain in the DOC.
2. Assumes C2 for Camp Operations.
E. Traffic Coordinator:
1. Reports to On-scene Commander.
2. Picks up Road guard vest (Traffic Coordinator)
from DOC, to direct emergency traffic in and around
MSA site.
F. Manpower pool coordinator:
1. Reports to the On-scene Commander.

1010Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.10

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
2. Provide the following positions from Manpower
Pool:
a. Litter bearers (identified by white engineer
tape on Kevlar).
b. NAVBASE hospital escorts (Carry one can of
OC, drawn from DOC).
c. Tower relief.
G. Infantry QRF:
1. Respond to MCI site and provide security.
2. Reports to On-scene Commander.
3 Change SABER frequency to DOC frequency.
H. Infantry TF:
1. Dispatches security element to establish security
outside any breach in the fence.
2. Establish face-to-face coordination with Onscene Commander.
3. Receives SABER radio on channel 3 from Onscene Commander.
4. Maintains security until released by On-scene
Commander.
5. Returns SABER radio to On-scene Commander
prior to departure.
I. Military Working Dog (MWD):
1. Reports to On-scene Commander.
J. Detainee Operations Center (DOC):
RTO:
1. Notify camp operations to stay off SABER,
use Landline or courier for all camp traffic.
2. Maintain SABER net discipline and
information flow from SINCGARS.
3. Announces via SABER channel 3 of the
following:
“ATTENTION CAMP DELTA,
ATTENTION CAMP DELTA, A MASS
CASUALTY INCIDENT HAS
OCCURRED
(Location/MSA),
INITIATE MCI PROCEDURES. ALL
NON-EMERGENCY
COMMUNICATION WILL BE BY
LANDLINE.” This announcement will
be repeated two times.
“ATTENTION CAMP DELTA, A
TRAINING MASS CASUALTY
INCIDENT HAS OCCURRED
_______________(Location/MSA),
INITIATE MCI PROCEDURES. ALL
NON-EMERGENCY
COMMUNICATION WILL BE BY
LANDLINE” during a training MCI.
NCOIC:
1. Reports to Battle Captain.
2. Activates QRF team via Long Range SABER
(primary),channel 3 and/or Land line (secondary) to
respond using QRF brevity code “Game Day” and
location of MSA.

3. Orders lockdown of the camp and requests
headcount over the radio. (Confirmed via block-runner
or landline).
4. Initiates Mass Casualty Notification Checklist
(See Appendix 1) MCI DOC Checklist.
5. Initiates DA Form 1594, Staff Journal to record
all activities during the MCI.
6. Initiate unit recall roster notification
procedures “A Mass Casualty Incident has occurred
begin preparations to respond according
to”REDCON’s.”
Unit recall will be in the following order:
a. Unit in training
b. Unit(s) which are scheduled for upcoming
shift
c. Unit(s) which came off of shift
Battle Captain/Field Grade In The Wire
(FGITW):
1. Directs DOC to initiate MCI via SABER channel
3.
2. Directs DOC to coordinate for exterior
security (IN TF).
DOC Admin NCO:
1. Monitor C2PC
2. Monitor DIMS
3. Any additional duties as directed by the DOC
NCOIC.
DOC Admin Specialist:
1. Report to MCI with video camera, two discs and
power cord.
2. Records as much of the following information as
possible:
a. Name, date, time and location of MCI
b. Detainees at MCI site
c. MP’s assisting victims
d. Medical evaluations and transport of
detainees/US troops
e. Triage location
3. Return to DOC upon completion of filming,
turn discs into Detention Services Branch.
4. Any other duties as directed by the Admin
NCOIC.
Escort Control NCOIC:
1. Maintain accountability of escorts.
2. Ensures any remaining detainees in JIIF are
accounted for and secured.
3. Direct assistant Escort Control NCOIC to obtain
“Litter Bearer NCOIC” orange vest from DOC and
report to manpower pool to facilitate C2 of litter
bearers.
4. Directs escort personnel to report to the MCI
connex and stage signs for the at the MSA site (See
MCI triage Map).

1111Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.11

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
K. If MCI occurs on a block in camps 1,2 or 3,
military casualties will be transported before
detainees with the same triage category.
Block NCOIC:
1. Ensure bean holes are closed/secured.
2. Open block gate.
3. Direct IRF team leader to get block alpha
roster.
4. Unlocks the cell door, one at a time, for
detainees being evacuated by three man entry teams.
5. Re-locks all cells after detainees are removed.
6. Tag each cell as “Do Not Enter” from which a
detainee was removed.
7. Accounts for all locks/keys before, during and
after all detainees are removed.
Block Personnel:
1. Form three-man teams to enter cell to search
detainees and evacuate on a litter in 3-piece suit.
2. Ensure keys, detainee I.D card and I.D bracelet
(worn) are sealed in an envelope duck-taped to the
detainees left shoulder, prior to being transported.
IRF Team Leader:
1. Obtains alpha roster for cellblock from block
personnel.
2. Tracks initial triage category given by ERT on
alpha roster.
4. Ensures that all detainees leave their cell with
wristband or ISN and cell written on forehead.
5. Ensures that the litter team searches all
detainees.
7. Monitors detainees while in their three-piece
suits in their cells.
8. Maintains accountability of which detainees
leave the block and time left on alpha roster.
L. Interpreter OIC:
1. Reports to Battle Captain with assigned
interpreter strength.
2. Recalls and directs all available interpreters to the
manpower pool (See MCI Map Appendix 2) for
location.
M. NAV BASE Emergency Vehicle Response to
Camp Delta:
1. On-scene Medical Coordinator requests
ambulance through medical LNO in DOC.
2. Medical LNO in DOC contacts NAVBASE
hospital requesting ambulance support to Camp Delta,
to include entry and exit points.
3. NAVBASE Hospital will contact the JOC and let
them know which ambulance is responding by bumper
number.
4. License plate bumpers numbers in red identify
ambulances. (NAVBASE 1-20/Detention hospital 2025).
5. DOC NCOIC notifies Camp Delta Sally ports of
inbound ambulances.
6. JOC informs the Infantry TOC.

7. Infantry TOC informs Traffic control point (TCP).
8. Ambulances arrive at sally port 8, sally port
personnel verify license plate number.
9. Traffic coordinator inside Camp Delta facilitates
movement of ambulances to MSA site.
N. NAV BASE Explosives Military Working Dog
(MWD) Vehicle Response procedures:
1. Any JDOG elements may request NAVBASE
Explosives MWD through DOC.
2. DOC NCOIC contacts NAVBASE MWD
dispatch center at 4105 requesting Explosives
MWD support to incident scene. DOC
NCOIC will keep an open line with
NAVBASE until confirmation is received of
the responding MWD call sign: K-1, K-2, K-3
or K-4 and location of the incident scene.
3.

NAVBASE MWD dispatch center will
contact the JOC and let them know which
MWD call sign: K-1, K-2, K-3 or K-4 is
responding and location of incident scene.
4. White Jeep Grand Cherokee with blue
strobe mounted in dash identifies responding
MWD; emergency equipment will be
activated upon dispatch from NAVBASE.
5. DOC NCOIC notifies Camp Delta Sally
ports and Infantry TOC of inbound
NAVBASE MWD, the location of incident
scene and MWD call sign.
6. JOC informs the Infantry TOC.
7. Infantry TOC informs Traffic control point (TCP),
MWD cleared, responds to incident scene.
8. NAVBASE MWD arrives at incident scene.
Note: If the incident scene is within Camp Delta, Sally
port personnel notified by DOC NCOIC will conduct
face-to-face identification and authenticate vehicle
description. A "Traffic coordinator" inside Camp Delta
will facilitate movement of NAVBASE MWD to
incident scene.
O. Sally Ports 1& 8:
SP #1
1. Upon notification of an MCI, Sally Port 1 will
open both of the inner sally port gates.
2. Emergency vehicles will be allowed entry into
Camp Delta through Sally Port 1.
3. If MCI is located in Camp 1, Sally Port 3 and
Sally Port 4 will open both sally port gates.
SP #8
1. Upon notification of an MCI, Sally Port 8 will
open both of the outer sally port gates.
2. Conduct bumper check (Red license plate
numbered) of emergency vehicles responding to Camp
Delta.
3. Emergency vehicles will be allowed entry into
Camp Delta through Sally Port 8.

1212Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.12

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
4. If MCI is located in Camp 2, Sally Port 9 and
Sally Port 10 will open both sally port gates.
Note: In the event that one of the Sally ports is
rendered inoperative, emergency traffic flow will enter
and exit from the operational Sally port. The On-scene
Commander will make this decision and inform the
DOC.
P. R&U:
1. Repair team reports to the On-scene
Commander
2. Immediately repairs any damage which
compromises security
3. On order from the DOC, implements deceptive
lighting plan.
a. On-scene Commander directs R&U NCOIC
to the power substation adjacent to the water tanks
by Camp Bulkeley.
b. Enters the gate entering number “1998” in
the combination lock.
c. Proceed to the junction box with the
number “7012-83” the number for the lock on the
breaker box is “224”.
d. Call the JOC (5010/5038) from the phone
box and await second notification.
e. On-scene Commander directs the SOG for
each Camp to stand by the generators and prepare to
shut down generators when directed.
4. JOC issues second notification (confirmed
threat).
a. R&U NCOIC will go to the breaker box
and turn the switch that is labeled with
“TRIP/CLOSED”. The switch will be turned in
the direction of “TRIP”. This will shut down all
the power to all of Camp Delta.
b. R&U NCOIC will notify the JOC (5010/5038)
and confirm that the power is out, noting the time.
c. Camp Delta personnel will evacuate Camp
Delta IAW the Camp Delta Evacuation SOP.
32-11. Evacuation Routes
a. The Detention Operations Officer, and in his
absence, the on-duty CO will direct an evacuation of
US personnel and detainees when he believes that to be
the most prudent course of action given the known
situation.
b. Evacuations will be made only to those areas
required to assure the safety of US personnel and
detainees.
c. DOC will remain manned unless absolutely
required to provide for the safety of US personnel.
(1) Camp II SOG Office (Bldg 7, Room 7) serves
as alternate DOC (ADOC) if DOC is evacuated.
(2) In the event that Camp Delta must be
completely evacuated, DOC operations will be
established on the north side of Sally Port 1.
d. Depending upon time available and seriousness it
may not be possible to adhere to the normal detainee

movement security procedures. Security of detainees
and safety of US personnel remains the top concern
when it becomes necessary to contravene established
procedures because of the necessity of the situation.
(1) The following categories of detainees warrant
high security precautions: Level 4, Level 5, and
detainees with a past history for violence or mental
illness.
(2) If evacuated from Camp Delta to another
location, detainees will be shackled with three-piece
suits and have an escort of at least two guards each.
(3) Detainees will be moved to the closest
assembly area from their block consistent with a
minimum standoff distance of 300 ft from any
suspected explosive device.
e. Evacuation Routes and Assembly Areas.
(1) Camp I admin buildings (JIG, SCIF,
Medical/In-Processing, CTC, DOC, and JIIF).
(a) US personnel will evacuate through Sally Port
1 to AA RAT.
(b) Any detainees being interrogated will be
escorted to AA IGUANA. Once all detainees are
evacuated, escorts will remain at AA IGUANA to
provide additional security.
(c) DOC personnel will remain at DOC until
directed to evacuate by the DOO.
(2) Camp I detainee blocks (A – I).
(a) Detainees will be evacuated through Sally
Port 6 to AA BUZZARD.
(b) Block guards and roving sally port guards
will move with their detainees through Sally Port 6 and
provide security at AA BUZZARD.
(c) During an isolated incident involving one of
more blocks in Camp I but not blocks A, E, or I,
detainees can be evacuated to AA SNAKE, which is
located in block J.
(3) Camp II and III admin buildings (JDOG
Intel/Interpreters, and JIIF).
(a) US personnel will evacuate through Sally Port
9 to AA MOUSE.
(b) Any detainees being interrogated will be
escorted to AA ANT. Once all detainees are evacuated,
escorts will remain at AA ANT to provide additional
security.
(4) Camp II and III detainee blocks (K – T).
(a) Detainees will be evacuated through Sally
Port 10 then Sally Port 9 to AA ANT.
(b) Block guards and roving sally port guards
will move with their detainees through Sally Port 10
then Sally Port 9 to AA ANT. Block and roving sally
port guards will provide security at AA ANT.
(5) Camp IV detainee blocks (U – Y).
(a) Detainees will be evacuated through Sally
Port 14, Sally Port 12, and Sally Port 5 to AA
IGUANA.

1313Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.13

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(b) Block and roving patrol guards will provide
for security enroute and will remain with their
detainees at AA IGUANA to provide security.
f. Evacuation of Camp Delta. The destructive
weather plan K-span buildings located at Camp
Bulkeley will be used for temporary housing in event
that Camp Delta must be completely evacuated.
Detainees will be staged moving from their blocks to
an intermediate assembly area where they will be
prepared for movement then to a departure assembly
area for movement.
(1) Camp I (admin areas not directly in contact
with detainees). Evacuate through Sally Port 1 to AA
RAT. Personnel will be given assignments to assist in
detainee evacuation from Camp Delta.
(2) Camp I (blocks A – I). Blocks will be
evacuated one block at a time to AA SNAKE.
Detainees will be prepared for movement. Detainees
will then be moved to AA IGUANA. Detainees will be
loaded into vehicles for movement to Camp Bulkeley.
(3) Camp II and III (admin areas not directly in
contact with detainees). Evacuate through Sally Port 1
to AA RAT. Personnel will be given assignments to
assist in detainee evacuation from Camp Delta.
(4) Camp II and III (blocks K – T). Blocks will be
evacuated one block at a time to AA ANT. Detainees
will be prepared for movement. Detainees will then be
moved to AA MOUSE. Detainees will be loaded into
vehicles for movement to Camp Bulkeley.
(5) Camp IV (blocks U – Y). Blocks will be
evacuated to the Camp IV exercise area one block at a
time. Detainees will be prepared for movement.
Detainees will then be moved to AA IGUANA where
they will be loaded into vehicles for movement to
Camp Bulkeley.
32-12. Destructive Weather
a. This Emergency Action Plan will be effective
unless updated or revised.
b. The Destructive Weather (DxWx) Plan is divided
into six phases:
(1) Development
(2) Establish detainee DxWx accommodations
(3) Implement DxWx operations
(4) Movement
(5) Redeployment
(6) Return to pre-DxWx operational status
c. Development. Will entail the informational
gathering process of what is required to support the
relocation of detainees in the event of DxWx. This
cycle must be continuous as detainee population and
special detainees may change that will alter existing
plans. The phase will be handled at the JDOG level
and higher.
d. Establish detainee DxWx accommodations.
Currently K-SPANs and magazines will be used to

house detainees. Special case detainees will be given a
separate location to be placed. Supplies will also be
prestaged and/or checked for usability.
e. Implement DxWx operations. This phase will
entail JDOG will work in 12 hour shifts, Camp
America preparing for movement, and the preparation
for detainee movement.
(1) At H-120, with H being the hour of landfall, a
FRAGO will be issued by the J-3.
(2) At H-96, a Pre-Hurricane Conference/Key
Leader Rehearsal will be held.
(3) At H-72, an alternate DOC will be established
at one of the K-spans or bunkers. Leave will be
cancelled. The breakdown of Detention Hospital, as
required, will commence. A complete accountability of
all personnel will occur.
(4) Begin the lock down of Camp America. All
lose items in Camp America, Camp Delta, and all other
parts of JTF-GTMO will be secured to prevent them
from becoming projectile weapons.
(5) All soldiers in Camp America will prepare an
A bag.
f. Movement.
(1) When winds of 64 knots or greater within 48
hours (H-48), commence the movement of detainees
from Detention Hospital. All interrogations will cease.
Camp America will be evacuated to the K-SPANs
(2) At H-36, internal and external security will be
established at the shelters. The JDOG DOC will be
established. The QRF at the shelters will be
established.
(3) At H-24, all detainees will be moved from the
Detention Hospital to the Naval Hospital DACU (if
there are 6 or less detainee inpatients) or the Wine
Cellar (if there are more than 6 detainee inpatients).
(4) At H-21, all vehicles to be used in the transfer
will be staged inside Camp Delta next to the Detainee
Clinic. All vehicles will have been filled and PMCS
will have been completed. Any mechanical problems
will have been corrected. A contingency bus,
ambulance, and QRF will stage at a central location,
accessible to both the K-SPANs and Magazines. Key
leaders and key drivers will perform a route recon.
(5) Each escort will have 36 minutes to complete
one transfer of 30 detainees.
(6) At H-18, detainee transport will commence.
Transfer will consist of two escort teams of infantry in
M1025 and two busses each containing 15 detainees,
six guards, one driver, one hospital corpsman and an
interpreter. All detainees will be transported in threepiece suits and secured to the eyebolts in the floor of
the K-SPANs or magazines.
(7) At H-12, detainee transfer will be complete.
Command and control will be transferred from the
Camp Delta DOC to the alternate DOC.

1414Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.14

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(8) At H-6, the last shift rotation will occur. The
QRF will be in place in the K-SPANs and magazines.
Camp Delta and all TCPs and OPs will be secured.
(9) At H+8, a recon will be conducted of Camp
America and Camp Delta. All items requiring repair
will be identified.
(10) At H+12, begin to clear transportation routes
and initiate repairs of facilities. Stand-up Camp Delta.
(11) At H+24, Camp Delta will become
operational.
(12) At H+30, begin transfer of detainees back to
Camp Delta.
(13) At H+48, transfer detainees from the Naval
Hospital DACU or Wine Cellar back to Detention
Hospital.
(14) At H+54, reopen Camp America and begin
the resupply and repair of the DxWx sites.
32-13. Escape and Apprehension (E&A)
1. In the event of an escape from a facility that holds
detainees, prompt notification and accurate reporting
are key to the successfully apprehension of the escaped
detainee.
b. The guards at the incident location will
immediately perform the following actions:
2. Guards at the incident location will immediately
perform the following actions:
a. Notify the DOC of an escaped detainee. Precede
the message with the term “FLASH.” Then send a
SALUTE report to the DOC.
b. All other message traffic will cease on the net
except that which is pertaining directly to the escaped
detainee.
c. Secure the scene where the detainee escaped
from as a crime scene.
3. If the detainee is seen fleeing, no more than half of
the guards assigned to the block from which the escape
occurred will pursue the detainee(s). All block MP’s
stay on the blocks and continue detention mission.
4. The DOC will immediately perform the following
actions:
a. Notify and relay all information to both the
infantry TOC and the MWD team.
b. Initiate lock-down of the camp: Return all
detainees to their cells, regardless of their location.
None will leave the camp unless cleared by the JDOG;
exceptions are MWD teams, Combat camera team,
corpsman, and MP escort team assigned to the infantry
for detainee recovery.
c. Notify the CO.
d. Notify the CJDOG, DCJDOG, JDOG Ops, JOC,
Camp America Commandant’s office, R&U (through
MP’s on the block) to report to their section area and
await further instructions, and Combat Camera of the
escaped detainee.

e. Initiate a count of all facilities to include matching
picture ID’s to detainees.
f. Dispatch a camera operator, from the DOC, to the
escape location to film the scene and then be prepared
to move to the capture location if Combat Camera is
unavailable.
g. Direct a change to channel 15 to facilitate
communication with all elements. Monitor SINGAR
channels with TF-Iguana and JOC.
h. Notify the unit in training to be prepared to
supply troops to watch housing areas and other
facilities.
5. R&U NCOIC will report to the DOC and wait
further guidance to repair damages caused by the
escape.
6. Escort Control will immediately perform the
following actions:
a. Equip three two-man escort teams with OC,
three-piece suits.
b. Have teams meet the Detainee Medical Team at
the DOC, stage outside the wire with the Medical and
Combat Camera, and apprehend detainee once TFIguana has located him.
7. MP Guards/TF-Iguana/MWD pursuing the
detainee(s):
a. Inside the wire, MPs have the primary
responsibility to pursue and apprehend the detainee(s).
Outside the wire, MWD and TF-Iguana have the
primary responsibility to pursue and apprehend the
detainee(s).
b. Detainee(s) must be apprehended IAW with the
RUF/ROE and inflicting as little injury as possible.
c. When possible, corner the detainee and await
additional assistance before subduing the detainee.
8. Detainee Medical/MP escort/Combat Camera team
will meet TF-Iguana escort team in front of the ICRC
building in the Camp Delta parking lot.
9. MWD team will:
a. Take commands from the DOC while inside the
wire. Outside the wire, take commands from TFIguana.
b. Be prepared to take control of the scene after the
detainee(s) is (are) surrounded and until the detainee is
shackled. The handler will issue all commands to the
detainee(s) and friendly forces to ensure their safety
and the maximum effectiveness of the MWD.
10. At the point of capture, capturing unit will call
forward the Medical./MP/Camera team:
a. Detainee(s) will be shackled and searched by MP
Escort Teams.
b. Detainee(s) will be checked by a Corpsmen and
any immediate treatment will be conducted.
c. Detainee(s) will be video taped by a camera
operator from the Combat Camera or DOC camera
team.

1515Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.15

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
d. Medical team with MP escort will move detainee
to Camp Delta detainee clinic for evaluation.
11. MP unit in training will be prepared to:
a. Assemble all troops in their housing area.
b. Become OPCON to TF-Iguana to augment
search/sweep capabilities.
12. TF-Iguana will follow their SOP for reaction to
escaped detainee and maintain continuous
communications with the DOC.
13. All actions will be IAW the use of force RUF/ROE
as outlined in JTF-Guantanamo OPORD.
32-16 Intrusion Detection System (IDS) Alarm TSCIF
1. General: Infantry QRF responds from vic Camp
Echo and secures T-SCIF, Camp Delta upon IDS
alarm activation.
2. Requirements:
a. SOG in Tower # 1 will notify the DOC that an
audible alarm has been activated at the T-SCIF.
b. The DOC NCOIC will notify the QRF via Long
Range Saber (primary), and/or landline (secondary)
that the IDS alarm has been activated and securing the
perimeter of the building is required.
c. Armed QRF respond to Camp Delta through
Sally Port 1with individually assigned weapons and 1
magazine inserted into the magazine well. No soldier
will lock a round into the chamber of the weapon.
ROE/RUF, dated 30 Nov 02 applies.
d. Deploy within 15 minutes of IDS alarm
activation to secure T-SCIF Bldg #4 Camp Delta.
3. QRF Procedures:
a. QRF secures their weapons, ammunition, LBV,
and Kevlar.
b. One member of the QRF will remain at the QRF
building to secure remaining equipment and monitor
communications.
c. QRF deploys to T-SCIF.
d. The DOC will notify sally port 1, JOC,
DCJDOG, MWD Team and T-SCIF Security Manager
that an audible alarm has been activated and that the
QRF has secured the exterior of the building.
e. Upon arrival at the T-SCIF, the Infantry QRF
Team Leader will place one soldier at each of the two
entrances. One soldier will occupy Tower # 2. The
remaining soldiers will form a perimeter around the
front of the building, ensuring 100% visibility of the
structure.
f. The QRF will secure the building not allowing
entrance and/or exit of personnel and notify the DOC
when this is completed.
g. The DOC will notify the SOG in Tower #1 that
the T-SCIF Security Manager and WMD are enroute to
Camp Delta, to facilitate initial contact with the QRF
Team Leader.

h. Once the MWD Team and T-SCIF Security
Manager arrive they will be granted unimpeded access
to the building.
i. The MWD Team will sweep both the interior
and exterior of the building.
j. In the event unauthorized person/s are located
within the T-SCIF, NAVBASE Security will respond
and detain the person/s until J2 advises
confirmed/unconfirmed access.
k. Once the building has been cleared, the T-SCIF
Security Manager will re-secure the building and reset
the IDS alarm.
l. The QRF will collapse security and return to the
QRF CP.
m. The QRF and SOG will log the event in their
daily logs IAW SOP.

Position

Name

Work
#

Cell

#

Home
#

SCIF
Special
Security
Representati
ve (SSR)

SFC Kjosa

3376

8381

*alt #1

MSG Park

3209

8383

*alt #2

MSG Cater

3458

8381

JTF J2 SSO

Frank
Perkins

3462

7379

JTF Security
Mgr.

MAJ
Hodson

3643

8669

Deputy J2

MAJ
Williams

3643

84177

8669

J2

LTC Mull

3432

84028

8053

32-17. Camp Coordinated Contraband Search &
Seizure
a. Intent. JDOG Commander may order a full
search of Camp Delta or any camp or block within.
The intent of the search is to identify detainees who
have items of possible intelligence value or items,
which may pose a security risk to the guard force of
Camp Delta. During the search, all contraband items
will be removed from the detainees and placed into
evidence channels for the intelligence community. End
state occurs when every cell, bay, and common area
has been searched, and all contraband has been
1616Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.16

Deleted: at
Deleted: any time

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
identified and removed. Measures of success are no
contraband left in the detainee population; detainees of
intelligence value identified, and heightened level of
security awareness among the MP’s.
b. Concept of the Operation. This operation is
best executed at night, when movements can more
readily be halted. The operation will normally take 12
hours for one company to complete all of Camps 1, 2,
and 3. An operational pause may then occur. It will
take an additional 10 hours to complete Camp 4. There
will be one search and seizure team per “row” of
cellblocks. Empty cells will be searched in sequence.
Once the operation has begun, it will continue until
every area has been searched. S2 provides oversight of
the operation to ensure that contraband items are
properly identified and seized and MPI ensures that all
seized items are properly accounted for.
c. MP Company in training cycle:
(1) Establish company/operation CP at CP2.
(2) Execute the search of Camp Delta. Each
search teams consist of, as a minimum, 1 MP NCOIC
to document what is found in each cell and 1 MP to
conduct the search.
(3) DO NOT TOUCH THE KORANS.
(4) Provide 3 IRF teams.
(5) Provide 2 escort teams per “row” of blocks.
(6) Conduct a pat-down search (per instructions
of Camp Delta Superintendent) of detainees prior to
returning them to their cells.
(7) Move detainees in and out of their cells in
support of the search. Detainees will be moved to the
recreation areas (1 detainee per area) and showers (1
detainee per shower) and watched at all times.
(8) Receive training from S2 on what
constitutes contraband, MPI on proper documentation
and handling of contraband, and Camp Delta
Superintendent on proper search procedures.
(9) Provide additional manning (1 soldier per
occupied block) to midnight shift.
(10) Direct coordination with Delta Block must
be conducted prior to operation.
Direct coordination with Camp 4 NCOIC is authorized.
d. S2:
(1) Provide training on what types of intelligence
contraband we are looking for.
(2) Coordinate for interpreter support to explain
to detainees that we are conducting a shakedown and to
move Korans if they are in the way of a search.
Interpreters will report to Camp Delta Superintendent
for additional instruction.
(3) Provide a representative per “row” of cell
blocks to assist MP search and seizure teams in
determining if items are contraband.
(4) Provide a representative in the contraband
holding area to receive items from S4.
e. S3:

(1) Provide Gator(s) to S4 section to move
contraband from cell blocks to contraband holding
area.
(2) Coordinate with QRF for potential emergency
action procedures.
(3) Designate a training area that provides for a
noise-free environment for this training.
(4) Provide barbers and camera operators to
accompany/support IRF teams.
(5) Coordinate with detainee hospital for
medical/decon personnel.
f. S4:
(1) Provide personnel to move evidence from
blocks to contraband holding area.
(2) Coordinate for additional rations at Delta
mess for the MP training company. Have MRE’s
available in case the MP’s cannot break for chow.
g. MPI:
(1) Provide enough evidence envelopes: One for
each cell in Camps 1, 2, and 3 and two for each bunk in
Camp 4. Each envelope will be marked with the
cell/block number or bunk/block number and will have
an evidence form on the inside.
(2) Provide training on proper procedures for
custody paperwork to search teams.
(3) Designate a contraband holding area.
(4) Be present throughout operation to provide
guidance on proper handling of contraband.
h. MWD: Have two dog teams at Camp Delta
prepared to respond as determined by the Training MP
Company Commander. Coordinate directly with
Training MP Company Commander.
i. MP’s on the block: Constantly walk the blocks,
reporting any detainees attempting to pass or conceal
anything.
j. Camp 4:
(1) Bay Leaders will be given a 2-hour window
of amnesty. Once the 2 hours are over, all bays will be
searched. If contraband is found, the bay leaders will
be required to move to Camp 3. CJDOG will be the
approving authority for any moves out of Camp 4.
(2) All bays will be locked down.
(3) The first block to be searched will be
vacated: One bay will be moved at a time. Detainees
will be moved, 1 block each to the 3 recreation yards of
the other blocks and 1 block to the ICRC area.
(4) Bays will be searched simultaneously; one
search team per bay. The recreation area will also be
searched, including under the gravel.
(5) Detainees will then be moved back to their
bays.
(6) The process will be repeated for each of the
blocks.
Deleted: e.
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

1717Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.17

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 33
Camp 4 Standard Operating
Procedures
33-1. Commanders Intent
a. Camp 4 conducts medium security detention
operations in assigned area of Camp Delta in order to
support intelligence-gathering activities from detainees
and promote cooperation by providing increased
privileges and opportunities for social interaction
thereby increasing the desire of other detainees to be in
Camp 4. On order, conducts preparatory operations for
transferring selected detainees for departure from Joint
Task Force Guantanamo
b. Camp 4 Focus
(1) Reinforcement of reward for cooperative
behavior.
(2) Enhance intelligence effort through control of
detainees in a less restrictive environment.
(3) Medium security setting is an incentive for
detainees to cooperate with interrogators
(4) Increased privileges and rewards result in
more cooperative detainee mind-set, providing further
opportunity for intelligence exploitation.

phase, consisting of three 12 hour work periods. If the
soldier does not meet the required skills required, they
will be returned to their respective unit, who will then
provide a replacement body from those soldiers who
have been interviewed or screened by their command.
This must be done within 24 hours of a soldier being
released back to his unit. The JDOG S-3 SGM is in
charge of Special Missions and may conduct an
interview prior to assignment to Camp 4. The Camp 4
NCOIC will make a report and recommendation to the
JDOG S-3 SGM after the initial training period as to
the soldier's performance and potential at Camp 4.
33-3. Leave Policy
a. Camp 4 is allowed to have 10% of assigned
personnel on leave at any given time. Soldiers must
have 60 days minimum time on island before the Camp
4 NCOIC can approve ordinary or EML leave. This
does not apply to emergency leave. If a unit sends a
Camp 4 assigned soldier on emergency leave, that unit
will be responsible to furnish a replacement soldier
until the soldier on emergency leave returns. The
Camp 4 NCOIC cannot approve more than 15 days of
ordinary or EML leave without the consent of the
soldiers’ unit commander. Soldiers must acquire an
exception to policy to take more than one major
holiday during any one period of leave off the island,
i.e. Christmas and New Years together (24 December
thru 2 January) consecutively by order of the JTF
Commanding General. Exception to policy may be
obtained through J-1 at the commissions building.

33-2. Manning Requirements
a. Camp 4 has six main areas of responsibility
within the Camp to man. There will be one NCOIC in
the grade of E-7. Each shift at a minimum must man
one SOG position in the grade of E-5 or higher, one
Sally Port 14 guard, one Liberty Tower operator, four
Block NCO’s in the grade E-4 (P) or higher, and 4
33-4. Chain of Command (Command and Control)
Block Observers. One block NCO and one block
a. Chain of Command as follows:
observer will be mandatory for each of the four blocks
(1) Current shift SOG of Camp 4
within the Camp.
(2) Camp 4 NCOIC
b. There are two 12-hour shifts at Camp 4 that make
(3) JDOG S-3 SGM
up the work period. There is a morning shift which
(4) JDOG S-3 OIC
reports at 0530 for guard mount at Camp 4 and a mid(5) JDOG Superintendent
shift that reports at 1730 for guard mount. Each shift
(6) JDOG Deputy Commander
will be relieved by the oncoming shift within 30
(7) JDOG Commander
minutes of the oncoming shifts guard mount. Each
shift SOG will conduct a shift AAR immediately after
b. No Officers, NCOs, outside the Camp 4 chain of
being relieved of duty prior to exiting the Camp 4 area.
command will enter the Camp 4 Sally Port without the
Each unit assigned to Camp Delta JDOG will be
on duty SOG or Camp 4 NCOIC being present. Units
required to release a select amount of soldiers as
with soldiers assigned to Camp 4 will not visit with
requested by the JDOG S-3 SGM to be assigned to
soldiers while the soldier is on duty within Camp 4
Camp 4 Special Missions. These soldiers will be hand
without the Camp 4 NCOIC’s permission or
selected by their command to meet the JDOG S-3 SGM
acknowledgement, as to not disrupt the ongoing
guidance for selection. One requirement is the service
mission within Camp 4.
member must volunteer to work at Camp 4. The
selected soldiers will have the correct mentality,
33-5. Service and Support
physical fitness, military bearing, and be able to work
a. The mid shift SOG will inventory all Camp 4
well with little or no supervision. Excellent public
supplies on Wednesday night and furnish a copy of
relations (PR) skills are a must. Each soldier will be
supply items needed for the NCOIC to order through Sassigned in a temporary manner during their training
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
33.1

Deleted: .
Formatted
Deleted: 1233. 16

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
4 on Thursday morning by e-mail. Supply items will
account problems with NIPR or SIPR can be handled
be requested for 7 days of operations at a time. Camp
through the J-6 help desk number located in the JTF
4 will not stockpile or overstock supply items. Just
phonebook. Any problems with Camp 4 radios will be
those items needed to sustain operations within Camp 4
handled through the DOC communications personnel.
will be requested.
All radios and electronic communications equipment in
b. Linen will be requested by phone on Thursday
Camp 4 are hand receipted through the S-3 SGM to the
mornings through the JDOG S-4 laundry service. All
Camp 4 NCOIC. Any equipment such as radios that
detainees will receive clean uniforms and linen once a
are turned in for repair will need a turn-in document for
week. Blankets will be exchanged once a month on
Camp 4 records. No person in Camp 4, except the
Saturday. Blanket exchange will be by designated
Camp 4 NCOIC, may sign for Camp 4 electronics or
weekend for each block in Camp 4. Water bottles and
communications equipment. All hand receipts for
toothbrushes will also be exchanged one- for-one on
Camp 4 will be kept on file in the Camp 4
that blocks blanket exchange day. All detainee items
administrative building.
are a one-for-one exchange. For example, an empty
(g) K-9/IRF/QRF issues of a non-emergency nature
toothpaste tube is required for a detainee to receive a
will be requested through the S-3 SGM. If the S-3
full toothpaste tube in exchange. Likewise, an empty
SGM is not available the next higher S-3 staff person
toilet paper roll is required to receive a full roll, an
will be notified of the request. The DOC will always
empty, damaged or dirty water bottle to receive a new
be notified of intent to use or use of the QRF and K-9
water bottle, etc… Dirty linen will be inspected for
units in a non-emergency situation. IRF teams in nondamage, marked and packaged separately from dirty
emergency situations will be approved by S-3. In
linen for laundry service. During linen exchange, the
emergency situations, where the safety of an MP, or
soldier conducting linen exchange will inspect the
any other military or civilian person is in jeopardy, the
clean linen for damage and cleanliness. Any
SOG on shift or the Camp 4 NCOIC may give the
deficiencies will be brought to the attention of the SOG
duress code to alert the DOC. In an emergency
and NCOIC so they may contact the S-4 laundry
situation involving a riot or Camp wide disturbance
service personnel. At a maximum, two sets of detainee
with Camp 4 personnel inside the Camp 4 perimeter,
dirty linen will be placed in each brown trash bag and
the SOG or NCOIC may use the QRF without prior
tied shut. Dirty linen trash bags will be placed neatly
DOC approval only if it is justified. The DOC will be
in the storage bins located next to the Camp 4
notified if IRF teams need to be requested along with
administrative building for pick-up by the S-4 laundry
K-9 support. In situations involving a group of
personnel on Monday mornings.
detainees refusing to lock down inside their bays after
c. MREs will be dropped off by S-4 weekly for
recreation or chow, the NCOIC or SOG on duty may
detainee fasting. Detainees are given one MRE each
request K-9 support through the DOC without S-3
on Sunday night for Monday fasting and one MRE on
involvement as a show of force to get the detainees to
Wednesday night for Thursday fasting.
comply.
d. Additional supply items to support the Camp 4
mission will be e-mailed to the JDOG S-4 along with a
33-6. Personnel Responsibilities
NSN number or stock number of the item to be
a. The NCOIC areas of responsibility are the daily
ordered. These items not normally stocked by the S-4
operations within the Camp 4 perimeter, to ensure
warehouse will be approved through the DOC and S-4
manning requirements are met daily. One of the
prior to ordering or requesting. Some examples of
NCOIC’s duties is to conduct periodic inspections of
these items are fans, brooms, mops, mop buckets,
Camp 4 security and ensure a safe working
storage bins, grey detainee tubs, prayer rugs, etc…
environment. The NCOIC is responsible for ensuring
e. Religious items will be requested through the
all rules and regulations for Camp 4 are followed and
JDOG Islamic chaplain. These items include but are
enforced by all assigned personnel, MP’s and detainees
not limited to the following:
alike. The NCOIC will receive periodic briefings from
(1) Prayer caps
the JDOG S-3 and JIG/ICE personnel as well as the
(2) Prayer oil
JDOG S-2 as mandated. The NCOIC will report any
(3) Prayer beads
maintenance issues to the R&U section for repair. The
(4) Issuing of the Quran to a detainee
S-3 SGM will receive periodic updates from the Camp
(5) Any other Islamic or Muslim religious
4 NCOIC on operations at Camp 4 and any issues the
material
NCOIC deems necessary to ensure a successful
f. NIPR/SIPR/PDA/DIMMS issues concerning
mission. On call, the NCOIC will conduct VIP and
operation of or repair with these systems will be
various media tours of Camp 4. The NCOIC will
directed through the S-6 representative. Personal
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
33.2

Deleted: .
Formatted
Deleted: 1233. 16

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
receive tour information from the JDOG S-3 office no
later than one week in advance.
b. The day shift SOG responsibilities include but are
not limited to the following:
(1) Ensure a licensed bus driver is available and
identified to pick-up personnel scheduled for work
each morning at the designated housing areas for
movement to Camp Delta.
(2) Establish a transportation pick-up time for
their shift for movement to Camp Delta.
(3) Cleanliness and care of the Camp 4
transportation vehicle while it is under control by their
shift personnel.
(4) Ensure the Camp 4 transportation vehicle is
fueled and always ready for use.
(5) Conduct the 0530 guard mount formation.
(6) Complete and maintain a DA-6 manning
roster for his/her shift to include shift personnel on
leave, sick call, duty, or pass.
(7) 100% physical headcount of all assigned
detainees at shift start.
(8) Conduct a 100% physical inventory of all
assigned radios, batteries, Camp 4 keys, and assigned
equipment before relieving night shift.
(9) Ensure all MP’s on their shift are trained in
their assigned area of operations.
(10) Complete a manning roster to be turned into
the DOC at the beginning of shift immediately after
guard mount.
(11) Make sure all current guard mount messages
are relayed to the new on coming shift.
(12) To receive an oncoming briefing from the
night shift SOG they are relieving.
(13) To conduct an AAR after being relieved by
the night shift.
(14) Account for all detainees assigned to Camp
4 throughout their shift.
(15) E-mail or place a message in the NCOIC inbox of any issues or concerns that occur during their
shift.
(16) In case of emergency, attempt to notify the
Camp 4 NCOIC.
(17) Maintain cleanliness and keep Camp 4 in an
orderly fashion throughout their shift. This includes
taking proactive measures to correct any deficiencies or
making aware of any work orders that need to be
submitted through the Camp 4 NCOIC.
(18) Enforce Camp 4 rules and regulations and to
suggest any updates or changes to policy and
procedures through the Camp 4 NCOIC.
c. The night shift SOG responsibilities include but
are not limited to the following:
(1) Ensure a licensed bus driver is available and
identified to pick-up personnel scheduled for work

each morning at the designated housing areas for
movement to Camp Delta.
(2) Establish a transportation pick-up time for
their shift for movement to Camp Delta.
(3) Cleanliness and care of the Camp 4
transportation vehicle while it is under control by their
shift personnel.
(4) Regular maintenance and dispatching of the
Camp 4 transportation vehicle while it is under control
by their shift.
(5) Conduct the 1730 guard mount formation.
(6) Complete and maintain a DA-6 manning
roster for his/her shift to include shift personnel on
leave, sick call, duty, or pass.
(7) 100% physical headcount of all assigned
detainees at shift start.
(8) Conduct a 100% physical inventory of all
assigned radios, batteries, Camp 4 keys, and assigned
equipment before relieving night shift.
(9) Ensure all MP’s on their shift are trained in
their assigned areas of operations.
(10) Complete a manning roster to be turned into
the DOC at the beginning of shift immediately after
guard mount.
(11) Make sure all current guard mount messages
are relayed to the new on coming shift.
(12) To receive an oncoming briefing from the
day shift SOG they are relieving.
(13) To conduct an AAR after being relieved by
the day shift.
(14) Account for all detainees assigned to Camp
4 throughout their shift.
(15) E-mail or place a message in the NCOIC inbox of any issues or concerns that occur during their
shift.
(16) In case of emergency, attempt to notify the
Camp 4 NCOIC.
(17) Maintain cleanliness and keep Camp 4 in an
orderly fashion throughout their shift. This includes
taking proactive measures to correct any deficiencies or
making aware of any work orders that need to be
submitted through the Camp 4 NCOIC.
(18) Nightshift will be responsible for a 100%
Camp 4 supply inventory on Wednesday nights, and a
list will be compiled for the Camp 4 NCOIC to order
from on Thursday mornings through JDOG S-4.
(19) The night shift SOG will verify, the night
prior to media and VIP tours that Camp 4 is in a high
state of readiness for the visits.
(20) Night shift SOG will verify all lighting
within the Camp 4 area of operations is functional and
will note any discrepancies or shortcomings.
(21) Ensure soldiers working as block observers
are using headsets with their radios as not to disrupt the
detainee's sleep.
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
33.3

Deleted: .
Formatted
Deleted: 1233. 16

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(22) Enforce Camp 4 rules and regulations and to
suggest any updates or changes to policy and
procedures through the Camp 4 NCOIC.
d. The Camp 4 Block NCO’s duties vary by nature
and mission of each individual block depending on
specific guidance by JIG/ICE, S-2, S-3, or the Camp 4
NCOIC. The list below is for general guidance of
performing duties as a Block NCO and may be subject
to special considerations as set forth by higher.
(1) Block NCO’s are responsible for all activities
scheduled for their assigned block. These include
compound recreation, feeding, showering, central
recreation, reservation pick-up and drop-off, medical
appointments, ICRC visits, interrogator visits, sick call,
media and VIP tours.
(2) Ensure all block assigned detainees follow all
applicable rules and policy within their areas of
responsibility. All block doors will be secure during
compound recreation, central recreation, and chow.
(3) Ensure the Block Observers rotating to their
assigned block are aware of any special considerations
affecting the mission of that specific block.
(4) Conduct a 100% physical headcount upon
relieving the off going Block NCO.
(5) Verify all detainee ISN cards are present in
the Block NCO book for that assigned block.
(6) Maintain control and discipline within their
assigned block.
(7) Notify the Camp 4 SOG on duty of any
situations requiring assistance or action by the SOG or
DOC.
(8) Conduct linen exchange weekly according to
schedule.
(9) Ensure all assigned detainees have the basic
Camp 4 issue items and that they are in serviceable
condition.
(10) Log any SIGACTS, messages, actions or
information into the Block NCO logbook for follow-up
or guidance to the other Block NCO’s performing duty
on that block.
(11) Conduct blanket exchange monthly according
to schedule.
(12) Ensure any work orders needed for their
block are logged into the Block NCO book and passed
onto the SOG on duty.
(13) Ensure DIMMS information is accurately
recorded into DIMMS and the handwritten copies
turned into the SOG at the end of shift.
(14) Conduct spot checks on the safety and
actions off the Block Observer.
(15) The Block NCO is overall responsible for
everything that happens on his/her block during their
shift including the conduct and actions of the Block
Observer.

e. The Block Observer is responsible for the
following:
(1) Logging SIGACTS, all detainee requests or
refusals, and keeping the Block NCO informed of all
detainee actions.
(2) The Block Observer will randomly rotate to
both observer areas on the assigned block of operations
to conduct duties. If two observers per block are
available, then each observer will stay and perform
duties in one observer area each on that assigned block.
(3) Block Observers will log any activities vital
to the Camp 4 mission into the observer logbook for
entry into DIMMS. They will also keep in contact by
radio with the Block NCO as to keep them advised.
Block
(4) Observers may contact Liberty Tower to
submit detainee requests into DIMMS
(5) Observers on night shift will wear a radio
headset as not to disrupt detainee sleep.
(6) The Block Observer will follow all orders of
the Block NCO and will assist the Block NCO in his
duties and block responsibilities
(7) Block Observers will enforce Camp 4 policy
and procedures and ensure detainees are following
rules and regulations applying to their assigned block.
(8) Block Observers rotate blocks based on a
schedule set by the SOG on duty.
(9) MP/detainee conversation during normal duty
hours is authorized but must adhere and be cautious to
OPSEC.
(10) Hanging of clothing and trash bags from the
MP Observer area grate is permitted as long as it does
not obstruct the MP Observers view or interfere with
the MP Observers job.
(11) There is no passing of items between bays
through the MP Observer area.
(12) Any questions asked by a detainee to the
Block Observer that cannot be answered or the
Observer is unsure of should be directed to the Block
NCO or SOG.
(13) Pass-on logbooks will be neat and orderly.
SIGACT sheets and logbooks will remain closed when
not in use and out of sight of detainees who may
attempt to read the entries.
(14) Information logged into a pass-on logbook
may be classified or secret in nature and will not be
discussed with other detainees. Any Observer or Block
NCO that discusses information written in pass-on
logbooks or SIGACT sheets with any other detainees
will be subject to UCMJ action.
(15) Pass-on logbooks will be kept up to date and
each MP Observer will log in when assuming duties as
an Observer even if only temporarily.
(16) Any unauthorized writing, artwork, drawing,
doodles, obscenities, or graffiti on the covers, inside
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
33.4

Deleted: .
Formatted
Deleted: 1233. 16

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
covers, pages, or binding of the MP Observer pass-on
logbook will subject the MP Observer to charges of
destruction of government property and/or
unauthorized destruction of classified or secret
government documents. These pass-on logbooks are to
be treated as a MP notebook and maintained in a
professional military manner. Pass-on logbooks are
subject to summoning by a judicial review board,
tribunal committee or other court proceedings and may
be used as evidence in a trial, case, or hearing..
(17) All Block Observer and Medical access
gates will remain secure after entry or exit to/from the
Block Observer fenced in area. Each Block Observer
will have an Observer key to open the Observer area
gates. It is the Observers responsibility to ensure
Observer gates are secure all the time except entry and
exit from the Observer area.
(18) All block bay doors will be secure during
compound recreation, central recreation and chow.
f. Liberty Tower Operator is responsible for the
following:
(1) Control and operation of all magnetic and
electronically controlled gates within Camp 4.
(2) Controlling and maintaining radio traffic and
security of communications on the Camp 4 assigned
frequency.
(3) Liberty Tower will conduct morning and
daily call to prayers over the Camp 4 intercom system
to all Camp 4 blocks.
(4) Liberty Tower will monitor all 44 Camp 4
camera systems and note any deficiencies in camera or
monitor operations to the SOG on duty.
(5) Liberty Tower will conduct random camera
system monitoring of various bays to check on detainee
actions. Any actions by detainees monitored on the
Liberty Tower camera system that may be of safety or
security concerns will be brought to the Block NCO
and Block Observers attention of the applicable block
in question.
(6) Liberty Tower is the central command center
of Camp 4, and the security of Liberty Tower is
extremely important. The Liberty Tower operator will
maintain 100% positive control of all of their locks and
gates.
(7) Liberty Tower houses the Camp 4 camera
recording equipment and Camp 4 supplies. The
Liberty Tower Operator will ensure an orderly
appearance and cleanliness of Liberty Tower will in
their control.
(8) Liberty Tower operators rotate on a scheduled
basis set by the SOG on duty.
(9) No listening or viewing media, i.e. CD’s,
DVD’s, VHS tapes, or books and magazines are
authorized in Liberty Tower due to the sensitive nature

of Liberty Towers mission and the possibility of being
a distraction to Liberty Tower operations.
(10) No food or drinks will be authorized in
Liberty Tower due to the large amount of electronic
equipment and electrical circuits housed there.
(11) Liberty Tower will always remain in a high
state of police.
(12) The Liberty Tower Operator is responsible
for updating and maintaining their logbook and the
Camp 4 DIMS system while manning that position.
(13) The Liberty Tower Operator will not allow
personal phone calls from Liberty that are longer than
15 minutes in length. Personal phone calls will be at
least 15 minutes apart to allow work related calls a
chance to get through.
(14) Liberty will only open Sally Port 14 electric
locks when requested by the Sally Port 14 Operator at
that post at the time the transmission is received.
e. Sally Port 14 Operator is responsible for the
following:
(1) Making sure the sally port is manned at all
times. If the Sally Port Operator must leave their post,
they will advise the SOG on duty so he/she may relieve
them. Sally Port will not leave their post until properly
relieved.
(2) Sally Port 14 will maintain in radio contact at
all times with Liberty Tower.
(3) Sally Port 14 will be responsible to announce
to Liberty Tower all escort or medical teams that enter
or leave Sally Port 14. Sally Port will also advise
Liberty Tower as to the bed number of the detainee that
team is picking-up or dropping off. Sally Port 14 will
log all non-assigned Camp 4 personnel into the Sally
Port logbook by name/rank or by team number/call
sign along with the time of arrival, time of departure,
and nature of business at Camp 4.
(4) Sally Port 14 will be solely responsible for
maintaining access to Camp 4 through Sally Port 14
and will verify the level of Camp 4 access by checking
the Camp Delta badge. Camp 4 requires a green badge
code to enter without escort. All non-assigned Camp 4
personnel will be escorted by assigned personnel
throughout their entire time while inside the Camp 4
perimeter.
(5) Sally Port Operator will open both outer
vehicle gate doors for vehicle large than a standard size
pick-up truck. For example, the large ice truck with
lift-gate will only enter after both vehicle outer gate
doors or open.
(6) Sally Port will never have two Sally Port
locks open at the same time.
(7) Sally Port Operator is responsible for keeping
the sally port storage locker stocked with supplies from
Liberty Tower and maintaining a 5 gallon water cooler
full of ice and Gatorade at all times.
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
33.5

Deleted: .
Formatted
Deleted: 1233. 16

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(8) The Sally Port 14 Operator will enforce the
policy of only the Sally Port 14 Operator calling
Liberty Tower to unlock or release Sally Port 14 locks.
33-7. General Rules
a. Detainees will comply with all rules regulations,
policies, procedures and guidance set forth within the
Camp 4 SOP as advised to them by Camp 4 assigned
personnel. Detainees will conduct themselves in a
manner that is not to offend, threaten, or agitate other
detainees. Detainees that fear their life is in danger or
fears physical harm, can and will report this to the
Camp 4 personnel at any time. Detainees will not
conduct and/or participate in, but not limited to, any
form of military drills, hand-to-hand combat, and
martial arts style training, or shadow boxing. There
will be no sexual contact between detainees. Detainees
will walk in an orderly fashion to/from bays when
moving anywhere within Camp 4. Detainees, bays,
and all block areas are subject to search at any time by
Camp 4 assigned personnel. Any violations of these
rules and/or any other Camp 4 rules, regulations, policy
or procedures will result in disciplinary action, loss of
privileges, and/or transfer back to Camp 1, 2, or 3
pending approval by higher.b. Camp 4 personnel will
not allow detainees to violate Camp 4 rules,
regulations, policy, or procedure. Camp 4 personnel
will not knowingly cause a detainee to violate the
governing rules, regulations, policies, or procedures.
Personnel assigned to Camp 4 will not bring
unauthorized materials or equipment into Camp 4.
Assigned personnel will not give detainee’s
unauthorized items or materials not approved by
JIG/ICE, S-3, DOC or S-2. Any extra reward or
incentive items given a detainee will be verified
through the SOG on duty or NCOIC as to the items or
material being authorized on the detainee’s form 508.
Any violations of Camp 4’s rules, regulations, policies,
or procedures by Camp 4 personnel will subject the
violator to administrative action and/or removal from
Camp 4. Camp 4 is a medium security setting
requiring extra precaution and safety. Any safety
concerns will be brought to the SOG on duty or
NCOIC’s attention immediately. Camp 4 personnel
that commit unsafe acts or physical security risks will
be subject to UCMJ by their units after review and
recommendation by the S-3 SGM. Any Camp 4
personnel witnessing any violations of Camp 4 rules,
regulations, policies, or procedures will be asked to
write a DA-2823 sworn statement to the facts
surrounding the occurrence or incident. Sworn
statements must be turned into the Camp 4 SOG on
duty or Camp 4 NCOIC no later than 48 hours after the
incident. Sworn statements turned in after 48 hours

may be less likely to result in detainee discipline or
loss of privilege.
c. No personal electronic portable devices, games, or
media will be brought into Camp 4.
d. Detainees at a minimum will outside will wear the
following items:
(1) Shirt
(2) Pants and/or shorts
(3) Shower shoes or soccer shoes
e. The only detainee headgear authorized for wear
outside of the bays is the issued prayer cap.

33-8. Bay Rules
a. No more than two bay doors will be open at any
one given time.b. Bay leaders will be chosen by the
Camp 4 personnel and used to enforce all rules,
regulations, policies and procedures. Bay leaders will
be chosen based on respect by other detainees assigned
in that bay, by ability to communicate with Camp 4
personnel, leadership ability, and cooperation with the
Camp 4 personnel.
c. Detainees will be given a wake-up/chow call 0600
hours daily. Quiet time will be at 2300 hours nightly.
Detainees are responsible for keeping their areas and
themselves clean and sanitary. Detainees are not
allowed to have any item(s) in their possession that
could be used as a potential weapon.
d. Detainees are allowed to do physical exercises in
the bays; however, activities such as sports inside of
the bays are unauthorized.
e. Detainees will report medical emergencies to the
Block Observer, Block NCO, and/or the SOG on duty
so they may take appropriate action.
f. Fruit, nuts, honey, and 1 MRE are the only
authorized food items allowed in the bays. No excess
amounts of these food items will be allowed. Any
spoiled, rotten, or unsanitary items will be thrown
away. MP’s will conduct random bay inspections for
unauthorized food products.
g. Detainees are allowed to talk to other detainees
thru the MP observer area except during the hours of
2300 – 0430. The only times detainees will not be
allowed to crosstalk is if it is disruptive, abusive, or
unproductive to the Camp 4 mission. Detainees are not
allowed to crosstalk to the other camps in Camp Delta
to include detainees assigned to Fleet Hospital.
Detainees may talk to other camp detainees riding in
gators in route to Fleet Hospital. However, gators will
not be allowed to stop in front of Camp 4 with Camp 1,
2, or 3 detainees in route to other areas of Camp Delta.
Detainees may crosstalk with other blocks within
Camp 4 as long as it is not disruptive, abusive, or
unproductive to the Camp 4 mission. At any time, a
directive may be received from higher to stop all
crosstalk due to mission requirements. At that point
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
33.6

Deleted: .
Formatted
Deleted: 1233. 16

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
the higher order will be explained to the detainees and
The only exception to this rule is the bays designated
enforced by the Camp 4 personnel.
by mission requirements or discipline, to eat and
h. All rules, regulations, policies and procedures
perform recreation separately.
concerning Camp 4 are subject to immediate change as
b. Normal recreation time for compound recreation
directed by higher either permanently or temporarily,
is two bays out for 30 minutes immediately followed
dictated by mission requirements and commanders
by 30 minutes for two bays to shower. Normal
intent.
recreation time for central recreation is two bays out
i. Bay leaders will ensure that bay doors remain
for 30 minutes immediately followed by 30 minutes for
closed unless moving to or from recreation, shower, or
two bays to shower. Normal time for breakfast, lunch,
chow. Detainees are not allowed to enter bays that
and dinner is two bays out on each block for 1 hour at
they do not reside in. Detainees will not stand on
each meal. Then the next two bays from each block
bunks, picnic tables, or objects stacked inside of their
will come out for 1 hour for each meal. There is no
bays or recreation yards.
shower time in conjunction with or associated with
j. Detainees are not allowed to sleep or lay together
meal times.
with more than one detainee per bunk.
c. Detainees will proceed directly to the central
k. Detainees will not disassemble any Camp 4
recreation yard when released by the Block NCO from
equipment or property to include bay fans for cleaning.
their bays.
Detainees will not touch bay cameras or shower
d. No more than two bays will be allowed in the
cameras.
recreation yard at one time.
l. Detainees will not be allowed to alter any Camp 4
e. Detainees in the central recreation yard must stay
issued items. Items altered or damaged by detainees
within the designated fenced in areas, either the soccer
will be confiscated by the Block NCO who will then
field or volleyball court.
write a DA-2823 on the incident along with a DA-4137
f. No detainees will be allowed to run around the
form.
inside of the outer recreation yard fence.
m. Sheets, towels, blanket, or any other linen
g. If a volleyball or soccer ball leaves the designated
besides the white detainee issued uniform will not be
area, a detainee will request permission or receive
hung inside the bays or tied off inside the bays.
acknowledgement to retrieve the ball.
n. Detainees may not cover the bay or shower
h. There will be no contact sports conducted in the
cameras as to obstruct the Liberty Tower operators
central recreation yard except minor contact during
view.o. Detainees will not sleep under their bunks with
soccer.
a sheet, blanket, or other linen draped over the bunk as
i. Detainees will not climb any fence in Camp 4.
to hide them from view. Camp 4 personnel must see a
j. When any emergency siren is sounded in the
portion of the detainees uncovered skin when
Camp Delta facility, detainees will lay face down on
conducting a physical headcount in the bays. A Block
the ground, place their hands outstretched to their
Observer will awaken a sleeping detainee if skin
sides, palms up, and await further instructions from the
cannot be seen. p. Detainees must clean their bays with
Camp 4 personnel.
cleaning supplies requested from the Block Observer or
k. Detainees will be allowed to take showers after
Block NCO at least twice a week.
recreation according to the recreation, chow and
q. Detainees may not tie any form of string, rope, or
shower schedules.
plastic strips to any portion of the overhead electric
l. Use of the central recreation yard is a Camp 4
conduit or any portion of the bay doors or windows.
award and privilege. Any violations of the central
r. Each Block will secure their bay doors during
recreation rules will result in disciplinary action, loss of
compound recreation, central recreation, and chow.
privileges, and possible transfer back to Camp 1, 2, or
s. The shower room door only may be open during
3.
central recreation and compound recreation for latrine
m. Central recreation is in addition to compound
use. All other bay doors will be closed while
recreation. Loss of central recreation will be at the
recreation and chow is being conducted.
Camp 4 NCOICs discretion and may be taken away
from a detainee for violation of Camp 4 rules. Loss of
33-9. Compound Recreation / Central Recreation
central recreation does not mean loss of compound
Yard Rules
a. Detainees will receive recreation time according
recreation. The only way a detainee can lose
to the separate day and night shift activities schedules.
compound recreation and central recreation together is
The Camp 4 NCOIC will develop a rotating chow,
with a form 508 for disciplinary action. A detainee can
shower, compound recreation, and central yard
lose central recreation privileges without loss of
recreation schedule for each shift. Two bays will be
compound recreation, but cannot lose compound
allowed to eat chow and conduct recreation together.
recreation and still receive central recreation. Central
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
33.7

Deleted: .
Formatted
Deleted: 1233. 16

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
recreation is a privilege and compound recreation is a
c. MP Observers and Block NCOs will give one full
reward/incentive. Camp 4 privileges do not require a
bottle of shampoo per bay for shower. If two bays are
form 508 to take away. However, rewards/incentives
in shower then two full bottles of shampoo will be
do require disciplinary action approval by S-3 and
given. Detainees will give the shampoo bottles back to
possibly JIG/ICE. An example of this would be if a
the Block NCO or MP Observer when shower time is
detainee refuses to stay inside the designated central
complete. No shampoo is allowed in the bays.
recreation yard fence area. If the detainee is told more
d. Detainees will not share shower or toilet stalls
than once and refuses to comply, then the Camp 4
with other detainees.
personnel may take the rest of that detainees remaining
e. Clippers will be issued twice a week during
central recreation yard time away and make them go
evening shower time on Mondays and Thursdays. The
back to their assigned block compound recreation area.
clippers will be returned to the Block NCO when
n. No martial arts or military style training by the
detainees are finished.
detainees will take place in the bays, the compound
f. Razors will be issued twice a week during day
recreation yard, or the central recreation yard.
shower time on Tuesdays and Fridays. Block NCO’s
o. Camp 4 assigned personnel will not allow escort
will count and hand out the razors to the detainees
teams or medical teams to enter the inner Sally Port
through the fence as they enter the central
gate while central recreation is being conducted. If an
shower/bathroom. Razors will be returned to the Block
escort or medical team shows up during central
NCO who will account for and inspect the razors for
recreation they may wait in the Sally Port area until the
missing or altered blades as soon as the detainees exit
central recreation yard is clear of all detainees, or the
the latrine. Detainees will hold up the razor so the
Camp 4 personnel may go retrieve the requested
Block NCO may inspect it, then drop the razors
detainee and escort them to the Sally Port for
through the fence into a small trash bag as the Block
transportation by the teams.
NCO counts to make sure all razors are returned that
p. Camp 4 personnel will remain in a separate
were issued out.
fenced in area from the detainees during central
g. At no time will razors or clippers be permitted
recreation. These areas include the Liberty Tower
inside the bays. Clippers may be used in the compound
fenced in area, the Block Observer fenced in areas, or
recreation area.
Sally Port 14. All Block Observer gates will remain
h. Detainees will clean up after themselves upon
secured and locked during central recreation. The
completion of using the central bathrooms. Detainees
Camp 4 Sally Port 14 inner vehicle gate will remain
will sweep, mop, police up trash, and clean the central
secured and locked during central recreation. The
bathrooms daily. The bay responsible for cleaning will
Liberty Tower outer main gate will remain secured and
be determined according to the day/night shift shower,
locked during central recreation.
recreation, and chow rotation activities schedules.
q. Detainees at a minimum will wear the following
i. Only clear or partial transparent style shower and
while outside at central or compound recreation:
toilet curtains may be used in Camp 4. This allows the
(1) Shirt
cameras and observers to see movement behind the
(2) Pants and /or shorts
curtains for safety and accountability reasons.
(3) Shower shoes or soccer shoes
j. The central shower/bathroom may be used as a
r. The only detainee headgear authorized for wear
temporary holding area for one bay at a time for block
outside of the bays is the issued prayer cap.
or bay searches for contraband or inventory of detainee
Camp 4 issued items.
33-10. Central Shower/Bath Rules
a. Each bay will have 15 minutes of shower time in
k. The only detainee headgear authorized for wear
the central bathroom. If two bays are out together at
outside of the bays is the issued prayer cap.
recreation, then the shower time doubles to 30 minutes.
l. At a minimum, detainees will wear the following
b. There will be no detainee showers for the
items while outside:
morning prayer wash except in the case of
(1) Shirt
uncleanliness caused by dreams. At 0400 hours
(2) Pants and/or shorts
detainees are given an opportunity to wash their hands,
(3) Shower shoes or soccer shoes
face, and feet before the morning call to prayer is
played over the Camp 4 intercom system. This is a
33-11. Mess Yard Rules
quick clean up for prayer only. The Block NCO may
a. After ensuring all detainees on the block are
turn the water valve off after the 15 minute period has
secured in their bays, the Camp 4 Block NCO will
expired to prevent the detainees from taking advantage
place one set of food service containers and associated
of the 15 minute period.. No more than two bay doors
food items onto the compound yard picnic table or
will be opened on one block at any given time.
folding table. The Block NCO on each block will
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
33.8

Deleted: .
Formatted
Deleted: 1233. 16

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
count all sporks for their detainees coming out to eat.
Block NCOs will also count serving utensils. All bread
twist ties will be removed from the bread bags. Camp
4 detainees are not limited to their servings on food
items and drink. They are authorized to eat every food
item and drink brought to them by food service.
b. After the Camp 4 personnel have set up the eating
area on the block, they will secure the block main gate.
The Block NCO will call Liberty Tower to open the
bay doors to the bays designated on the shower,
recreation, and chow schedule to come out and eat.
c. Two bays at a time on each block will be given 1
hour to eat their meals together at the compound area
picnic table. They are responsible for cleaning up after
themselves to include returning all eating utensils,
serving utensils, and policing up all trash and passing it
out the block main gate bean hole into the trash can on
the other side. The Block NCO will account for all
food service utensils and sporks.
d. After the first two bays on the block have eaten
and cleaned up, they will return back to their respective
bays. The remaining two bays will then be released to
come out to the block mess area and eat for 1 hour.
They will also clean up after themselves and return all
utensils and trash. They will then return to their
respective bays and secure their bay doors.
e. After chow has finished and all detainees on the
block are locked back into their bays, the Block NCO
will open the block main gate and bring all the food
service containers and utensils outside of the block area
to prepare them for pick-up by food service personnel.
f. A search of the mess area will then be conducted
for any remaining trash, food, sporks, utensils, or food
containers.
g. Chow drop-off times are as follows:
(1) Breakfast 0615 hours
(2) Lunch
1200 hours
(3) Dinner
1800 hours
h. Chow pick-up times are as follows:
(1) Breakfast 0830 – 0845 hours
(2) Lunch
1400 – 1415 hours
(3) Dinner
2000 – 2015 hours
i. Special meals for those detainees listed by the
DOC, will be dropped off by food service personnel
prior to the Camp 4 scheduled meal times. Any issues
with special meals should be brought to the DOC’s
attention or contact food service via cell phone.
Detainees are placed on a list to receive special meals
through the recommendation of the base nutritionist.
j. Detainees at a minimum will wear the following
items while at mess:
(1) Shirt
(2) Pants and/or shorts
(3) Shower shoes or soccer shoes

k. The only detainee headgear authorized for wear
outside of the bays is the issued prayer cap.

33-12. Bay Leader Duties and Responsibilitiesa.
Bay leader bed assignment will be the closest to the
MP observer booth.
b. Bay leader will receive directions and/or orders
from the MP observer and/or Block NCO.
c. The bay leader is responsible to ensure bay doors
remain secure each time a detainee enters or exits the
bay.
d. Bay leaders will ensure all detainees assigned to
the bay respect each other regardless of culture,
language, and beliefs.
e. Bay leaders will explain to the detainees assigned
to their bay in their native language all of the
information or orders furnished to them by any Camp 4
personnel.
f. Bay leaders will bring up any detainee issues or
concerns within the bay or block to the Block NCO or
Block Observer.
g. If the bay leader becomes aware of any plans
and/or actions for detainee disorder in the bay, block,
Camp 4, or Camp Delta, they will bring this to the
Block NCO or Block Observers attention.
h. The bay leader will inform the Block NCO or
Block Observer of any medical issues or requests.
i. Bay leaders will greet and explain Camp 4 rules,
policies, and procedures to all new arriving detainees
assigned to their bays.
j. Bay leaders will meet with the Camp 4 NCOIC,
JDOG Superintendent, and Deputy JDOG Commander
once a month on a date determined and given to them
by the Camp 4 NCOIC, to bring up any bay or block
concerns or issues.
33-13. Laundry/Linen Exchange
a. Newly assigned Camp 4 detainees will be issued
one complete set of white detainee clothing from S-3
prior to arrival to Camp 4. One complete set of white
detainee uniform includes the following:
(1) One white "smock" style shirt
(2) One white crew neck T-shirt
(3) One white pair of pants
(4) One white pair of shorts
b. Detainees will also receive the following linen
and Camp 4 issued items after arriving to Camp 4:
(1) Two white bed sheets
(2) Two colored blankets
(3) One white pillowcase
(4) One white medium size pillow
(5) Two white medium size towels
(6) One white small washcloth
(7) One" traditional colored and styled"
prayer rug
(8) One grey storage tub with lid
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
33.9

Deleted: .
Formatted
Deleted: 1233. 16

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(9) One pair of soccer shoes
(10) One of the following (chess,
backgammon, or checkers set)
(11) One deck of playing cards
(12) One set of dominoes
(13) One green "PT" mat
(14) One set of hygiene items
(15) Any items listed on the detainee's 508 form
c. S-4 supply will furnish Camp 4 with the requested
amounts of pillows, prayer rugs, prayer mats, shower
shoes, soccer shoes, grey storage tubs, games, and
other detainee issued items.
d. S-4 laundry service will furnish Camp 4 with the
requested amounts of complete white detainee
uniforms, white towels, colored blankets, white sheets,
and white washcloths. S-4 laundry service does not
have a method for cleaning traditional style prayer
rugs. Traditional style prayer rugs will be an
expendable item, which may be thrown away after
determined by the shift SOG to be unserviceable. In
this case, another traditional style prayer rug will be
issued to the detainee.
e. Detainees will be provided clean laundry and
linen once a week and two clean blankets once a month
by block according to the following schedule:

each detainee is a one-for-one exchange. Block NCOs
will ensure each detainee receives the proper amount of
linen being exchanged. Some detainees may wish to
turn-in only certain items for exchange, therefore it is
important the Block NCO does not give out more linen
than is being turned-in. Non-serviceable linen will be
bagged in large brown trash bags and marked
appropriately and clearly as "BAD". Serviceable linen
will be bagged in large brown trash bags as sets. Two
complete sets of linen per brown trash bag only, unless
there is an odd number of sets. Serviceable bags of
linen will be placed neat and orderly inside the marked
dirty linen storage bins next to the administrative
building for pick-up on Monday mornings by the S-4
laundry service personnel. Non-serviceable bags of
linen will be stacked neatly outside the administrative
building for inspection by the Camp 4 NCOIC to
determine damage extent and cause of damage. The
Camp 4 NCOIC will then notify the JDOG SGM by email on his findings as directed by the JDOG SGM.
i. Any ripped or torn detainee uniforms, sheets,
blankets, towels, wash cloths, or pillow cases that are
missing pieces or strips of material will subject the
entire block to a shakedown search for the missing
material.
j. Any left over clean laundry will be accounted for
and placed in Liberty Tower.
BLANKETS
33-14. Personnel and Detainees Cleaning Duties
(1) 1st Saturday of the month will be
a. MP cleaning responsibilities are to ensure their
Victor Block
assigned areas of responsibility during shift is free of
(2) 2nd Saturday of the month will be
trash, floors are swept and mopped, ice chests are full,
Whiskey Block
and water coolers are cleaned out and refilled.
(3) 3rd Saturday of the month will be
b. This includes the fenced in observer areas, MP
Yankee Block
Observer booths, Block NCO booths, all internal and
(4) 4th Saturday off the month will be
external areas within Liberty Tower and the Liberty
Uniform Block
Tower fence line, All areas within Sally Port 14, the
(5) If there is a 5th Saturday in the month
Camp 4 break area, inside the administrative office, the
there will be no linen exchange on that day.
fence line surrounding Camp 4, and the area between
the administrative building and Camp 4 Sally Port.
c. SOGs will ensure prior to taking over shift and
LINEN
prior to being relieved from shift that all areas are
Each block will receive clean linen and
cleaned up and ready for inspection. Camp 4 receives
uniform exchange once a week on Sundays.
numerous visitors and tours. Camp Delta personnel
walk past and around the Camp 4 perimeter daily.
f. Block NCOs will obtain the clean laundry from
Camp 4 is a high visibility area and draws a lot of
between 0800-0930 the morning of laundry exchange
attention. Therefore, Camp 4 must remain clean and
from Liberty Tower.
ready for inspection at any given time of the day or
g. Block NCOs will begin laundry exchange prior to
night. The SOG is overall responsible for making sure
detainee lunch.
the all areas are cleaned.
h. Block NCOs will ensure all linen is exchange one
d. Detainee's cleaning responsibilities will be all the
detainee at a time on there block. Block NCOs will
areas within their compound recreation/mess yards
ensure the linen being turned in is in serviceable
fence line. This includes their bays, latrines, block
condition and separated into individual piles of
central shower and the external block areas within the
serviceable and non-serviceable so non-serviceable
block yard fence. MPs will issue detainees proper
linen is not washed and redistributed. All linen for
cleaning supplies and ensure that the detainee's areas
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
33.10

Deleted: .
Formatted
Deleted: 1233. 16

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
stay in a high state of cleanliness. Block NCO will
utilize the bay leaders to make sure this happens. MPs
will account for all cleaning supplies issued and make
sure they are returned back to the Block storage locker.
The last bay to shower for the day according to the
recreation, shower, and chow rotation schedule will
clean the central shower room at the end of the day
prior to 2300 hours.
33-15. Radio Call Signs
a. Uniform Block
(1) Block NCO will be called "Uniform Block"
(2) Block Observer will be called "Observer 1"
b. Victor Block
(1) Block NCO will be called "Victor Block"
(2) Block Observer will be called "Observer 2"
c. Whiskey Block
(1) Block NCO will be called " Whiskey Block"
(2) Block Observer will be called "Observer 3"
d. Yankee Block
(1) Block NCO will be called "Yankee Block"
(2) Block Observer will be called "Observer 4"
e. Liberty Tower
(1) Liberty Tower call sign will be "Liberty"
f. Sally Port 14
(1) Sally Port 14 call sign will be "Sally"
g. SOG of Camp 4
(1) SOG call sign will be "SOG 4"
33-16. Fire Evacuation Plan
a. Camp 4 assigned personnel that see smoke and/or
fire from a block/bay, or hear/observe an activated fire
alarm will immediately report the incident to the Block
NCO or SOG.
b. The Block NCO or SOG will respond to the
reported location with fire extinguishers and make an
assessment of the situation from outside the block
fence with help from the Block NCO, Block Observer,
and Liberty Tower Operator monitoring the cameras to
give the SOG spot reports on what they see.
c. The SOG will make a timely determination as to
evacuate the whole block or the bay effected.
d. Liberty Tower will call the DOC by phone and
keep them informed of the situation.
e. If the SOG determines the fire can be put out by
fire extinguisher, then the bay will be evacuated into
the mess yard area of the block. The Block NCO will
go into the bay after it has been evacuated while the
SOG stays by the block main gate. If the fire cannot be
put out, the entire block will be evacuated one bay at a
time starting with the closest bay to the fire. Detainees
will be evacuated to the ICRC yard and secured.
f. If a fire is determined to be present by the SOG
and the block needs to be evacuated, all the other
blocks will go to lock down so the non-effected Block
NCOs may go assist with the evacuation. The Block

Observers however, will remain at their posts on the
non-effected blocks.
g. In case of a confirmed fire, Liberty will advise the
DOC to call the JTF fire department and have the
available QRF respond without gear to assist.
h. If a fire is detected, the Block Observer of the
effected block will stand outside the observer booth
area of the bay with the fire. The observer will relay
information to the detainees from the SOG about the
evacuation. The Block Observer will attempt to keep
the detainees calm.
i. Sally Port 14 will control access and prepare to
allow only the necessary personnel inside Camp 4
during lock down. These will include the QRF,
medical personnel, fire department personnel, R&U,
and DOC personnel. Sally Port will log entries as time
permits.
j. Camp 4 has 6 fire extinguishers assigned. One
water fire extinguisher is to be located in the Camp 4
administrative building. One water fire extinguisher is
to be located in the bottom of Liberty Tower. Three
water fire extinguishers are to be located in Sally Port
14. One PK chemical fire extinguisher is to be located
in the top of Liberty Tower.
33-17. "OPERATION SNOWBALL"
a. The Infantry QRF / IRF team immediately
responds to the Camp 4 Sally Port in BDU’s only. No
equipment, knives, weapons, shields, or ammo will be
used for self-harm incidents. Response time and speed
is key to preventing fatality and safety issues within the
camp. When the Sally Port guard sees the QRF team
entering the Sally Port area they will immediately open
the inner main gate allowing timely access to Camp 4.
The Camp 4 Sally Port guard will direct the infantry to
the appropriate block of the self-harm incident. The
Block NCO inside the Block gate will direct the 5-6
Infantry soldiers to form a shoulder to shoulder barrier
between the detainees in block compound rec and the
block gate. The Infantry will stand there in a “normal,
relaxed, non-aggressive” posture without saying
anything as not to make the detainees defensive, angry,
or aggressive. The Block NCO already standing there
will talk calmly with the detainees reassuring them that
the situation is under control and everything is OK.
The QRF leader will respond to the appropriate block
bay to assist the three (3) Block NCO’s and the NCOIC
inside the bay handling the self-harm incident.
b. A detainee whom is “cut down” for a self-harm
attempted hanging will be quickly but carefully
removed from the bay the incident occurred in after
being properly mobilized against further neck damage.
The Camp 4 NCOIC will give all commands to the
three Camp 4 Block NCO’s and Infantry QRF squad
leader caring the self-harm patient off the block into a
safe area outside the block gates. They will begin first
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
33.11

Deleted: .
Formatted
Deleted: 1233. 16

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
responder medical assessment and first aid for
(a) All detainee movement in or out of Camp
responsiveness, pulse, breathing, bleeding, preventing
stops.
shock, head injuries, and mobilizing fractures or
(2) R+10 sec Liberty Tower unlocks appropriate
broken bones until medical personnel arrive in Camp.
Block main gate.
c. When medical personnel arrive, the Sally Port
(a) Liberty Tower verifying other block gates
guard will open the inner gate and direct them to the
are secure.
appropriate block and bay. Only gator(s) with
(b) Any block in central rec is told to go into
stretchers may enter the Camp inner perimeter (one per
their block area.
self-harm incident). Gators without stretchers will stay
(3) R+20sec
outside the Camp 4 Sally Port area, parked out of the
(a) All Block NCO’s without central rec grab
way of Camp 4 traffic. If an ambulance shows up at
medical shears go to scene of incident.
Camp 4, the Sally Port Guard will direct the driver to
(b) Sally Port guard opening both sides of outer
back into the Sally Port area. The ambulance may not
gate.
go into the Camp 4 inner central area past the inner
(c) Observers for all blocks watch all bays for
Sally Port gates. Once the ambulance is in the Sally
repeat incident or mass casualty.
Port the Sally Port guard will close both Sally Port
(d) NCOIC notifies QRF / IRF team to respond
outer gates and secure the Sally Port area. This will
immediately with no gear to Sally Port at Camp 4
allow for the Sally Port guard to maintain security
for self-harm.
while having his 360-degree view obstructed by the
(4) R+25 sec
ambulance being in the Sally Port. It will allow for
(a) Block NCO’s in block going into the
patient loading later without compromising security.
appropriate block.
Once the patient is ready to be loaded into the
(b) One Block NCO blocking detainees from
ambulance, the Sally Port guard will open the inner
exiting the block area where the self-harm
Sally Port gates and allow medical personnel with the
occurred.
patient access to the rear of the ambulance for loading.
(c) NCOIC calls DOC gives details & requests
d. Once medical personnel have the patient loaded
medical, K-9.
into the ambulance, the Sally Port guard will secure the
(5) R+30 sec
inner Sally Port gates, walk around the ambulance,
(a) Block NCO and other Block NCO’s headed
look under the ambulance, and then open the outer
into the bay.
Sally Port gates to let the ambulance out of Camp 4. If
(6) R+35 sec
the patient is on a gator with stretcher then have the
(a) Infantry QRF / IRF headed into Sally Port.
ambulance leave the Sally Port area immediately to
(b) Sally Port unlocking inner sally gate.
make room for the gator and then allow the gator with
(7) R+40 sec
stretcher and patient out of Camp 4. Once the
(a) Block NCO’s cutting down detainee in bay
ambulance is out of the Sally Port, the Sally Port guard
or getting non-involved detainees out of bay if not
secures the outer Sally Port gates. Gators without
a hanging attempt.
patients will be allowed to exit next in a controlled
(b) Infantry arriving at block
manner followed by personnel exiting through the
(c) NCOIC headed to block with "snowball" kit.
walk-in gate after a brief I.D. badge screening to
(8) R+45 sec
maintain security, as not to lose accountability of
(a) Infantry forming a line in block rec area
detainees. The Sally Port guard will notify Liberty
blocking the exit.
Tower of each detainee ISN that leaves Camp 4 on a
(b) Infantry squad leader going into bay.
gator or in an ambulance for self-harm or medical.
(9) R+50 sec
Liberty Tower will write down the ISN’s and notify the
(a) Block NCO’s removing self-harm detainee
DOC by landline so they may update the DIMS
from bay.
system.
(b) NCOIC at block.
e. No detainees will be permitted in the Sally Port
(10) R+55 sec
14 during a self-harm incident. Escort Teams trying to
(a) Block NCO’s, Infantry squad leader, NCOIC
bring a detainee back to Camp 4 during a self-harm
carry detainee out of block gate into central area.
incident will be told to stand by until the incident is
(11) R+1 min
over and a 100% physical detainee head count is
(a) Start detainee first responder assessment.
conducted.
(12) R+65 sec
f. REATION TIME: (a timeline of events)
(a) QRF and Block NCO start leaving block rec
(1) R = Block NCO puts out duress code
area.
“SNOWBALL” and information on
(13) R+70 sec
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
33.12

Deleted: .
Formatted
Deleted: 1233. 16

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(a) All blocks secure, detainee first-aid started.
(14) R+2 min
(a) DOC cameraman on site.
(b) Infantry QRF on-stand down by Sally Port
14.
(15) R+2.5 min
(a) Medical at Sally Port gate
(16) R+3 min
(a) Medical takes over detainee self-harm.
(b) Block NCO’s report back to their blocks and
continue normal operations and reassure other
detainees.
(17) R+4 min
(a) Ambulance on site at Sally Port backing in.
(18) R+5 min
(b) Medics stabilize and move self-harm
patient to Sally Port for transport to Fleet Hospital.

numbers, detainee names, OPSEC information, Camp
Delta or Camp 4 operations, Camp Delta or Camp 4
missions. Secret or classified information may be
given by telephone if the telephone line is verified by
the user, to be in secure mode by all/both parties on the
line.
33-21. NIPR Account
a. All Camp 4 personnel are authorized to establish a
NIPR account through the approval of the Camp 4
NCOIC if they meet the J-6 requirements.
b. Soldiers and NCOs assigned to Camp 4 may use
the NIPR computer terminal located in the Camp 4
administrative building with verbal permission from
the SOG on duty or Camp 4 NCOIC if it does not
interfere with the Camp 4 mission. This is a Camp 4
privilege and not a right.
c. The same JTF-GTMO and J-6 rules, policies and
procedures apply. No soldier or NCO may transmit
classified or secret information over the Camp 4 NIPR
terminal.

33-18. Gator Maintenance
a. The Camp 4 gator vehicle will be washed and
cleaned at least three times a week by the night shift
personnel.
33-22. Break Area
b. The Camp 4 gator will be checked for an
a. The Camp 4 break area is located to the north side
adequate supply of fuel nightly by night shift personnel
of the Camp 4 administrative building. This is the only
and fueled as needed. Diesel fuel is located in the
authorized smoking area in the Camp 4 area of
yellow hazardous material lockers located by the mess
responsibility. The Camp 4 break area will be policed
facility.
daily on both shifts to remove any trash, garbage, or
c. Any damage sustained to the Camp 4 gator will
cigarette butts.
be annotated on a sworn statement DA-2823 by the
b. Garbage cans located within the Camp 4 break
person causing or noticing the damage with a detailed
area will be emptied daily as needed.
description of the damage and/or how the damage was
c. The Camp 4 break area is not a storage area for
found or occurred. This statement will be turned into
supplies or any other objects or materials.
the Camp 4 NCOIC within 24 hours of the damage.
d. The Camp 4 break area may be utilized by other
soldiers, NCOs, military and civilian personnel.
33-19. Logbooks
a. Camp 4 logbooks will be inspected by each and
However, it is Camp 4s responsibility to ensure the
every soldier or NCO assuming responsibility for a
break area is clean.
Camp 4 post. Each logbook will be signed for when
e. Camp 4 personnel utilizing the Camp 4 break area
each Camp 4 personnel assumes duty at each post.
need to be aware of OPSEC when discussing
Any unauthorized markings or drawings on the Camp 4
information of a sensitive nature. Due to Camp 4s
logbooks will be reported to the SOG on duty and
proximity to the outer Camp Delta fence, it is possible
Camp 4 NCOIC. Camp 4 logbooks are legal
that passers by may hear conversations and information
Government documents subject to summoning for legal
being discussed.
purposes or inspection. Any unauthorized markings or
33-23. Block/Sally Port Storage Lockers
damage to a Camp 4 logbook will be treated as
a. There will be one storage locker per Camp 4
destruction of classified and/or secret Government
block and Sally Port. These storage lockers will be the
documents. Any soldier or NCO assigned to Camp 4
responsibility of the Block NCO and Block Observer
who violates this order will be subject to UCMJ.
on duty at that block and the Sally Port Operator.
b. As logbook sign out/in sheets are completely full
Block/Sally Port storage lockers will have a supply
or filled out, they will be given to the SOG on duty for
inventory sheet posted on the inside of the locker door
filing inside the Camp 4 logbook sign out/in sheet
inside of a document protector. The supply inventory
binder.
sheet will list all necessary supplies utilized by each
block or Sally Port. Each Block NCO, Block
33-20. Radio/Telephone Transmissions
a. Any information transmitted by telephone or
Observer, and Sally Port Operator will stock the
saber radio will not include classified/secret
required amounts listed for each supply item by the end
information. This includes, but is not limited to, ISN
of each shift. Block cleaning supplies such as mops,
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
33.13

Deleted: .
Formatted
Deleted: 1233. 16

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
mop buckets, brooms will be kept inside the block and
Sally Port storage lockers when not in use. Wet mops
will hang on the fence next to the storage lockers in a
neat and orderly appearance until dry, then placed
inside the storage lockers. For media/VIP tours all
block supplies and materials around the Block NCO
booth will be placed inside the block storage lockers.
33-24. P.A Intercom and Announcement System
a. The Camp 4 P.A. intercom and announcement
system located in the top of Liberty Tower will not be
used to play unauthorized CDs. The only authorized
materials to be used in the CD player are approved
"morning call to prayer", "daily call to prayer", and any
other media approved by S-3 operations to support the
Camp 4 mission.
b. The P.A. intercom and announcement system may
be used by JIG/ICE, S-2, or S-3 approved agencies to
relay messages to the Camp 4 detainees.
c. Camp 4 personnel may utilize the P.A. intercom
and announcement system to relay information to
individual bays or central baths as needed.
33-25. Detainee Movement from/To Camp 4
a. Detainees assigned to Camp 4 will only be placed
in a two-piece restraint for normal movement around,
to, and/or from Camp 4 to other Camp Delta areas,
except for the following reasons:
(1) Movement to NAVBASE Hospital will require
a three-piece suit.
(2) When a detainee becomes a safety risk for
movement they will be placed in a three-piece suit.
(3) If a detainee becomes hostile or non-compliant
they may be placed in a three-piece suit.
(4) If a detainee has to be restrained by an IRF team,
they will be placed in flex cuffs or three piece suit.
(5) When requested by reservation personnel or
JIG/ICE.
b. Escort teams arriving to Camp 4 to pick-up a
detainee for movement will be asked for the detainee
destination and reason for movement. If the escort
team shows up with the improper restraint system they
will be asked to return to Escort Control to retrieve the
proper restraints before returning for detainee pick-up.
33-26. Medical Personnel/Medication Distribution
a. Corpsman, medical, escort teams and other nonCamp 4 personnel arriving at Camp 4 will park their
gator by backing into an appropriate area not blocking
access gates, doors, or other gators.
b. Medication distribution to detainees will take
place after 0500 hours and before 2230 hours.
Corpsman that show up for meds pass during the 2230
hours to 0500 hours period will not be granted access
to Camp 4. Corpsman will utilize the Medical access
gates located behind each block observer area on the

outer Camp 4 perimeter fence. Corpsman will give the
Block Observer the following information:
(1) Team number, call sign, or rank/name
(2) Meds pass or sick call
(3) Bed number or ISN (if sick call)
c. Corpsman and non-Camp 4 personnel will not
communicate with Liberty Tower on the Camp 4
frequency to release a magnetic or electric controlled
gate.
d. Corpsman and medical personnel will log in to
Camp 4 by their appropriate radio call sign or team
number. If a Corpsman or medical personnel do not
have a call sign or team number they will log in by
rank and last name.
e. Corpsman and medical personnel will not enter or
be allowed to walk around Camp 4 freely. All nonCamp 4 personnel must be escorted everywhere within
the Camp 4 perimeter by a Camp 4 assigned MP.
f. MPs will verify a detainee has taken their
medication, if orally, by making the detainee open their
mouth and move their tongue around as to check all
areas for hidden medications. All MPs will make
detainees open their hands before leaving the meds
pass bean hole area to ensure no medications that are to
be taken orally are being hidden.
g. Psych personnel will be escorted while in the
Camp 4 perimeter. However, while a psych Corpsman
is conducting a meeting or interview with a detainee,
the MP will give enough privacy to allow normal
conversation but still be close enough to maintain a
safe environment.
33-27. Assigned Personnel Duty Uniform
a. All Camp 4 assigned personnel will wear the
BDU uniform worn IAW AR 670-1 while on or off
duty in the Camp 4 area.
b. The Camp 4 duty uniform is BDU's and soft cap,
combat boots, trouser belt, brown t-shirt, under
garments, MP whistle (worn centered with hung by the
attached clip on the left breast BDU pocket), an
authorized style watch, authorized style sunglasses
(optional), camelback hydration system (optional),
black ink pen, a current JTF badge, a current Camp
Delta badge, assigned weapons cards (if issued), JTF
meal card, JTF ROE/RUF card, a current Military I.D.,
and USSOUTHCOM Human Rights Standing Orders
card.
c. Backpacks will not be allowed in the Block
Observer areas. Backpacks may be stored in the Block
storage lockers, Liberty Tower, and Sally Port storage
locker. This includes any bags or containers used to
carry personal gear into the Camp 4 perimeter.
d. Backpacks and personal equipment will not be
stored inside the Camp 4 administrative building. This
includes any TA-50 or military equipment belonging to

Deleted: .
Formatted
Deleted: 1233. 16

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
33.14

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
or signed for as individual equipment or gear not
onto the DMO bus by escort teams. Once all the
belonging to Camp 4.
detainees are loaded on the bus the bus will enter Sally
Port 14 and be searched under, over, and around.
33-28. Detainee Movement Operations (DMO)
a. S-2/3 will notify the Camp 4 NCOIC of detainees
Camp 4 will conduct a 100% physical headcount and
who are outbound.
notify the DOC of the new Camp 4 count.
b. Outbound detainees will be removed from their
33-29. Duress and IRF Codes
assigned bays and be placed together in a segregated
a. The duress code is a simple distinguishable word
area away from other detainees not listed on the DMO
or phrase used during normal conversation to alert
list.
other Camp Delta personnel that another Camp Delta
c. Detainees identified for DMO operations will be
or Camp 4 military or civilian person is under duress.
verified by comparing I.D. wristbands and I.D. cards to
This code will be changed as needed to ensure integrity
ensure the correct detainee is moved.
of the code or when the code has been compromised.
d. Two new wristbands will be issued to each
The duress code will be listed on the Camp 4 manning
detainee on the DMO list, but held by the Camp 4
roster and briefed at each guard mount. The DOC will
NCOIC for safekeeping. One white wristband with
be notified of the Camp 4 duress code word or phrase.
detainees ISN number and one green wristband with
The duress code will also be written on the Camp 4
the detainees information and picture.
administrative building dry erase board for reference.
e. The Camp 4 NCOIC will request a flexible tape
b. The IRF code is a simple distinguishable word or
measure from the JDOG S-4 to measure each DMO
phrase used when a detainee issue arises out of nondetainee for DMO clothing (pants, shirt, shoes). This
compliance of MP orders or hostile actions by a
list will be turned into JDOG S-3 operations.
detainee or group of detainees warrants a security force
f. JAG will complete all paperwork requirements,
to assemble for the safety or protection of any
voice printing, fingerprinting, and release paperwork.
personnel to include detainee against detainee. The
The ICRC yard will be used for detainees in Camp 4
IRF code will be listed on the Camp 4 manning roster
that need to meet with JAG to complete the necessary
and briefed at each guard mount. The DOC will be
paperwork.
notified of the Camp 4 IRF code word or phrase. The
g. S-2/JIG/ICE will select one or more DMO
IRF code will also be written on the Camp 4
detainees to go to Camp 1, 2, and 3 to say goodbye to
administrative building dry erase board for reference.
the other detainees.
c. Upon receiving the duress code, the Camp 4 SOG
h. Camp 4 DMO detainees listed for outbound
will do the following:
operations will receive a feast at Camp 4 (dinner time)
(1) Notify the DOC, identify and give the location
the night prior to departure. The Camp 4 NCOIC will
of the person in duress
request a list of foods and drinks from the detainees
(2) Liberty Tower notify all other Camp 4
selected for DMO. This list will be taken into
personnel and a medical team
consideration for the items they wish to receive for the
(3) Have Liberty Tower notify the Camp 4 NCOIC
feast.
of the situation
i. Detainees selected for DMO will be awaken 3
(4) Secure any detainees in the Camp 4recreation
hours prior to DMO time. Those detainees will be
yard and all other common areas into their bays
allowed to shower/shave at that time. After the
(5) Notify the Infantry SOG to advise the Infantry
shower, DMO detainees will be issued their DMO
towers and assemble QRF teams at Sally Port 14, give
clothing and will turn-in all Camp 4 issued linen,
the IRF code and location via channel 3 and request Kuniforms, and equipment. DMO detainees will then be
9 units
issued a MRE for breakfast and be given time to eat.
(6) Take positive control of the situation until
Camp 4 personnel will assist the DMO detainees in
QRF, IRF, S-3 OIC and medical teams arrive.
proper wear and fitting of the clothing. Any fitment
(7) Take appropriate action with available
issues will be brought up to the S-4 or DMO
resources to protect life, limb, or government property
OIC/NCOIC.
(apply levels of force and ORE/RUF policies and
j. The Camp Delta chaplain will visit with the DMO
procedures)
detainees to issue new prayer beads, prayer cap, and
Qurans.
k. After the DMO bus has arrived, it is backed in
and parked inside the Camp 4 perimeter and Sally Port
14 gates are secured. No armed escorts will enter
Camp 4 with weapons. The DMO detainees will be
restrained (handcuffs only) and loaded one at a time
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
33.15

Deleted: .
Formatted
Deleted: 1233. 16

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 34
Commissions
34.1 Quick Reaction Force (QRF) Teams
1. MP and Infantry elements secure the commissions
building. Infantry provides an exterior QRF element.
a.
Infantry provides a Show-of-force around the
exterior perimeter of the commissions building, to
prevent unwanted personnel from entering the
facility.
b.
The MP Reaction Team will provide assistance
to the MP Security Team when unauthorized
intrusion occurs in the A/O to protect U.S. forces,
civilians, and detainees.
2. Requirements
a. In the event the MP Reaction team cannot handle
the situation inside the commissions building The
INQRF must be able to react to a disturbance in the
commissions building within three minutes.
b. The IN element will maintain a Command Post
(CP) in the bunker next to the commissions building,
and must man this CP 24 hours per day.
c. This QRF will maintain radio communication
with the Infantry PL and the Security Force OIC.
d. An OIC/NCOIC (E7 or above) will be prepared
to lead the QRF at all times.
e. The MP OIC will contact the QRF CP via
SABRE radio, landline, or runner when the QRF is
required.
3. Notification Procedures
a. Security Force OIC will initiate QRF to react to a
threat within the commissions building.
b. The soldier who receives this message will
immediately notify the QRF OIC/NCOIC and then
alert the QRF element.
c. The PL or the Platoon Sergeant, whomever is not
leading the reaction squad, will immediately report to
the Company CP that the QRF has been alerted.
d. Once notified to react, the QRF reaction squad
will don the riot control gear and secure assigned
weapons for delivery.
e. Once prepared, the QRF squad will stand in
formation and prepare to enter the commissions
building.
f. The IRF representative will provide the QRF
element a SITREP of the disturbance before entering
the commissions building.
g. Once the disturbance is quelled, the QRF will
relinquish command back to the MP OIC and re-deploy
to the CP to conduct a back brief.
4. Ammunition Numbers and Accountability
a. The Platoon Sergeant of the QRF will visually
inspect and count for the following ammunition prior
to his element assuming duty as the QRF.

b. The Platoon Sergeant will also conduct a physical
count of all ammunition daily while assigned to the
QRF.
c. The QRF will have the following ammunition on
hand at all times:
(1) 48 12-gauge area non-lethal rounds.
(2) 48 40-millimeter point non-lethal rounds.
(3) 48 40-millimeter area non-lethal rounds.
(4) 48 M84 stun grenades.
5. Uniform: lethal/Non lethal
a. Lethal: BDUs, Kevlar, Body Armor, Protective
Mask (carried), Assigned Weapon (if designated),
Camelback, ID Card and Dog Tags, Camp Delta
Badge, and the ROE card in left breast pocket (dated
30 Nov 02).
b. Non lethal: BDUs, riot control gear consisting of
face shields attached to the Kevlar, non-ballistic shin
guards, body shield, baton, Camelback, ID Card and
Dog Tags, Camp Delta Badge, and the ROE card in left
breast pocket (dated 30 Nov 02).

34.2 Disturbance in the courtroom
a. In the event of any type of disorder, immediately
lock down the courtroom. No one will exit the facility
until the situation is resolved, or unless order to do so
by the presiding judge.
b. The MP OIC or SOG will notify the MP Reaction
force
c. The primary staging area for response personnel
is outside side the front entrance of the commissions
building.
d. Disturbances:
(1) Upon detection and/or notification of a
disturbance, the OIC or SOG takes the following
actions using all available guard personnel in the area
of the disturbance:
(a) Immediately handcuffs the detainee.
(b) Notifies the MP Reaction Force Team and if
necessary request assistance.
(c ) Segregate the detainee from the rest of the
courtroom.
(d) If order by the presiding judge move the
detainee-to-detainee holding room. The detainee will
be placed in a three-piece suit and secured to the floor
via eyebolt.
(e) Use only the force necessary and practical
under the circumstances to subdue the detainee.
(f) Guard personnel in other areas will secure
their area, notify the SOG, and remain at their posts
unless otherwise directed by the SOG.
(g) All personnel (guards will not leave there
assigned posts upon receiving the alert unless
specifically ordered to do so).
(d) As soon as possible, notify the IN PL, CO,
DOC, and the JDOG commander.
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
34.1

Deleted: .
Formatted
Deleted: 1233. 16

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(4) In the event that a the detainee becomes
unruly or fails to comply with orders, the SOG will
take the following action:
(a) Isolate the detainee and if directed by the
presiding judge clears all personnel from the area.
(b) Immediately handcuff the detainee.
(c) Attempt to counsel and reason with the
detainee. If this fails, inform the detainee that
necessary force will be used to control him/her.
Guards will use the minimum amount of force
necessary to subdue the detainee. Once the detainee
has been subdued, he will be placed in his holding
room. He will be shackled in a three-piece suit and all
items that might be used by the detainee to cause
damage to property, themselves, or others will be
removed.

shackled in a three-piece suit and if possible covered
with a blanket to hide the three-piece suit.
(f) The MP escort team will accompany the
detainee in the back of the ambulance for security
during the ride to NAVBASE hospital.
(g) The detainee will be taken to the NAVBASE
hospital and put into the DACU unit.
(h) The MP Detainee escort team will stay with the
detainee during treatment unit relieved by another
escort team.

34.4 Fire
a. Fire alarms:
(1) A person discovering a fire, regardless of type
or size will immediately alert all personnel by pulling
the fire alarm or cause to be alerted all personnel in the
commissions building and adjacent buildings and then
report the fire.
34.3 Medical Emergency
1. A medical emergency is any condition likely to
(2) The OIC or SOG will then notify the GTMO
result in lasting bodily harm if treatment is delayed
Fire Department by telephone (911).
until Sick Call the next day. Some examples of
(3) Smoke alarms going off shall cause an
emergencies are severe cuts, burns, broken bones,
immediate evacuation of the building and reporting to
unconsciousness or injuries resulting in temporary
the GTMO Fire Department the same as if a fire were
unconsciousness, asthmatic attacks, repeated vomiting,
discovered.
high fever or sudden changes in long standing
b. Action after giving a fire alarm:
conditions causing intolerable discomfort.
(1) Secure the detainee with handcuffs (handcuffs
b. A medical emergency condition does not exist
will be place behind his back).
when an individual has a cold, flu, headache, single
(2) Notify the IN PL of the fire inside the
episode of vomiting, missed medication call, upset
commissions building.
stomach or muscle aches (not caused by trauma)
(3) The media, family members, and non-security
c. The Detention Hospital will be consulted for
personnel will exit the building first.
medical emergencies during the commissions’ process.
(4) The detainee will then have flexi cuffs put on
d. A Corpsman along with first responder bag.
his feet.
Corpsmen supervising detainees will possess a CPR
(5) The MP detainee escort team will then pick
physical barrier for mouth-to-mouth resuscitation and a
the detainee up one holding the upper part of his body
pair of rubber gloves.
and the other holding the feet. The remaining MP force
e. OIC/ SOG will:
will help with the detainee movement to the bunker.
(1) Immediately notify corpsman when a detainee
(6) They will carry him out the front of the
is in need of medical care.
building to the IN CP (bunker at AV31).
(2) Render first aid within their trained
(7) Once at the bunker he will be placed in a
capability.
three-piece suit and secured.
f. OIC will:
(8) MP Escort Team will stay with the detainee
(1) Notify the Detention Hospital and medical
inside the bunker and the IN will secure the outside of
personnel.
the bunker.
(2) Notify the DOC.
(9) When the OIC receives the all clear, he
g. The corpsman will immediately render treatment
informs the MP Escort team to prep the detainee for
to the detainee.
movement.
(a) Call 911.
(10) The detainee is taken out of the three-piece
(b) Treatment will continue until the ambulance
suit and has his hands handcuffed behind is back.
arrives.
(11) The MP Escort Team along with the IN will
(c) The courtroom will be cleared of all nonwalk the detainee back to the commissions building.
security and medical personnel.
(12) Once in the commissions building the
(e) Once the ambulance arrives the detainee will
detainee will go directly to the detainee holding area
be stabilized and prepped for transport. Prior to
where he will be placed in a three-piece suit and
leaving the commissions building the detainee will be
secured to the eyebolt.
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
34.2

Deleted: .
Formatted
Deleted: 1233. 16

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(13) Detainee will remain secured until the
presiding judge calls for the detainee to the courtroom.
(14) In the event that the commissions building is
on fire or the presiding judge cancels the rest of the
days presiding the detainee will be taken back to Camp
Echo.
34.5 Bomb Threat
1. Staff members who receive a telephonic bomb
threat will:
a. Cease all radio communications, signal for
MP security personnel to verbally communicate the
bomb threat.
b. Without alerting the caller, signal another staff
member about the telephonic bomb threat. Have
him/her notify Security OIC.
c. Keep the caller on the line, as long as
possible.
d. Complete JTF GTMO Bomb Threat Data
Card. Obtain as much information as possible on the
caller and the bomb.
e. Discuss the incident only with personnel who
have a need to know (NAVBASE Security).
2. Staff members who receive a written or verbal
bomb threat will:
a. Cease all radio communication, inform
security personnel to verbally communicate the bomb
threat to the OIC and the Infantry Platoon Leader.
b. Security personnel will immediately notify
OIC.
c. Protect any written note and/or detain the
messenger.
d. Discuss the incident only with personnel who
have a need to know (NAVBASE Security).
3. OIC. The OIC will notify the bailiff to notify the
Presiding Officer of the Bomb Threat/Incident.
4. Evacuation. If the Presiding Officer determines
that an evacuation is warranted.
Security OIC will
(1) Notify the IN OIC of the bomb threat inside
the Commissions Building.
(2) Send one soldier to JTF HQ building to call
911.
(3) Supervise evacuation of the media, family
members, and non-security personnel. They will be
told to exit the building going out the front door,
proceeding to the McCalla Hanger. MP’s will control
the exit to prevent a rush to the doors. MP’s will be the
last to exit out the front door, providing assistance to
anyone who may need it.
a. IN OIC will:

(1) Orders his forces to provide a corridor of
security from the south end of the Commissions
Building to the bunker.
(2) Empty designated Jersey barriers by pulling
the water plug, to allow the emergency vehicles access
to the Commissions Building if they need it.
(3) Instruct his forces to provide additional
manning to the MP detainee escort team, all others will
go down the hill to McCalla hanger.
b. NAVBASE will send fire truck, ambulance
and an MWD (Ordinance) team. All vehicles will use
the Northern entrance (by the JTF HQ) and stage by
the JTF HQ.
c. The MP detainee escort team will:
(1) Secure the detainee with handcuffs (hands
will be placed behind his back).
(2) Pick up the detainee one holding the
upper part of his body and the other holding the feet.
(3) Carry detainee out the south exit doors of
the Commissions Building to the Bunker (AV31),
traveling between the IN forces arrayed as in a
corridor.
(4) Once inside the bunker, he will be placed
in a three-piece suit and secured.
5. When the OIC receives the all clear from the
Presiding Officer:
a. The MP detainee escort team removes the
three-piece suit and handcuffs the detainees’ hands
behind his back.
b. IN and MP’s move the detainee back the same
way he was moved out.
c. Once in the Commissions Building, the
detainee will be taken to the detainee holding area
where he will be placed in a three-piece suit and
secured to the eyebolt.
d. Supervise return of the media, family
members, and non-security personnel. They will be
told to return to the building through the front door.
MP’s will control the movement, screening all
personnel as they enter the building using the same
procedures as any other time people enter the building.
6. In the event that a bomb is discovered in the
Commissions Building, and/or the presiding officer
cancels the rest of the days’ proceedings. The detainee
will be taken back to Camp Echo. The OIC will call for
the Detainee Transport Vehicle once it is safe to move
the detainee out of the bunker.
34.6 React to an Ambush along the convoy route

1. During detainee escort movement to the
commissions site the following actions will occur if a
threat presents itself:
Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
34.3

Deleted: .
Formatted
Deleted: 1233. 16

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
a. OIC immediately notify JOC by primary
and/or alternate means of communication. JOC will
notify OIC whether to continue to commissions site or
return to Camp Echo.
b. Drivers immediately execute defensive
driving techniques to get all vehicles out of the ambush
site.
c. Lethal weapons carriers immediately place
well aimed shoots at the hostile threat in accordance
with the Rules of Engagement.
d. Detainee escorts move detainee to floor of
vehicle to minimize risk to the detainee.

Deleted: 3

34-7. Information Not Covered By The Camp 4
SOP
a. Any information, rules, regulations, policy, or
procedures not covered by the Camp 4 SOP will be
referred to in the current Camp Delta SOP for
guidance. Any information, rules, regulations, policy,
or procedures not covered by either Camp 4 SOP or
Camp Delta SOP will be referred to JDOG S-3
Operations for guidance.
34-8. Camp 4 Forms found in Appendix C of
Camp Delta SOP
A. Camp 4 Manning Roster
B. Camp 4 Dayshift shower, chow, and recreation
activities schedule (example)
C. Camp 4 Nightshift shower, chow, and Recreation
activities schedule (example)
D. Camp 4 Post Orders
E. Camp 4 Discipline Matrix
F. Camp 4 General Rules (detainee copy)
G. Camp 4 Bay Rules (detainee copy)
H. Camp 4 Recreation Yard Rules (detainee copy)
I. Camp 4 Chow Yard Rules (detainee copy)
J. Camp 4 Central Bath Rules (detainee copy)
K. Camp 4 Guard Mount Messages Sheet
L. Bay Leader Responsibilities (detainee copy)
M. Camp 4 Block NCO checklist

Deleted: 30

Deleted: 3
Deleted: 31

Deleted: .
Formatted
Deleted: 1233. 16

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
34.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Deleted: 1233. 16

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
34.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Appendix A
References
Section I
Required Publications
Geneva Conventions for the Protection of War
Victims, 12 August 1949
Military Order of November 13, 2001 – Detention,
Treatment, and Trial of Certain Non-Citizens in the
War Against Terrorism (Federal Register, Volume 66,
No. 222, pages 57833 – 57836)
AR 190-8
Enemy Prisoner of War, Retained Personnel, Civilian
Internees and Other detainees, 01 OCT 97
AR 190-11
Physical Security of Arms, Ammunition, and
Explosives, 12 FEB 98
AR 190-12
Military Working Dogs, 30 SEP 93
AR 190-13
The Army Physical Security Program, 30 SEP 93
AR 190-14
Carrying of Firearms and Use of Force for Law
Enforcement and Security Duties, 12 MAR 93
AR 190-16
Physical Security, 31 MAY 91AR 190-22
Searches, Seizures, and Disposition of Property, 1 JAN
83.
AR 190-29
Misdemeanors and Uniform Violation Notices
Referred to US Magistrates or District Courts, 1 MAR
84
AR 190-30
Military Police Investigations, 1 JUN 78
AR190-40
Serious Incident Report, 30 NOV 93
AR 190-45
Law Enforcement Reporting, 20 OCT 00
AR 190-47
The Army Corrections System. 15 AUG 96
AR 190-51
Security of Unclassified Army Property, 30 SEP 93
AR 195-1
Army Criminal Investigation Program, 12 AUG 74
AR 195-2
Criminal Investigation Activities, 30 OCT 85
AR 195-5
Criminal Investigations, Evidence Procedures, 28 AUG
92
AR 210-174
Accounting Procedures for Prisoners’ Personal
Property and Funds, 17 SEP 86
AR 385-40
Accident Reporting and Records, Army Accident
Investigation Reporting, 1 NOV 94
AR 385-64

Ammunition and Explosive Safety Standards, 1 FEB
00
AR 700-81
DOD Dog Program, 5 MAY 71
FM 3-19.40
Military Police Internment/Resettlement Operations,
01 AUG 01
FM 19-20
Law Enforcement Investigations 27-10
The Law of Land Warfare, 18 JUL 1956, Change-1,
15 JUL 76
DA PAM 190-12
Military Working Dog Program, 30 SEP 93
JTF-GTMO ROE/RUF
30 NOV 02
OPNAVINST 5530.13B
Department of The Navy Physical Security Instruction
For Conventional Arms, Ammunition, and Explosives,
05 JUL 94
GTA 5-8-12
25 FEB 99
STP 19-95C14-SM-TG
MOS 95C
INTERNMENT/RESETTLEMENT SPECIALIST
26 March 99
Messages, HQDA, DAMO-ODL
14 DEC 94
Subject: Review for Legal Review/Opinion—Use of
Oleoresin Capsicum Pepper Spray for Correctional
Purposes.
MOU Concerning the U.S. Naval Brig at
Guantanamo Bay Cuba, 7 MAR 02.
MOU Concerning Investigation Responsibilities of
the NAVBASE Command Investigations and Joint
Detention Operation Group, Camp Delta Detention
Facility MPI Section
MOU Concerning Naval Criminal Investigative
Services (NCIS)/Military Police Investigation (MPI)
Section Investigative Responsibilities at the Joint Task
Force Guantanamo (JTF GTMO) Camp Delta
Detention Facility
Detention Hospital “Care of the detainee With SelfInjurious Behavior” SOP
Fleet Hospital 20 SOP for Hunger Strikes,
Drinking Strikes, and Re-Feeding
27 MAY 02.
Enclosure 1: Enclosure 1-4 (FPCON Alpha-Delta) to
Tab-D (Random Anti-terrorism Measures) to
Appendix-2 (Anti-terrorism) to Annex-C (Operations)
to JTF-GTMO Anti-terrorism Force Protection Plan
(AT/FPP).
E-mail from JDOG CDR re: Policy Guidance,
Procedures for Use of Aerosol Restrain (OLEORESIN
CAPSICUM) 21 JUN 02.

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
A.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Map: Map Series, Cuba 1:25000 Guantanamo, TPC
Series E824S, Sheet 3025II, Edition 1-DMA
Guantanamo
Naval Hospital GTMO Mass Casualty Plan,
NAVHOSPGTMOINST 3440.1C
Madigan Army Medical Center Emergency
Preparedness Management Plan, current.
Arizona Triage System, Responding to an MCI: EMS
Guide
Section II
Prescribed Forms
DA Form 508
Report Of/Or Recommendation For Disciplinary
Action
DA Form 509
Inspection Record Of Prisoner In Segregation
DA Form 1594
Daily Staff Journal or Duty Officer’s Log
DA Form 2062
Hand Receipt
DA Form 2823
Sworn Statement
DA Form 3997
Military Police Desk Blotter
DA Form 4137
Evidence/Property Custody Document
DA Form 5513
Key Control Register And Inventory
CD-RU01
Repair And Utility Work Order
CD-JDOG S-201
Significant Activities Sheet
CD-S301
Detainee Behavioral Tracking
CD-S302
Chaplain Requests
CD-S303
Detainee Confiscated Items
CD-S304
Detainee Inventory Form
CD-S305
Camp Delta Contractor Escorts
CD-S306
Detainee Discipline History
CD-S307
Camp Delta Headcount
CD-S308
ICRC Checklist
CD-S309
ICRC Interview Request
CD-S310
ID Band Or Card Request Form
CD-S311
India Block Max Security Log
CD-S312
November Block Max Security Log

CD-S313
Oscar Block Max Security Log
CD-S314
Medical Appointments
CD-S315
Detainee Daily Medical Requests/Complaint Form
CD-S316
Permanent Movement Sheet
CD-S317
Reservation Checklist
CD-S318
Reservation Requests
CD-S319
Observation of Self-Injurious Behavior Form
CD-S320
Individual Detainee Status Record
GTMO Form 508-1
Notification of Status For Positive Behavior Reward
Program
CD-S321
Fire Checklist
CD-S322
Fire Notification
CD-S323
CO Checklist
CD-S324
Immediate Response Force (IRF) Checklist
CD-S325
Authorized Activities
CD-S326
Authorized Items
CD-S327
List of Offenses
CD-S328
Discipline Matrix
CD-S329
Damage to Property Discipline Matrix
CD-S330
Guard Mount Information Message
CD-S331
Mass Casualty Checklist
CD-S332
Triage Checklist
CD-S333
Shower and Exercise Schedule
Linen and Uniform Exchange Schedule
CD-S334
Individual Detainee Refusal Tracking Record
CD-S335
Daily Detainee Medical Requests/Complaints
CD-S336
Weekly and Monthly Due Outs
CD-S337
Block NCO Checklist
CD-S338
Level 5 and Medical Entitlement Form

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
A.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
CD-S339
Notification Matrix
CD-S340
Guard Mount Manning Roster
CD-S341
Inspection Record of Prisoner in Segregation
JTF-GTMO Bomb Threat Data Card
Camp Delta Guard Force Shift After Action Review
Standard Intelligence Reporting Form
J4/JLSG Warehouse Expendable/Consumable Request
Form
Non-Expendable/Consumable Request Form
Section III
Abbreviations
AAR
After Action Review
CI
Comfort Items, Counter Intelligence
CINC
Commander in Chief
CITF
Criminal Investigation Task Force
CJDOG
Commander, Joint Detention Operations Group
COMSEC
Communications Security
CTC
Counterterrorism Cell
C2
Command and Control
DL
Detainee Library
DMPC
Detainee Mail Processing Center
DO
Duty Officer
DOC
DOC
DOCEX
Document Exploitation
DRS
Detainee Reporting System
DTF
DOCEX Template Format
DTG
Date Time Group
DV
Distinguished Visitor
EC
Evidence Custodian
EEFI
Essential Elements of Friendly Information
ETA
Estimated Time of Arrival
FBI
Federal Bureau of Investigation

FPCON
Force Protection Condition
GWOT
Global War On Terrorism
HMMWV
High Mobility Multipurpose Wheeled Vehicle
HQDA
Headquarters, Department of the Army
IAW
In Accordance With
ICE
Interrogation Control Element
ICRC
International Committee of the Red Cross
ID
Identity
IMD
Internee Management Database
INTREP
Intelligence Report
INTSUM
Intelligence Summary
IRF
Immediate Reaction Force
ISN
Internment Serial Number
JDOG
Joint Detention Operations Group
JIIF
Joint Interagency Interrogation Facility
JIG
Joint Intelligence Group
JOA
Joint Operational Area
JOC
Joint Operations Center
JTF
Joint Task Force
JTF-GTMO
Joint Task Force - Guantanamo Bay, Cuba
JPRC
Joint Personnel Readiness Center
MG
Machinegun
MMS
Mail Management System
MI
Military Intelligence
MMS
Mail Management System
MOD
Medical Officer of the Day
MPH
Miles Per Hour
MRE
Meals Ready to Eat

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
A.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
MTS
Mail Transmittal Sheet
MWD
Military Working Dog
NAI
Named Areas of Interest
NAVBASE
Naval Base
NAVSTA
Naval Station
NCA
National Command Authority
NCIS
Naval Criminal Investigation Service
NCO
Non Commissioned Officer
NCOIC
Non Commissioned Officer in Charge
NDRC
National Detainee Records Center
NLW
Non-Lethal Weapons
OML
Order of Merit List
OC
Oleoresin/Capsicum: Pepper Spray
OIC
Officer in Charge
OPORD
Operations Order
PA
Physician’s Assistant
PBO
Property Book Officer
PL
PL
PMCS
Preventive Maintenance, Checks, and Services
POC
Point Of Contact
PS
Processing Section
PSU
Port Security Unit
QRF
Quick Reaction Force
RAM
Random Anti-Terrorism Measure
ROI
Rules of Interaction
ROE
Rules Of Engagement
RUF
Rules for Use of Force
R&U

Repair and Utility
SBF
Support-By-Fire
SECDEF
Secretary of Defense
SHU
Special Housing Unit
SIGACT
Significant Activity
SIR
Serious Incident Report
SIRF
Standard Intelligence Reporting Form
SOG
SOG
SPOTREP
Spot Report
SSO
Special Security Officer
STU
Secure Telephone Unit
THREATCON
Threat Condition
TR
Transmittal Record
T-SCIF
Top-Secret Compartmented Information Facility
UCMJ
Uniform Code of Military Justice
USAF
United States Air Force
VIP
Very Important Person
Section IV
Index
Additional Equipment, page 24.1
Alert Roster/Recall Roster, page 21.7
Ammunition Handling, page 23.5
Ammunition Numbers and Accountability, page 25.1
Applying Restraints (“Shackling”), page 6.2
Attempted/Actual Suicide, page 32.1
Authorized Personnel, page 12.1
Barber, page 6.4
Behavior Management Plan, page 4.3
Block Documentation, page 6.5
Block Operations, page 9.1
Bodily Fluids, page 19.4
Bomb Threat / Discovery / Explosion, page 32.8
Brevity Code, page 24.2
Brevity Codes for Implementation of FPCON Levels,
page 21.7
Camp Delta Operations, page 2.1, 15.1
Camp Rules (Station 10), page 4.3
Camp Rules, page 5.2
Camp Supply Rooms, page 31.1

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
A.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Camp Delta Badge ID Procedures, page 7.6
Cavity Search (Station 3), page 4.2
Cell Block Operations, page 6.1
Cell Block Report, page 6.7
Cell/Block Cleaning, page 6.7
Chain of Command, page 2.1
Change in FPCON, page 21.1
Change of Shift Procedures, page 5.3
Chaplain Requests, page 16.1
Chaplain, page 16.1
Christian Holidays, page 16.4
Cleared Mail, page 13.3
Clothing Removal Rome (Station 1), page 4.2
Combat Lifesavers, page 19.3
Comfort Items, page 8.2
Command and Control, page 2.1
Communication Matrix and Link Diagram, page 14.1
Communications, page 11.4
Computer Requests, page 31.1
Conduct of Infantry Soldiers, page 23.1
Confiscation of Items, page 8.5
Cultural Considerations, page 16.3
Daily Reports, page 5.1
Death, page 32.4
Debrief Format, page 23.2
Deceptive Light Plan, page 27.2
Delta Block Mental Health Facility (MHF), page 30.1
Destructive Weather, page 32.17
Detainee Behavioral Management, page 8.1
Detainee Classification System, page 8.2
Detainee Identification Band, page 6.8
Detainee In-Processing Operations, page 15.2
Detainee International Public Information Themes,
page 28.1
Detainee Library, page 15.3
Detainee Mail Operations, page 13.1
Detainee Mail Screening, page 14.1
Detainee Medical Clinic Gate, page 7.5
Detainee Mess Operations, page 6.3
Detainee Processing (Reception/Transfer/Release),
page 4.1
Detainee Property, page 12.1
Detainee Reception Operations, page 3.1
Detainee Standard of Conduct, page 6.7
Detainees in Special Housing, page 13.5
Detainees Passing Mail between Cells, page 13.5
Detainees with More Than 12 Items of Mail, page 13.5
Detention Facility Operations, page 5.1
Detention Hospital, page 19.6
Detention Operations Branch, page 2.1
Detention Operations Center (DOC), page 2.2
Detention Services Branch, page 2.2
Dietary Practices, page 16.3
Discipline Process, page 8.1
Discipline Records, page 5.3
Dispensing of Medications, page 19.1

Detainee comfort during inclement weather, page 6-10
Distinguished Visitors, page 11.4
Disturbance Matrix, page 14.1
DNA Sample (Station 5), page 4.2
DOCEX Quality Control, page 15.3
DOCEX Translation Guidelines, page 15.3
Document Exploitation (DOCEX), page 15.2
Documents, page 4.1
Dressing/Shackle Exchange (Station 4), page 4.2
DRS In-Processing (Station 7), page 4.3
Duress Condition, page 21.7
Duties, page 14.2, 18.1
Emergency Action Plans (EAPs), page 32.1
Emergency Condition Responses, page 19.2
Emergency Procedures, page 22.2
Emergency Sick Call, page 19.2
Equipment Chit System, page 5.4
Equipment Maintenance, page 11.4
Equipment Maintenance, page 6.7
Escort Control, page 11.1
Escort Operations, page 11.1
Escort Teams, page 11.1
Escaped Detainee, Response to, page 32.16
Essential Elements of Friendly Information (EEFI),
page 27.1
Evacuation Routes, page 32.16
Evidence and Contraband Procedures, page 5.4
Explanation of Abbreviations and Terms, page 1.1
External Positions, page 23.2
External Security Operations, page 23.1
Fasting Requests, page 16.1
Fingerprint (Station 9), page 4.3
Fire Prevention Precautions, page 21.1
Fire, page 32.7
Food Service, page 18.1
Food Tray Slot (“Bean Hole”) Covers, page 6.2
Force Protection, page 14.1, 21.1
Fratricide, page 32.6
Friday Prayer Service, page 16.2
General Protection Policy, page 1.3
General, page 11.1, 14.1, 15.1
GTMO Form 508-1, page 8.4
Guard Mount, page 5.3
Harrisonburg TCP, page 23.7
Headcounts, page 6.1
Heat Category Measure, page 19.5
Height And Weight (Station 6), page 4.2
Held Mail, page 13.3
Hostage Situation, page 32.3
Hunger Strike, page 19.4
ICRC Mail, page 13.2
ICRC Visitation Rules, page 17.1
ID Wristband/Dossier (Station 8), page 4.3
Inbound and Outbound Operations, page 3.4
Incident Reports, page 5.2
Incoming Mail, page 13.1

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
A.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Incorrectly Addressed Mail, page 13.5
Infantry FPCON Actions, page 23.1
Infantry Support Force, page 3.1
Infantry Support Operations, page 3.1
Initial Processing, page 4.1
Initial Reaction Force (IRF) Operations, page 24.1
In-processing and Documentation, page 9.1
In-Processing Procedures, page 4.1
In-processing Security, page 3.2
Inspections and Inventories, page 6.7
Intelligence Operations, page 14.1
Intelligence Reference Guide for Linguists, page 15.5
International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC),
page 17.1
Introduction, page 1.1
Investigations, page 5.5
IRF Team Equipment, page 24.1
IRF Team Guidelines, page 24.2
IRF Team Use, page 24.2
Items of Intelligence Value, page 14.1
JDOG Mission and Commander’s Intent, page 1.1
JIIF Gate, page 7.6
JIIF Guard Personnel, page 14.2
Key Access Roster, page 22.1
Key and Lock Accountability, page 22.1
Key Control Register, page 22.1
Key Control, page 22.1
Key Custodian, page 22.1
Key Issue Procedures, page 22.1
Keys, page 6.2
Land Movement, page 3.2
Laundry / Linen, page 6.4
Leadership Matrices, page 14.1
Level 5 Blocks, page 8.4
Levels of Visitation, page 17.1
Worcester TCP, page 23.5
Library Books, page 6.5
Linguist Operations, page 15.1
Linguist Support, page 3.4
Listening Posts (LP)/Observation Posts (OP), page
23.5
Logistics, page 26.2
Loss of Hot Meals, page 8.2
Loss of Exercise, page 8.2
Mail for Detainees Held at Locations Other Than
GTMO, page 13.4
Mail for Released Detainees, page 13.5
Mail Screening, page 13.3
Mail Sent Directly to Detainees, page 13.4
Mail Transmittal Records, page 13.4
Mass Casualty Incident (MCI), page 32.8
Mass Disturbance, page 32.1
Special Housing Unit Operations, page 9.1
Meals, page 10.1
Medical Appointments, page 6.5
Medical Emergency, page 32.5

Medical Practices, page 16.3
Medical Support Requirements, page 10.1
Medical, page 19.1
Military Working Dogs (MWD), page 26.1
Minor SOP Modifications, page 1.1
Mission, page 25.1
Mounted Patrols, page 23.4
Movement to Camp IV, page 29.1
Movement to Camp IV, page 29.2
MP Escort Responsibilities, page 4.2
Muslim Fasting, page 16.2
Muslim Funeral and Burial Rites, page 16.5
Muslim Holiday - Eid, page 16.2
NAVBASE Hospital Escorts, page 11.4
NAVBASE Siren System, page 21.8
NAVSTA Brig Operations, page 10.1
Notification Procedures, page 25.1
Oleoresin Capsicum (OC) Use, page 5.3
Operational Intelligence, page 14.2
Operational Security (OPSEC) and Deceptive Lighting
Plan, page 27.1
Operations, page 17.1, 18.1, 26.1, 28.1, 30.1
Organization, page 15.1
Other Personnel, page 6.4
Outgoing Mail, page 13.1
Overview, page 3.1, 6.1, 22.1
Passive Collection of CI Information, page 15.5
Passive Collection, page 6.7
Personal Hygiene and Appearance, page 6.8
Personnel Requirements, page 4.1
Personnel Support Requirements, page 10.1
Personnel, page 17.1
Physical Plant, page 2.1
Placement for Intelligence Purposes, page 9.1
Post processing, page 4.3
Power Outage, page 32.3
Preparation for Processing, page 4.1
Preparation, page 29.1
Priority of Escorts, page 11.1
Procedures for the Burial, page 16.6
Process, page 29.1
Prohibited Activity, page 27.1
Property Handling, page 12.1
Provision of Basic Needs, page 8.1
Public Address System, page 5.4
Public Affairs, page 28.1
Punitive Action, page 27.1
Purpose, page 1.1, 4.1, 8.1, 10.1, 27.1
Quick Response Force (QRF) Operations, page 25.1
Radio Discipline, page 5.4
Record Keeping, page 2.3
Exercise, page 10.1
Redacted Mail, page 13.3
References, page 1.1
Religious Items, page 16.3, 16.5
Religious Practices, page 16.1

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
A.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Religious Support, page 16.1
Repair and Utility, page 20.1
Reporting, page 4.3
Requirements, page 25.1
Responsibilities, page 1.1, 18.1, 26.1, 27.1
Restraint Procedures, page 19.1
Roles and Responsibilities, page 15.1
Roving Sally, page 7.6
Rules of Engagement (ROE) and Rules for the Use of
Force (RUF), page 5.1
Sally Port Operations, page 7.1
Sally Ports 1 And 8, page 7.1
Sally Ports 3 And 9, page 7.4
Sally Ports 4 And 10, page 7.5
Sally Ports, page 7.1
SCIF Security, page 14.3
Searches, page 6.1, 21.1
Searching the Koran, page 6.1
Security Considerations, page 15.5
Security Inspections and Vulnerability Assessments,
page 21.1
Self-Harm Blankets and Smocks, page 19.1
Serious Incident Reports, page 5.3
Shower (Station 2), page 4.2
Shower and Exercise, page 6.3
Showers and Hygiene, page 16.3
Showers and Laundry, page 10.1
Shrouding the Body, page 16.5
Sick Call, page 19.2
Significant Activity Report, page 14.1
Source Operations and Reports, page 14.2
Special Instructions, page 23.3
Special Orders for Guard Staff, page 10.2
Special Rewards, page 8.7
SPOT Reports, page 5.2
Standing Orders, page 29.2
Staunton Blocking Position (BP), page 23.8
Supply Operations, page 31.1
Supply Requests, page 31.1
Task Organization, page 23.1
Team Organization, page 24.1
The Christian Prayer, page 16.4
The Muslim Prayer, page 16.2
Themes for Global War on Terrorism (GWOT), page
28.1
Tool Accountability, page 20.2
Tower Operations, page 23.1
Training, page 24.1, 26.2
Transitions, page 29.1
Transport to NAVSTA Brig, page 10.1
Types of Mail, page 13.1
U.S. Personnel Standards of Conduct, page 1.2
Uniform and Dress Rules, page 6.8
Uniform, page 25.1
Use of the Television, page 10.3
Vehicle Usage, page 11.3

Verbal Reporting, page 24.3
Visitation, page 10.2
Washing the Body, page 16.5
Waste Disposal, page 31.1
Weapon Boxes, page 7.6
Weapon Conditions, page 21.8
Weapons and Ammunition Storage Facility, page 21.8
Wear and Appearance of Clothing, page 16.3
Work Orders, page 20.1
Written Reporting, page 24.3

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
A.7

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
A.8

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
SHOWER AND EXERCISE SCHEDULE
Monday
Shift
Cell Block

Tuesday

Wednesday

Thursday

Friday

Saturday

Sunday

Days

Swings

Days

Swings

Days

Swings

Days

Swings

Days

Swings

Days

Swings

Days

Swings

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

A-Block

Exercise

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

A Week

Shower

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

B Week

Shower

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

B-Block

Exercise

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

A Week

Shower

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

B Week

Shower

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

C-Block

Shower/Exercise

1-12

13-21

22-31

32-42

48-48/1-5

6-14

15-24

25-34

35-46

47-48/1-7

8-17

18-27

28-39

40-48

D-Block

Shower/Exercise

D1-D8

D9-D16

D17-22

DA1-DA17

D1-D8

D9-D16

D17-22

DA1-DA17

D1-D8 (L1)

D9-D16 (L1)

D17-D22 (L1)

DA1-DA17 (L1)

E-Block

Exercise

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

A Week

Shower

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

B Week

Shower

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

F-Block

Shower/Exercise

8-17

18-27

28-37

38-48

1-10

11-21

22-31

32-41

42-48/1-3

4-14

15-24

25-34

35-44

45-48/1-7

G-Block

Exercise

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

A Week

Shower

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

B Week

Shower

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

H-Block

Exercise

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

1-24

25-48

A Week

Shower

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

B Week

Shower

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

1-12

25-36

13-24

37-48

I-Block

Shower/Exercise

1-8

9-16

17-24

1-8

9-16

17-24

1-8

9-16

17-24

LINEN AND UNIFORM EXCHANGE SCHEDULE

Monday
Shift

Tuesday

Wednesday

Thursday

Friday

Saturday

Sunday

Days

Swings

Days

Swings

Days

Swings

Days

Swings

Days

Swings

Days

Swings

Days

Swings

Cell Block

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

A-Block

1-8

9-16

17-24

25-32

33-40

41-48

B-Block

1-8

9-16

17-24

25-32

33-40

41-48

C-Block

1-8

9-16

17-24

25-32

33-40

41-48

D-Block

D1-D16

D17-DA17

E-Block

1-8

9-16

17-24

25-32

33-40

41-48

F-Block

1-8

9-16

17-24

25-32

33-40

41-48

G-Block

1-8

9-16

17-24

25-32

33-40

41-48

H-Block

1-8

9-16

17-24

25-32

33-40

41-48

1-8
9-16
17-24
I-Block
Note 1: A week is the first week of implementation for shower and exercise, B week being the second. After that, the weeks will alternate so each detainee receives the same number of showers. You can contact the DOC to find out which week the block is currently in.
Note 2: Detainees that are Level 1's and currently not on a Level 1 block will get the privileges according to their level NOT the block level.

CD-S333 01 DEC 03

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
B.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

SHOWER AND EXERCISE SCHEDULE
Monday
Shift
Cell Block

Tuesday

Wednesday

Thursday

Friday

Saturday

Sunday

Days

Swings

Days

Swings

Days

Swings

Days

Swings

Days

Swings

Days

Swings

Days

Swings

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

K-Block

Shower/Exercise

1-12

13-21

22-31

32-41

42-48/1-5

6-14

15-24

25-34

35-46

47-48/1-7

8-17

18-27

28-39

40-48

L-Block

Shower/Exercise

1-13

13-22

22-32

32-42

42-48/1-6

6-15

15-25

25-35

35-47

47-48/1-8

8-18

18-28

28-40

40-49

M-Block

Shower/Exercise

1-14

13-23

22-33

32-43

42-48/1-7

6-16

15-26

25-36

35-48

47-48/1-9

8-19

18-29

28-41

40-50

N-Block

Shower/Exercise

1-8

9-16

17-24

1-8

9-16

17-24

1-8

9-16

17-24

O-Block

Shower/Exercise

1-9

10-18

19-27

28-36

1-9

10-18

19-27

28-36

1-9

10-18

19-27

28-36

P-Block

Shower/Exercise

1-10

11-21

22-31

32-41

42-48/1-3

4-14

15-24

25-34

35-44

45-48/1-7

8-17

18-27

28-37

38-48

Q-Block

Shower/Exercise

1-10

11-21

22-31

32-41

42-48/1-3

4-14

15-24

25-34

35-44

45-48/1-7

8-17

18-27

28-37

38-48

R-Block

Shower/Exercise

1-10

11-21

22-31

32-41

42-48/1-3

4-14

15-24

25-34

35-44

45-48/1-7

8-17

18-27

28-37

38-48

S-Block

Shower/Exercise

1-9

10-18

19-27

28-36

1-9

10-18

19-27

28-36

1-9

10-18

19-27

28-36

T-Block

Shower/Exercise

1-8

9-16

17-24

1-8

9-16

17-24

1-8

9-16

17-24

LINEN AND UNIFORM EXCHANGE SCHEDULE

Monday
Shift

Tuesday

Wednesday

Thursday

Friday

Saturday

Sunday

Days

Swings

Days

Swings

Days

Swings

Days

Swings

Days

Swings

Days

Swings

Days

Swings

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

Cell #

K-Block

1-8

9-16

17-24

25-32

33-40

41-48

Cell Block

L-Block

1-8

9-16

17-24

25-32

33-40

41-48

M-Block

1-8

9-16

17-24

25-32

33-40

41-48

N-Block

1-8

9-16

17-24

O-Block

1-8

9-16

17-24

25-32

33-36

P-Block

1-8

9-16

17-24

25-32

33-40

41-48

Q-Block

1-8

9-16

17-24

25-32

33-40

41-48

R-Block

1-8

9-16

17-24

25-32

33-40

41-48

S-Block

1-8

9-16

17-24

25-32

33-36

1-8

9-16

17-24

T-Block
Note 1: Detainees that are a different level then the block they are on follow the shower and exercise schedule for the level they currently on
CD-S333 01 DEC 03

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
B.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

ALCOHOL
WIPES

EAR PLUGS

CUPS

RAZORS

PAPER
TOWELS

TOILET
PAPER

GATORAID

MASKS

SHAVING
CREAM

TRASH
BAGS

GLOVES

SHOWER
SHOES

LARGE
SOAP

SMALL
SOAP

SHAMPOO

TOOTH
PASTE

TOOTH
BRUSH

CHECKERS

CHESS

BACKGAM
MON

PLAYING
CARDS

SOCCER
BALL

ISO MAT

CAMP 1
BLOCK SUPPLY REQUEST LIST

A Block
B Block
C Block
D Block
E Block
F Block
G Block
H Block
I Block

DETAINEE SUIT REQUISITION

Pants
Shirts
Shorts
T-Shirts
Towels
1/2 Towels
Sheets
Wash Clothes

Block:
Size Qty Size Qty
2XL
XL
2XL
XL
2XL
XL
2XL
XL

Size Qty
L
L
L
L

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
B.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

EAR
PLUGS
ALCOH
OL
WIPES

CUPS

RAZORS

PAPER
TOWELS

TOILET
PAPER

GATOR
AID

MASKS

TRASH
BAGS
SHAVIN
G
CREAM

GLOVES

SHOWE
R SHOES

LARGE
SOAP

SMALL
SOAP

SHAMP
OO

TOOTH
PASTE

TOOTH
BRUSH

CHECKE
RS

CHESS

BACKG
AMMON

SOCCER
BALL
PLAYIN
G
CARDS

ISO MAT

CAMP 2/3
BLOCK SUPPLY REQUEST LIST

K Block
L Block
M Block
N Block
O Block
P Block
Q Block
R Block
S Block
T-Block

DETAINEE SUIT REQUISITION

Pants
Shirts
Shorts
T-Shirts
Towels
1/2 Towels
Sheets
Wash Clothes

Block:
Size Qty Size Qty
2XL
XL
2XL
XL
2XL
XL
2XL
XL

Size Qty
L
L
L
L

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
B.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Formatted

508-1 Process
Does the detainee already have a
508-1?

NO

YES

Interrogator Initiates 508-1 with
length of time he/she wish the
508-1 to be in effect for

Interrogator Initiates 508-1 a
rollup on all previous
rewards/punishment and adds new
items with updated effective dates

ICE Operations NCOIC reviews 5081 and logs on ICE Master List

NO
Given Back to ICE
NCOIC for changes
JDOG S3 Detention Operations
Officer review 508-1 and
determines if the request is
possible

JDOG S3 Detention Operations
Admin Clerks enter new 508-1
into DIMS under detainee notes
and deletes any other 508-1
information and files hard copy in
office. Detainees will only have
one master 508-1 listing ALL
reward/level changes
JDOG 508-1 PROCESS 01 JAN 04

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
B.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

508 Process
(Estimate Enforcement -- 2 to 4 Hours)
Detainee commits offense

MP Records in DA2823 (Sworn
Statement) and submits hardcopy
to SOG/PL

Re-Do
(MP)
Accurate?
NO

JDOG S3 receives 2823/508
from DOC, files/archives
2823/508

SOG/PL reviews 2823 for accuracy

DOC NCOIC/Shift NCOIC
Enters DIMS and enforces
disciplinary action

Accurate?
YES

SOG/PL takes possession of 2823
and completes 508 in DIMS as
2823 is produced

DOC prints hardcopy of 508
and PL signs it. Turns in
Hardcopies of 2823 and 508
to CO as produced

Agree?
Re-Do
(PL)

Disagree?
Accurate?
NO

CO reviews for accuracy and
possible input into Commander’s
shift report
JDOG 508 PROCESS 01 JAN 04

Accurate?
YES

CO approves all 508s and
turns in all hardcopies to DOC or FG
(If needed)

Field Grade Officer on duty
Approves/recommends 508s
if applicable

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
B.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

DETAINEE MOVEMENT AND DISCIPLINE MATRIX
If last offense was 31 or more days ago

If last offense was between 15-29 days ago

If last offense was 14 or less days ago

MOVEMENT FOR LEVEL 1 DETAINEES
Category I Offense

Remain at a level 1 Block

Remain at a level 1 Block

Move the detainee to a level 2 Block

Category II Offense

Move the detainee to a level 2 Block

Move the detainee to a level 2 Block

Move the detainee to a level 2 Block

Category III Offense

Move the detainee to a level 3 Block

Move the detainee to a level 3 Block

Move the detainee to a level 3 Block

Category IV Offense

Move the detainee to a level 4 Block

Move the detainee to a level 4 Block

Move the detainee to a level 4 Block

Category V Offense

Move the detainee to a level 4 Block

Move the detainee to a level 4 Block

Move the detainee to a level 4 Block

MOVEMENT FOR LEVEL 2 DETAINEES
Category I Offense

Remain at a level 2 Block

Remain at a level 2 Block

Move the detainee to a level 3 Block

Category II Offense

Move the detainee to a level 3 Block

Move the detainee to a level 3 Block

Move the detainee to a level 3 Block

Category III Offense

Move the detainee to a level 3 Block

Move the detainee to a level 3 Block

Move the detainee to a level 4 Block

Category IV Offense

Move the detainee to a level 4 Block

Move the detainee to a level 4 Block

Move the detainee to a level 4 Block

Category V Offense

Move the detainee to a level 4 Block

Move the detainee to a level 4 Block

Move the detainee to a level 4 Block

MOVEMENT FOR LEVEL 3 DETAINEES
Category I Offense

Remain at a level 3 Block

Remain at a level 3 Block

Remain at a level 3 Block

Category II Offense

Remain at a level 3 Block

Remain at a level 3 Block

Remain at a level 3 Block

Category III Offense

Move the detainee to a level 4 Block

Move the detainee to a level 4 Block

Move the detainee to a level 4 Block

Category IV Offense

Move the detainee to a level 4 Block

Move the detainee to a level 4 Block

Move the detainee to a level 4 Block

Category V Offense

Move the detainee to a level 4 Block

Move the detainee to a level 4 Block

Move the detainee to a level 4 Block

DISCIPLINE1
Category I Offense

Loss of CI 3 days

Loss of CI 4 days

Loss of CI 5 days

Category II Offense

Loss of CI 4 days

Loss of CI 5 days

Loss of CI 5 days

Category III Offense

Loss of CI 5 days, Segregation 5 days

Loss of CI 5 days, Segregation 10 days

Loss of CI 10 days, Segregation 15 days

Category IV Offense

Loss of CI 5 days, Segregation 10 days

Loss of CI 10 days, Segregation 15 days

Loss of CI 10 days, Segregation 20 days

Category V Offense

Loss of CI 10 days, Segregation 15 days

Loss of CI 15 days, Segregation 20 days

Loss of CI 20 days, Segregation 25 days

NOTES:
1. If the detainee comments multiple offense and two or more of those offenses require Segregation time, add 5 days to loss of CI and Segregation days for each additional offense
2. Any discipline requiring an increased use of force (OC Spray or IRF) will be immediately reported IAW the notification matrix
3. The President's Military Order date 19 November 2001 states that humane treatment means the detainee will be afforded adequate food, drinking water, shelter, clothing, and medical treatment. The
detainees will also be allowed the free exercise of religion consistent with the requirements of detention and detained IAW such other conditions as the SECDEF prescribes
4. Medical personnel are responsible for detainees if Basic Issue Items must be removed from a detainee's cell to ensure the health, safety, and security of and detainee
5. Basic Issue Items (1 blanket, amputee bucket, flip-flops, ISO mat, detainee uniform (shirt & pants), surgical mask, camp rules and 1 towel (large) are NOT considered Comfort Items and will not be
taken for disciplinary reasons
6. When a detainee commits an offense his time at his level will be reset to zero, levels will also be reset when the detainee comes out of Segregation
7. As per CJDOG any detainee who throws there drinks at the MP Guards will receive ONLY water with their meals for 30 days and will be documented with a 2823 and 508
CD-S328 01 JAN 04PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
B.7

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
LIST OF OFFENSES
OFFENCE
Provoking words and gestures
Possession of contraband (food, ect)
Unauthorized communication
Flooding of cell block
Failure to follow camp rules
Failure to follow MP instructions
Damage to property, failure to return property
Tampering with locks and or restraints
Possession of a key
Throw water/food on or at MP (battery)
Throw water/food on or at detainee
Throw/spit body fluids on /at detainee
Exposure of sexual organs for sexual gratification
Act hostile or threatening to a detainee
Act hostile or threatening to MP/MWD
Possession of dangerous contraband (shank)
Attempted escape
Bribery/attempted bribery of U.S. personnel
Sexual relations
Fighting
Possession of drugs or alcohol
Simple assault
Throw/spit body fluids on /at MP (battery)
Aggravated assault of a MP
Aggravated battery on a detainee
Aggravated battery of a MP
Escape
Indecent assault
Hitting/kicking a detainee
Hitting/ Kicking a MP
Inciting a disturbance

CATEGORY
I
I
I
I
II
II
II
III
III
III
III
III
III
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V

Please use the following format when completing Disciplinary Reports
Detainee's current level
Date of last offense
Category of current offense
Detainee movement and Discipline Matrix requirements
Example:
Detainee is currently a Level Two
Last offense was 9/16/03
Category II offense
Move to a level 3 block
Loss of CI x 4 days, Segregation x 10

CD-S325 01 FEB 04

Approval Path for 508's
If 508 does not recommend Segregation time or
movement from Camp 1 to Camp 2/3
Platoon Leader
On Duty Company Commander
If the 508 recommends Segregation time or movement
from Camp 1 to Camp 2/3
On Duty Company Commander
DCJDOG
(Reviewed by Field Grade On-Duty First)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
B.8

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

BLOCK SIGACTS SHEET
Time

Cell #

CD-JDOG S-201 01 DEC 03

ISN #

Activity or Action
For each entry, describe what happen, be as thorough as you can, use Multiple lines if necessary

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
B.9

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

MCI TRIAGE CHECKLIST
Group

Triage
Send to this
Mode of
Category Treatment Team Transportation
Location

Military

Immediate

Naval Hospital

Naval Hospital
Ambulance

Military

Delayed

Naval Hospital

Naval Hospital
Ambulance

Military

Minimal

Joint Aid Station

Any Available
Military Vehicle

Military

Expectant

Chow Hall Tent

Litter
Bearer/Detention
Hospital Ambulance

Detainee

Immediate

First 6 to Naval
Hospital, All
Remainder to
Detention Hospital

Detention Hospital
Ambulance or Litter
Bus

Detainee

Delayed

Detention Hospital

Detention Hospital
Ambulance or Litter
Bus

Detainee

Minimal

Detainee

Expectant

CD-S332 01 DEC 03

Walked by MP
Delta Medical Clinic Escort or Available
Gators
Old Chow Hall

Litter
Bearer/Detention
Hospital Ambulance

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
B.10

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

BLOCK NCO CHECKLIST
Block

Shift

Block NCO

Unit

DTG

Days
Swings
Mids

Task
Check key control log (serial numbers)
Receive initial brief from off-going Block NCO
Upon assuming post, conduct a count by cell number and Alpha Roster (Ensure empty cells are empty)
Conduct physical security check of cell block, showers recreation yard (looking for contraband)
Inventory block equipment found on block hand receipt and snowball kit. Both items MUST be singed and inventoried
before releasing off-going shift
Release off-going shift once block is in order and head count is correct
Call in on-coming head count
Update block manning on DIMS
Inventory supplies, send soldiers to draw shortages within first hour of shift
Conduct shower and exercise for detainees in accordance with the shower and exercise matrix (DO NOT USE DIMS
SCHEDULE), cells must be searched and inventoried on form CD-S304 (Detainee Inventory Form)
Conduct linen exchange in accordance with the matrix
Conduct detainee chow and ensure that all items are removed and detainee chow refusals are logged into DIMS under
"DETAINEE REFUSAL"
Enter all request for ICRC, medical, JIFF, etc in DIMS under "DETAINEE REQUESTS" or "DETAINEE SICK CALL"
Conduct at least three random cell search (except MIDS)
Log all visitors in the DIMS journal
Conduct functionality inspections of empty cells to ensure all cell are working properly, if cells are Inop log in DIMS under
cell maintenance (by clicking on the cell # and imputing the proper comments)
Conduct blanket exchange in accordance with the SOP (Chapter 6-12) and is to be accomplished on Days
Find out which detainee wish to fast for the following week (Fridays on Swing) and turn paperwork in to the DOC
Complete all necessary paperwork (DA 2823 and DA 4137) and turned into the SOG/PL
Call in off going head count
Conduct out-brief to incoming Block NCO; review significant events and activities
Inventory keys and sign over cell block to on coming Block NCO
Turn-in Block NCO Checklist to SOG after completing shift

Inspect

Inventory

Physical Security of Cells, Bean Holes, Shackle Doors

2 Sets - 3 Piece Suits w/ Locks & Keys

Account
Detainee Files
Detainee in Correct Cell

Recreation and Shower Areas

Key Control Log

Inside/Outside of Block Clean

Confiscated Property DA 4137 Evidence/Property Custody Document

Physical Head Count
Out-Brief from Off-Going

CD-S337 01 DEC 03

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
B.11

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

FIRE NOTIFICATION CHECKLIST
EVENT
Notify 911

Notify Camp Delta Medical

Initiate DA Form 1594
Lock down of Camp
Notify On-Duty Company Commander
Notify PL Camp-Affected
Notify PL Camp not affected
Notify Infantry SOG

NOTIFICANTION METHOD
X-911

Land Line

N/A

Notify 911 Emergency Services of situation
and request Fire Department support.
Notify medical of situation and request
assistance:
Delta Clinic-3261
Delta Block- 3341
Fleet-3037
Initiate Staff Journal to record all actions
associated with fire

Respond to fire scene and determines the
SABRE
need for evacuation
Verbal or SABRE From DOC Fire Site NCOIC
Verbal or SABRE From DOC Traffic Control
X-3152 or SABRE Channel-10
(Snapper) or grey phone, call for Additional Security at Fire Site if needed
SOG

SABRE

Notify Sally Ports

SABRE
SABRE or Land Line

o All contractors and ICRC members are
escorted out of the facility
o Once completed all escort teams report to
DOC for assignments
Advise about incoming emergency vehicles
Request for additional interpreter support if
needed

Notify Joint OPNS Center (JOC)

5037 Secret Phone
5038

Notify JOC of the situation and request
additional Emergency Services if needed

Notify Chaplain
MAJ Odean

Verbal or H: 8651

Camp America Chaplain's office

Notify JDOG OPNS Officer
MAJ Ziegenmeyer

W: 3577 H: 8667

Must respond immediately IAW this SOP

Notify JDOG Commander
COL Cannon
Notify DJDOG Commander
LTC Young
Notify Superintendent
SGM Mendez
Record of Detainees Leaving Camp
CD-S322 01 FEB 04

STATUS

SABRE
Channel 3 & 8

Notify Escort Control

Notify Interpreter OIC

REMARKS

W: 3521
H: 8213
C: 8-4208
W: 3242
H: 8138
C: 84055
W: 3132
H: 8096
C: 8-4402
N/A

Must respond immediately IAW this SOP

Must respond immediately IAW this SOP

Must respond immediately IAW this SOP
Note in implemented Staff Journal

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
B.12

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

MCI NOTIFICATION MATRIX
EVENT

NOTIFICATION METHOD

Announce to all Camp Delta of MCI

SABRE
Channel 3 & 8

Lock down of Camp

SABRE
Channel 3 & 8

Initiate DA Form 1594

Notify Camp Delta Medical

Notify 911
Notify JIIF MP NCOIC
Notify PL Camp-Affected
Notify PL Camp not affected
Notify Infantry SOG
Notify Escorts
Notify Interpreter OIC
Notify Joint OPNS Center (JOC)

Issue Warnord to stand-by company

Notify Chaplain
MAJ Odean
Notify JDOG OPNS Officer
MAJ Ziegenmeyer
Notify JDOG Commander
COL Cannon
Notify Superintendent
SGM Mendez
Record of Detainees Leaving Camp
CD-S339 01 FEB 04

N/A

Land Line

X-911
SABRE from E/C
Verbal or SABRE From DOC
Verbal or SABRE From DOC
X-3152 or SABRE Channel-10
(Snapper) or grey phone, call for
SOG
SABRE
SABRE or Land Line
5037 Secret Phone
5038

Land Line

REMARKS
"Attention camp delta, attention camp delta, a
mass casualty incident has occurred on
(________). (Location) Initiate MCI
Procedures. All Non-emergency
communication will be by landline" (x2)

Initiate Staff Journal to record all actions
associated with MCI
Notify medical of situation and request
assistance:
Delta Clinic-3261
Delta Block- 3341
Fleet-3037
Notify 911 Emergency Services of situation
and request Fire Department support.
Note: Inform if there is a fire or not
JIIF NCOIC in all buildings must stop all
JIIF Activities
MCI Site NCOIC
Traffic Control
Additional Security at MCI Site
Must respond immediately IAW this SOP
Must respond immediately IAW this SOP
Notify JOC of the situation and request
additional Emergency Services if needed
CPT Hunter-463rd MP (CP) 3150 (H) 8639
1SG Haskins (H) 8633
CPT Woodley-661st MP (CP) 3538 (H) 8378
1SG James (H) 8378
CPT Anderson-216th MP (CP) 3197 (H) 8214
SFC Robertson (H) ---8238
CPT Crane-258th MP (CP) 3486 (H) 8216
1SG Funderburk (H) 8216
CPT Lane-273rd MP (CP) 3205 (H) 8013
1SG Adams-Jones (H) 8062
CPT Love-217th MP (CP) 3372 (H) 8665
1SG McCurdy (H) 8646

Verbal or H: 8651

Camp America Chaplain's office

W: 3577 H: 8667

Must respond immediately IAW this SOP

W: 3521
H: 8213
C: 8-4208
W: 3132
H: 8096
C: 8-4402

STATUS

Must respond immediately IAW this SOP

Must respond immediately IAW this SOP
Note in MCI implemented Staff Journal

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
B.13

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Repair and Utilities (R&U)
WORK ORDER REQUEST
Contractor Work Order #

R&U Work Order #

Date Submitted #
EMERGENCY:
1/2 Hr Response

ROUTINE:
1-5 Days

PRIORITY:
THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED TO ENSURE A PROMPT AND
ACCURATE RESPONSE, PROVIDE AS MUCH DETAIL AS POSSIBLE AND
DO NOT LOCATION AND PROBLEM BLANK

Unit/Office of Requestor:

Date:

POC Name/Rank:

Time:

POC Phone:

Location of Work:

Detailed Description Of Work To Be Done:

Diagram Of Work To Be Done (Size, Distances, Etc) Use Reverse Side If Needed:

R&U Use Only
Remarks:

CD-RU01 01 DEC 03

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
B.14

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

BASIC ISSUE ITEMS
LEVEL-1

LEVEL-2

LEVEL-3

LEVEL-4

Required items for detainee possession (unless taken for medical/psychology reasons - must be approved for removal by medical officer
or psychologist)
Blanket

1

1

1

1

Bucket (for amputees)

1

1

1

1

Flips Flops

1

1

1

1

ISO Mat

1

1

1

1

Koran

1

1

1

1

Orange Suit, top & bottom

1

1

1

1

PT Shorts

1

1

1

1

Surgical Mask

1

1

1

1

Camp Rules

1

1

1

1

Towel (Large)

1

1

1

1

LEVEL-2

LEVEL-3

LEVEL-4

COMFORT ITEMS
LEVEL-1
Items authorized for detainee possession as a reward for positive behavior
Additional Toilet Paper Upon Request

Yes

No

No

No

Bar of Soap (Small)

N/A

1

1

0

Bar of Soap (Regular)

1

0

0

0

Additional Blanket

1

1

0

0

Chess/Checker Boards

1

0

0

0

Earplugs

1

1

1

0

As Required

As Required

As Required

As Required

Mail (# allowed to keep in cell)

20

15

12

0

Mattress

1

1

1

0

Books/Magazines from Library

1

0

0

0

Yes

No

No

No

Perfume/Oil

3

2

1

0

Playing Cards

1

1

0

0

Prayer Beads

1

1

0

0

Prayer Cap

1

1

1

0

Salt Packets

5

4

3

0

Sheet

1

1

1

0

Styrofoam Cup

2

1

1

0

Toothbrush

1

1

1

1

Toothpaste

1

1

1

1

Additional Towel (Large)

1

1

0

0

T-Shirt

1

0

0

0

Washcloth

1

1

1

0

Water bottle (No Top)

0

1

0

0

Intel Directed Reading Material or Pictures

Pen and Paper to be Returned at End of Shift (Doesn't apply to ICRC
Visits)

Water bottle (With Top)
1
0
0
0
Note 1: The JIG Commander determines quantities above the minimum level; however, at no time will detainees on 'Intel' blocks receive less
than Level 4 detainees, unless requested by the JIG Commander and approved by CJTF or his designee.
Note 2: Detainees housed in 'Intel" blocks will have varying quantities of Comfort Items (CI), which are determined by the JIG Commander.
Each "Intel" detainees CI above a level one will be documented on a GTMO Form 508-1.
Note3: Only items that a detainee gets to keep during a lost of CI is the items listed under the heading BASIC ISSUE ITEMS, all other items
will be taken and stored in the detainee's box.
CD-S326 01 FEB 04

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
B.15

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

AUTHORIZED/UNAUTHORIZED ACTIVITES1
LEVEL-1

LEVEL-2

LEVEL-3

LEVEL-4

Detainee activities authorized as a reward for positive behavior
Reading Koran

YES

YES

YES

YES

Reading authorized materials

YES

NO

NO

NO

Allowed to save MRE to eat later2

YES

NO

NO

NO

Authorized playing cards

YES

YES

NO

NO

Authorized other games

YES

NO

NO

NO

Authorized soccer ball in exercise yard

YES

YES

NO

NO

Talking to detainees in adjacent cells without yelling3

YES

YES

YES

YES

Talking to detainees in adjacent exercise yard without
yelling3

YES

YES

YES

YES

Performing personal hygiene in cell with authorized/issue
items

YES

YES

YES

YES

4

3

3

3

YES

YES

YES

YES

7

3

3

3

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

Hanging the items off the cell walls

NO

NO

NO

NO

Wearing of towel/blanket on head in place of prayer cap

YES

YES

YES

NO

Hanging of the Koran in surgical mask of the side of the cell

YES

YES

YES

YES

Blanket exchange monthly

YES

YES

YES

YES

Mounted mirror in shower for shaving (MP SEARCH
MIRROR IS NOT TO BE GIVEN)

YES

YES

NO

NO

Shower authorized per week
Performing approved exercises in cell
Authorized periods in exercise yard per week (30mins Level
1, 20mins Level 2-4)
Drying clothing/towels/washcloths by hanging in cell
window, must be removed when dry
Sheets or blankets may be used for privacy while detainee is
using the toilet. However it may not be tied more than half
way up the cell height.

Cold water after exercise
YES
NO
NO
NO
Note 1: This figure indicates the maximum/minimum activates authorized, based on the classification level of the detainee. In individual cases,
activities not authorized for detainee can be requested, using GTMO Form 508-1, on behalf of that detainee for exhibiting extraordinarily positive
behavior, the JDOG S3 must approve all such requests.
Note 2: If authorized based on level, detainee is allowed to keep UNOPENED MRE'S items after meal time, but must consume within 24 hours
Note 3: Detainees are NOT ALLOWED to yell or talk to detainees in other blocks. Detainees in recreation yards are NOT ALLOWED to talk or
yell to detainees in non-adjacent recreation yards or blocks.
CD-S325 01 Jan 04

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
B.16

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

PERMANENT MOVES TO BE COMPLETED
DATE: TIME:
ISN

FROM

CD-S316 01 Jan 04

TO

SEGREGATION
DAYS OWED

REASON

APPROVED BY

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FROM ARE OBSOLETE

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
B.17

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
INSPECTION RECORD OF DETAINEES IN SEGREGATION
ISN

DATE ARRIVED TO SEGREGATION

DATE SCHEDULED TO LEAVE SEGREGATION

PART I - DAILY INSPECTION RECORD

Date

Time

Conduct

Signature of Block Sergeant

Time

Signature of Platoon Leader

Time

Signature of Company Commander

CD-S341 01 DEC 03

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
B.18

2300-2400

2200-2300

2100-2200

2000-2100

1900-2000

1800-1900

1700-1800

1600-1700

1500-1600

1400-1500

1300-1400

1200-1300

1100-1200

1000-1100

0900-1000

0800-0900

0700-0800

0600-0700

0500-0600

0400-0500

0300-0400

0200-0300

0100-0200

Date

2400-0100

PART II - GUARD INSPECTION RECORD
(Inspections will be made at irregular intervals -Block Sergeant or Guards will initial and complete hour columns)

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
B.19

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
NOTIFICATION OF STATUS FOR POSITIVE BEHAVIOR REWARD PROGRAM
(The information provided below supports positive or negative rewards for discipline or Intelligence in relation to a detainees behavior).

DETAINEE'S ISN

DATE:

REASON FOR NOTIFICATION

TYPE OF NOTIFICATION

DISCIPLINE (JDOG)

VERBAL

REWARD (Positive Behavior) (JDOG)

WRITTEN (Attach Copy)

REWARD GIVEN (JIG)

AUDIO TAPE (Provide Location Of Tape In Remarks)

REWARD TAKEN (JIG)

OTHER (Explain In Remarks)

INTERPRETOR USED

YES

NO

REMARKS:

RANK/FULL NAME (Witness)

RANK/FULL NAME (Individual Notifying Detainee)

GTMO FORM 508-1 01 DEC 01

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
B.20

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Camp Delta SOP  1 March 2004
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
B.21